Page Range | 36399-36722 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
83 FR 36721 - Anniversary of the Americans with Disabilities Act, 2018 | |
83 FR 36590 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
83 FR 36627 - Sunshine Act: Notice of Agency Meeting | |
83 FR 36569 - Applications for New Awards; Graduate Assistance in Areas of National Need | |
83 FR 36633 - Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
83 FR 36577 - Applications for New Awards; Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education-Open Textbooks Pilot Program | |
83 FR 36661 - Notice of Final Federal Agency Actions on Juneau Access Improvements Project in Alaska | |
83 FR 36435 - Hazardous and Solid Waste Management System: Disposal of Coal Combustion Residuals From Electric Utilities; Amendments to the National Minimum Criteria (Phase One, Part One) | |
83 FR 36660 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Eagle Mountain City | |
83 FR 36574 - Applications for New Awards; Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education-Pilot Program for Cybersecurity Education Technological Upgrades for Community Colleges | |
83 FR 36660 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; Yamaha Motor Corporation, USA | |
83 FR 36614 - Mortgage and Loan Insurance Programs Under the National Housing Act-Debenture Interest Rates | |
83 FR 36581 - Agency Information Collection Extension | |
83 FR 36586 - Boulder Canyon Project | |
83 FR 36433 - State of Idaho Voluntary Transfer of Primacy of the Class II Underground Injection Control Program to the Environmental Protection Agency | |
83 FR 36568 - Arbitration Panel Decisions Under the Randolph-Sheppard Act | |
83 FR 36659 - Notice of Availability of the Draft Environmental Assessment for the Proposed Keystone XL Pipeline Mainline Alternative Route in Nebraska | |
83 FR 36629 - Program-Specific Guidance About Self-Shielded Irradiator Licenses and Program-Specific Guidance About Exempt Distribution Licenses | |
83 FR 36609 - Announcement of Meeting of the Secretary's Advisory Committee on National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives for 2030 | |
83 FR 36562 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
83 FR 36561 - Board of Regents, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences; Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting | |
83 FR 36561 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 36583 - PATH West Virginia Transmission Company, LLC; Notice of Petition for Declaratory Order | |
83 FR 36584 - Notice of Availability of the Environmental Assessment for the Proposed Texas Eastern Transmission, LP, Lambertville East Expansion Project | |
83 FR 36586 - Notice of Preliminary Permit Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications: Go With the Flow Hydro Power, LLC | |
83 FR 36582 - PATH Allegheny Transmission Company, LLC; Notice of Petition for Declaratory Order | |
83 FR 36591 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
83 FR 36617 - Notice of Realty Action: Recreation and Public Purposes Act Classification, Montana | |
83 FR 36616 - Notice of Realty Action: Classification for Lease and/or Conveyance for Recreation and Public Purposes of Public Lands (N-95402) for a School in the Southwest Portion of the Las Vegas Valley, Clark County, NV | |
83 FR 36622 - Stainless Steel Flanges From China; Determination | |
83 FR 36618 - Notice of Intent To Amend the Las Vegas Resource Management Plan and Prepare an Environmental Assessment; Notice of Segregation and Notice of Realty Action; Classification and Proposed Modified Competitive Sales of Public Land in Pahrump, Nye County, Nevada | |
83 FR 36666 - Qualification of Drivers; Skill Performance Evaluation; Virginia Department of Motor Vehicles Application for Renewal Exemption | |
83 FR 36663 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Request for Comments; Revision and Renewal of an Approved Information Collection: Medical Qualification Requirements | |
83 FR 36662 - Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation; Application for an Exemption From Groendyke Transport, Inc. | |
83 FR 36567 - Notice of Public Hearing and Business Meeting August 15 and September 13, 2018 | |
83 FR 36538 - Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council (MAFMC); Public Meetings | |
83 FR 36515 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Evaluation of Technology Modernization for SNAP Benefit Redemption Through Online Transactions for the USDA Food and Nutrition Service | |
83 FR 36583 - Records Governing Off-the-Record Communications; Public Notice | |
83 FR 36585 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
83 FR 36539 - New England Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
83 FR 36407 - Senior Community Service Employment Program; Performance Accountability | |
83 FR 36624 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Distribution of Characteristics of the Insured Unemployed | |
83 FR 36625 - TUV Rheinland of North America, Inc.: Applications for Expansion of Recognition | |
83 FR 36667 - Petition for Waiver of Compliance | |
83 FR 36573 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarship Performance Report Form | |
83 FR 36429 - Safety Zone; Waterview Loft Fireworks II, Detroit River, Detroit, MI | |
83 FR 36431 - Safety Zone; Waterview Loft Fireworks I, Detroit River, Detroit, MI | |
83 FR 36658 - Argosy Investment Partners IV, L.P.; Notice Seeking Exemption Under the Small Business Investment Act, Conflicts of Interest | |
83 FR 36659 - Argosy Investment Partners V, L.P.; Notice Seeking Exemption Under the Small Business Investment Act, Conflicts of Interest | |
83 FR 36522 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the Parallel Thimble Shoal Tunnel Project in Virginia Beach, Virginia | |
83 FR 36623 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Update With Changes, of a Previously Approved Collection Which Expires November, 2018: Department of Justice Equitable Sharing Agreement and Certification | |
83 FR 36658 - Surety Bond Guarantee Program Fees | |
83 FR 36670 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Regulation Project | |
83 FR 36539 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Site Characterization Surveys Off the Coast of Massachusetts | |
83 FR 36588 - Information Collection Being Reviewed by the Federal Communications Commission Under Delegated Authority | |
83 FR 36467 - Technology Transitions; Policies and Rules Governing Retirement of Copper Loops by Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers | |
83 FR 36513 - Availability of Guideline for Minimizing the Risk of Campylobacter and Salmonella Illnesses Associated With Chicken Liver | |
83 FR 36516 - Request for Information: State Administrative Expense Allocation Formula for Child Nutrition Programs | |
83 FR 36623 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Revision of a Currently Approved Collection; Comments Requested: 2019 School Crime Supplement (SCS) to the National Crime Victimization Survey (NCVS) | |
83 FR 36519 - Forged Steel Fittings From Taiwan: Final Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value | |
83 FR 36513 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 36564 - Arms Sales Notification | |
83 FR 36432 - Safety Zones; Annual Events in the Captain of the Port Buffalo Zone-August and September Events | |
83 FR 36456 - Adoption of the Methodology for the HHS-Operated Permanent Risk Adjustment Program Under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act for the 2017 Benefit Year | |
83 FR 36594 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Survey on the Occurrence of Foodborne Illness Risk Factors in Selected Retail and Foodservice Facility Types | |
83 FR 36630 - Water Remediation Technology, LLC | |
83 FR 36629 - Notice of Intent To Seek Approval To Renew an Information Collection | |
83 FR 36589 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection Renewal; Comment Request (OMB No. 3064-0185) | |
83 FR 36589 - Notice to All Interested Parties of Intent To Terminate Receiverships | |
83 FR 36628 - Submission for OMB Review, Comment Request, Proposed Collection: IMLS “2019-2022 Native Hawaiian Library Grant Program Notice of Funding Opportunity” | |
83 FR 36627 - Submission for OMB Review, Comment Request, Proposed Collection: IMLS “2019-2022 Native American Basic Library Grant Program Notice of Funding Opportunity” | |
83 FR 36519 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 36518 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Ohio Advisory Committee to the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights | |
83 FR 36518 - Agenda and Notice of Public Meeting of the Rhode Island Advisory Committee | |
83 FR 36598 - Medical Device User Fee Rates for Fiscal Year 2019 | |
83 FR 36608 - Center for Devices and Radiological Health: Experiential Learning Program | |
83 FR 36484 - Segregation of Assets Held as Collateral in Uncleared Swap Transactions | |
83 FR 36509 - Adjustment of Cable Statutory License Royalty Rates | |
83 FR 36592 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 36472 - U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Mitigation Policy | |
83 FR 36469 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Endangered Species Act Compensatory Mitigation Policy | |
83 FR 36563 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
83 FR 36635 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Withdrawal of a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt a New NYSE Arca Rule 8.900-E and To List and Trade Shares of the Royce Pennsylvania ETF, Royce Premier ETF, and Royce Total Return ETF Under Proposed NYSE Arca Equities Rule 8.900-E | |
83 FR 36635 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; LCH SA; Order Approving Proposed Rule Change Relating to Liquidity Risk Management | |
83 FR 36641 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Listing and Trading of Shares of the Columbia Multi-Sector Municipal Income ETF | |
83 FR 36638 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Nasdaq BX, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Adopt a Rule Concerning Handling of No Bid Options and To Clarify the Operation of Chapter V, Section 3, Entitled “Trading Halts” | |
83 FR 36655 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; ICE Clear Credit LLC; Order Approving Proposed Rule Change Relating To Formalization of the ICC Model Validation Framework | |
83 FR 36641 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Designation of a Longer Period for Commission Action on a Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Continued Listing Criteria Applicable to the Indexes Underlying the iShares California AMT Free Muni Bond ETF and iShares New York AMT-Free Muni Bond ETF | |
83 FR 36623 - Meeting of the Judicial Conference Advisory Committee on Rules of Evidence | |
83 FR 36605 - Request for Nominations for Individuals and Consumer Organizations for Advisory Committees | |
83 FR 36568 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; 21st Century Community Learning Centers Annual Performance Report | |
83 FR 36560 - Virginia Broadband Summit | |
83 FR 36607 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Announcement of Office of Management and Budget Approvals | |
83 FR 36646 - Advisors Asset Management, Inc. and ETF Series Solutions; Notice of Application | |
83 FR 36652 - OFI Carlyle Private Credit Fund and OC Private Capital, LLC; Notice of Application | |
83 FR 36668 - Continental Tire the Americas, LLC, Grant of Petition for Decision of Inconsequential Noncompliance | |
83 FR 36588 - Radio Broadcasting Services; AM or FM Proposals To Change the Community of License | |
83 FR 36634 - Information Collection Request Submission for OMB Review | |
83 FR 36428 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Gulf Intracoastal Waterway, South Pasadena, FL | |
83 FR 36604 - Prescription Polyethylene Glycol 3350; Denial of a Hearing and Order Withdrawing Approval of Abbreviated New Drug Applications; Temporary Stay of Effective Date | |
83 FR 36610 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Voucher Management System (VMS), Section 8 Budget and Financial Forms | |
83 FR 36611 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Evaluation of the Supportive Services Demonstration | |
83 FR 36402 - Amendment of Class D Airspace, Removal of Class E Airspace, and Establishment of Class E Airspace; Olive Branch, MS | |
83 FR 36401 - Amendment of Class E Airspace; Memphis, TN | |
83 FR 36614 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: ONAP Training and Technical Assistance Evaluation Form | |
83 FR 36403 - Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, and Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures; Miscellaneous Amendments | |
83 FR 36405 - Standard Instrument Approach Procedures, and Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures; Miscellaneous Amendments | |
83 FR 36482 - Proposed Establishment of Class E Airspace; Crystal Springs, MS | |
83 FR 36621 - Certain Height-Adjustable Desk Platforms and Components Thereof Institution of Investigation | |
83 FR 36633 - Information Collection: 10 CFR Part 95, Facility Security Clearance and Safeguarding of National Security Information and Restricted Data | |
83 FR 36479 - Energy Conservation Program: Data Collection and Comparison With Forecasted Unit Sales of Five Lamp Types | |
83 FR 36494 - Tracking of Workplace Injuries and Illnesses | |
83 FR 36593 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
83 FR 36399 - Airworthiness Directives; Costruzioni Aeronautiche Tecnam srl Airplanes | |
83 FR 36476 - Onions Grown in South Texas; Proposed Amendments to Marketing Order 959 and Referendum Order | |
83 FR 36672 - Interstate and Intrastate Natural Gas Pipelines; Rate Changes Relating to Federal Income Tax Rate; American Forest & Paper Association | |
83 FR 36417 - Substantiation and Reporting Requirements for Cash and Noncash Charitable Contribution Deductions | |
83 FR 36507 - Information Collection Request; Cranes and Derricks in Construction: Operator Qualification | |
83 FR 36460 - Assessment and Collection of Regulatory Fees for Fiscal Year 2018 |
Agricultural Marketing Service
Food and Nutrition Service
Food Safety and Inspection Service
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
National Telecommunications and Information Administration
Army Department
Energy Information Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Western Area Power Administration
Children and Families Administration
Food and Drug Administration
Coast Guard
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
Employment and Training Administration
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Copyright Royalty Board
Institute of Museum and Library Services
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Costruzioni Aeronautiche Tecnam srl Model P2006T airplanes. This AD results from mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) issued by an aviation authority of another country to identify and correct an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as an incorrect part number for the rudder trim actuator is referenced in the Airworthiness Limitations section of the FAA-approved maintenance program (
This AD is effective September 4, 2018.
You may examine the AD docket on the internet at
For service information identified in this AD, contact Costruzioni Aeronautiche Tecnam srl, Via Tasso, 478, 80127 Napoli, Italy, phone: +39 0823 620134, fax: +39 0823 622899, email:
Jim Rutherford, Aerospace Engineer FAA, Small Airplane Standards Branch, 901 Locust, Room 301, Kansas City, Missouri 64106; telephone: (816) 329-4165; fax: (816) 329-4090; email:
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to Costruzioni Aeronautiche Tecnam srl Model P2006T airplane. The NPRM was published in the
It was identified that the Part Number (P/N) of the rudder trim actuator mentioned in the P2006T Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) Airworthiness Limitations Section (ALS) document was erroneously mentioned. As a result, it cannot be excluded that the life limit applicable to this actuator is not being applied in service.
This condition, if not corrected, could lead to failure of the rudder control system, possibly resulting in reduced control of the aeroplane.
To address this potential unsafe condition, TECNAM published Service Bulletin (SB)-285-CS Ed. 1 Rev. 0 (later revised) to inform operators about this typographical error. It is expected that, during the next revision of the P2006T AMM ALS document, it will list the correct the P/N for that rudder trim actuator.
For the reason described above, this [EASA] AD requires implementation of a life limit for rudder trim actuator.
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. We received no comments on the NPRM or on the determination of the cost to the public.
We changed the incorporation by reference of the service information for adding a life limit to the Airworthiness Limitations section of the maintenance program to only a reference. The service information does not provide any specific procedures or instructions for establishing the life limit.
We also inadvertently omitted information for “Contacting the Manufacturer,” which is a standard paragraph for FAA ADs related to MCAIs. We have added that paragraph in the final rule as paragraph (g)(2).
We reviewed the relevant data and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting the AD as proposed except for the changes stated above and other minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
Costruzioni Aeronautiche Tecnam srl has issued Service Bulletin No. SB 285-CS-Ed 1, Revision 2, dated February 2, 2018. The service information describes procedures for correcting the part number of the rudder trim actuator in the Airworthiness Limitations section of the FAA-approved maintenance program (
We estimate that this AD will affect 20 products of U.S. registry. We also estimate that it will take about 1 work-hour per product to comply with this requirement to incorporate a correction to the Airworthiness Limitations section of the FAA-approved maintenance program (
Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $1,700, or $85 per product.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD is issued in accordance with authority delegated by the Executive Director, Aircraft Certification Service, as authorized by FAA Order 8000.51C. In accordance with that order, issuance of ADs is normally a function of the Compliance and Airworthiness Division, but during this transition period, the Executive Director has delegated the authority to issue ADs applicable to small airplanes, gliders, balloons, airships, domestic business jet transport airplanes, and associated appliances to the Director of the Policy and Innovation Division.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
You may examine the AD docket on the internet at
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD becomes effective September 4, 2018.
None.
This AD applies to Costruzioni Aeronautiche Tecnam srl Model P2006T airplanes, all serial numbers that do not incorporate design change TECNAM modification (Mod) 2006/322 at production, certificated in any category.
Air Transport Association of America (ATA) Code 27: Flight Controls.
This AD was prompted by mandatory continuing airworthiness information (MCAI) originated by an aviation authority of another country to identify and address an unsafe condition on an aviation product. The MCAI describes the unsafe condition as an incorrect part number for the rudder trim actuator is referenced in the Airworthiness Limitations section of the FAA-approved maintenance program (
Unless already done, do the following actions in paragraphs (f)(1) through (3) of this AD. The hours time-in-service (TIS) specified in paragraph (f)(1) of this AD are those accumulated on the rudder trim actuator, part number (P/N) B6-7T, since first installed on an airplane. If the total hours TIS are unknown, the hours TIS on the airplane must be used.
(1) Initially replace the rudder trim actuator, P/N B6-7T, at the compliance time in paragraph (f)(1)(i) or (ii) of this AD that occurs later:
(i) Before accumulating 1,000 hours TIS; or
(ii) Within the next 25 hours TIS after September 4, 2018 (the effective date of this AD) or within the next 30 days after September 4, 2018 (the effective date of this AD), whichever occurs first.
(2) After the initial replacement required in paragraph (f)(1) of this AD, repetitively thereafter replace the rudder trim actuator, P/N B6-7T, at intervals not to exceed 1,000 hours TIS.
(3) Within the next 12 months after September 4, 2018 (the effective date of this AD), revise the Airworthiness Limitations section of the FAA-approved maintenance program (
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
Refer to MCAI European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2018-0029, dated January 31, 2018, and Costruzioni Aeronautiche Tecnam srl Service Bulletin No. SB 285-CS-Ed 1, Revision 1, dated November 7, 2017, and Revision 2, dated February 2, 2018, for related information. You may examine the MCAI on the internet
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This action amends Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Memphis International Airport, Memphis, TN. Airspace reconfiguration is necessary due to the decommissioning of the Elvis non-directional radio beacon (NDB), and for the safety and management of instrument flight rules (IFR) operations at this airport. Olive Branch Airport, Olive Branch, MS, is removed from the airspace description to be reestablished in a separate rulemaking.
Effective 0901 UTC, September 13, 2018. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under title 1, Code of Federal Regulations, part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order 7400.11 and publication of conforming amendments.
FAA Order 7400.11B, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed on line at
FAA Order 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
John Fornito, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, GA 30337; telephone (404) 305-6364.
The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Memphis International Airport, Memphis, TN to support IFR operations at the airport.
The FAA published a notice of proposed rulemaking in the
Interested parties were invited to participate in this rulemaking effort by submitting written comments on the proposal to the FAA. No comments were received.
Class E airspace designations are published in paragraph 6005 of FAA Order 7400.11B dated August 3, 2017, and effective September 15, 2017, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR part 71.1. The Class E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
This document amends FAA Order 7400.11B, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 3, 2017, and effective September 15, 2017. FAA Order 7400.11B is publicly available as listed in the
This amendment to Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 amends Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within an 8-mile radius of Memphis International Airport, Memphis, TN. The segment extending from the 8-mile radius of the airport to 16 miles west of the Elvis NDB is removed due to the decommissioning of the Elvis NDB and cancellation of the NDB approach, and for continued safety and management of IFR operations at the airport.
Also, this action removes the language that excludes the Millington, TN, airspace area to comply with FAA Order 7400.2L, Procedures for Handling Airspace Matters.
Additionally, the airspace listed in the legal description for Olive Branch Airport, Olive Branch, MS, is removed and redesignated in a separate rulemaking.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that only affects air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” paragraph 5-6.5a. This airspace action is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant preparation of an environmental assessment.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120, E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within an 8-mile radius of Memphis International Airport, and within a 6.4-mile radius of General DeWitt Spain Airport.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This action amends Class D airspace, removes Class E airspace designated as an extension, and establishes Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet or more above the surface at Olive Branch Airport, Olive Branch, MS. The Olive Branch non-directional radio beacon (NDB) has been decommissioned, requiring the redesign of the airspace. This action, also replaces the outdated term Airport/Facility Directory with the term Chart Supplement in the Class D legal description.
Effective 0901 UTC, September 13, 2018. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference action under title 1, Code of Federal Regulations, part 51, subject to the annual revision of FAA Order 7400.11 and publication of conforming amendments.
FAA Order 7400.11B, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed online at
FAA Order 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
John Fornito, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, GA 30337; telephone 404 305-6364.
The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it amends Class D airspace, removes Class E airspace, and establishes Class E airspace at Olive Branch Airport, Olive Branch, MS, to support IFR operations at the airport.
The FAA published a notice of proposed rulemaking in the
Interested parties were invited to participate in this rulemaking effort by submitting written comments on the proposal to the FAA. No comments were received.
Class D and E airspace designations are published in paragraphs 5000, 6004, and 6005, respectively, of FAA Order 7400.11B dated August 3, 2017, and effective September 15, 2017, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR part 71.1. The Class D and E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
This document amends FAA Order 7400.11B, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 3, 2017, and effective September 15, 2017. FAA Order 7400.11B is publicly available as listed in the
This action amends Title 14 Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 by amending Class D airspace to a 4.1-mile radius, (from a 4-mile radius) at Olive Branch Airport, Olive Branch, MS, and removes Class E airspace designated as an extension to Class D, due to the decommissioning of the Olive Branch NDB and cancellation of the NDB approach. Also, this action establishes Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet or more above the surface at Olive Branch Airport, Olive Branch, MS, (this airspace was removed the from Memphis, TN, airspace in a separate rulemaking).
Additionally, this action makes an editorial change to the Class D airspace legal description replacing Airport/Facility Directory with the term Chart Supplement.
Class D and Class E airspace designations are published in Paragraph 5000, 6004, and 6005, respectively, of FAA Order 7400.11B, dated August 3, 2017, and effective September 15, 2017, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class D and E airspace designations listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. Therefore, this regulation: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that only affects air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this rule, when promulgated, does not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
The FAA has determined that this action qualifies for categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures,” paragraph 5-6.5a. This airspace action is not expected to cause any potentially significant environmental impacts, and no extraordinary circumstances exist that warrant preparation of an environmental assessment.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
That airspace extending upward from the surface to and including 2,900 feet within a 4.1-mile radius of Olive Branch Airport. This Class D airspace area is effective during the specific days and times established in advance by a Notice to Airmen. The effective days and times will thereafter be continuously published in the Chart Supplement.
That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 6.6-mile radius of Olive Branch Airport.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This rule establishes, amends, suspends, or removes Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) and associated Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures (ODPs) for operations at certain airports. These regulatory actions are needed because of the adoption of new or revised criteria, or because of changes occurring in the National Airspace System, such as the commissioning of new navigational facilities, adding new obstacles, or changing air traffic requirements. These changes are designed to provide safe and efficient use of the navigable airspace and to promote safe flight operations under instrument flight rules at the affected airports.
This rule is effective July 30, 2018. The compliance date for each SIAP, associated Takeoff Minimums, and ODP is specified in the amendatory provisions.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the regulations is approved by the Director of the
Availability of matters incorporated by reference in the amendment is as follows:
1. U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Ops-M30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Bldg., Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001.
2. The FAA Air Traffic Organization Service Area in which the affected airport is located;
3. The office of Aeronautical Navigation Products, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 or,
4. The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
All SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs are available online free of charge. Visit the National Flight Data Center at
Thomas J. Nichols, Flight Procedure Standards Branch (AFS-420), Flight Technologies and Programs Divisions, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 (Mail Address: P.O. Box
This rule amends Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97), by establishing, amending, suspending, or removes SIAPS, Takeoff Minimums and/or ODPS. The complete regulatory description of each SIAP and its associated Takeoff Minimums or ODP for an identified airport is listed on FAA form documents which are incorporated by reference in this amendment under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), 1 CFR part 51, and 14 CFR part 97.20. The applicable FAA forms are FAA Forms 8260-3, 8260-4, 8260-5, 8260-15A, and 8260-15B when required by an entry on 8260-15A.
The large number of SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, their complex nature, and the need for a special format make publication in the
Availability and Summary of Material Incorporated by Reference The material incorporated by reference is publicly available as listed in the
The material incorporated by reference describes SIAPS, Takeoff Minimums and/or ODPS as identified in the amendatory language for part 97 of this final rule.
This amendment to 14 CFR part 97 is effective upon publication of each separate SIAP, Takeoff Minimums and ODP as Amended in the transmittal. Some SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and textual ODP amendments may have been issued previously by the FAA in a Flight Data Center (FDC) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) as an emergency action of immediate flight safety relating directly to published aeronautical charts.
The circumstances that created the need for some SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP amendments may require making them effective in less than 30 days. For the remaining SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, an effective date at least 30 days after publication is provided.
Further, the SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs contained in this amendment are based on the criteria contained in the U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). In developing these SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, the TERPS criteria were applied to the conditions existing or anticipated at the affected airports. Because of the close and immediate relationship between these SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, and safety in air commerce, I find that notice and public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and, where applicable, under 5 U.S.C 553(d), good cause exists for making some SIAPs effective in less than 30 days.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore—(1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;(2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26,1979) ; and (3)does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. For the same reason, the FAA certifies that this amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air Traffic Control, Airports, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97) is amended by establishing, amending, suspending, or removing Standard Instrument Approach Procedures and/or Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures effective at 0901 UTC on the dates specified, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40103, 40106, 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 44721-44722.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
This rule amends, suspends, or removes Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) and associated Takeoff Minimums and Obstacle Departure Procedures for operations at certain airports. These regulatory actions are needed because of the adoption of new or revised criteria, or because of changes occurring in the National Airspace System, such as the commissioning of new navigational facilities, adding new obstacles, or changing air traffic requirements. These changes are designed to provide for the safe and efficient use of the navigable airspace and to promote safe flight operations under instrument flight rules at the affected airports.
This rule is effective July 30, 2018. The compliance date for each SIAP, associated Takeoff Minimums, and ODP is specified in the amendatory provisions.
The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the regulations is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of July 30, 2018.
Availability of matter incorporated by reference in the amendment is as follows:
1. U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Ops-M30, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Bldg., Ground Floor, Washington, DC 20590-0001;
2. The FAA Air Traffic Organization Service Area in which the affected airport is located;
3. The office of Aeronautical Navigation Products, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 or,
4. The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
All SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs are available online free of charge. Visit the National Flight Data Center online at
Thomas J. Nichols, Flight Procedure Standards Branch (AFS-420) Flight Technologies and Procedures Division, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169 (Mail Address: P.O. Box 25082 Oklahoma City, OK 73125), telephone: (405) 954-4164.
This rule amends Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97 (14 CFR part 97) by amending the referenced SIAPs. The complete regulatory description of each SIAP is listed on the appropriate FAA Form 8260, as modified by the National Flight Data Center (NFDC)/Permanent Notice to Airmen (P-NOTAM), and is incorporated by reference under 5 U.S.C. 552(a), 1 CFR part 51, and 14 CFR 97.20. The large number of SIAPs, their complex nature, and the need for a special format make their verbatim publication in the
This amendment provides the affected CFR sections, and specifies the SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs with their applicable effective dates. This amendment also identifies the airport and its location, the procedure and the amendment number.
The material incorporated by reference is publicly available as listed in the
The material incorporated by reference describes SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs as identified in the amendatory language for part 97 of this final rule.
This amendment to 14 CFR part 97 is effective upon publication of each separate SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP as amended in the transmittal. For safety and timeliness of change considerations, this amendment incorporates only specific changes contained for each SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP as modified by FDC permanent NOTAMs.
The SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, as modified by FDC permanent NOTAM, and contained in this amendment are based on the criteria contained in the U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument Procedures (TERPS). In developing these changes to SIAPs and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, the TERPS criteria were applied only to specific conditions existing at the affected airports. All SIAP amendments in this rule have been previously issued by the FAA in a FDC NOTAM as an emergency action of immediate flight safety relating directly to published aeronautical charts.
The circumstances that created the need for these SIAP and Takeoff Minimums and ODP amendments require making them effective in less than 30 days.
Because of the close and immediate relationship between these SIAPs, Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, and safety in air commerce, I find that notice and public procedure under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) are impracticable and contrary to the public interest and, where applicable, under 5 U.S.C. 553(d), good cause exists for making these SIAPs effective in less than 30 days.
The FAA has determined that this regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore—(1) is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. For the same reason, the FAA certifies that this amendment will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air Traffic Control, Airports, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me, Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 97, (14 CFR part 97), is amended by amending Standard Instrument Approach Procedures and Takeoff Minimums and ODPs, effective at 0901 UTC on the dates specified, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 40103, 40106, 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 44721-44722.
By amending: § 97.23 VOR, VOR/DME, VOR or TACAN, and VOR/DME or TACAN; § 97.25 LOC, LOC/DME, LDA, LDA/DME, SDF, SDF/DME; § 97.27 NDB, NDB/DME; § 97.29 ILS, ILS/DME, MLS, MLS/DME, MLS/RNAV; § 97.31 RADAR SIAPs; § 97.33 RNAV SIAPs; and § 97.35 COPTER SIAPs, Identified as follows:
Employment and Training Administration, Labor.
Final rule.
The Employment and Training Administration (ETA) of the Department of Labor (Department) is adopting as a final rule without change the interim final rule (IFR) published by the Department in the
Amanda Ahlstrand, Administrator, Office of Workforce Investment,
The SCSEP, authorized by title V of the OAA, is the only federally sponsored employment and training program targeted specifically to low-income, older individuals who want to enter or re-enter the workforce. Participants must be 55 years of age or older, with incomes no more than 125 percent of the Federal poverty level. The program offers participants training at community service assignments in public and non-profit organizations and agencies so that they can gain on-the-job experience. The dual goals of the program are to promote useful opportunities in community service activities and also to move SCSEP participants into unsubsidized employment, where appropriate, so that they can achieve economic self-sufficiency.
The 2016 OAA, Public Law 114-144 (Apr. 19, 2016), amended the statutory provisions authorizing SCSEP and requires the Department to implement the amendments to the SCSEP performance measures by December 31, 2017.
The IFR included both the definitions of the measures (as required by OAA sec. 513(b)(2)) and the processes used to implement these measures in the conduct of the SCSEP grants. These processes include how the Department and grantees initially determine and then adjust expected levels of performance for the grants, and how the Department determines whether a grantee fails, meets, or exceeds the levels of performance.
The Administrative Procedure Act (APA) authorizes agencies to issue a rule without notice and comment upon a showing of good cause. 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B). The APA's good cause exception to public participation applies upon a finding that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B). According to the legislative history of the APA, “unnecessary” means “unnecessary so far as the public is concerned, as would be the case if a minor or merely technical amendment in which the public is not particularly interested were involved.” Senate Report No. 752 at p. 200, 79th Cong. 1st Sess. (1945). As explained by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, “when regulations merely restate the statute they implement, notice-and-comment procedures are unnecessary.”
The 2016 OAA requires the Department to establish and implement the new SCSEP performance measures after consultation with stakeholders. OAA sec. 513(b)(2). The Department satisfied these statutory requirements when it solicited public input on the definitions and implementation of the statutory performance measures in April and May of 2017. On May 8, 2017, the Department sent an email to 4,529 stakeholders, inviting them to register for the consultation. The Department also informed stakeholders that they could submit written comments after the consultation.
Of the 394 registered participants, 273 attended the consultation on May 16, 2017. The IFR discussed at length the comments received during and after the consultation and, in response to some of those comments, made the following clarifications:
• The changes in the IFR to the SCSEP performance measurement system reflect in large part an alignment of the SCSEP performance measures with the three employment outcome indicators mandated for WIOA core programs under WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(I) through (III). In addition to these three WIOA employment outcome indicators of performance, SCSEP has three measures related to participation in the program: service level, hours of community service employment, and service to the most-in-need. These three measures are unique to SCSEP and the 2016 OAA amendments retained them unchanged. Although WIOA has several similar measures, these SCSEP measures are not directly applicable to WIOA. In addition, the WIOA primary indicators of performance include effectiveness in serving employers; the corresponding measure for SCSEP under the OAA, as discussed below at § 641.720, is not directly parallel because it includes participants and host agencies, as well as employers.
• All the SCSEP measures will be incorporated into the Participant Individual Record Layout (PIRL, the WIOA performance reporting system), along with other aspects of SCSEP performance.
• Although the 2016 OAA amendments require SCSEP to adopt several of WIOA's primary indicators of performance, SCSEP is independent of WIOA, and SCSEP performance is not included in the WIOA State program or indicator scores.
• While the Department is exploring a new case management system that may replace the SCSEP Performance and Results Quarterly Progress Report (SPARQ) system in whole or in part, grantees must continue using SPARQ until the Department informs them that a new system is available.
• Like the current measures, the new performance measures apply to all grantees, including both State and national grantees.
See Section I of the IFR for a more detailed discussion of the comments received during stakeholder consultation process.
The 2016 OAA changes to the SCSEP performance measurement system reflect in large part an alignment of the SCSEP performance measures with those mandated for WIOA core
Coordination between the SCSEP and the WIOA programs continues to be an important objective of the OAA. SCSEP is a required partner in the workforce development system (per WIOA sec. 121(b)(1)(B)(v)), and SCSEP is required to coordinate with the WIOA One-Stop delivery system (OAA sec. 511, 42 U.S.C. 3056i), such as by accepting each other's assessments and Individual Employment Plans (IEPs) (OAA sec. 502(b)(3), 42 U.S.C. 3056(b)(3)). The underlying notion of the One-Stop delivery system is the coordination of programs, services, and governance structures, to ensure customer access to a seamless system of workforce development services. Although there are many similarities to the system established under WIA, there are also significant changes under WIOA that are intended to make substantial improvements to the public workforce delivery system. The Joint WIOA final rule requires partners to collaborate to support a seamless customer-focused service delivery network; requiring that programs and providers co-locate, coordinate, and integrate activities and information, so that the system as a whole is cohesive and accessible for individuals and employers alike.
The Department remains committed to a system-wide continuous improvement approach grounded upon proven quality principles and practices. Although many of the SCSEP regulations remain unchanged from the 2010 SCSEP final rule (75 FR 53786; Sept. 1, 2010), the IFR codified the 2016 OAA revisions to the program that align senior employment services with the workforce development system under WIOA. In particular, the IFR aligned the SCSEP performance measures related to employment and earnings with the performance measures established by WIOA to enhance consistency and coordination between the programs and ensure effective services for older Americans. Section III discusses in more detail the changes implemented by the IFR and finalized by this final rule.
The Department received comments from seven organizations and individuals. Four organizations (three national grantees and an association representing State grantees) submitted substantive comments that addressed issues within the scope of the IFR: Associates for Training and Development (A4TD), Vantage Aging (previously known as Mature Services), Senior Service America (SSAI), and the National Association of States United for Aging and Disabilities (NASUAD); the three individuals submitted non-substantive comments.
The Department considered all substantive comments received as it developed this final rule. In Section III below, “Section-by-Section Discussion of the Final Rule,” the Department summarizes and discusses the input received from A4TD, Vantage Aging, and NASUAD. SSAI resubmitted the same comments it submitted on June 6, 2017, in response to the May 16, 2017 stakeholder webinar, prior to the publication of the IFR. Because the Department fully responded to the SSAI comments in the preamble to the IFR, the Department will not respond further in this preamble except to clarify some of its prior responses.
Three comments from individuals described general dissatisfaction with the SCSEP program and its grantees based on either negative personal experiences or unfavorable anecdotal evidence. The preamble does not address these comments, as they were not in the scope of the rulemaking.
The Department has made no changes to the regulatory text issued in the IFR.
In addition to the changes made to part 641, subpart G (Performance Accountability) codifying the 2016 OAA statutory revisions as described more fully below, the IFR made non-substantive, technical amendments throughout all of part 641 to reflect the 2016 OAA amendments and to align the SCSEP program language with WIOA, such as updating outdated terminology and outdated references to WIA, which WIOA superseded. The Department did not receive any comments on these technical amendments and the final rule adopts them as issued in the IFR.
The remainder of this section-by-section discussion describes in detail only the substantive subpart G revisions.
Throughout this subpart, the Department has revised the term “core indicator(s)” to “core measure(s)” to align the regulation with the 2016 OAA, specifically sec. 513(a), 42 U.S.C. 3056k(a). The amended statute also refers to “indicators.” However, because the statute uses the terms interchangeably, for consistency and to reduce the possibility of confusion, the Department uses only the term “measures” throughout this subpart. Other changes made to the sections of subpart G are described below.
The Department did not receive any comments on this section. The final rule adopts the provision as originally issued in the IFR.
This section of the rule provides definitions of the core measures. The IFR revised the core indicator (now “core measure”) definitions contained in this section to align with the revised core measures set forth in § 641.700 of the IFR. As discussed below and in the IFR, the Department deleted the entirety of former paragraph (b) to remove the definitions for the former “additional indicators,” which the 2016 OAA removed. Thus, as an initial change, the IFR renumbered paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) to (a) through (g) (to include the definition for an added core measure, as discussed below).
The IFR did not revise paragraph (a), renumbered from former paragraph (a)(1), which contains the definition for the first core measure for hours of community service employment as currently implemented.
In paragraph (b), renumbered from former paragraph (a)(2), the IFR included a definition for the second performance measure, “percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project.” The IFR defined this
In paragraph (c), renumbered from former paragraph (a)(3), the IFR included a definition for the third performance measure, “percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the project.” This performance measure is defined by the following formula: The number of participants who exited during the reporting period who are employed in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after the exit quarter, divided by the number of participants who exited during the reporting period, multiplied by 100 so as to be reported as a percentage. This definition aligns with the definition of the corresponding WIOA performance measure, as explained in TEGL 10-16.
In response to the IFR, the Department received one public comment relating to the employment measures set forth in this section. Specifically, with regard to the fourth quarter unsubsidized employment measure at paragraph (c), the commenter expressed concern that the new fourth quarter unsubsidized employment measure, while simplifying the current measure for employment retention, will require grantees to follow participants for at least an entire year even if the participants did not leave the program for unsubsidized employment. The commenter contended that this core performance measure will place a significant burden on grantees while producing little increase in performance data.
The commenter is correct that the new measure is no longer conditioned on a participant's having been employed in the first quarter after the exit quarter (as the current core measure for employment retention and the additional measure for retention at 1 year require) and, therefore, includes in the pool every participant who exits from SCSEP unless the participant has one of the exclusions from exit. The Department, however, declines to revise the definition for this core measure. Once wage records are available to all grantees, nearly all data for this measure will be gathered without the need for follow-up, and there will be little additional burden on the grantees.
In paragraph (d), renumbered from former paragraph (a)(4), the IFR included a definition for the fourth performance measure, “median earnings of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project.” This performance measure is defined by the following formula: For all participants who exited and are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after the exit quarter, the wage that is at the midpoint (of all the wages) between the highest and lowest wage earned in the second quarter after the exit quarter. This definition aligns with the definition of the corresponding WIOA performance measure, as explained in TEGL 10-16.
The Department did not receive any comments relating to paragraph (d). The final rule adopts the provision as originally issued in the IFR.
The IFR added a definition in paragraph (e) for the fifth performance measure, “effectiveness in serving employers, host agencies, and project participants.” While this definition is similar to the definition used for this indicator under the 2006 OAA, when it was an additional indicator, the 2016 OAA revised the definition so that it focuses more specifically on effectiveness rather than satisfaction in general. The Department received no comments in response to this definition. The final rule adopts the provision as originally issued in the IFR.
Although the new SCSEP measure of effectiveness parallels the language of the WIOA measure, it differs because it also measures the effectiveness in serving participants and host agencies, as well as employers. The WIOA approach to the measure, which is being piloted until 2019, does not have obvious application to SCSEP's other two customer groups. As a result, for the SCSEP measure, the Department has decided to continue surveying all three customer groups to assess the effectiveness of the services received as an interim measure at least until the WIOA pilot is complete and a WIOA measure is defined in final form. By using the same definition as that of the current customer satisfaction measure during this period, the Department will not require SCSEP customers to change their current practices or take on any additional burden.
To conform to the changes outlined above, the IFR renumbered former paragraph (a)(5) to (f). The IFR also renumbered former paragraph (a)(6)(i) through (xiii) to (g)(1) through (13). Renumbered paragraphs (f) and (g) correspond to the sixth and seventh SCSEP performance measures, the definitions of which were unchanged by the IFR. The Department received no comments in response to these technical changes and they are incorporated into this final rule without change.
The 2016 OAA removed the additional indicators of performance previously established in sec. 513(b)(2) of the 2006 OAA. Therefore, the IFR deleted former paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) that contained definitions for the additional indicators. The Department received no comments in response to these deletions.
In addition to the regulatory text changes discussed above, the IFR made various non-substantive changes to the regulations for purposes of correcting typographical errors and improving clarity.
The Department received several comments related to this provision. The comments are addressed below in the “Employment Outcome Measure” heading.
The IFR made substantial revisions to this section to align with the 2016 OAA, which in large part mirrors the process for establishing the expected performance levels required by WIOA
The IFR revised paragraph (a), which requires agreement between the grantee and the Department for expected levels of performance for the first 2 program years of the grant, to mirror the statutory language in 2016 OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(B) and (C)(i) and align with WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(iv)(I). Specifically, paragraph (a) of the IFR stated that each grantee must reach agreement with the Department on levels of performance for each measure listed in § 641.700 for each of the first 2 program years covered by the grant agreement. In reaching the agreement, the grantee and the Department must take into account the expected levels of performance proposed by the grantee and the factors described in paragraph (c) of this section. This paragraph also stated that the levels agreed to will be considered to be the expected levels of performance for the grantee for such program years, and the Department may not award funds under the grant until such agreement is reached. Lastly, this paragraph stated that, at the conclusion of negotiations concerning the performance levels with all grantees, the Department would make available for public review the final negotiated expected levels of performance for each grantee, including any comments submitted by the grantee regarding the grantee's satisfaction with the negotiated levels.
The IFR explained that the Department considers PY 2016 and PY 2017 to be the first 2 program years under the current SCSEP grants (
The IFR also revised paragraph (b), which required agreement for expected levels of performance for the third and fourth program years of the grant, to mirror the statutory language provided in 2016 OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(B) and (C)(ii) and to align with WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(iv)(II). The IFR explained, in keeping with paragraph (a) above, that the Department considers PY 2018 and PY 2019 to be the third and fourth program years of the current (PY 2016) SCSEP grant agreements. Specifically, paragraph (b) stated that each grantee must reach agreement with the Department, prior to the third program year covered by the grant agreement, on levels of performance for each measure listed in § 641.700, for each of the third and fourth program years of the grant. This paragraph stated that, in reaching the agreement, the grantee and the Department must take into account the expected levels proposed by the grantee and the factors described in paragraph (c) of this section. This paragraph also stated that the levels agreed to will be considered to be the expected levels of performance for the grantee for those program years. Lastly, like the requirement in paragraph (a), this paragraph stated that, at the conclusion of negotiations concerning the performance levels with all grantees, the Department would make available for public review the final negotiated expected levels of performance for each grantee, including any comments submitted by the grantee regarding the grantee's satisfaction with the negotiated levels.
The IFR added a new paragraph (c), “Factors,” to require that the negotiated levels of performance must be based on the three factors listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3), as required by OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(D) and to align with WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(v). Paragraph (c)(1) of the IFR stated that the negotiated levels must take into account how a grantee's levels of performance compare with the expected levels of performance established for other grantees.
In paragraph (d), the IFR revised the adjustment requirements contained in former paragraph (b). The IFR replaced the adjustment factors specified in former (b)(1) through (3) with the requirement that the Department will, in accordance with the objective statistical model developed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2), adjust the expected levels of performance for a program year for grantees to reflect the actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants in the corresponding projects during such program year. The Department made these revisions in the IFR to align the pertinent regulations with OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(E).
For consistency with the 2016 OAA, the IFR removed the language in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of § 641.720 that describes the negotiation process in detail. However, as explained in the IFR, the negotiation process that the Department intends to use under these new performance measures is similar to the process that was used prior to the IFR, and includes similar opportunities for input from the grantees:
• In the spring of 2018, the Department analyzed grantees' baseline performance and issued proposed targets and goals for the next 2 program years, PY 2018 and PY 2019, based on the new adjustment factors.
• If a grantee disagreed with those targets and goals, it was allowed to propose its own goals and request to negotiate. No grantee chose to negotiate revisions to the proposed targets and goals.
• Prior to the negotiation, the grantee was required to provide the Department with the data on which the grantee based its proposed goals.
• The grantee and the Department must reach agreement before funds for PY 2018 and PY 2019 can be approved; the agreed-upon goals will be the expected levels of performance upon which the annual evaluation of grantee performance will be based. If the grantee and the Department fail to reach agreement, no funds may be released.
• At the conclusion of the negotiation, the grantee may submit comments regarding the grantee's satisfaction with the negotiated levels of performance, which the Department will publish, along with the expected levels of performance.
• At the time of the annual evaluation of grantee performance, the expected levels of performance will be adjusted a second time using the latest available adjustment data. The Department will base this evaluation on the newly
• The same process will be followed for subsequent 2-year periods.
In addition to the regulatory text changes discussed above, the IFR made various non-substantive changes for purposes of correcting typographical errors and improving clarity. Those changes have been retained in this final rule.
The new measures implemented by the IFR became effective on January 2, 2018, and the new measures were used during the second half of PY 2017, to negotiate the targets and goals for PYs 2018 and 2019. Performance under the PY 2018 targets and goals will begin to be reported starting July 1, 2018. The SCSEP QPR for PY 2017 will be based on the measures that were in place prior to the IFR, and the QPRs for PY 2018, will be based on the measures established in the IFR (and adopted without change in this final rule).
SCSEP participants who exit during PY 2017 when goals based on the prior measures were still in effect will have their performance reported under the old measures for PY 2017. For this same cohort of exiters, reporting for the core employment outcome measures would also take place throughout PY 2018, under the new measures set forth in the IFR and adopted without change in this final rule, and would be reflected in the grantees' PY 2018 QPRs. For example, a participant who exits in Quarter 3 of PY 2017 will be included in the previous entered employment measure for Quarter 4 of PY 2017; the grantee will also report this participant in the final rule's new measure of employment in the second quarter after exit in Quarter 1 of PY 2018. Since the underlying data required for the new measures that will be reported in PY 2018 are the same data required for the prior measures, grantees will have to follow different timing rules for the collection of data in PY 2018, but they will not be required to collect any new or additional data beyond the data they would have reported under the old measures. The Department will provide technical assistance and guidance on the new timing and reporting requirements. As with the core measures in use prior to the IFR, the grantees will collect data for the additional measures not carried forward in the IFR and now this final rule throughout PY 2017, and the final QPR for PY 2017 will be the last report of the additional measures.
The Department received several comments relating to § 641.720, which are summarized below. The Department considered all of these comments as it finalized the IFR; our responses to each comment are set forth below. This final rule, however, adopts this provision as it was issued in the IFR for reasons discussed below.
A commenter asked for clarification of the calculation of two of the measures: Whether exclusions from exit will still be applied and whether the year-to-date measure for median earnings will be based on cumulative data or an average of the quarterly results.
As the Department stated in the IFR, as part of its adoption of the WIA common measures in PY 2007, SCSEP has been following the WIA exclusions. With the 2016 OAA's adoption of the measures consistent with the WIOA primary indicators of performance, SCSEP will examine the revised WIOA exclusions and will issue revised guidance as appropriate. The calculation of the year-to-date performance will continue to be based on cumulative data, as it has always been. The Department will issue guidance on the calculations and timing rules for all the new measures.
One commenter expressed concern that while achieving unsubsidized employment is a key goal of the SCSEP program, in many States and localities there remains a significant gap between the unsubsidized income needed to make ends meet and the possible reduction of public benefits due to achieving employment; that pursuit of improved performance under the new employment outcome measures could result in worsening the quality of life of SCSEP participants rather than improving it; and that the Department should work with States to identify mechanisms to ensure that every participant's life is improved by participation in the SCSEP program. The commenter recommended that the Department allow States to use additional economic factors such as housing availability and other issues related to affordability and cost of living as a part of their outcome measures. The commenter also recommended that the Department work with partners in the Federal Government to evaluate options for a gradual reduction in benefits for individuals as they leave SCSEP instead of the current benefits cliff.
The Department agrees that SCSEP is designed to improve participants' quality of life, including self-sufficiency. In fact, data from the participant customer satisfaction surveys consistently confirm that the program does effectively improve participants' physical, emotional, and financial quality of life, and that participants who exit from the program are satisfied with SCSEP, even if they do not achieve unsubsidized employment. Section 641.535(a)(3)(iii) of the SCSEP regulations (a section not affected by the IFR or this final rule) recognizes that unsubsidized employment may not be an appropriate goal for all participants and that if it becomes apparent that unsubsidized employment is not feasible, the grantee must modify the participant's IEP and assist the participant with other approaches to self-sufficiency, including transition to other services and programs.
The Department notes also that the goals for the employment outcomes have always been set at a level that recognizes that not all participants will obtain unsubsidized employment and that because seniors generally work part-time hours at lower pay levels, the goals for earnings have also been set at realistic levels. However, the Department disagrees that SCSEP participants in general cannot improve their financial condition through unsubsidized employment. If grantees do their best to help participants find jobs at their highest wage and skill level, many participants can and do achieve economic self-sufficiency.
Finally, the Department has no authority to revise the employment outcome measures required by the 2016 OAA and implemented by the IFR and this final rule. The Department will work with other Federal agencies to explore whether Federal benefits can be reduced gradually when SCSEP participants exit the program for unsubsidized employment. The Department will also consider adding additional economic factors to the statistical adjustment model as suggested by this commenter and other commenters. See discussion of the statistical adjustment model below.
Citing the additional burden the new measures place on grantees to conduct follow-ups and the incompleteness and inaccuracy of case management follow-up, all four commenters urged the Department to allow the use of unemployment insurance wage records to obtain employment outcome data. One commenter also urged the Department to phase out case management follow-up once access to wage records is available.
As the commenters recognized and as stated in the IFR, the Department is investigating access to wage records and hopes to implement aggregate wage record matching for all grantees. However, since wage matching does not provide data on all participants in
The Department will inform the grantees as soon as it ascertains when wage matching will be available to SCSEP and will consult with the grantees about the extent to which follow-up will still be required for both performance reporting and case management. In the meantime, as stated in the IFR, until the access to wage records occurs, all grantees must continue using case management follow-up. Using different methods of data collection would compromise the consistency of the performance measures and would potentially provide an unfair advantage to those grantees with access to wage records. In the meantime, the Department will review the standards for case management follow-up as set forth in various guidance materials, will confer with grantees about the changes in procedures desired, and will issue revised guidance if appropriate.
One commenter provided several comments relating to the negotiation process, including several concerns about the current process. The commenter described challenges that States have reported facing in negotiations on performance levels, including lack of interest from Federal partners, inconsistency regarding negotiations on a regional basis, delay resulting from confusion about what data to provide, and time pressures. The commenter requested that the Department issue guidance to States regarding the types of data the Department would take into account when negotiating performance levels. This commenter also requested that the Department work with other Federal agencies, including the Department of Health and Human Services and the Department of Agriculture, to provide guidance regarding data-sharing between programs such as SNAP, TANF, Unemployment Insurance, and the SCSEP program. Lastly, this commenter recommended that the Department allow for adjustments in the timeline for negotiations and allow for a certain percentage of funds to be released prior to agreement on the goals and/or to provide funds on an interim contingency basis while negotiations are ongoing.
Although the OAA provides that grantees may comment on the negotiation process and that the Department will publish such comments, very few grantees have commented at all since PY 2007, and no grantees have expressed the concerns raised by the commenter. The Department notes that it has been providing annual teleconferences and webinars on the negotiation process each year since PY 2007, and that, during the negotiations themselves, the Department and its subject matter experts make every effort to identify and help grantees locate data that may be useful to them in their negotiations. The Department thus welcomes the commenter's suggestions for improving the negotiation process and will take them under consideration to the extent it has the authority to do so. The Department agrees that all Federal regions should be engaged in the process and that grantees should be given the support they require to participate meaningfully. The Department will work with the Federal Project Officers to ensure that all grantees are aware of their right to negotiate their goals and have a full opportunity to do so. The Department will also ensure that grantees have information about relevant data sources.
As the commenter recognized, however, the requirement to reach agreement on negotiated levels of performance before the Department may release grant funds is contained in the OAA. The Department has no authority to waive or modify that requirement. The Department recognizes that the time period for negotiation is condensed and that negotiations occur during the same time that grantees are preparing their annual grant applications. The need to obtain the most recent baseline data and economic information to use in the goal setting and adjustment process necessitates this timing. The Department shares the commenter's desire to allow for a more relaxed schedule and will explore the possibility of using a more flexible baseline once the new performance measures have been in place long enough for a new baseline to emerge.
One commenter who addressed the new measure of effectiveness in serving SCSEP's three customer groups pointed out that “effectiveness” is more difficult to measure than “satisfaction”, which for this commenter is a more concrete measure. The commenter expressed uncertainty about how well the WIOA pilot project to explore measures of effectiveness will translate to SCSEP. This commenter expressed appreciation for the Department's continuing to utilize the current customer satisfaction measure until a more detailed and rigorous effectiveness measure can be tested and developed. The commenter recommended that the Department create a stakeholder workgroup to collaborate on evaluating the applicability of the WIOA pilot measures to SCSEP, as well as on the modification or development of new measures of effectiveness. A different commenter made a similar recommendation about involving grantees in the exploration and adoption of pilot measures of effectiveness in serving employers.
Another commenter asked whether there would be any changes in the administration, substance, or timeline for the customer satisfaction surveys during the interim period while the WIOA measure of effectiveness is not yet final.
The Department welcomes the suggestions for grantee involvement and reiterates that it will continue to use the current customer satisfaction surveys at least until the WIOA pilot is complete and the new WIOA effectiveness measure is finalized. During this interim period, the Department will explore with grantees, and with its three customer groups, options for best measuring the effectiveness of SCSEP's services, including the suggestions made by the commenters. The Department will also explore ways to improve the efficiency of the current customer surveys (including the use of online surveys and changes to the administration of the employer survey) and will examine what, if any, new or revised questions would support an index of effectiveness as an alternative to the current index of satisfaction. Until the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approves any proposed changes to the content or methods of administration of the surveys, the currently approved surveys will continue to be administered as approved.
One commenter had several comments that relate to the statistical adjustment model, suggesting that the Department recognize differences between employment prospects for an individual residing in a metro or urban area versus one in a rural or frontier area, which would include allowing for different regional measures within the same State; the Department should consider other factors that influence
As the Department stated it would do in the preamble to the IFR, the Department is re-examining its current adjustment model to determine if additional aspects of the WIOA model should be incorporated into the SCSEP model or if other changes are appropriate. This consideration includes accounting for the percentage of participants who reside in rural areas, as well as examining an adjustment for the percentage of participants who are ex-offenders (as suggested by a comment made by SSAI). The Department will also explore whether it can obtain current economic data on the senior population as opposed to the general population. The adjustment model applied to the PY 2018 and PY 2019 proposed targets and goals included five new participant characteristics (including residing in a rural area) and one new economic factor (average weekly wages).
The Department notes that to the greatest extent possible, it uses county-level data in its adjustment model, thereby permitting the adjustment factors to be tailored to the specific service area of each grantee. This approach accounts for regional differences within each grantee's service area, as requested by the commenter. In applying the revised adjustment model, the Department used economic data for the new service areas in which the grantees were located at the time of the goal setting for PY 2018 and PY 2019.
Although the Department received a few public comments relating to this provision, which are discussed below, the final rule adopts this provision as it was issued in the IFR.
The IFR made several changes in this section to update the Department's transition assistance plans to correspond with the 2016 OAA. As a non-substantive change, the IFR deleted the designation of paragraph (a) and its title “General transition provision,” because the IFR deleted paragraph (b), as discussed below. This section was, thus, left with only two sentences.
The first sentence as revised by the IFR stated that, as soon as practicable after January 2, 2018, the Department would determine whether a SCSEP grantee's performance under the measures in effect prior to January 2, 2018, would have met the expected levels of performance for PY 2018. The second sentence as revised by the IFR stated that if the Department determines that a grantee would have failed to meet those expected levels of performance, then the Department would provide technical assistance to help the grantee to eventually meet the expected levels of performance under the measures in § 641.700, as those measures were revised by the IFR.
The IFR explained that the Department would only make the above determination for the three new employment outcome measures, defined in § 641.710(b) through (d) of the IFR, since no transition is required for the remaining four core measures (three are unchanged, and for the fourth, the “indicators of effectiveness in serving employers, host agencies, and participants,” the IFR stated that the Department would use the same customer satisfaction measure that was used prior to the IFR). In making the determination, the IFR indicated that the Department intended to examine all relevant data, as feasible, in order to provide a crosswalk between the existing measures and the measures implemented in the IFR and to develop a new baseline from which to begin the development of goals for PY 2018 and PY 2019. The IFR promised to provide the analysis to all grantees when it was completed. As set forth above, the Department completed the analysis and cross-walk and provided it to the grantees prior to the development of proposed targets and goals for PY 2018 and PY 2019.
As noted above, the IFR removed paragraph (b) from § 641.730, which provided that PY 2007 would be treated as a baseline year for the most-in-need indicator so that grantees and the Department may collect sufficient data to set a meaningful goal for the measure for PY 2008. The IFR explained that since this provision included dates that have already passed, and given that the Department has documented information on this measure, this provision is no longer required. Therefore, the IFR deleted it from this section.
Some comments from some of the organizations that responded to the IFR, like comments received from the stakeholder webinar, expressed concern that the new employment outcome measures are substantially different from the current SCSEP outcome measures and that there is no baseline upon which goals for the new measures can be set. For this reason, some comments suggested that the Department establish a pilot period for the new employment measures during which there would not be any expected levels of performance.
One commenter noted that, as a result of the 2016 national grantee competition, many national grantees operate in service areas different from their prior service areas and that the economic conditions in the new area are different as well. This commenter urged the Department to use a valid baseline rather than old data in establishing goals for the new measures.
The Department recognizes that all three of the new outcome measures use different calculations from the measures that were in place prior to the IFR, and that it will take time to establish a reliable baseline to use in setting goals for these measures. As stated in the preamble to the IFR, to help determine how performance under the prior measures relates to performance under the new measures, the Department reanalyzed prior grantee performance data reported under the prior measures using the calculations required for the new measures and created a crosswalk between the two sets of measures. Because the recalculation proved to be an inadequate basis for setting the PY 2018 and PY 2019 grantee-expected levels of performance, the Department decided to treat PYs 2018 and 2019 as baseline years for which targets, rather than expected levels of performance, are assigned, and has reserved the right to renegotiate the PY 2019 targets based on actual performance in PY 2018. Moreover, in developing the proposed goals, the Department used the grantees' most recent, reliable baseline performance. Where the recent baseline data were not reliable, the Department used a longer, historical baseline.
One commenter requested that the Department offer training on using the PIRL system and raised several questions related to the transition from SPARQ to PIRL, including whether
The Department has announced that it is developing a new case management system that is designed to replace SPARQ in whole or in part. The Department anticipates that SPARQ data will be migrated to the new system and that grantees will continue to use SPARQ for exited case records until the conclusion of the reporting of the PY 2017 performance data on or around September 30, 2018. Since grantees will report the new performance measures beginning July 1, 2018, SPARQ is being reconfigured to support the new measures; grantees will continue using SPARQ for at least the first quarter of PY 2018. The Department anticipates that grantees will begin using the new system for active cases in the second or third quarter of PY 2018. The Department has aligned SPARQ data collection for the case management system with the PIRL. The Department will provide details of the new case management system and the transition requirements to the grantees as soon as possible and does anticipate providing training to grantees.
The Department did not receive any comments on this section. The final rule adopts the provision as it was issued in the IFR.
The Department did not receive any comments on this section. The final rule adopts the provision as it was issued in the IFR.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601
There are 75 SCSEP grantees; 50 of these are States and are not small entities as defined by the RFA. Six grantees are governmental jurisdictions other than States (four grantees are territories such as Guam; one grantee is Washington, DC; and another grantee is Puerto Rico). Governmental jurisdictions must have a population of less than 50,000 to qualify as a small entity for RFA purposes and the population of these 6 SCSEP grantees each exceeds 50,000. The remaining 19 grantees are non-profit organizations, which includes some large, national non-profit organizations.
The Department has determined that this final rule will impose no additional burden on small entities affected. Since the alignment with WIOA involved only definitions, the grantees are not required to collect any additional information that may cause a burden increase. In addition, the SCSEP program funds provided to grantees cover all such costs.
The Departments certifies that this final rule does not impose a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
Under Executive Order (E.O.) 12866, OMB's Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs determines whether a regulatory action is significant and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive Order and review by OMB. 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Section 3(f) of E.O. 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action that is likely to result in a rule that: (1) Has an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affects in a material way a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local or tribal governments or communities (also referred to as economically significant); (2) creates serious inconsistency or otherwise interferes with an action taken or planned by another agency; (3) materially alters the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4) raises novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in the Executive Order.
This rule is not an E.O. 13771 regulatory action because this rule is not significant under E.O. 12866.
E.O. 13563 directs agencies to propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs; it is tailored to impose the least burden on society, consistent with achieving the regulatory objectives; and in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, the agency has selected those approaches that maximize net benefits. E.O. 13563 recognizes that some benefits are difficult to quantify and provides that, where appropriate and permitted by law, agencies may consider and discuss qualitatively values that are difficult or impossible to quantify, including equity, human dignity, fairness, and distributive impacts.
OMB declined review of this final rule because it is not a significant regulatory action.
The purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501
A Federal agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless OMB approves it under the PRA and it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The public is also not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person will be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information if the collection of information does not display a currently valid OMB control number (44 U.S.C. 3512). OMB has approved the information collections contained in this final rule. See ICR Reference Number 201802-1205-003. The information collection is summarized as follows.
For purposes of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, this rule does not include any Federal mandate that may result in increased expenditures by State, local, and tribal governments in the aggregate of more than $100 million, or increased expenditures by the private sector of more than $100 million.
The Department has reviewed this rule in accordance with E.O. 13132 regarding federalism and has determined that it does not have “federalism implications.” The rule does not “have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” This final rule defines and implements performance measures for the SCSEP and while States are SCSEP grantees, this rule merely makes changes to data collection processes that are ongoing. Requiring State grantees to implement these changes does not constitute a “substantial direct effect” on the States, nor will it alter the relationship or responsibilities between the Federal and State governments.
E.O. 13045 concerns the protection of children from environmental health risks and safety risks. This rule defines and details the performance measures used by the SCSEP, a program for older Americans, and has no impact on safety or health risks to children.
E.O. 13175 addresses the unique relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribal governments. The order requires Federal agencies to take certain actions when regulations have “tribal implications.” Required actions include consulting with Tribal Governments prior to promulgating a regulation with tribal implications and preparing a tribal impact statement. The order defines regulations as having “tribal implications” when they have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
The Department has reviewed this final rule and concludes that it does not have tribal implications. While some tribes may be recipients of national SCSEP grantees, this rule will not have a substantial direct effect on those tribes because, as outlined in the RFA section of the preamble above, there are only small cost increases associated with implementing this regulation. This regulation does not affect the relationship between the Federal Government and the tribes, nor does it affect the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Tribal Governments. Accordingly, we conclude that this rule does not have tribal implications for the purposes of E.O. 13175.
The Department has reviewed this rule in accordance with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, enacted as part of the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681), requires the Department to assess the impact of this rule on family well-being. A rule that is determined to have a negative effect on families must be supported with an adequate rationale.
The Department has assessed this rule and determines that it will not have a negative effect on families. Indeed, the SCSEP strengthens families by providing job training and support services to low-income older Americans so that they can obtain fruitful employment and enjoy increased economic self-sufficiency.
The Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, provides safeguards to individuals concerning their personal information that the Government collects. The Act requires certain actions by an agency that collects information on individuals when that information contains personally identifiable information such as Social Security Numbers (SSNs) or names. Because SCSEP participant records are maintained by SSN, the Act applies here.
A key concern is for the protection of participant SSNs. Grantees must collect the SSN in order to pay participants properly for their community service work in host agencies. When grantees send participant files to the Department for aggregation, the transmittal is protected by secure encryption. When participant files are retrieved within the internet-based SCSEP data management system of SPARQ, only the last four digits of the SSN are displayed. Any information that is shared or made public is aggregated by grantee and does not reveal personal information on specific individuals.
The Department works diligently to ensure the highest level of security whenever personally identifiable information is stored or transmitted. All contractors that have access to individually identifying information are required to provide assurances that they will respect and protect the confidentiality of the data. ETA's Office of Performance and Technology has been an active participant in the development and approval of data security measures—especially as they apply to SPARQ.
In addition to the above, the Department provides a Privacy Act Statement to grantees for distribution to all participants. The Department advised grantees of the requirement in ETA's Older Worker Bulletin OWB-04-06. Participants receive this information when they meet with a caseworker or intake counselor. When the Department monitors the programs, implementation of this term is included in the review.
This rule is not subject to E.O. 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights, because it does not involve implementation of a policy with takings implications.
This regulation has been drafted and reviewed in accordance with E.O. 12988, Civil Justice Reform, and will not unduly burden the Federal court
This rule is not subject to E.O. 13211, because it will not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.
The Department drafted this IFR in plain language.
Aged, Employment, Government contracts, Grant programs-labor, Privacy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Final regulations.
These final regulations provide guidance concerning substantiation and reporting requirements for cash and noncash charitable contributions. The final regulations reflect the enactment of provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and the Pension Protection Act of 2006. These regulations provide guidance to individuals, partnerships, and corporations that make charitable contributions.
Charles Gorham at (202) 317-7003 (not a toll-free number).
The collections of information contained in these final regulations have been reviewed and approved by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507(d)) under control number 1545-1953.
The collections of information in these final regulations are in §§ 1.170A-15(a) and (d)(1); 1.170A-16(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f); and 1.170A-18(a)(2) and (b). These collections of information are required to obtain a benefit and will enable the IRS to determine if a taxpayer is entitled to a claimed deduction for a charitable contribution.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid control number.
Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and return information are confidential, as required by section 6103.
This document contains amendments to the Income Tax Regulations, 26 CFR parts 1 and 602, relating to substantiating and reporting deductions for charitable contributions under section 170 of the Internal Revenue Code. These final regulations reflect amendments to section 170 made by section 883 of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, Public Law 108-357 (118 Stat. 1418, 1631) (Jobs Act), and sections 1216, 1217, and 1219 of the Pension Protection Act of 2006, Public Law 109-280 (120 Stat. 780, 1079-83) (PPA), which added new rules for substantiating charitable contributions. The final regulations also update cross-references to the section 170 regulations in other regulations.
Section 170(f)(8), which has been in the Code since 1993, provides that no deduction shall be allowed for any contribution of $250 or more, cash or noncash, unless the taxpayer substantiates the contribution with a contemporaneous written acknowledgment of the contribution by the donee organization. The contemporaneous written acknowledgment must include: (1) The amount of cash and a description (but not value) of any property other than cash contributed; (2) a statement of whether the donee organization provided any goods or services in consideration, in whole or in part, for any such cash or property; and (3) a description and good faith estimate of the value of any such goods or services or, if such goods or services consist solely of intangible religious benefits, a statement to that effect.
Section 170(f)(11), as added by section 883 of the Jobs Act, restates, in part, section 155(a) of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 and contains reporting and substantiation requirements relating to the allowance of deductions for noncash charitable contributions. Under section 170(f)(11)(C), taxpayers are required to obtain a qualified appraisal for donated property for which a deduction of more than $5,000 is claimed.
Under section 170(f)(11)(D), a qualified appraisal must be attached to any tax return claiming a deduction of more than $500,000. Section 170(h)(4)(B), as added by section 1213 of the PPA, adds the requirement that a qualified appraisal must be included with the taxpayer's return for the taxable year of the contribution for any contribution of a qualified real property interest that is a restriction as to the exterior of a building described in section 170(h)(4)(C)(ii).
Section 170(f)(11)(E), as amended by section 1219 of the PPA, provides statutory definitions of
Section 170(f)(11)(E)(i) provides that the term
Section 170(f)(11)(E)(ii) provides that the term
On October 19, 2006, the Treasury Department and the IRS released Notice 2006-96, 2006-2 CB 902 (see § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(
Section 170(f)(16) as added by section 1216 of the PPA generally provides that no deduction is allowed for a contribution of clothing or a household item unless the clothing or household item is in good used condition or better.
Section 170(f)(17) as added by section 1217 of the PPA imposes a recordkeeping requirement for all cash contributions, regardless of amount. Specifically, section 170(f)(17) requires a donor to maintain as a record of any cash, check, or other monetary gift (1) a bank record, or (2) a written communication from the donee. The record must show the name of the donee organization, the date of the contribution, and the amount of the contribution.
On December 2, 2006, the Treasury Department and the IRS released Notice 2006-110, 2006-2 CB 1127 (see § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(
On January 8, 2008, the Treasury Department and the IRS released Notice 2008-16, 2008-1 CB 315 (see § 601.601(d)(2)(ii)(
On August 7, 2008, the Treasury Department and the IRS provided guidance on complying with section 170 as amended by the Jobs Act and the PPA in a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-140029-07) in the
The final regulations implement changes made by the Jobs Act and PPA to the substantiation and reporting rules for charitable contributions under section 170. The final regulations set forth the substantiation requirements for contributions of more than $500 under section 170(f)(11)(B) through (D) (added by the Jobs Act); the new definitions of
In addition, these final regulations amend the heading of § 1.170A-13 to alert readers to the updated regulations. The final regulations also update cross-references to the section 170 regulations in other regulations.
Section 1.170A-15 implements the requirements of section 170(f)(17) for cash, check, or other monetary gift contributions, as added by the PPA, and clarifies that these rules supplement the substantiation rules in section 170(f)(8).
A donor may make a charitable contribution of cash, check, or other monetary gift to an organization that collects contributions and distributes them to ultimate recipient organizations (pursuant to the donor's instructions or otherwise). The final regulations adopt the general rule of the proposed regulations that treats as a donee for purposes of sections 170(f)(8) and 170(f)(17) an organization described in section 170(c) or a Principal Combined Fund Organization (PCFO) for purposes of the Combined Federal Campaign (CFC) and acting in that capacity. The CFC is a workplace giving campaign established by Executive Order 10728, as amended by Executive Orders 10927, 12353, and 12404, and administered by the United States Office of Personnel Management (OPM). A PCFO administers the local campaign and acts as a fiscal agent for the CFC.
Some commenters asked whether a blank pledge card provided by a donee organization but filled out by the donor constitutes adequate substantiation for a contribution of cash to a distributing organization. Section 170(f)(17) requires a taxpayer to maintain as a record of a contribution of a cash, check, or other monetary gift either a bank record or a written communication from the donee that shows the name of the donee organization, the date of the contribution, and the amount of the contribution. The proposed and final regulations at § 1.170A-15(b)(2) provide that a bank record includes a statement from a financial institution, an electronic fund transfer receipt, a canceled check, a scanned image of both sides of a canceled check obtained from a bank website, or a credit card statement. In addition, the proposed and final regulations provide that a written communication includes an email. Because a blank pledge card provided by the donee organization to a donor does not show the information required under section 170(f)(17), it is not sufficient substantiation for a cash, check, or other monetary gift.
One commenter noted that because the CFC generally does not include the name of the donee organization on its pledge cards, and a PCFO for purposes of the CFC often is a potential ultimate recipient of a contribution to the CFC, including the name of the PCFO on the pledge card could unduly influence donors to contribute to the PCFO rather than to other eligible donees. The commenter asked that the name of the local CFC campaign be treated as the name of the donee organization. The Treasury Department and the IRS agree with this comment. Accordingly, § 1.170A-15(d)(2)(ii) provides that the name of the local CFC may be used instead of the name of the PCFO and may be treated as the donee organization for purposes of sections 170(f)(8) and 170(f)(17) and § 1.170A-15(d)(1)(ii).
Some commenters asked if a single written acknowledgment can be used to
Section 1.170A-16 implements the requirements of section 170(f)(11) for noncash contributions, as added by the Jobs Act, and clarifies that these rules are in addition to the requirements in section 170(f)(8).
Proposed and final § 1.170A-16 provide that a donor who claims a deduction for a noncash contribution of less than $250 is required only to obtain a receipt from the donee or keep reliable records. A donor who claims a noncash contribution of at least $250 but not more than $500 is required only to obtain a contemporaneous written acknowledgment, as provided under section 170(f)(8) and § 1.170A-13(f). For claimed noncash contributions of more than $500 but not more than $5,000, the donor must obtain a contemporaneous written acknowledgment and must also file a completed Form 8283 (Section A), “Noncash Charitable Contributions,” with the return on which the deduction is claimed. For claimed noncash contributions of more than $5,000, in addition to a contemporaneous written acknowledgment, the donor generally must obtain a qualified appraisal and must also complete and file either Section A or Section B of Form 8283 (depending on the type of property contributed) with the return on which the deduction is claimed. For claimed noncash contributions of more than $500,000, the donor must also attach a copy of the qualified appraisal to the return for the taxable year in which the contribution is made.
Section 170(f)(11)(F) provides that for purposes of the $500, $5,000, and $500,000 thresholds in section 170(f)(11), similar items contributed during the taxable year are treated as one property. In determining whether a contribution meets the $250 threshold, § 1.170A-13(f)(1) provides that separate contributions made during the tax year, regardless of whether the sum of those contributions equal or exceed $250, are not combined. The proposed and final regulations also provide that the requirements for substantiation that must be submitted with a return also apply to the return for any carryover year under section 170(d).
In light of recent case law (see
A number of commenters expressed concern over appraisers' privacy if the appraiser's social security number is required on qualified appraisals and Forms 8283 (Section B). This concern was addressed by the proposed regulations. Both the proposed and final regulations require an appraiser to use a taxpayer identification number on an appraisal, but that number does not need to be the appraiser's social security number. An appraiser may use an employer identification number, which may be obtained by: (1) Applying on the IRS website (
One commenter asked whether a Form 8283 can satisfy the requirement for a contemporaneous written acknowledgment under section 170(f)(8). Although no format is prescribed for a contemporaneous written acknowledgment (for example, an email may qualify), a contemporaneous written acknowledgment of a contribution by the donee organization must contain all of the information required by section 170(f)(8)(B). Moreover, section 170(f)(8)(A) states that the acknowledgment is made “by the donee organization.” Only Section B, part IV of Form 8283, completed for property valued at over $5,000, is a donee acknowledgment, and this acknowledgment only contains some of the information required by section 170(f)(8)(B). Accordingly, even a fully-completed Form 8283 does not satisfy the requirements of section 170(f)(8).
Another commenter suggested that the Form 8283 (Section B) should be required to be fully completed, including the appraiser information and the appraised or claimed value of the property, before the donor obtains the donee's signature. Section 1.170A-16(d)(5)(iii) of the proposed regulations provides that specific portions of the Form 8283 (Section B) must be completed before it is signed by the donee, but that the Form 8283 (Section B) does not need to contain certain other information, such as the appraiser information and the appraised or claimed value of the property, before the donee signs the form. Regardless of any benefits that may result from additional information sharing, the public should have the opportunity to comment on any proposed requirement to share additional information with the donee. Accordingly, the final regulations adopt the proposed regulation language without adoption of this suggestion.
One commenter suggested deleting the requirement in the regulations to attach an appraisal to the tax returns for carryover years. Because the need for the IRS to have the appraisal attached to each return reflecting a contribution in excess of $500,000 outweighs the burden on taxpayers to supply it, the final regulations retain this requirement. Accordingly, if the appraisal is required to be attached to the return for the
As prescribed in section 170(f)(11)(E), as amended by the PPA, § 1.170A-17 of the proposed and final regulations provides definitions for
One commenter suggested that a transitional rule be included for § 1.170A-17 because additional time may be needed to meet the education and experience requirements in § 1.170A-17 for qualified appraisers. In order to provide appraisers with a reasonable amount of time to meet the new education and experience requirements, the final rules under § 1.170A-17 apply only to contributions made on or after January 1, 2019.
Section 170(f)(11)(E)(i)(II) provides that the term
Section 170(f)(11)(E)(ii)(I) and (iii)(I) and § 1.170A-17(b) of the proposed regulations provide that a qualified appraiser is an individual with verifiable education and experience in valuing the type of property for which the appraisal is performed. Some commenters reiterated suggestions made in response to Notice 2006-96 that the final regulations interpret the requirement in section 170(f)(11)(E) that a qualified appraiser have verifiable “education
Section 1.170A-17(b)(4) of the proposed regulations requires an appraiser to specify in the appraisal the appraiser's education and experience in valuing the type of property and to make a declaration in the appraisal that, because of the appraiser's education and experience, the appraiser is qualified to make appraisals of the type of property being valued. A commenter suggested that, to meet the “verifiable” requirement in § 1.170A-17(b), the appraiser should be required to specify in the appraisal only that the appraiser is a qualified appraiser under § 1.170A-17(b) and that the appraisal was prepared in accordance with the substance and principles of USPAP. The general statement of qualification suggested by the commenter does not demonstrate, as required under section 170(f)(11)(E)(iii)(I), that the appraiser has verifiable education and experience that qualifies the appraiser to prepare the appraisal for that type of property. Accordingly, the final regulations do not adopt this suggestion.
Section 1.170A-17(b)(2)(i) of the proposed regulations provides that an individual is treated as having education and experience in valuing the type of property if, as of the date the individual signs the appraisal, the individual has satisfied the following requirements: (A) Successfully completed professional or college-level coursework in valuing the type of property and has two or more years of experience in valuing the type of property; or (B) earned a recognized appraiser designation for the type of property. One commenter suggested that it is much more difficult to earn a designation from a generally recognized professional appraiser organization under § 1.170A-17(b)(2)(i)(B) than to satisfy the education and experience requirements under § 1.170A-17(b)(2)(i)(A). The commenter suggested that the education and experience requirements be made more stringent. In enacting section 170(f)(11)(E), Congress intended to improve the accuracy of deductions claimed for noncash contributions by requiring qualified appraisers to meet more stringent qualification standards, including by requiring that both education and experience requirements be met. See H.R. Rep. No. 108-548, pt. 1, at 356 (2004). The requirements for education and experience in the proposed regulations are sufficiently stringent as intended by Congress. Accordingly, the final regulations do not adopt this suggestion and retain without modification the requirements for education and experience in the proposed regulations.
Section 170(f)(11)(E)(iii)(I) requires verifiable education and experience in valuing the type of property subject to the appraisal. Section 1.170A-17(b)(2)(i)(A) of the proposed regulations provides that an individual is treated as having education and experience in valuing the type of property if, as of the date the individual signs the appraisal, the individual has successfully completed (for example, received a passing grade on a final examination) professional or college-level coursework in valuing the type of property, and has two or more years of experience in valuing the type of property. One commenter asked whether attendance at a training event that does not include a final examination meets the requirement of successful completion of coursework. The reference to a passing grade on a final examination in § 1.170A-17(b)(2)(i)(A) is merely an example of what is considered successful completion of professional or college-level coursework, and other evidence of successful completion may be sufficient. However, mere attendance at a training event is not sufficient, and evidence of successful completion of coursework is necessary under the final regulations.
Two commenters pointed out that, in addition to generally recognized professional appraiser organizations, a generally recognized professional trade organization may provide coursework
Some commenters objected to the references in the proposed regulations to designations conferred by one particular organization as examples of recognized appraiser designations. The Treasury Department and the IRS do not require or prefer the designation of any particular appraiser organization, and, therefore, the final regulations do not contain examples of any designations.
A number of commenters requested that the Treasury Department and the IRS provide that the final regulations apply to charitable contributions for all federal tax purposes, including estate and gift tax. These regulations are promulgated under Jobs Act and PPA provisions that apply only to income tax deductions for charitable contributions under section 170. No substantive changes were made to the proposed regulations in response to these comments because these comments were beyond the scope of the proposed regulations.
Some commenters suggested that appraisers be allowed to use certain IRS valuation tables, such as those for charitable remainder trusts, other remainder interests in property, and life insurance policies, instead of a qualified appraisal. These tables may be used to value property in certain other contexts, but they do not necessarily provide a fair market value of the property contributed. Therefore, these tables are not acceptable substitutes for a qualified appraisal to substantiate deductions for charitable contributions under section 170.
Another commenter suggested that taxpayers should not be required to substantiate their charitable contribution deduction with a qualified appraisal when they purchase medical equipment, such as a Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) machine, and donate the equipment to a qualified organization. The purchase price of the medical equipment may differ from its fair market value. A qualified appraisal prepared by a qualified appraiser is required to determine the fair market value at the time of contribution. Therefore, no changes were made to the proposed regulations in response to this comment.
Notice 2006-96 provides transitional guidance on the definitions of
In general, §§ 1.170A-15, 1.170A-16, and 1.170A-18 apply to contributions made after July 30, 2018. Section 1.170A-17 applies to contributions made on or after January 1, 2019. Taxpayers are reminded that the effective dates of the Jobs Act and the PPA relating to substantiating and reporting charitable contributions precede the effective date of these final regulations, and the Jobs Act and the PPA apply in accordance with their applicability dates.
This regulation is not subject to review under section 6(b) of Executive Order 12866 pursuant to the Memorandum of Agreement (April 11, 2018) between the Department of the Treasury and the Office of Management and Budget regarding review of tax regulations. Further it is hereby certified that these regulations will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Accordingly, a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) is not required. Although this rule could affect a substantial number of small entities, any economic impact is expected to be minimal. The final rule provides clarifications and simplifications to the existing substantiation and reporting requirements for charitable contributions and are designed to reduce the burden on taxpayers. Further, any substantiation and reporting rules contained in these final regulations that are in addition to the rules in current regulations reflect statutory substantiation and reporting requirements. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Internal Revenue Code, the notice of proposed rulemaking preceding this regulation was submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business, and no comments were received.
The principal author of these regulations is Charles Gorham of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Income Tax and Accounting). Other personnel from the Treasury Department and the IRS participated in their development.
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, 26 CFR parts 1 and 602 are amended as follows:
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
§ 1.170A-15 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 170(a)(1).
§ 1.170A-16 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 170(a)(1) and 170(f)(11).
§ 1.170A-17 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 170(a)(1) and 170(f)(11).
§ 1.170A-18 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 170(a)(1).
(i)
(j)
(a)
(2)
(3)
(b)
(2)
(3)
(c)
(1) The date the donor files the original return for the taxable year in which the contribution was made; or
(2) The due date, including any extension, for filing the donor's original return for that year.
(d)
(i) A pay stub, Form W-2, “Wage and Tax Statement,” or other employer-furnished document that sets forth the amount withheld during the taxable year for payment to a donee; and
(ii) A pledge card or other document prepared by or at the direction of the donee that shows the name of the donee.
(2)
(i) An organization described in section 170(c).
(ii) An organization described in 5 CFR 950.105 (a Principal Combined Fund Organization (PCFO) for purposes of the Combined Federal Campaign (CFC)) and acting in that capacity. For purposes of the requirement for a written communication under section 170(f)(17), if the donee is a PCFO, the name of the local CFC campaign may be treated as the name of the donee organization.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(a)
(i) The name and address of the donee;
(ii) The date of the contribution;
(iii) A description of the property in sufficient detail under the circumstances (taking into account the value of the property) for a person who is not generally familiar with the type of property to ascertain that the described property is the contributed property; and
(iv) In the case of securities, the name of the issuer, the type of security, and whether the securities are publicly traded securities within the meaning of § 1.170A-13(c)(7)(xi).
(2)
(ii)
(iii)
(A) The information required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
(B) The fair market value of the property on the date the contribution was made;
(C) The method used in determining the fair market value; and
(D) In the case of a contribution of clothing or a household item as defined in § 1.170A-18(c), the condition of the item.
(3)
(b)
(c)
(2)
(3)
(i) The donor's name and taxpayer identification number (for example, a social security number or employer identification number);
(ii) The name and address of the donee;
(iii) The date of the contribution;
(iv) The following information about the contributed property:
(A) A description of the property in sufficient detail under the circumstances, taking into account the value of the property, for a person who is not generally familiar with the type of property to ascertain that the described property is the contributed property;
(B) In the case of real or tangible personal property, the condition of the property;
(C) In the case of securities, the name of the issuer, the type of security, and whether the securities are publicly traded securities within the meaning of § 1.170A-13(c)(7)(xi);
(D) The fair market value of the property on the date the contribution was made and the method used in determining the fair market value;
(E) The manner of acquisition (for example, by purchase, gift, bequest, inheritance, or exchange), and the approximate date of acquisition of the property by the donor (except that in the case of a contribution of publicly traded securities as defined in § 1.170A-13(c)(7)(xi), a representation that the donor held the securities for more than one year is sufficient) or, if the property was created, produced, or manufactured by or for the donor, the approximate date the property was substantially completed;
(F) The cost or other basis, adjusted as provided by section 1016, of the property (except that the cost or basis is not required for contributions of publicly traded securities (as defined in § 1.170A-13(c)(7)(xi)) that would have resulted in long-term capital gain if sold on the contribution date, unless the donor has elected to limit the deduction to basis under section 170(b)(1)(C)(iii));
(G) In the case of tangible personal property, whether the donee has certified it for a use related to the purpose or function constituting the donee's basis for exemption under section 501, or in the case of a governmental unit, an exclusively public purpose; and
(v) Any other information required by Form 8283 (Section A) or the instructions to Form 8283 (Section A).
(4)
(5)
(d)
(i) Substantiates the contribution with a contemporaneous written acknowledgment, as described in section 170(f)(8) and § 1.170A-13(f);
(ii) Obtains a qualified appraisal, as defined in § 1.170A-17(a)(1), prepared by a qualified appraiser, as defined in § 1.170A-17(b)(1); and
(iii) Completes Form 8283 (Section B), as provided in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, or a successor form, and files it with the return on which the deduction is claimed.
(2)
(i) Publicly traded securities as defined in § 1.170A-13(c)(7)(xi);
(ii) Property described in section 170(e)(1)(B)(iii) (certain intellectual property);
(iii) A qualified vehicle described in section 170(f)(12)(A)(ii) for which an acknowledgment under section 170(f)(12)(B)(iii) is provided; and
(iv) Property described in section 1221(a)(1) (inventory and property held by the donor primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the donor's trade or business).
(3)
(i) The donor's name and taxpayer identification number (for example, a social security number or employer identification number);
(ii) The donee's name, address, taxpayer identification number, signature, the date signed by the donee, and the date the donee received the property;
(iii) The appraiser's name, address, taxpayer identification number, appraiser declaration, as described in paragraph (d)(4) of this section, signature, and the date signed by the appraiser;
(iv) The following information about the contributed property:
(A) The fair market value on the valuation effective date, as defined in § 1.170A-17(a)(5)(i).
(B) A description in sufficient detail under the circumstances, taking into account the value of the property, for a person who is not generally familiar with the type of property to ascertain that the described property is the contributed property.
(C) In the case of real property or tangible personal property, the condition of the property;
(v) The manner of acquisition (for example, by purchase, gift, bequest, inheritance, or exchange), and the approximate date of acquisition of the property by the donor, or, if the property was created, produced, or manufactured by or for the donor, the approximate date the property was substantially completed;
(vi) The cost or other basis of the property, adjusted as provided by section 1016;
(vii) A statement explaining whether the charitable contribution was made by means of a bargain sale and, if so, the amount of any consideration received for the contribution; and
(viii) Any other information required by Form 8283 (Section B) or the instructions to Form 8283 (Section B).
(4)
(5)
(ii)
(iii)
(A) The appraiser declaration or information about the qualified appraiser.
(B) The manner or date of acquisition.
(C) The cost or other basis of the property.
(D) The appraised fair market value of the contributed property.
(E) The amount claimed as a charitable contribution.
(6)
(7)
(e)
(i) Substantiates the contribution with a contemporaneous written acknowledgment, as described in section 170(f)(8) and § 1.170A-13(f);
(ii) Obtains a qualified appraisal, as defined in § 1.170A-17(a)(1), prepared by a qualified appraiser, as defined in § 1.170A-17(b)(1);
(iii) Completes, as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, Form 8283 (Section B) and files it with the return on which the deduction is claimed; and
(iv) Attaches the qualified appraisal of the property to the return on which the deduction is claimed.
(2)
(3)
(f)
(2)
(ii)
(3)
(4)
(ii)
(5)
(ii)
(iii)
(B)
(g)
(a)
(2)
(3)
(i) The following information about the contributed property:
(A) A description in sufficient detail under the circumstances, taking into account the value of the property, for a person who is not generally familiar with the type of property to ascertain that the appraised property is the contributed property.
(B) In the case of real property or tangible personal property, the condition of the property.
(C) The valuation effective date, as defined in paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section.
(D) The fair market value, within the meaning of § 1.170A-1(c)(2), of the contributed property on the valuation effective date;
(ii) The terms of any agreement or understanding by or on behalf of the donor and donee that relates to the use, sale, or other disposition of the contributed property, including, for example, the terms of any agreement or understanding that—
(A) Restricts temporarily or permanently a donee's right to use or dispose of the contributed property;
(B) Reserves to, or confers upon, anyone, other than a donee or an organization participating with a donee in cooperative fundraising, any right to the income from the contributed property or to the possession of the property, including the right to vote contributed securities, to acquire the property by purchase or otherwise, or to designate the person having income, possession, or right to acquire; or
(C) Earmarks contributed property for a particular use;
(iii) The date, or expected date, of the contribution to the donee;
(iv) The following information about the appraiser:
(A) Name, address, and taxpayer identification number.
(B) Qualifications to value the type of property being valued, including the appraiser's education and experience.
(C) If the appraiser is acting in his or her capacity as a partner in a partnership, an employee of any person, whether an individual, corporation, or partnership, or an independent contractor engaged by a person other than the donor, the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the partnership or the person who employs or engages the qualified appraiser;
(v) The signature of the appraiser and the date signed by the appraiser (appraisal report date);
(vi) The following declaration by the appraiser: “I understand that my appraisal will be used in connection with a return or claim for refund. I also understand that, if there is a substantial or gross valuation misstatement of the value of the property claimed on the return or claim for refund that is based on my appraisal, I may be subject to a penalty under section 6695A of the Internal Revenue Code, as well as other applicable penalties. I affirm that I have not been at any time in the three-year period ending on the date of the appraisal barred from presenting evidence or testimony before the Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 330(c)”;
(vii) A statement that the appraisal was prepared for income tax purposes;
(viii) The method of valuation used to determine the fair market value, such as the income approach, the market-data approach, or the replacement-cost-less-depreciation approach; and
(ix) The specific basis for the valuation, such as specific comparable sales transactions or statistical sampling, including a justification for using sampling and an explanation of the sampling procedure employed.
(4)
(i) The due date, including extensions, of the return on which the deduction for the contribution is first claimed;
(ii) In the case of a donor that is a partnership or S corporation, the due date, including extensions, of the return on which the deduction for the contribution is first reported; or
(iii) In the case of a deduction first claimed on an amended return, the date on which the amended return is filed.
(5)
(ii)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(b)
(2)
(A) Successfully completed (for example, received a passing grade on a final examination) professional or college-level coursework, as described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, in valuing the type of property, as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, and has two or more years of experience in valuing the type of property, as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section; or
(B) Earned a recognized appraiser designation, as described in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, for the type of property, as described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(ii)
(A) A professional or college-level educational organization described in section 170(b)(1)(A)(ii);
(B) A generally recognized professional trade or appraiser organization that regularly offers
(C) An employer as part of an employee apprenticeship or educational program substantially similar to the educational programs described in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section.
(iii)
(3)
(ii)
(4)
(5)
(i) An individual who receives a fee prohibited by paragraph (a)(9) of this section for the appraisal of the appraised property.
(ii) The donor of the property.
(iii) A party to the transaction in which the donor acquired the property (for example, the individual who sold, exchanged, or gave the property to the donor, or any individual who acted as an agent for the transferor or for the donor for the sale, exchange, or gift), unless the property is contributed within 2 months of the date of acquisition and its appraised value does not exceed its acquisition price.
(iv) The donee of the property.
(v) Any individual who is either—
(A) Related, within the meaning of section 267(b), to, or an employee of, an individual described in paragraph (b)(5)(ii), (iii), or (iv) of this section;
(B) Married to an individual described in paragraph (b)(5)(v)(A) of this section; or
(C) An independent contractor who is regularly used as an appraiser by any of the individuals described in paragraph (b)(5)(ii), (iii), or (iv) of this section, and who does not perform a majority of his or her appraisals for others during the taxable year.
(vi) An individual who is prohibited from practicing before the Internal Revenue Service by the Secretary under 31 U.S.C. 330(c) at any time during the three-year period ending on the date the appraisal is signed by the individual.
(c)
(a)
(1) The item is in good used condition or better at the time of the contribution; and
(2) The donor meets the substantiation requirements of § 1.170A-16.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) * * *
(7) * * *
(i) * * *
(
(
(
(
(f)
(1) * * * The provisions of paragraph § 1.664-1(a)(7)(i)(b) apply as provided in that paragraph.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(i)
(c) * * *
(4) * * *
(i) Shall provide its name, address, and employer identification number and a copy of the Form 8283 appraisal summary (as described in § 1.170A-13(c)(4) for contributions made on or before July 30, 2018 and § 1.170A-16(d)(3) for contributions made after July 30, 2018) relating to the transferred property to the successor donee on or before the 15th day after the latest of—
(d) * * *
(2)
(e)
(f) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii)
(h)
26 U.S.C. 7805.
(b) * * *
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the Corey Causeway (SR693) Bridge across the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway (GICW), mile 117.7, South Pasadena, FL. The deviation is necessary to accommodate repairs to the Bridge.
This deviation is effective from 7 a.m. on August 1, 2018 to 7 a.m. on February 28, 2019.
The docket for this deviation, USCG-2018-0730 is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email MST1 Deborah A. Schneller, U.S. Coast Guard Sector Saint Petersburg, Waterways Management Division, telephone (813) 228-2194 x 8133, email
Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT) via Quinn Construction Inc, has requested a temporary deviation from the operation that govern the Corey Causeway Bridge across the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway, mile 117.7. This deviation is necessary to facilitate mechanical and electrical repairs, painting, roadway and sidewalk grating replacement which includes concrete removal, spall repair and tender house replacement. The bridge is a double-leaf bascule bridge and has a vertical clearance in the closed to navigation position of 23 feet at mean high water.
The current operating schedule is set out in 33 CFR 117.287(f). Under this temporary deviation, the bridge will operate per the listed schedule but single leaf only and with a 6 hour notice for double leaf openings. This section of the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway is
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed position may do so at any time. The bridge will be able to open for emergencies and there is no immediate alternate route for vessels to pass. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterways through our Local and Broadcast Notices to Mariners of the change in operating schedule for the bridge so that vessel operators can arrange their transits to minimize any impact caused by the temporary deviation.
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone for navigable waters within a 350-foot radius of a portion of the Detroit River, Detroit, MI. This zone is necessary to protect spectators and vessels from potential hazards associated with the Waterview Loft Fireworks II.
This temporary final rule is effective from 9:30 p.m. through 10 p.m. on August 17, 2018.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this temporary rule, call or email Tracy Girard, Prevention Department, Sector Detroit, Coast Guard; telephone 313-568-9564, or email
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule because doing so would be impracticable. The Coast Guard did not receive the final details of this fireworks display in time to publish an NPRM. As such, it is impracticable to publish an NPRM because we lack sufficient time to provide a reasonable comment period and then consider those comments before issuing the rule.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231. The Captain of the Port Detroit (COTP) has determined that potential hazard associated with fireworks from 9:30 p.m. through 10 p.m. on August 17, 2018 will be a safety concern to anyone within a 350-foot radius of the launch site. This rule is needed to protect personnel, vessels, and the marine environment in the navigable waters within the safety zone while the fireworks are being displayed.
This rule establishes a safety zone from 9:30 p.m. through 10 p.m. on August 17, 2018. The safety zone will encompass all U.S. navigable waters of the Detroit River, Detroit, MI, within a 350-foot radius of position 42°19.529′ N 083°02.436′ W (NAD 83). No vessel or person will be permitted to enter the safety zone without obtaining permission from the COTP or a designated representative.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders, and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13771 directs agencies to control regulatory costs through a budgeting process. This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, this rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and pursuant to OMB guidance it is exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 13771.
This regulatory action determination is based on the size, location, duration, and time-of-year of the safety zone. Vessel traffic will be able to safely transit around this safety zone which will impact a small designated area of the Detroit River from 9:30 p.m. through 10 p.m. on August 17, 2018. Moreover, the Coast Guard will issue Broadcast Notice to Mariners (BNM) via VHF-FM marine channel 16 about the zone and the rule allows vessels to seek permission to enter the zone.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section V.A above, this rule will not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.1D, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves a 30 minute safety zone that will prohibit entry into a designated area. It is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph L60(a) of Appendix A, Table 1 of DHS Instruction Manual 023-01-001-01, Rev. 01. A Record of Environmental Consideration supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated under
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(2) The safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be permitted by the COTP or his on-scene representative.
(3) The “on-scene representative” of COTP is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer or a Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer designated by or assisting the Captain of the Port Detroit to act on his behalf.
(4) Vessel operators shall contact the COTP or his on-scene representative to obtain permission to enter or operate within the safety zone. The COTP or his on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16 or at (313) 568-9464. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the regulated area must comply with all directions given to them by the COTP or his on-scene representative.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone for navigable waters within a 350-foot radius of a portion of the Detroit River, Detroit, MI. This zone is necessary to protect spectators and vessels from potential hazards associated with the Waterview Loft Fireworks I.
This temporary final rule is effective from 9:30 p.m. through 10 p.m. on August 14, 2018.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions on this temporary rule, call or email Tracy Girard, Prevention Department, Sector Detroit, Coast Guard; telephone 313-568-9564, or email
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule because doing so would be impracticable. The Coast Guard did not receive the final details of this fireworks display in time to publish an NPRM. As such, it is impracticable to publish an NPRM because we lack sufficient time to provide a reasonable comment period and then consider those comments before issuing the rule.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231. The Captain of the Port Detroit (COTP) has determined that potential hazard associated with fireworks from 9:30 p.m. through 10 p.m. on August 14, 2018 will be a safety concern to anyone within a 350-foot radius of the launch site. This rule is needed to protect personnel, vessels, and the marine environment in the navigable waters within the safety zone while the fireworks are being displayed.
This rule establishes a safety zone from 9:30 p.m. through 10 p.m. on August 14, 2018. The safety zone will encompass all U.S. navigable waters of the Detroit River, Detroit, MI, within a 350-foot radius of position 42°19.529′ N 083°02.436′ W (NAD 83). No vessel or person will be permitted to enter the safety zone without obtaining permission from the COTP or a designated representative.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders, and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13771 directs agencies to control regulatory costs through a budgeting process. This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, this rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and pursuant to OMB guidance it is exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 13771.
This regulatory action determination is based on the size, location, duration, and time-of-year of the safety zone. Vessel traffic will be able to safely transit around this safety zone which will impact a small designated area of the Detroit River from 9:30 p.m. through 10 p.m. on August 14, 2018. Moreover, the Coast Guard will issue Broadcast Notice to Mariners (BNM) via VHF-FM marine channel 16 about the zone and the rule allows vessels to seek permission to enter the zone.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section V.A above, this rule will not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.1D, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves a 30 minute safety zone that will prohibit entry into a designated area. It is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph L60(a) of Appendix A, Table 1 of DHS Instruction Manual 023-01-001-01, Rev. 01. A Record of Environmental Consideration supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated under
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) No vessel or person may enter, transit through, or anchor within the safety zone unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Detroit (COTP), or his on-scene representative.
(2) The safety zone is closed to all vessel traffic, except as may be permitted by the COTP or his on-scene representative.
(3) The “on-scene representative” of COTP is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer or a Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer designated by or assisting the Captain of the Port Detroit to act on his behalf.
(4) Vessel operators shall contact the COTP or his on-scene representative to obtain permission to enter or operate within the safety zone. The COTP or his on-scene representative may be contacted via VHF Channel 16 or at (313) 568-9464. Vessel operators given permission to enter or operate in the regulated area must comply with all directions given to them by the COTP or his on-scene representative.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of enforcement of regulation.
The Coast Guard will enforce certain safety zones located in Federal regulations for recurring marine events. This action is necessary and intended for the safety of life and property on navigable waters during these events. During each enforcement period, no person or vessel may enter the respective safety zone without the permission of the Captain of the Port Buffalo.
The regulations in 33 CFR 165.939 will be enforced during the month of August and September as noted in the
If you have questions about this notice of enforcement, call or email LTJG Sean Dolan, Chief of Waterways Management, U.S. Coast Guard Sector Buffalo; telephone 716-843-9322, email
The Coast Guard will enforce the Safety Zones; Annual Events in the Captain of the Port Buffalo Zone listed in 33 CFR 165.939 for the following events:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Pursuant to 33 CFR 165.23, entry into, transiting, or anchoring within the safety zone during an enforcement period is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his designated representative. Those seeking permission to enter the safety zone may request permission from the Captain of Port Buffalo via channel 16, VHF-FM. Vessels and persons granted permission to enter the safety zone shall obey the directions of the Captain of the Port Buffalo or his designated representative. While within a safety zone, all vessels shall operate at the minimum speed necessary to maintain a safe course.
This notice of enforcement is issued under authority of 33 CFR 165.939 and 5 U.S.C. 552(a). In addition to this notice of enforcement in the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is issuing a final rule to amend its Underground Injection Control (UIC) regulations to reflect the transfer of the state of Idaho's UIC program for Class II injection wells from Idaho to the EPA. Idaho submitted a formal request that the EPA transfer and directly implement the Class II UIC Program. Idaho will maintain primacy for Class I, III, IV, and V injection wells pursuant to their program approved by the EPA in 1985.
This rule is effective July 30, 2018. For judicial purposes, this final rule is promulgated as of July 30, 2018.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2017-0584. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Colin Dyroff, Drinking Water Protection Division, Office of Ground Water and Drinking Water (4606M), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-3149; fax number: (202) 564-3754; email address:
On August 25, 2017, the EPA received a letter from the Idaho Department of Water Resources (IDWR), formally requesting that the EPA transfer and directly implement the Class II UIC program in Idaho, pursuant to the
The voluntary transfer of authority for the UIC Class II program to the EPA will allow the EPA to issue Class II permits in Idaho. The EPA will be responsible for the direct implementation of the Class II underground injection control program in Idaho, including permitting, compliance, and enforcement responsibilities, pursuant to the SDWA and federal UIC regulations.
On November 27, 2017, the EPA published a
A state with an approved primacy program may voluntarily transfer UIC program responsibilities to the EPA, pursuant to 40 CFR 145.34(a). The regulations require that the EPA provide notice of such transfer in the
EPA's regulations at 40 CFR part 147 set forth the applicable UIC programs for each of the states. This rule makes ministerial revisions to these regulations to reflect the transfer. Specifically, the rule revises 40 CFR part 147, subpart N, to indicate that the Class II UIC program for Idaho is to be directly implemented by the EPA and consists of the UIC program requirements of 40 CFR parts 124, 144, 146, and 148. The EPA took comment only on these revisions.
Section 553(d) of the Administrative Procedure Act, 5. U.S.C. 553(d), provides that the effective date of a substantive rule must be at least 30 days after publication of the rule in the
On November 27, 2017, the EPA issued a proposed rule (82 FR 55968) and requested public comment. The public comment period was open for 45 days and ended on January 11, 2018. The EPA received 414 comments from 387 individual commenters, including comments given at the January 8, 2018, public hearing as well as one comment submitted after the close of the public comment period. Of these comments, only a minority were identified as containing material that was determined to be within the scope of the proposed rule revision. The comments the EPA received and EPA's responses are available in EPA's Docket No. EPA-HQ-OW-2017-0584.
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was therefore not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review.
This action is not an Executive Order 13771 regulatory action because this action is not significant under Executive Order 12866.
This action does not impose any new information collection burden under the PRA. OMB has previously approved the information collection activities contained in the existing regulations and has assigned OMB control number 2040-0042.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. In making this determination, the impact of concern is any significant adverse economic impact on small entities. An agency may certify that a rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities if the rule relieves regulatory burden, has no net burden or otherwise has a positive economic effect on the small entities subject to the rule. This rule does not impose any requirements on small entities; this action withdraws a state program and therein transfers direct implementation of the Class II UIC program to the EPA. We have therefore concluded that this action will have no net regulatory burden for any directly regulated small entities.
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. This rule does not impose any mandates on small entities; this action withdraws a state program and therein transfers direct implementation of the Class II UIC program to the EPA.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. This action contains no federal mandates for state and local governments and does not impose any enforceable duties on state and local governments. This action merely withdraws a state program (at the voluntary request from Idaho) and therein transfers implementation of the Class II UIC program to the EPA.
This action does not have tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175. This action contains no federal mandates for tribal governments and does not impose any enforceable duties on tribal governments. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it transfers a state program.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.
The EPA has determined that this action is not subject to Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) because it does not establish an environmental health or safety standard. This rule does not impose any health or safety standards; this action transfers a state program and therein transfers direct implementation of the Class II UIC program to the EPA.
This action is subject to the CRA, and the EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. The CRA allows the issuing agency to make a rule effective sooner than otherwise provided by the CRA if
Environmental protection, Indian—lands, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Water supply.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Environmental Protection Agency amends 40 CFR part 147 as follows:
42 U.S.C. 300h
The UIC program for Class I, III, IV, and V wells in the state of Idaho, other than those on Indian lands, is the program administered by the Idaho Department of Water Resources, approved by the EPA pursuant to section 1422 of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Notice of this approval was published in the
(a)
(b)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
On April 17, 2015, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or the Agency) promulgated national minimum criteria for existing and new coal combustion residuals (CCR) landfills and existing and new CCR surface impoundments. In March 2018, EPA proposed a number of revisions to the 2015 CCR rule and requested comment on additional issues. In this rulemaking EPA is acting to finalize certain revisions to those criteria. First, EPA is adopting two alternative performance standards that either Participating State Directors in states with approved CCR permit programs (participating states) or EPA where EPA is the permitting authority may apply to owners and operators of CCR units. Second, EPA is revising groundwater protection standards (GWPS) for four constituents which do not have an established Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL). Finally, the Agency is extending the deadline by which facilities must cease the placement of waste in CCR units closing for cause in two situations: Where the facility has detected a statistically significant increase above a GWPS from an unlined surface impoundment; and where the unit is unable to comply with the aquifer location restriction. Provisions from the proposed rule that are not addressed in this rule will be addressed in a subsequent action.
This final rule is effective on August 29, 2018.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OLEM-2017-0286. The EPA has previously established a docket for the April 17, 2015, CCR final rule under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-RCRA-2009-0640. All documents in the docket are listed in the
For information concerning this final rule, contact Kirsten Hillyer, Office of Resource Conservation and Recovery, Environmental Protection Agency, 5304P, Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (703) 347-0369; email address:
EPA is finalizing certain revisions to the 2015 regulations for the disposal of CCR in landfills and surface impoundments to: (1) Provide States with approved CCR permit programs under the Water Infrastructure Improvements for the Nation (WIIN) Act or EPA where EPA is the permitting authority the ability to use alternate performance standards; (2) revise the GWPS for four constituents in Appendix IV to part 257
EPA is finalizing certain revisions to the regulations at 40 CFR part 257, subpart D. In the March 2018 proposal, the Agency proposed six alternative performance standards which participating states (
In the March 2018 proposal, the Agency also took comment on revisions to several provisions of the 2015 CCR rule. Of those proposed changes, the Agency is now revising the deadline by which two categories of CCR units closing for cause must initiate closure: (1) Where the facility has detected a statistically significant increase from an unlined surface impoundment above a GWPS; and (2) where the unit is unable to comply with the aquifer location restriction.
Of particular note, in the March 2018 action, the Agency proposed four changes from the 2015 CCR rule associated with the settlement agreement entered on April 18, 2016, which resolved four claims brought by two sets of plaintiffs against the final CCR rule. See USWAG et al v EPA, No. 15-1219 (DC Cir. 2015). In this action, Agency will not be taking final action on any of the proposed amendments. As explained previously, provisions from the proposed rule that are not addressed in this action will be addressed in a subsequent rule-making action.
EPA intends that the provisions of this rule be severable. In the event any individual provision or part of this rule is invalidated, EPA intends that this would not render the entire rule invalid, and that any provision that can continue to operate will be left in place.
This rule applies to all CCR generated by electric utilities and independent power producers that fall within the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code 221112 and may affect the following entities: Electric utility facilities and independent power producers that fall under the NAICS code 221112. This discussion is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide for readers regarding entities likely to be regulated by this action. This discussion lists the types of entities that EPA is now aware could potentially be regulated by this action. Other types of entities not described here could also be regulated. To determine whether your entity is regulated by this action, you should carefully examine the applicability criteria found in § 257.50 of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations. If you have questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed in the
EPA is finalizing the following: (1) A provision that authorizes the Participating State Director to issue certifications in lieu of a professional engineer (PE); (2) a provision that authorizes the Participating State Director to approve the suspension of groundwater monitoring if a “no migration” demonstration can be made; and (3) a revision of the GWPSs for the four constituents in Appendix IV to part 257 without MCLs, in place of background levels under § 257.95(h)(2). In addition, the Agency is finalizing an extension to the deadline by which facilities must cease the placement of waste in CCR units closing for cause in two situations: (1) Where the facility has detected a statistically significant increase over the groundwater protection standard from an unlined surface impoundment; and (2) where the unit is unable to comply with the aquifer location restriction. Provisions from the proposed rule that are not addressed in this rule will be addressed in a subsequent rulemaking action.
These regulations are established under the authority of sections 1006(b)(1), 1008(a), 2002(a), 4004, and 4005(a) and (d) of the Solid Waste Disposal Act of 1970, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA), as amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (HSWA) and the Water Infrastructure Improvements for the Nation (WIIN) Act of 2016, 42 U.S.C. 6905(b)(1), 6907(a), 6912(a), 6944, and 6945(a) and (d). These authorities are discussed in more detail in Section III.C of this preamble.
This action is expected to result in net cost savings amounting to between $27.8 million and $31.4 million per year when discounting at 7 percent and annualized over 100 years. It is expected to result in net cost savings of between $15.5 million and $19.1 million per year when discounting at 3 percent and annualized over 100 years. Further information on the economic effects of this action can be found in Section V of this preamble.
On April 17, 2015, EPA finalized national minimum criteria for the disposal of CCR as solid waste under Subtitle D of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) titled, “Hazardous and Solid Waste Management System; Disposal of Coal Combustion Residuals from Electric Utilities,” (80 FR 21302) (CCR rule). The CCR rule regulated existing and new CCR landfills and existing and new CCR surface impoundments and all lateral expansions of CCR units. It is codified in subpart D of part 257 of Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The criteria consist of location restrictions, design and operating criteria, groundwater monitoring and corrective action requirements, closure and post-closure care requirements, and record keeping, notification and internet posting requirements. These criteria were designed to be self-implementing. The rule also required any existing unlined CCR surface impoundment that is contaminating groundwater above a
The rule was challenged by several parties, including a coalition of regulated entities and a coalition of environmental organizations. See,
The WIIN Act, which amends Section 4005 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), was enacted in 2016 to provide EPA additional authorities including the authority to review and approve state CCR permit programs. It also requires EPA to establish and carry out a permit program for CCR units in Indian Country, and for units in nonparticipating States, to achieve compliance with the current CCR rule or successor regulations. The WIIN Act provided that EPA may use its information gathering and enforcement authorities under RCRA sections 3007 and 3008 to enforce the CCR rule or permit provisions.
On September 13, 2017, EPA granted petitions from the Utility Solid Waste Activities Group (USWAG) and AES Puerto Rico LLP, requesting the Agency initiate rulemaking to reconsider provisions of the 2015 final rule.
In October 2017, the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals directed EPA to file a status report with the court indicating its schedule for addressing issues contained in the petitions for reconsideration. In the status report filed in November 2017, EPA stated that it anticipated it would complete its reconsideration of all provisions in two phases. The first phase would be proposed in March 2018 and finalized no later than June 2019 and the second phase would be proposed no later than September 30, 2018 and finalized no later than December 2019. EPA indicated that in the first phase, the March 2018 proposal, EPA would continue its process with respect to those provisions which were remanded back to EPA in June 2016. These are: (1) Requirements for use of vegetation as slope protection; (2) provisions to clarify the type and magnitude of non-groundwater releases that would require a facility to comply with some or all of the corrective action procedures set out in §§ 257.96 through 257.98; and (3) the addition of Boron to the list of constituents in Appendix IV of part 257, the detection of which triggers assessment monitoring and corrective action requirements. EPA's March 2018 action contained proposals covering these remanded provisions.
In March 2018, EPA also proposed certain provisions that would allow the approval of alternative performance standards by Participating State Directors. These proposed alternative performance standards would allow a state with an approved permit program or EPA to: (1) Use an alternative risk-based GWPS for Appendix IV constituents where no MCL exists; (2) modify the corrective action remedy in certain cases; (3) suspend groundwater monitoring requirements if a “no migration” demonstration can be made; (4) establish an alternate period of time to demonstrate compliance with the corrective action remedy; (5) modify the post-closure care period; and (6) allow Participating State Directors to issue technical certifications in lieu of the current requirement to have professional engineers issue certifications. For Tribal lands and in non-participating states where Congress has specifically provided appropriations for EPA, the proposal defined “State Director” to mean the “EPA Administrator or their designee”. EPA also requested comment on potential revisions to several other provisions of the CCR rule and on other issues.
One topic EPA took comment on in the March 2018 proposed rule was on the groundwater monitoring compliance dates and if 90-days was a sufficient amount of time. While the Agency is not taking any final action on this topic in this action, EPA wishes to ensure that all parties understand the current rule and the relevant implementation deadlines. The Agency responded to a letter from the Utility Solid Waste Activities Group clarifying the deadlines and timeframes related to detection monitoring and the necessary statistical analysis for the groundwater monitoring.
EPA is taking final action on certain provisions in this rulemaking: (1) Allowing a Participating State Director to issue certifications in lieu of a professional engineer (PE); (2) allowing a Participating State Director to approve the suspension of groundwater monitoring if a demonstration of “no migration” can be made; and (3) establishing alternative GWPSs for four Appendix IV constituents without MCLs in place of the background levels required under § 257.95(h)(2). In addition, the Agency is extending the deadline by which facilities must cease the placement of waste in CCR units closing for cause in two situations: (1) Where the facility has detected a statistically significant increase over the GWPS from an unlined surface impoundment; and (2) where the unit is unable to comply with the aquifer location restriction. Provisions in the proposed rule that are not addressed in this rulemaking will be addressed in a subsequent rulemaking.
The agency received over 160,000 comments on the proposed rule. The majority of commenters focused on the four provisions remanded back to the Agency in 2016, as well as the six provisions proposed in response to passage of the WIIN Act. A number of commenters argued that no revisions were necessary to the April 2015 final CCR rule.
The areas on which EPA received the most substantial industry and state comments were: Support for the
EPA conducted a public hearing on April 24, 2018, in Arlington, VA. There were 79 speakers and a total of 120 registered attendees. Testimony at the public hearing focused generally on the proposed amendments of allowing the use of alternative performance standards. Several speakers commented on: Allowing alternate performance standards for the groundwater protection standards where no MCL is established, allowing Participating State Directors to issue certifications in lieu of a PE, and the overall risks, especially health risks, related to CCR. In addition to the testimonies that were entered into the rulemaking record, over 25 additional documents were submitted in hard copy and entered into the docket (see EPA-HQ-OLEM-2017-0286).
RCRA section 1006(b)(1) directs EPA to integrate the provisions of RCRA for purposes of administration and enforcement and to avoid duplication, to the maximum extent practicable, with the appropriate provisions of other EPA statutes. Section 1006(b) conditions EPA's authority to reduce or eliminate RCRA requirements on the Agency's ability to demonstrate that the integration can be done in a manner consistent with the goals and policies expressed in the chapter and in the other acts referred to in this subsection. 42 U.S.C. 6005(b)(1). See
RCRA section 1008(a) authorizes EPA to publish “suggested guidelines for solid waste management.” 42 U.S.C. 6907(a). RCRA defines solid waste management as “the systematic administration of activities which provide for the collection, source separation, storage, transportation, transfer, processing, treatment, and disposal of solid waste.” 42 U.S.C. 6903(28).
Pursuant to section 1008(a)(3), the guidelines are to include the minimum criteria to be used by the states to define the solid waste management practices that constitute the open dumping of solid waste or hazardous waste and are prohibited as “open dumping” under section 4005. Only those requirements promulgated under the authority of section 1008(a)(3) are enforceable under section 7002 of RCRA.
RCRA section 4004(a) generally requires EPA to promulgate regulations containing criteria for determining which facilities shall be classified as sanitary landfills (and therefore not “open dumps”). The statute directs that, “at a minimum, the criteria are to ensure that units are classified as sanitary landfills only if there is no reasonable probability of adverse effects on health or the environment from disposal of solid wastes at such facility.” 42 U.S.C. 6944(a).
RCRA section 4005(a), entitled “Closing or upgrading of existing open dumps” generally establishes the key implementation and enforcement provisions applicable to EPA regulations issued under sections 1008(a) and 4004(a). Specifically, this section prohibits any solid waste management practices or disposal of solid waste that does not comply with EPA regulations issued under RCRA section 1008(a) and 4004(a). 42 U.S.C. 6944(a). See also 42 U.S.C. 6903(14) (definition of “open dump”). As a general matter, this means that facilities must be in compliance with any EPA rules issued under section 4004(a) or be subject to suit for “open dumping” 42 U.S.C. 6945. RCRA section 4005 also directs that open dumps,
RCRA section 4005(d) provides that States may submit a program to EPA for approval, and permits issued pursuant to the approved state permit program operate in lieu of the Federal requirements 42 U.S.C. 6945(d)(1)(A). To be approved, a State program must require each CCR unit to achieve compliance with the part 257 regulations (or successor regulations) or alternative State criteria that EPA has determined are “at least as protective as” the part 257 regulations (or successor regulations). State permitting programs may be approved in whole or in part [42 U.S.C. 6945(d)(1)(B)]. States with approved CCR permitting programs are considered “participating states”.
In states without an approved program, EPA is to issue permits, subject to the availability of appropriations specifically provided to carry out this requirement 42 U.S.C. 6945(d)(2)(B). The FY 2018 Omnibus Appropriations Act provided $6 million to EPA for the purpose of developing and implementing a Federal permit program for the regulation of CCR in nonparticipating states. Public Law 115-141. In addition, EPA is the permitting authority for CCR units in Indian Country. The statute expressly provides that facilities are to continue to comply with the CCR rule or successor regulations until a permit (issued either by an approved state or by EPA) is in effect for that unit 42 U.S.C. 6945(d)(3), (6).
During the rulemaking process for the 2015 CCR rule, EPA received numerous comments requesting that EPA authorize state permit programs and adopt alternative performance standards that would allow state regulators or facilities to “tailor” the requirements to particular site-specific conditions. Many requested EPA adopt particular alternative performance standards found in EPA's municipal solid waste landfill (MSWLF) regulations in 40 CFR part 258.
However, in 2016, Congress, with the passage of the WIIN Act, amended RCRA to establish a permitting scheme, analogous to that established for MSWLFs. Under these new provisions, States may now apply to EPA for approval to operate a permit program to implement the CCR rule. As part of that process, a State program may also include alternative State standards, provided EPA has determined they are “at least as protective as” the CCR regulations in 40 CFR part 257. 42 U.S.C. 6945(d)(1)(B), 6945(d)(1)(C).
In light of the WIIN Act, EPA examined the existing 40 CFR part 258 regulations to evaluate the performance standards that rely on a state permitting authority, to determine whether any of them could now be incorporated into the part 257 CCR regulations. To develop the proposed rule, EPA evaluated whether there was sufficient evidence in the record for those regulations to support incorporating either the part 258 MSWLF provision or an analogue into the part 257 CCR regulations.
Based on the results of this evaluation, EPA proposed to adopt six alternative performance standards modeled after part 258, which would allow a Participating State Director to: (1) Establish alternative risk-based GWPS for constituents where no MCL exists; (2) Modify the corrective action remedy in certain cases; (3) Suspend groundwater monitoring requirements if a “no migration” demonstration can be made; (4) Establish an alternate period of time to demonstrate compliance with the corrective action remedy; (5) Modify the post-closure care period; and (6) Issue technical certifications in lieu of a professional engineers. Under the proposal, EPA would have the same authority to establish alternative performance standards in non-participating states, subject to appropriations, and in Tribal Country, as a Participating State Director would. EPA explained that these alternative performance standards were modeled after part 258 provisions in the MSWLF regulations that appeared to have been adopted based solely on a finding that they would protect human health and the environment; EPA believed that the facts supporting those original determinations would also support a finding that the provisions met the standard under RCRA section 4004(a).
EPA received a number of comments on this overall approach. Several commenters agreed that the record supporting any of the current provisions under the part 258 regulations would support revisions to the part 257 regulations. EPA also received comments stating that the proposed alternative protection standards failed to satisfy the requirements of RCRA section 4004(a). These commenters claimed that the record on which the proposals had relied was inadequate. Specifically, the commenters argued that EPA had in fact considered facilities' “practicable capability in developing every provision of the rule, and so none were based exclusively on addressing the risks to health and the environment. These commenters also criticized the risk assessment conducted to support the part 258 regulations, claiming that it failed to consider the risks to sensitive subpopulations, that the only impact it evaluated was the risk to human health from drinking MSWLF-contaminated groundwater, and only if drinking water wells were within one mile of the MSWLF, and that in any event the characteristics of (and therefore the risks posed by) MSWLF and CCR units are very different. These commenters also argued that EPA could not rely on the 2014 risk assessment conducted for the CCR rule to support the proposals without first evaluating whether the assumptions in that assessment are consistent with the results of the recently conducted groundwater monitoring, which they claim shows that the groundwater at almost all facilities is contaminated by at least one of the constituents in Appendix IV.
EPA is continuing to evaluate a number of technical issues raised in the comments. At the same time, the Agency recognizes the need to begin to implement the WIIN Act and to facilitate the transition to regulation of CCR through permit programs in a timely manner in order to address the urgent concerns presented by facilities that are faced with criteria that may be subject to change through this and other rulemaking actions and quickly approaching compliance deadlines that may require substantial investments and impact operational decision-making. EPA is also mindful that States are in the process of considering whether to seek approval or their regulatory programs, and in some cases, are in the process of developing those programs; greater certainty regarding the kinds of provisions that EPA currently has the record to approve would consequently be highly desirable in order to effectuate the purpose behind the WIIN Act. Accordingly, while EPA continues to evaluate the concerns raised regarding the 1991 and 2014 risk assessments, the Agency is finalizing at this time a select number of provisions that either do not rely on those materials for support to meet the standard in RCRA section 4004(a) or rely on portions that are not implicated by the technical issues under consideration.
EPA is adopting two of the proposals modeled after the existing provisions in 40 CFR part 258: (1) The Participating State Director may suspend groundwater monitoring requirements if there is evidence that there is no potential for migration of hazardous constituents to the uppermost aquifer during the active life of the unit and the post-closure care period; and (2) The Participating State Director may decide to certify that certain regulatory criteria have been met in lieu of the exclusive reliance on a qualified PE. EPA is also adopting revised GWPS for constituents without a MCL under § 257.95(h)(2). After consideration of comments received, EPA has set risk-based values using the methodology discussed in the proposal. In addition, the Agency is finalizing an extension to the deadline by which facilities must cease the placement of waste in CCR units closing for cause in two situations: (1) Where the facility has detected a statistically significant increase over the groundwater protection standard from an unlined surface impoundment; and (2) where the unit is unable to comply with the aquifer location restriction. Further discussion of these comments received on these provisions and the bases on which EPA is adopting them is in their respective sections of this preamble.
For any of the proposed performance standards, EPA requested comment on whether the facility or owner operator should be required to post the specific details of the modification of the performance standard to the facility's publicly accessible website or require any other recordkeeping options. Based on comments received, and to maintain transparency facilities with a site-specific performance standard, such as suspending groundwater monitoring in the event a no migration demonstration can be made, EPA is requiring posting of specific details of the modification to a publicly accessible website. This is discussed further below.
The CCR rule requires existing CCR surface impoundments and landfills to cease receiving waste and initiate closure under certain circumstances. For existing CCR surface impoundments, these situations include unlined CCR surface impoundments whose groundwater monitoring shows an exceedance of a GWPS (§ 257.101(a)(1)); CCR surface impoundments that do not comply with the location criteria (§ 257.101(b)(1)); and CCR surface impoundments that are not designed and operated to achieve minimum safety factors (§ 257.101(b)(2)). The current CCR regulations also require existing CCR landfills that do not comply with the location criteria for unstable areas to close (§ 257.101(d)(1)). In all of these situations, also referred to as “closure for cause” in the preamble to 2015 CCR final rule, the current CCR regulations specify that the owner or operator of the
After considering comments received in response to the March 15, 2018 proposed rule, as well as information in the rulemaking petitions submitted by USWAG and AES Puerto Rico,
In the March 15, 2018 proposed rule, EPA solicited public comment on whether the deadlines to comply with the location restrictions at §§ 257.60 through 257.64 are appropriate in light of the WIIN Act (83 FR 11598). The Agency sought comment on whether an alternative deadline, either through a permit program established under the WIIN Act or one that applies directly to the facility itself during an interim period, would be more appropriate to facilitate implementation of the WIIN Act. Owners and operators of existing CCR surface impoundments must complete the required demonstrations for five location restrictions
EPA received numerous comments regarding the current deadlines associated with the location restrictions. Many commenters stated their support for extending the current deadlines to complete the required demonstrations for the location restrictions and, in particular, the location restriction for placement above the uppermost aquifer. These commenters stated that deadline extensions would allow time for both the proper implementation of the WIIN Act and the finalization of other substantive CCR rule revisions contemplated in the March 15, 2018 proposal, and would be consistent with the standard in RCRA section 4004(a), while limiting facilities' expenditure of significant resources and avoiding the initiation of irreversible operational changes, including the forced closure of impoundments (and potentially the power plants themselves) under the current compliance deadlines. Commenters also stated that extensions of the location restriction deadlines is necessary to ensure alignment of key implementation and operational decisions under the CCR rule with EPA's schedule for issuing revisions to the effluent limitations guidelines (ELGs) and pretreatment standards for the Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source Category.
Other commenters opposed any extension of the compliance deadlines associated with the location restrictions. These commenters stated that an extension is unwarranted due to the long history of delays in setting federal standards and the adverse impacts to human health and the environment from improperly sited CCR units. Commenters stated that facilities have had several years to prepare for meeting the location restrictions and that an extension of the deadline is unnecessary because the facilities should already have sufficient information to determine whether their CCR units comply with the location restrictions. Finally, these commenters point out that several utilities have already sought approval from state regulators to close CCR units that are not in compliance with the location restrictions. A compliance extension would thus penalize companies that have made good-faith efforts to comply with the current rule, while rewarding companies that have not prepared properly to comply.
EPA first considered whether to extend the deadlines by which owners or operators of CCR surface impoundments must complete the location restrictions demonstrations in §§ 257.60 through 257.64. Such a rule revision would have the effect of delaying the date that facilities would need to determine whether its CCR units are in compliance with the location restrictions. Most of the commenters raised concern about the current deadlines based on the assumption that the technical performance standards would subsequently be revised, either
For a simple project—which the commenter described as a site that (1) does not provide base load generation, and thus there would be minimal impact to project timing due to planned unit outages to install the piping re-routes and associated mechanical and electrical connections; (2) has fewer streams to re-route, operates intermittently, and (3) has straightforward low volume waste steams (
By contrast, a more complex site the overall duration is approximately 36 months—nearly six times longer in duration than currently provided for in the existing CCR rule. For a more complex site, the current water balance may indicate there are over 50 non-CCR individual waste streams which go to the CCR impoundment. Additionally, each unit utilizes an FGD that produces a waste stream, which also goes to the CCR impoundment. The FGD waste water stream has the most complex water chemistry and variability of any water stream in the plant. Complex project in terms of the number of streams to re-route, its more consistent operation (and scheduled outages), and its complex water chemistry associated with several of the non-CCR wastestreams. Additionally, the large number of streams to deal with, some of which only flow intermittently, further complicates the process design of what treatment system is needed. The water treatment process equipment alone requires a schedule of 13 months to procure, fabricate, and deliver to the plant site (excluding construction). When these efforts are properly stacked and staggered consistent with accepted engineering and project management practice, the overall duration is approximately 36 months.
In both examples discussed previously, the commenter explained that the current regulation also provides inadequate time for proper start-up and commissioning. Reports from industry indicate that it can take several months to properly tune and commission a large water treatment plant. The commenter stated that the six months in the existing rule is, at best, barely adequate to properly tune a complex wastewater treatment plant to steady state operation accounting for quantity and quality variations in the non-CCR water streams.
After considering all of the comments, EPA considers that the potential for revisions to the technical criteria themselves is too speculative at this stage to form the basis for a regulatory revision. EPA received no concrete proposals or suggestions for possible modifications to the technical criteria themselves. Nor does EPA currently have any potential options under consideration. And none of the States that have submitted applications (or with whom EPA has had discussions) for program authorization included any alternative location criteria. Accordingly, EPA has determined not to revise the deadlines to complete the requisite demonstrations.
However, EPA acknowledges that legitimate concerns have been raised about the feasibility of complying with the current closure timeframes. EPA considers that the issues discussed above are not unique to the commenter, but are shared by facilities across the industry. And these concerns are equally relevant in this context, as units that do not comply with the location requirements must close pursuant to § 257.101(b)(1).
EPA also takes very seriously the concern that facilities not be prematurely compelled to make potentially irreversible operational changes or otherwise be forced to invest in compliance measures that may subsequently need to be modified. This was part of the reason that EPA originally chose to align key implementation and operational decisions under the CCR rule with EPA's schedule for issuing the effluent limitations guidelines and pretreatment standards (ELGs) for the Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source Category to be appropriate. The ELG requirements will be highly relevant to facility's decisions regarding the development of alternative capacity to manage non-CCR wastestreams. EPA is currently in the process of rulemaking to consider revising certain standards for existing ELGs sources; that rulemaking is projected to be completed by December 2019. EPA recently changed the earliest ELG compliance date for FGD and bottom ash wastewater to October 2020 to account for these potential revisions. See 82 FR 43494. EPA's original concern thus continues to be highly relevant.
To address these concerns, EPA therefore considered whether an extension of the deadline in the closure for cause provisions in § 257.101(b)(1) that would better coordinate the compliance and implementation deadlines between the CCR and ELGs rules, as suggested by many of the commenters, was warranted. Such a rule revision would still require facilities to make the requisite location restriction demonstrations by the deadlines specified earlier (
Finally, EPA considered whether to apply a time extension to all location restrictions, or a subset of them. Commenters consistently identified the placement above the uppermost aquifer location restriction as the critical standard, and so EPA has limited its revision to address this specific concern. This time extension does not affect other deadlines in the regulations, and facilities therefore are required to comply with all requirements of an
The agency solicited comment in the March 15, 2018, proposed rule on appropriate time frames for the assessment monitoring requirements (83 FR 11599). The 2015 regulation establishes a groundwater monitoring program consisting of detection monitoring, assessment monitoring and corrective action. Because the current assessment monitoring program includes a series of 90-day time periods in which an owner or operator is to perform the required analysis and demonstrations, EPA sought comment on whether 90 days is an appropriate time period for the assessment monitoring requirements in light of the WIIN Act. The agency specifically requested comment on whether alternative time periods are necessary to perform the required analysis and demonstrations and whether such alternative time periods would be more appropriate to facilitate implementation of the WIIN Act and any amendments to the CCR regulations as a result of the March 15, 2018 proposed rule.
The groundwater monitoring program requires an owner or operator of a CCR unit to install a system of monitoring wells and specify procedures for sampling these wells, in addition to methods for analyzing the groundwater data collected, to detect the presence of specified constituents and other monitoring parameters released from the units. Among other requirements, the 2015 regulations required facilities to have installed the groundwater monitoring system and initiated detection monitoring no later than October 17, 2017.
EPA received numerous comments on this issue. The general theme of those comments supportive of an extension was similar to that summarized in the previous subsection addressing location restrictions. Many commenters emphasized that an extension is needed to properly implement the objectives of the WIIN Act. Commenters stated that without an extension of the assessment monitoring deadlines, there would be little to no practical effect from the proposed revisions because facilities will have to make irreversible decisions and investments based on the 2015 rule. Many of these commenters identified two proposals of greatest concern: (1) The ability of facilities to establish risk-based GWPSs for Appendix IV constituents without MCLs; and (2) the incorporation of risk-based flexibility into the corrective action program. These commenters stated that the current schedule of the assessment monitoring program does not provide time for these provisions to take effect before some facilities will be compelled to initiate corrective action and/or forced to close could qualify for the new alternative closure provision. Some commenters also argued that the existing deadline associated with implementing the GWPS, in particular those associated with assessment monitoring are too short to adequately identify the source and extent of an exceedance. Commenters urged the Agency to extend these deadlines or, at a minimum, to defer the obligation to establish groundwater protection standards until after EPA adopts these two proposals.
Commenters also stated that an extension is necessary to align key implementation and operational decisions under the CCR rule with EPA's schedule for revising the ELGs for the Steam Electric Power Generating Point Source Category. Other commenters suggested that deadlines be extended a specific amount of time following the effective date of a final rule. These commenters recommended extensions ranging from 120 days to 12 months from the final rule's effective date.
Other commenters opposed any extension of the deadlines associated with the assessment monitoring program. These commenters stated that an extension is unwarranted due to the long history of delays in setting federal standards and the adverse impacts to human health and the environment from improperly sited CCR units. Commenters stated their opposition to revising the regulations that would allow facilities to continue to CCR units that are unlined and already contaminating groundwater.
EPA first considered the request to extend the assessment monitoring deadlines to allow States the opportunity to establish alternate risk-based GWPS under § 257.95(h). Most of the commenters raised concern about the current deadlines based on the assumption that the GWPS would subsequently be revised as part of a State-approved permit program. But the requested extension would have delayed the initiation of closure under § 257.101(a)(1) and corrective action provisions of §§ 257.96 through 257.98 for all constituents, not merely for the four without MCLs that commenters believed were likely to be revised.
As discussed Unit IV.B of this preamble, EPA is establishing health-based GWPSs for all four of the constituents in Appendix IV without established MCLs. These revised standards, because they are health-based standards, are not expected to be affected by State programs, which alleviate the concern that facilities will be forced to take action in response to standards that are likely to be revised. EPA therefore has no basis to revise the assessment monitoring deadlines.
Nevertheless, as noted previously, numerous commenters raised concern that compliance with the current closure requirements is not technically feasible. These concerns, and the considerations motivating EPA to revise the deadlines for the aquifer location criterion, are equally relevant in this context, as unlined surface impoundments units that are leaking must close, in accordance with § 257.101(a)(1). EPA therefore considered whether an extension of the deadline in § 257.101(a)(1) to initiate the closure of unlined surface impoundments, similar to the extension of the deadlines for the location restrictions, would address the commenters' concerns. Such a provision would require facilities to follow the assessment monitoring procedures and determine whether any contaminants have been detected at statistically significant levels above the GWPS established under § 257.95(h). A facility that makes such a determination would still be required to initiate corrective action to clean up the contamination in the aquifer, but could continue to use the unit for an extended period, which would provide the facility with more time to adjust their operations. This approach would allow facilities to better coordinate their engineering, financial and permitting activities under the two rules, and would align with EPA's recent and on-going ELG rulemakings.
This time extension does not affect other deadlines or any other requirement in the regulations, and facilities therefore remain obligated to comply with all requirements of an operating facility (
The 2015 CCR rule required the CCR unit owner or operator to set the GWPS at the MCL or to background for all constituents in Appendix IV to part 257 that are detected at a statistically significant level above background. MCLs are levels of constituent concentrations promulgated under section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act. If no MCL exists for a detected constituent, then the GWPS needed to be set at background. In cases where the background level is higher than the promulgated MCL for a constituent, the GWPS was to be set at the background level.
In March 2018, EPA proposed to amend the 2015 CCR rule to incorporate certain requirements from 40 CFR part 258 that would allow Participating State Directors, and EPA where it is the permitting authority, flexibility to approve an alternative GWPS, which was required to be derived in a manner consistent with Agency guidelines. Some of the risk guidelines used to support establishment of the part 258 regulations had since been replaced or supplemented, so the proposal referenced the updated versions. Specifically, EPA cited to the
EPA also proposed to incorporate the part 258 requirement that the alternative GWPS be based on scientifically valid studies conducted in accordance with the Toxic Substances Control Act Good Laboratory Practice Standards (40 CFR part 792) or the equivalent. For non-carcinogens, EPA proposed to require that States use a reference dose with a hazard quotient (HQ) of 1 as the upper bound on risk, to establish the alternative GWPS. This methodology was the same as that used to establish the technical criteria in the 2015 CCR regulation. EPA's proposal explained that reliance on this methodology was reasonable as it would ensure that this provision (and any alternative GWPS eventually established under this provision) would meet the requisite statutory standard. Examples of groundwater values consistent with the proposed requirements were provided, including Action Levels promulgated under the Safe Drinking Water Act and the Regional Screening Levels for Chemical Contaminants at Superfund Sites.
Significant comments were received in support of the proposal to allow States to approve an alternative GWPS. Commenters stated that States have robust regulatory frameworks to regulate groundwater protection, that allowing this flexibility is consistent with how requirements for MSWLFs are implemented under Subtitle D, and that the oversight and enforcement authorities provided in the WIIN Act allow EPA to ensure States will set protective standards. Commenters also stated that risk-based alternative GWPS would be more appropriate than the current requirement to use background levels where no MCL has been established for an Appendix IV constituent.
Comments were also received opposing the proposal to allow Participating State Directors to approve an alternative GWPS. Concerns raised included lack of resources or technical expertise at state agencies, and the failure to require any alternative GWPS to be protective of sensitive subgroups, which is included in the MSWLF regulations at 40 CFR 258.55(i). Commenters opposed to this proposal raised concerns that it would: Establish vague, unenforceable guidelines; fail to address ecological risk or cancer risk; ignore health-based exposure concentrations that are already developed; and would ultimately allow states to increase risks to human health and the environment above the statutory standard. Commenters also called attention to that allowing Participating State Directors to set alternative standards could result in variability in regulatory standards for chemicals that present the same health risks, regardless of geography. Commenters also raised concerns about protectiveness of the proposed approach and EPA's ability to use the part 258 record to support providing discretion to Participating State Directors. One group of commenters maintained that it is arbitrary and insufficiently protective to let states establish GWPS where EPA has already established risk-based levels for Appendix IV constituents with no established MCL, also citing the Superfund program's “Regional Screening Levels” (RSLs).
Some comments requesting that EPA consider established, available health-protective benchmarks for Appendix IV constituents, such as RSLs, and well-established assessment methodology for developing more site-specific GWPS. One industry commenter maintained that “Of particular relevance to the CCR Rule are the risk-based policies and resources for the protection and remediation of impacted groundwater that U.S. EPA has developed. Specifically, U.S. EPA has established Regional Screening Levels (RSLs) to assess potential human health risks from chemicals in soil, water, and air. . . . These values assist risk assessors in determining whether levels of constituents at a site may warrant further investigation or cleanup, or whether no further investigation is required.” The commenter goes on to explain that RSLs, while protective, are significantly higher than background concentrations of cobalt, lithium, and molybdenum collected by USGS. Using the RSLs instead of background would
In the proposal, EPA also solicited comment on whether an alternative risk-based GWPS could be established by an independent technical expert or experts where there is no approved permitting authority. Numerous commenters opposed this suggestion, for reasons including: (1) EPA previously rejected that approach in the 40 CFR part 258 regulations, which restricted this provision to Participating State Directors; (2) EPA does not provide an adequate record to support such a proposal; (3) Such a regulation, if finalized, would fail to satisfy the protectiveness standard in RCRA section 4004(a). Commenters in support of this primarily cited the pending compliance dates in the CCR rule as a reason to allow an alternative GWPS to be established under the self-implementing program. Commenters expressed concern that by the time States receive approval of permitting programs and EPA establishes its own permitting program, groundwater monitoring deadlines would have passed and it would be too late to establish alternative GWPSs. To illustrate this point, one industry commenter stated that half of its CCR units could be forced to initiate alternate source demonstrations or corrective action assessment based solely on having detected Appendix IV constituents with no MCLs above background levels. Commenters stated that the oversight and enforcement authorities provided to EPA by the WIIN Act would ensure that site-specific alternative GWPS established by independent experts are protective.
EPA agrees with commenters that State programs are unlikely to be developed and approved prior to the critical deadlines in the CCR rule. EPA continues to evaluate technical issues, and the various concerns raised by the commenters, but the Agency has developed the alternative adopted today that does not rely on the part 258 record for support, and also balances commenters' concerns. EPA has developed a specific GWPS for each of the four constituents in Appendix IV without an MCL, to be used in place of the default background concentrations currently required under § 257.95(h)(2). Adopting national criteria will provide health-based standards available to facilities now to use to compare against monitored groundwater concentrations and develop cleanup goals. Note that a State Director may always seek approval for alternative State criteria as part of the process under the WIIN Act; this could, for example, include the establishment of alternative GWPS for the constituents listed in Appendix IV. See 42 U.S.C. 6945(d)(1)(B)(ii), (C), requiring the Administrator to approve a State permit program that allows a State to include technical standards for individual permits or conditions of approval that differ from the criteria under part 257 of title 40, Code of Federal Regulations if, based on site-specific conditions, the Administrator determines that the technical standards established pursuant to a State permit program are at least as protective as the criteria under that part.
Specifically, the Agency is adopting the following health-based levels as the GWPSs for the four Appendix IV constituents without a designated MCL: 6 micrograms per liter (µg/L) for cobalt; 40 µg/L for lithium, and 100 µg/L for molybdenum. EPA is adopting the alternative GWPS for lead at 15 µg/L. These levels were derived using the same methodology that EPA proposed to require States to use to establish alternative GWPS (See, 83 FR 11598-11599, 11613). The methodology follows Agency guidelines for assessment of human health risks of an environmental pollutant. This means that these GWPSs are expected to be concentrations to which the human population could be exposed to on a daily basis without an appreciable risk of deleterious effects during a lifetime.
Specifically, EPA used the equations in the Risk Assessment Guidance for Superfund (RAGS) Part B to calculate these revised GWPS.
Commenters noted that a reference dose (RfD) has not been established for lead because of the difficulty in identifying a “threshold” level, below which adverse effects are not known or anticipated to occur. EPA acknowledges the commenters' concern and has set the GWPS for lead at the Action Level established under section 1412 of the Safe Drinking Water Act, which addresses comments received supporting the use of existing EPA risk-based standards. Because transport through ground water is the primary risk pathway identified in the 2014 Risk Assessment, this revised GWPS is
The current regulations at § 257.90 require all CCR units, without exception, to comply with the groundwater monitoring and corrective action requirements of §§ 257.90 through 257.98. The final CCR rule at § 257.91(a)(2) requires the installation of groundwater monitoring wells at the waste boundary of the CCR unit.
EPA is adopting a final provision that incorporates only minimal revisions from the proposal. The Agency recognizes that certain hydrogeologic settings may preclude the migration of hazardous constituents from CCR disposal units to groundwater resources. Requiring groundwater monitoring in these settings would provide little or no additional protection to human health and the environment. EPA considers that the final criteria are sufficiently precise and determinate that they will ensure that waivers are granted only in those rare situations, and therefore, EPA is incorporating the revised provision into the part 257 regulations.
As proposed, the Participating State Director would be allowed to suspend the groundwater monitoring requirements under §§ 257.90 through 257.95 if the owner or operator can demonstrate that there is no potential for migration of any CCR constituents from that CCR unit to the uppermost aquifer during the active life of the unit, closure, and the post-closure care period. The demonstration must be certified by a PE or approved by a Participating State Director or approved EPA where EPA is the permitting authority, and must be based upon:
(1) Site-specific field collected measurements, sampling, and analysis of physical, chemical, and biological processes affecting contaminant fate and transport, and
(2) Contaminant fate and transport predictions that maximize contaminant migration and consider impacts on human health and environment.
The proposal acknowledged the difficulties of meeting the “no potential for migration” standard (83 FR 11602). The suspension of monitoring requirements is intended only for those CCR units located in hydrogeologic settings in which the Appendix III and IV constituents will not migrate to groundwater during the active life of the unit, as well as closure and post-closure periods. The proposal also stressed that a “no migration” waiver from certain RCRA requirements has been a component of both the part 258 and the RCRA subtitle C groundwater monitoring programs for many years, and, based on its experience under these programs, the Agency expects that cases where the “no migration” criteria are met will be rare.
There were many general comments supporting the suspension of groundwater monitoring requirements if it can be demonstrated that there is no potential for migration of hazardous constituents from the CCR unit to the uppermost aquifer. These commenters supported this provision because it allows for more site-specific flexibility and prevents burdensome monitoring requirements that are unnecessary for protection of human health and the environment. A commenter also stated that it is unnecessary to incur ongoing monitoring costs if a unit has no impact to groundwater.
Supporters of the “no migration” waiver also stated that it should not be limited to facilities operating under a state or EPA CCR permit program, and should be broadened so that a qualified technical expert can make the no migration determination under the self-implementing CCR program. Commenters stated that the potential for abuse no longer exists due to the public notification requirements and EPA's inspection and enforcement authority provided by the WIIN Act.
Groundwater monitoring is one of the key provisions under the regulations that protect health and the environment, as it ensures that contamination is detected and remediated. If the unit does leak and contaminants migrate into the aquifer, without monitoring there is no guarantee that those contaminants will be detected quickly, or necessarily at all. The potential consequences of this provision are therefore significant. Moreover, the determinations required to support the waiver are highly technical, and thus not readily evaluated during an inspection, by an inspector who may be able to document that the supporting analyses exist but is unlikely to have the time or expertise necessary to evaluate their scientific adequacy. Consequently, this provision requires the additional layer of protection associated with having review by a regulatory authority, which would have the necessary technical expertise on staff, evaluate the request prior to its adoption.
Some commenters did not support the “no migration” proposal. One commenter explained that groundwater monitoring for CCR units had just barely taken effect and the first round of groundwater monitoring data was first published on March 2, 2018. This commenter also stated that all CCR facilities should be required to do groundwater monitoring to establish a baseline. Another commenter stated that due to the nature of sedimentary geological formations, fractures and fissures may exist throughout a coal-mined site, mined areas may settle and surface impoundments may leak. Therefore, suspension of groundwater monitoring should not be allowed.
EPA has determined that if a facility meets the criteria to demonstrate that there is no potential for migration at the unit, then the groundwater monitoring requirements of §§ 257.90 through 257.96 would not be necessary. However, the regulation requires that demonstrations of no potential for migration must be supported by both predictions that maximize contaminant migration and actual field data collected at the site. Field sampling is necessary to establish the site's hydrogeological characteristics and must include an evaluation of unsaturated and saturated zone characteristics to ascertain the flow rate and pathways by which contaminants may migrate to groundwater. Thus, facilities would be expected to collect site-specific data relating to conditions, geology, water levels, etc. as well as contaminant concentrations in the aquifer.
The proposal included four conditions that would be required for a facility to receive a waiver from groundwater monitoring. The first condition is that the suspension of groundwater monitoring requirements in §§ 257.91 through 257.95 is available only for owners and operators of CCR units located in participating states. As discussed previously the Agency has limited the availability of the waiver because of the need to review a no-migration demonstration prior to
The second condition is that the rule requires demonstrations of no potential for migration to be supported by both predictions that maximize contaminant migration and actual field data collected at the site. The proposal explained in great detail how the different properties should be measured, building on guidance developed for part 258 (83 FR 11602). EPA explained in the proposal that the site-specific information called for under the proposed regulation to make the demonstration must include, at a minimum, the following information to evaluate or interpret the effects of the following properties or processes on contaminant fate and transport:
(1) Aquifer Characteristics, including hydraulic conductivity, hydraulic gradient, effective porosity, aquifer thickness, degree of saturation, stratigraphy, degree of fracturing and secondary porosity of soils and bedrock, aquifer heterogeneity, groundwater discharge, and groundwater recharge areas;
(2) Waste Characteristics, including quantity, type, and origin;
(3) Climatic Conditions, including annual precipitation, leachate generation estimates, and effects on leachate quality;
(4) Leachate Characteristics, including leachate composition, solubility, density, the presence of immiscible constituents, Eh, and pH;
(5) Engineered Controls, including liners, cover systems, and aquifer controls (
(6) Attenuation of contaminants in the subsurface, including adsorption/desorption reactions, ion exchange organic content of soil, soil water pH, and consideration of possible reactions causing chemical transformation or chelation; and
(7) Microbiological Degradation, which may attenuate target compounds or cause transformations of compounds, potentially forming more toxic chemical species.
No migration petitions will vary considerably. The petition content will be strongly influenced by the type of unit for which a variance is sought and the methods chosen to demonstrate that there is no potential for migration. EPA believes the categories listed above and other site-specific information as required by the Participating State Director or EPA where EPA is the permitting authority will provide the necessary information, data, and analyses to determine the physical, chemical, and biological processes affecting the migration of CCR constituents. As discussed below, these criteria have largely been included in the final rule, with modifications to account for the differences between the Part 258 constituents, which include organics, and Appendix IV CCR constituents, which are metals.
The third condition is that demonstrations be certified by a qualified PE and approved by the Participating State Director or EPA where EPA is the permitting authority to ensure that there is a high degree of confidence that no contamination will reach the uppermost aquifer.
The fourth condition requires the owner or operator of the CCR unit to remake the demonstration every 10 years or sooner, if there is evidence migration has occurred, as determined by the Participating State Director or EPA where EPA is the permitting authority. This new demonstration is required to be submitted to the Participating State Director or EPA where EPA is the permitting authority one year before the existing groundwater monitoring suspension is due to expire. If the suspension expires for any reason, the unit must begin groundwater monitoring according to § 257.90(a) within 90 days.
EPA received several public comments both supporting and opposing this 10-year demonstration clause. A commenter stated that the provisions for the suspension of groundwater monitoring depart from the part 258 provisions on which they were modeled, by limiting any such suspension to a maximum 10-year term and requiring a re-demonstration for subsequent suspension approvals.
One commenter stated that if any breakthrough occurs in the CCR unit, 10 years is too long and would allow contamination to move toward adjacent discharge points, including pumping wells at nearby homes, farms and businesses, as well as streams, potentially endangering human health and the environment.
As discussed in more detail below, any site-specific demonstration to satisfy the “no migration” threshold involves several distinct criteria relating to site conditions. Because, as the commenter notes, engineered controls do fail facilities will be required to demonstrate that site conditions will collectively work to ensure there is no potential for migration. For example, the regulation also requires the evaluation of Climatic Conditions such as annual precipitation and leachate generation estimates. All of the regulatory factors together work to ensure that, when considering a “no migration” determination, in the event of a leak from a CCR unit, the constituents will not migrate to the uppermost aquifer during the lifetime of the unit and post-closure care.
Another comment received on the 10-year interval is that if the existing monitoring wells remain in place during the 10-year interval, those wells may be neglected and not usable for sampling at the end of the 10-year interval. If the existing monitoring wells are filled and sealed and new monitoring wells are installed, the ability to effectively compare data at the same location over time may be lost. The commenter stated that EPA should consider either removing the 10-year recurring demonstration requirement or add some minimum monitoring requirements at shorter intervals (
EPA does not agree that monitoring wells will necessarily be unused during the 10-year interval. The proposal discussed how the “no migration” demonstration involves complying with rigorous requirements. Modeling may be useful for assessing and verifying the potential for migration of hazardous constituents. Models used should be based on actual field collected data to adequately predict potential groundwater contamination. When owners or operators prepare to re-certify a no migration demonstration, they must verify that the unit continues to meet the standard—
One commenter stated that EPA should adopt separate standards for the suspension of groundwater monitoring for CCR landfills and CCR surface impoundments. The commenter stated that CCR landfills should not be required to conduct a new demonstration once every 10 years to show that suspension of groundwater monitoring continues to be appropriate. EPA disagrees with this comment as the “no migration” waiver is dependent
EPA considered the comments and is adopting the proposal with minor revisions to ensure that the regulatory language accurately reflects the principles reflected in the proposal. EPA discussed in the proposal why periodic renewals of “no migration” demonstrations were not required for MSW landfills. In part this is because the part 258 regulations apply only to landfills, while the CCR regulations apply to both landfills and surface impoundments. Surface impoundments by their very nature pose a potential for releases to groundwater that is different than landfills (
To address concerns that the proposed language was insufficiently prescriptive EPA has added the phrase, “based on the characteristics of the site in which the CCR unit is located,” to the regulatory text. This is intended to clarify that the site characteristics are the key component of any determination that a waiver can be granted, rather than unit characteristics, such as the type of liner, which can (and do) fail. This is consistent with both the proposal and the original part 258 regulation. See 83 FR 11602; 56 FR 51061. EPA provided examples of locations that might be able to demonstrate no potential for migration in the preamble to the final MSWLF rule, such as extremely dry areas with little rainfall and great depths to groundwater, but acknowledged that these would be extremely rare. 56 FR 51061. EPA expects this to be the case with respect to CCR units as well.
For the same reason, EPA included in the regulation four of the seven categories of properties or processes on contaminant fate and transport that were discussed in the preamble to the proposed rule at 83 FR 11602. EPA omitted two categories from this original list to account for the differences between the Part 258 constituents and the Appendix IV CCR constituents. The part 258 constituents include organic compounds, and so factors, such as natural attenuation, are relevant to evaluating the potential for migration at the site. But the CCR constituents are metals or metalloid compounds, which will remain in the environment if released. The remaining factors have been a component of the MSWLF program since the regulations were first adopted in 1991. 56 FR 51061. See OSWER Solid Waste Disposal Facility Criteria Technical Manual for MSWLFs (EPA530-R-93-017, 1993).
The regulation does not include any consideration relating to current groundwater quality or potential future use of the aquifer EPA notes that, as with MSWLFs, this is not an appropriate factor for consideration under this provision. Further guidance for conducting these evaluations can be found in the OSWER Solid Waste Disposal Facility Criteria Technical Manual for MSWLFs (EPA530-R-93-017, 1993), the Ground-Water Monitoring Guidance Document for Owners and Operators of Interim Status Facilities (1983),
To ensure that the RCRA subtitle D requirements would achieve the statutory standard of “no reasonable probability of adverse effects on health and the environment” in the absence of regulatory oversight, the current CCR regulations require facilities to obtain third party certifications and to provide enhanced state and public notifications of actions taken to comply with the regulatory requirements. Specifically, in the final CCR rule EPA required numerous technical demonstrations made by the owner or operator be certified by a qualified professional engineer (PE) in order to provide verification of the facility's technical judgments and to otherwise ensure that the provisions of the rule were properly applied. While EPA acknowledged that relying upon a third-party certification was not the same as relying upon a state or federal regulatory authority and was not expected to provide the same level of independence as a state permit program, the availability of meaningful third-party verification provided critical support that the rule would achieve the statutory standard, as it would provide a degree of control over a facility's discretion in implementing the rule.
However, the situation has changed with the passage of the WIIN Act, which offers the opportunity for State oversight under an approved permit program. To reflect that, EPA proposed that the regulations allow a “State Director,” the Director of a state with an approved CCR permit program (
As a component of this proposal, EPA also proposed definitions of “State Director” and of a “participating state” in § 257.53. The definition made clear that these provisions were restricted to State Directors (or their delegates) with an approved CCR permit program. The definition also included EPA where EPA is the permitting authority (tribal lands and non-participating states). There are several changes to the proposed term of “State Director.” First, we are finalizing the term as “Participating State Director.” Currently
Furthermore, EPA received numerous comments on state directors issuing certifications. The majority of comments supported granting a State Director this authority. One comment received from ASTSWMO suggested removing EPA from the definition of State Director. ASTSWMO felt it was not appropriate to include EPA in the definition because intermingling the State and EPA would lead to confusion on their implementation roles in CCR permit programs, and EPA agrees. EPA has therefore removed the sentence about EPA from the definition of Participating State Director and generally added “or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority” after Participating State Director throughout the regulations.
The definition of Participating State Director has also been modified to reflect the statutory term of a “participating state” rather than the proposed term of “an approved state.” EPA has also adopted the proposed definition of a participating state, without modification. The final rule also incorporates the statutory definition of a non-participating state.
Finally, the regulatory text has been amended in 39 places to incorporate this change. These changes can be seen in the amended regulation text. Except for the regulations relating to structural stability, which continue to require the certification of a PE in all circumstances, the regulations have been modified to add the approval of Participating State Director or the approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority as an acceptable alternative. The structural stability evaluations, such as the periodic factors of safety assessment, require the specific expertise of a PE. As previously noted, EPA expects that a state will generally rely on the expertise of its own engineers to evaluate whether the technical criteria have been met, but to avoid any confusion, these regulations will continue to require certification by a PE. A state may, of course, require the facility to also obtain its approval as part of its own permit program.
The effective date of this rule is 30 days after publication in the
EPA has previously interpreted section 4004(c) of RCRA to generally establish a six-month effective date for rules issued under subtitle D. See 80 FR 37988, 37990. After further consideration, EPA interprets section 4004(c) to establish an effective date solely for the regulations that were required to be promulgated under subsection (a). Section 4004(c) is silent as to subsequent revisions to those regulations; EPA therefore believes section 4004(c) is ambiguous.
Section 4004(c) states that the prohibition in subsection (b) shall take effect six months after promulgation of regulations under subsection (a). Subsection (a), in turn provides that “[n]ot later than one year after October 21, 1976 . . . [EPA] shall promulgate regulations containing criteria for determining which facilities shall be classified as sanitary landfills and which shall be classified as open dumps within the meaning of this chapter.” As noted, section 4004(c) is silent as to revisions to those regulations.
In response to Congress's mandate in section 4004(a), EPA promulgated regulations on September 13, 1979. 44 FR 53438. EPA interprets section 4004(c) to establish an effective date applicable only to that action, and not to future regulations the Agency might issue under this section. In the absence of a specific statutory provision establishing an effective date for this rule, APA section 553(d) applies.
EPA considers that its interpretation is reasonable because there is no indication in RCRA or its legislative history that Congress intended for the agency to have less discretion under RCRA subtitle D than it would have under the APA to establish a suitable effective date for subsequent rules issued under section 4004(c). Consistent with EPA's interpretation of the express language of section 4004, EPA interprets statements in the legislative history explaining that section 4004(c) provides that the effective date is to be 6 months after the date of promulgate of regulations, as referring to the initial set of regulations required by Congress to be promulgated not later than 1 year after October 21, 1976, and does not mandate a 6 month effective date for every regulatory action that EPA takes under this section. This rule contains specific, targeted revisions to the 2015 rule and the legislative history regarding section 4004 speaks only to these initial 1976 mandated regulations.
This reading allows the agency to establish an effective date appropriate for the nature of the regulation promulgated, which is what EPA believes Congress intended. EPA further considers that the minimum 30-day effective date under the APA is reasonable in this circumstance where none of the provisions being finalized require an extended period of time for regulated entities to comply.
EPA estimated the costs and benefits of this action in a Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) which is available in the docket for this action. The RIA estimates costs and cost savings attributable to the provisions of this action against the baseline costs and cost savings of the 2015 CCR final rule. The RIA estimates that the net annualized impact of these five provisions over a 100-year period of analysis will be cost savings of between $27.8 million and $31.4 million when discounting at 7 percent and cost savings between $15.5 million and $19.1 million when discounting at 3 percent. This action is not considered an economically significant action under Executive Order 12866.
The universe of affected entities for this rule consists of the same entities affected by EPA's 2015 CCR final rule. These entities are coal-fired electricity generating plants operated by the electric utility industry. They can be identified by their North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) designation 221112 “Fossil Fuel Electric Power Generation”. The RIA estimates that there are 414 coal-fired electricity generating plants operating 922 CCR management units (landfills, disposal impoundments, and storage impoundments) that will be affected by this rule.
The baseline costs for this rule are the costs of compliance with EPA's 2015 CCR final rule, as the provisions of this rule modify the provisions of the 2015 CCR final rule or modify the implementation of the 2015 CCR rule by WIIN Act participating states. The RIA for the 2015 CCR final rule estimated these costs at an annualized $509
The RIA estimates costs and costs savings for two proposals concerning the compliance deadlines for certain aspects of the 2015 CCR rule, as well as the two alternative performance standards that will apply in participating states under the WIIN Act, and the revision of the GWPSs for the four constituents in Appendix IV to part 257 without MCLs. The RIA estimates that the net annualized impact of these five provisions over a 100-year period of analysis will be an annualized cost savings of between $27.8 million and $31.4 million when discounting at 7 percent, and an annualized cost savings of between $15.5 million and $19.1 million when discounting at 3 percent. The majority of cost savings attributable to the rule come from the provisions extending the date by which facilities must cease placing waste in CCR units. These provisions delay the large capital costs associated with ceasing to place waste in a unit. These capital costs include the cost of closure capping, post-closure monitoring, and converting to dry handling of CCR from wet handling.
The RIA also presents the adjustments to the baseline costs of the CCR final rule due to plant closures that occurred after the rule was published but before the effective date of the rule. The RIA accompanying the 2015 CCR final rule assigned compliance costs to these plants, which they are exempt from because they closed before the final rule's effective date. In all, 23 plants closed before the effective date of the final rule that were not accounted for in 2015 final rule RIA. The annualized compliance costs avoided for these plants equals between $21.4 million and $27.6 million per year when discounting at 7 percent and between $21.7 million and $32.4 million when discounting at 3 percent. This cost adjustment is detailed in the RIA that accompanies this rulemaking, however it is not factored into the baseline or the benefit estimates for this rule to keep comparisons with the 2015 CCR final rule straight forward. Also, the compliance costs not incurred by these plants would not be cost savings attributable to this rulemaking.
This action is a significant regulatory action that was submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review. Any changes made in response to OMB recommendations have been documented in the docket. The EPA prepared an analysis of the potential costs and benefits associated with this action. This Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA), entitled
This action is considered an Executive Order 13771 deregulatory action. Details on the estimated cost savings of this final rule can be found in EPA's analysis of the potential costs and benefits associated with this action.
The information collection activities in this rule have been submitted for approval to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the PRA. The Information Collection Request (ICR) document that the EPA prepared has been assigned EPA ICR number 1189.28, OMB control number 2050-0053. This is an amendment to the ICR approved by OMB for the Final Rule: Hazardous and Solid Waste Management System; Disposal of Coal Combustion Residuals from Electric Utilities published April 17, 2015 in the
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The OMB control numbers for the EPA's regulations in 40 CFR are listed in 40 CFR part 9.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. In making this determination, the impact of concern is any significant adverse economic impact on small entities. An agency may certify that a rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities if the rule relieves regulatory burden, has no net burden or otherwise has a positive economic effect on the small entities subject to the rule. This action is expected to result in net cost savings amounting to approximately $27.8 million per year to $31.4 million per year when discounting at 7 percent and annualized over 100 years. It is expected to result in net cost savings of between $15.5 million and $19.1 million when discounting at 3 percent and annualized over 100 years. Savings will accrue to all regulated entities, including small entities. Further information on the economic effects of this action can be found in Unit V of this preamble and in the Regulatory Impact Analysis, which is available in the docket for this action. We have therefore concluded that this action will relieve regulatory burden for all directly regulated small entities.
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate of $100 million or more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. This action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or tribal governments or the private sector. The costs involved in this action are imposed only by participation in a voluntary federal program. UMRA generally excludes from the definition of “federal intergovernmental mandate” duties that
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175. For the “Final Rule: Hazardous and Solid Waste Management System; Disposal of Coal Combustion Residuals from Electric Utilities” published April 17, 2015 in the
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it is not economically significant as defined in Executive Order 12866, and because the EPA does not believe the environmental health or safety risks addressed by this action present a disproportionate risk to children. This action's health and risk assessments are contained in the document titled “Human and Ecological Risk Assessment of Coal Combustion Residuals” which is available in the docket for the final rule as docket item EPA-HQ-RCRA-2009-0640-11993.
As ordered by E.O. 13045 Section 1-101(a), for the “Final Rule: Hazardous and Solid Waste Management System; Disposal of Coal Combustion Residuals from Electric Utilities” published April 17, 2015 in the
This action is not a “significant energy action” because it is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution or use of energy. For the 2015 CCR rule, EPA analyzed the potential impact on electricity prices relative to the “in excess of one percent” threshold. Using the Integrated Planning Model (IPM), EPA concluded that the 2015 CCR Rule may increase the weighted average nationwide wholesale price of electricity between 0.18 percent and 0.19 percent in the years 2020 and 2030, respectively. As the final rule represents a cost savings rule relative to the 2015 CCR rule, this analysis concludes that any potential impact on wholesale electricity prices will be lower than the potential impact estimated of the 2015 CCR rule; therefore, this final rule is not expected to meet the criteria of a “significant adverse effect” on the electricity markets as defined by Executive Order 13211.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.
The EPA believes that this action does not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority populations, low-income populations and/or indigenous peoples, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The documentation for this decision is contained in EPA's Regulatory Impact Analysis (RIA) for the CCR rule which is available in the docket for the 2015 CCR final rule as docket item EPA-HQ-RCRA-2009-0640-12034.
EPA's risk assessment did not separately evaluate either minority or low-income populations. However, to evaluate the demographic characteristics of communities that may be affected by the CCR rule, the RIA compares the demographic characteristics of populations surrounding coal-fired electric utility plants with broader population data for two geographic areas: (1) One-mile radius from CCR management units (
For the population as a whole 24.8 percent belong to a minority group and 11.3 percent falls below the Federal Poverty Level. For the population living within one mile of plants with surface impoundments 16.1 percent belong to a minority group and 13.2 percent live below the Federal Poverty Level. These minority and low-income populations are not disproportionately high compared to the general population. The percentage of minority residents of the entire population living within the catchment areas downstream of surface impoundments is disproportionately high relative to the general population,
Comparing the population percentages of minority and low income
The CCR rule is risk-reducing with reductions in risk occurring largely within the surface water catchment zones around, and groundwater beneath, coal-fired electric utility plants. Since the CCR rule is risk-reducing and this action does not add to risks, this action will not result in new disproportionate risks to minority or low-income populations.
This action is subject to the CRA, and the EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
Environmental protection, Beneficial use, Coal combustion products, Coal combustion residuals, Coal combustion waste, Disposal, Hazardous waste, Landfill, Surface impoundment.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 40, chapter I, of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 6907(a)(3), 6912(a)(1), 6944(a), 6945(d); 33 U.S.C. 1345(d) and (e).
(1) For which the Administrator has not approved a State permit program or other system of prior approval and conditions under RCRA section 4005(d)(1)(B);
(2) The Governor of which has not submitted to the Administrator for approval evidence to operate a State permit program or other system of prior approval and conditions under RCRA section 4005(d)(1)(A);
(3) The Governor of which provides notice to the Administrator that, not fewer than 90 days after the date on which the Governor provides the notice to the Administrator, the State will relinquish an approval under RCRA section 4005(d)(1)(B) to operate a permit program or other system of prior approval and conditions; or
(4) For which the Administrator has withdrawn approval for a permit program or other system of prior approval and conditions under RCRA section 4005(d)(1)(E).
(b) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the demonstration meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
(b) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the demonstration meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
(b) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the demonstration meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
(b) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the demonstration meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the demonstration meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) * * *
(2) The owner or operator must obtain certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the liquid flow rate through the lower component of the alternative composite liner is no greater than the liquid flow rate through two feet of compacted soil with a hydraulic conductivity of 1x10
(e) Prior to construction of the CCR landfill or any lateral expansion of a CCR landfill, the owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the design of the composite liner (or, if applicable, alternative composite liner) and the leachate collection and removal system meets the requirements of this section.
(f) Upon completion of construction of the CCR landfill or any lateral expansion of a CCR landfill, the owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the design of the composite liner (or, if applicable, alternative composite liner) and the leachate collection and removal system have been constructed in accordance with the requirements of this section.
(b) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority attesting that the documentation as to whether a CCR unit meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section is accurate.
(c) Prior to construction of the CCR surface impoundment or any lateral expansion of a CCR surface impoundment, the owner or operator must obtain certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the design of the composite liner or, if applicable, the design of an alternative composite liner complies with the requirements of this section.
(d) Upon completion, the owner or operator must obtain certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the composite liner or if applicable, the alternative composite liner has been constructed in accordance with the requirements of this section.
(b) * * *
(7) The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the initial CCR fugitive dust control plan, or any subsequent amendment of it, meets the requirements of this section.
(c) * * *
(5) The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the initial and periodic run-on and run-off control system plans meet the requirements of this section.
(c) * * *
(5) The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the initial and periodic inflow design flood control system plans meet the requirements of this section.
(a) All CCR landfills, CCR surface impoundments, and lateral expansions of CCR units are subject to the groundwater monitoring and corrective action requirements under §§ 257.90 through 257.99, except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section.
(g)
(i) Site-specific field collected measurements, sampling, and analysis of physical, chemical, and biological processes affecting contaminant fate and transport, including at a minimum, the information necessary to evaluate or interpret the effects of the following properties or processes on contaminant fate and transport:
(A) Aquifer Characteristics, including hydraulic conductivity, hydraulic gradient, effective porosity, aquifer thickness, degree of saturation, stratigraphy, degree of fracturing and secondary porosity of soils and bedrock, aquifer heterogeneity, groundwater discharge, and groundwater recharge areas;
(B) Waste Characteristics, including quantity, type, and origin;
(C) Climatic Conditions, including annual precipitation, leachate generation estimates, and effects on leachate quality;
(D) Leachate Characteristics, including leachate composition, solubility, density, the presence of immiscible constituents, Eh, and pH; and
(E) Engineered Controls, including liners, cover systems, and aquifer controls (
(ii) Contaminant fate and transport predictions that maximize contaminant migration and consider impacts on human health and the environment.
(2) The owner or operator of the CCR unit may renew this suspension for additional ten year periods by submitting written documentation that the site characteristics continue to ensure there will be no potential for migration of any of the constituents listed in Appendices III and IV of this part. The documentation must include, at a minimum, the information specified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) and (g)(1)(ii) of this section and a certification by a qualified professional engineer and approved by the State Director or EPA where EPA is the permitting authority. The owner or operator must submit the documentation supporting their renewal request for the state's or EPA's review and approval of their extension one year before the groundwater monitoring suspension is due to expire. If the existing groundwater monitoring extension expires or is not approved, the owner or operator must begin groundwater monitoring according to paragraph (a) of this section within 90 days. The owner or operator may continue to renew the suspension for ten-year periods, provided the owner or operator demonstrate that the standard in paragraph (g)(1) of this section continues to be met for the unit. The owner or operator must place each completed demonstration in the facility's operating record.
(3) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must include in the annual groundwater monitoring and corrective action report required by § 257.90(e) or § 257.100(e)(5)(ii) any approved no migration demonstration.
(f) The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the groundwater monitoring system has been designed and constructed to meet the requirements of this section. If the groundwater monitoring system includes the minimum number of monitoring wells specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the certification must document the basis supporting this determination.
(f) * * *
(6) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the selected statistical method is appropriate for evaluating the groundwater monitoring data for the CCR management area. The certification must include a narrative description of the statistical method selected to evaluate the groundwater monitoring data.
(d) * * *
(3) The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority stating that the demonstration for an alternative groundwater sampling and analysis frequency meets the requirements of this section. The owner or operator must include the demonstration providing the basis for the alternative monitoring frequency and the certification by a qualified professional engineer or the approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority in the annual groundwater monitoring and corrective action report required by § 257.90(e).
(e) * * *
(2) The owner or operator may demonstrate that a source other than the CCR unit caused the statistically significant increase over background levels for a constituent or that the statistically significant increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, statistical evaluation, or natural variation in groundwater quality. The owner or operator must complete the written demonstration within 90 days of detecting a statistically significant increase over background levels to include obtaining a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority verifying the accuracy of the information in the report. If a successful demonstration is completed within the 90-day period, the owner or operator of the CCR unit may continue with a detection monitoring program under this section. If a successful demonstration is not completed within the 90-day period, the owner or operator of the CCR unit must initiate an assessment monitoring program as required under § 257.95. The owner or operator must also include the demonstration in the annual groundwater monitoring and corrective action report required by § 257.90(e), in addition to the certification by a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority.
(c) * * *
(3) The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified
(g) * * *
(3) * * *
(ii) Demonstrate that a source other than the CCR unit caused the contamination, or that the statistically significant increase resulted from error in sampling, analysis, statistical evaluation, or natural variation in groundwater quality. Any such demonstration must be supported by a report that includes the factual or evidentiary basis for any conclusions and must be certified to be accurate by a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority. If a successful demonstration is made, the owner or operator must continue monitoring in accordance with the assessment monitoring program pursuant to this section, and may return to detection monitoring if the constituents in Appendix III and Appendix IV of this part are at or below background as specified in paragraph (e) of this section. The owner or operator must also include the demonstration in the annual groundwater monitoring and corrective action report required by § 257.90(e), in addition to the certification by a qualified professional engineer or the approval from the Participating State Director or the approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority.
(h) * * *
(2) For the following constituents:
(i) Cobalt 6 micrograms per liter (μg/l);
(ii) Lead 15 μg/l;
(iii) Lithium 40 μg/l; and
(iv) Molybdenum 100 μg/l.
(3) For constituents for which the background level is higher than the levels identified under paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this section, the background concentration.
(a) Within 90 days of finding that any constituent listed in Appendix IV to this part has been detected at a statistically significant level exceeding the groundwater protection standard defined under § 257.95(h), or immediately upon detection of a release from a CCR unit, the owner or operator must initiate an assessment of corrective measures to prevent further releases, to remediate any releases and to restore affected area to original conditions. The assessment of corrective measures must be completed within 90 days, unless the owner or operator demonstrates the need for additional time to complete the assessment of corrective measures due to site-specific conditions or circumstances. The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority attesting that the demonstration is accurate. The 90-day deadline to complete the assessment of corrective measures may be extended for no longer than 60 days. The owner or operator must also include the demonstration in the annual groundwater monitoring and corrective action report required by § 257.90(e), in addition to the certification by a qualified professional engineer or the approval from the Participating State Director or the approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority.
(a) Based on the results of the corrective measures assessment conducted under § 257.96, the owner or operator must, as soon as feasible, select a remedy that, at a minimum, meets the standards listed in paragraph (b) of this section. This requirement applies in addition to, not in place of, any applicable standards under the Occupational Safety and Health Act. The owner or operator must prepare a semiannual report describing the progress in selecting and designing the remedy. Upon selection of a remedy, the owner or operator must prepare a final report describing the selected remedy and how it meets the standards specified in paragraph (b) of this section. The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the remedy selected meets the requirements of this section. The report has been completed when it is placed in the operating record as required by § 257.105(h)(12).
(e) Upon completion of the remedy, the owner or operator must prepare a notification stating that the remedy has been completed. The owner or operator must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority attesting that the remedy has been completed in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. The report has been completed when it is placed in the operating record as required by § 257.105(h)(13).
(a) * * *
(1) Except as provided by paragraph (a)(3) of this section, if at any time after October 19, 2015, an owner or operator of an existing unlined CCR surface impoundment determines in any sampling event that the concentrations of one or more constituents listed in appendix IV of this part are detected at statistically significant levels above the groundwater protection standard established under § 257.95(h) for such CCR unit, within six months of making such determination or no later than October 31, 2020, whichever date is later, the owner or operator of the existing unlined CCR surface impoundment must cease placing CCR and non-CCR wastestreams into such CCR surface impoundment and either retrofit or close the CCR unit in accordance with the requirements of § 257.102.
(b) * * *
(1)(i)
(ii)
(b) * * *
(4) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a written certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the initial and any amendment of the written closure plan meets the requirements of this section.
(d) * * *
(3) * * *
(iii) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a written certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the design of the final cover system meets the requirements of this section.
(f) * * *
(3) Upon completion, the owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a certification from a qualified professional engineer or approval from the Participating State Director or approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority verifying that closure has been completed in accordance with the closure plan specified in paragraph (b) of this section and the requirements of this section.
(g) No later than the date the owner or operator initiates closure of a CCR unit, the owner or operator must prepare a notification of intent to close a CCR unit. The notification must include the certification by a qualified professional engineer or the approval from the Participating State Director or the approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority for the design of the final cover system as required by § 257.102(d)(3)(iii), if applicable. The owner or operator has completed the notification when it has been placed in the facility's operating record as required by § 257.105(i)(7).
(h) Within 30 days of completion of closure of the CCR unit, the owner or operator must prepare a notification of closure of a CCR unit. The notification must include the certification by a qualified professional engineer or the approval from the Participating State Director or the approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority as required by § 257.102(f)(3). The owner or operator has completed the notification when it has been placed in the facility's operating record as required by § 257.105(i)(8).
(k) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a written certification from a qualified professional engineer or an approval from the Participating State Director or an approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the activities outlined in the written retrofit plan, including any amendment of the plan, meet the requirements of this section.
(4) Upon completion, the owner or operator must obtain a written certification from a qualified professional engineer or an approval from the Participating State Director or an approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority verifying that the retrofit activities have been completed in accordance with the retrofit plan specified in paragraph (k)(2) of this section and the requirements of this section.
(6) Within 30 days of completing the retrofit activities specified in paragraph (k)(1) of this section, the owner or operator must prepare a notification of completion of retrofit activities. The notification must include the certification from a qualified professional engineer or an approval from the Participating State Director or an approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority has is required by paragraph (k)(4) of this section. The owner or operator has completed the notification when it has been placed in the facility's operating record as required by § 257.105(j)(6).
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) A description of the planned uses of the property during the post-closure period. Post-closure use of the property shall not disturb the integrity of the final cover, liner(s), or any other component of the containment system, or the function of the monitoring systems unless necessary to comply with the requirements in this subpart. Any other disturbance is allowed if the owner or operator of the CCR unit demonstrates that disturbance of the final cover, liner, or other component of the containment system, including any removal of CCR, will not increase the potential threat to human health or the environment. The demonstration must be certified by a qualified professional engineer or approved by the Participating State Director or approved from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority, and notification shall be provided to the State Director that the demonstration has been placed in the operating record and on the owners or operator's publicly accessible internet site.
(4) The owner or operator of the CCR unit must obtain a written certification from a qualified professional engineer or an approval from the Participating State Director or an approval from EPA where EPA is the permitting authority that the initial and any amendment of the written post-closure plan meets the requirements of this section.
(e)
(h) * * *
(14) The demonstration, including long-term performance data, supporting the suspension of groundwater monitoring requirements as required by § 257.90(g).
(h) * * *
(11) Provide the demonstration supporting the suspension of groundwater monitoring requirements specified under § 257.105(h)(14).
(h) * * *
(11) The demonstration supporting the suspension of groundwater monitoring requirements specified under § 257.105(h)(14).
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Final rule.
This final rule adopts the risk adjustment methodology that HHS previously established for the 2017 benefit year. In February 2018, a district court vacated the use of statewide average premium as a basis for the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology for the 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018 benefit years. Accordingly, HHS is issuing this final rule to allow charges to be collected and payments to be made for the 2017 benefit year. We hereby adopt the final rules set out in the publication in the
These provisions of this final rule are effective on July 30, 2018.
Abigail Walker, (410) 786-1725; Adam Shaw, (410) 786-1091; Jaya Ghildiyal, (301) 492-5149; or Adrianne Patterson, (410) 786-0686.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148), was enacted on March 23, 2010; the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152) was enacted on March 30, 2010. These statutes are collectively referred to as “PPACA” in this final rule. Section 1343 of the PPACA established an annual permanent risk adjustment program under which payments are collected from health insurance issuers that enroll relatively low-risk populations, and payments are made to health insurance issuers that enroll relatively higher-risk populations. Consistent with section 1321(c)(1) of the PPACA, the Secretary is responsible for operating the risk adjustment program on behalf of any state that elected not to do so. For the 2017 benefit year, HHS is responsible for operation of the risk adjustment program in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.
HHS sets the risk adjustment methodology that it uses in states that elect not to operate the program in advance of each benefit year through a notice-and-comment rulemaking process with the intention that issuers will be able to rely on the methodology to price their plans appropriately (45 CFR 153.320; 76 FR 41930, 41932 through 41933; 81 FR 94058, 94702 (explaining the importance of setting rules ahead of time and describing comments supporting that practice)).
In the July 15, 2011
In the December 2, 2013
In the November 26, 2014
In the December 2, 2015
In the September 6, 2016
In the November 2, 2017
On February 28, 2018, in a suit brought by the health insurance issuer New Mexico Health Connections, the United States District Court for the District of New Mexico (the district court) vacated the use of statewide average premium in the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology for the 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, and 2018 benefit years. The district court reasoned that HHS had not adequately explained its decision to adopt a methodology that used the statewide average premium as the cost-scaling factor to ensure that amounts collected from issuers equal payments made to issuers for the applicable benefit year, that is, a methodology that maintains the budget neutrality of the program for the applicable benefit year.
HHS recently announced the collection and payment amounts for the 2017 benefit year as calculated under the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology that uses the statewide average premium.
This final rule adopts the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology previously published at 81 FR 12204 for the 2017 benefit year with an additional explanation regarding the use of statewide average premium and the budget neutral nature of the program. This rule does not make any changes to the previously published HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology for the 2017 benefit year.
The risk adjustment program provides payments to health insurance issuers that enroll higher risk populations, such as those with chronic conditions, thereby reducing incentives for issuers to structure their plan benefit designs or marketing strategies in order to avoid these enrollees and lessening the potential influence of risk selection on the premiums that issuers charge. Instead, issuers are expected to set rates based on average risk and compete based on plan features rather than selection of healthier enrollees. The program applies to any health insurance issuer offering plans in the individual or small group markets, with the exception of grandfathered health plans, group health insurance coverage described in 45 CFR 146.145(c), individual health insurance coverage described in 45 CFR 148.220, and any plan determined not to be a risk adjustment covered plan in the applicable Federally certified risk adjustment methodology.
As stated in the 2014 Payment Notice final rule, the Federally certified risk adjustment methodology developed and used by HHS in states that elect not to operate the program is based on the premise that premiums for this market should reflect the differences in plan benefits, quality, and efficiency—not the health status of the enrolled population.
As explained above, the district court vacated the use of statewide average premium in the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology for the 2014 through 2018 benefit years on the ground that HHS did not adequately explain its decision to adopt that aspect of the risk adjustment methodology. The district court recognized that use of statewide average premium maintained the budget neutrality of the program, but concluded that HHS had not adequately explained the underlying decision to adopt a methodology that kept the program budget neutral, that is, that ensured that amounts collected from issuers would equal payments made to issuers for the applicable benefit year. Accordingly, HHS is providing additional explanation herein.
First, Congress designed the risk adjustment program to be implemented and operated by states if they choose to do so. Nothing in section 1343 of the PPACA requires a state to spend its own funds on risk adjustment payments or allows HHS to impose such a requirement. Thus, while section 1343 may have provided leeway for states to spend additional funding on the program if they voluntarily chose to do so, HHS could not have required additional funding within the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology.
Second, while the PPACA did not include an explicit requirement that the risk adjustment program be operated in a budget-neutral manner, it also does not proscribe designing the program in a budget-neutral manner. In fact, although the statutory provisions for many other PPACA programs appropriated or authorized amounts to be appropriated from the U.S. Treasury, or provided budget authority in advance of appropriations,
Furthermore, if HHS had elected to adopt a HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology that was contingent on appropriations from Congress in the annual appropriations process that would have created uncertainty for issuers in the amount of risk adjustment payments they could expect. That uncertainty would undermine one of the central objectives of the risk adjustment program, which is to assure issuers in advance that they will receive risk adjustment payments if, for the applicable benefit year, they enroll a high risk population compared to other issuers in the state market risk pool. The budget-neutral framework spreads the costs of covering higher-risk enrollees across issuers throughout a given state market risk pool, thereby reducing incentives for issuers to engage in risk-avoidance techniques such as designing or marketing their plans in ways that tend to attract healthier individuals, who cost less to insure. Moreover, relying on the possibility in each year's budget process for appropriation of additional funds to HHS that could be used to supplement risk adjustment transfers would have required HHS to delay setting the parameters for any risk adjustment payment proration rates until well after the plans were in effect for the applicable benefit year.
In light of the budget-neutral framework discussed above, HHS also chose not to use a different parameter for the payment transfer formula under the HHS-operated methodology, such as each plan's own premium, that would not have automatically achieved equality between risk adjustment payments and charges in each benefit year. As set forth in prior discussions,
In the risk adjustment methodologies applicable to the 2018 and 2019 benefit years, HHS has adjusted statewide average premium by reducing it by 14 percent to account for an estimated proportion of administrative costs that do not vary with claims. HHS is not applying this adjustment retroactively to the 2017 benefit year, but is instead
Therefore, for the 2017 benefit year, we are issuing this final rule that adopts the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology previously established for the 2017 benefit year in the
HHS will begin collection of the 2017 benefit year risk adjustment charge amounts announced in the
This rule adopts the final rules set out in the publication in the March 23, 2012
Under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553), a notice of proposed rulemaking and an opportunity for public comment are generally required before issuing a regulation. We also ordinarily provide a 30-day delay in the effective date of the provisions of a rule in accordance with the APA (5 U.S.C. 553(d)), unless the rule is a major rule and subject to the 60-day delayed effective date required by the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801(a)(3)). However, these procedures can be waived if the agency, for good cause, finds that notice and public comment and delay in effective date are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to public interest and incorporates a statement of the finding and its reasons in the rule issued. See 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3); 5 U.S.C. 808(2).
HHS has determined that issuing this rule in proposed form, such that it would not become effective until after public comments are submitted, considered, and responded to in a final rule, would be impracticable, unnecessary, and contrary to the public interest. As discussed above, immediate administrative action is imperative to maintain the stability and predictability in the individual and small group insurance markets. It is also consistent with settled expectations in that this rule adopts the risk adjustment methodology previously established for the 2017 benefit year.
Additionally, HHS's failure to make timely risk adjustment payments could impact the solvency of plans providing coverage to sicker (and costlier) than average enrollees that require the influx of risk adjustment payments to continue operations. When state regulators determine issuer solvency, any uncertainty surrounding risk adjustment transfers jeopardizes regulators' ability to make decisions that protect consumers and support the long-term health of insurance markets. Therefore, HHS has determined that delaying the effective date of the use of statewide average premium in the payment transfer calculation under the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology for the 2017 benefit year to allow for
There is also good cause to proceed without notice and comment for the additional reason that such procedures are unnecessary here. HHS has received and considered comments in issuing the 2014 through 2017 Payment Notices. In each of these rulemaking processes, parties had the opportunity to comment on HHS's use of statewide average premium in the payment transfer formula under the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology. Because this final rule adopts the same HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology issued in the 2017 Payment Notice final rule, the comments received in those rulemakings are sufficiently current to indicate a lack of necessity to engage in further notice and comment. In the 2014 Payment Notice final rule, we received a number of comments in support of our proposal to use the statewide average premium as the basis for risk adjustment transfers. In subsequent benefit year rulemakings, some commenters expressed a desire for HHS to use a plan's own premium. HHS addressed those comments by reiterating that we had considered the use of a plan's own premium instead of the statewide average premium and chose to use statewide average premium. As this approach supports the overall goal of the risk adjustment program to encourage issuers to rate for the average risk in the applicable state market risk pool, and avoids the creation of incentives for issuers to operate less efficiently, set higher prices, develop benefit designs or create marketing strategies to avoid high risk enrollees.
This document does not impose information collection requirements, that is, reporting, recordkeeping, or third-party disclosure requirements. Consequently, there is no need for review by the Office of Management and Budget under the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501,
This final rule adopts the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology for the 2017 benefit year set forth in the 2017 Payment Notice final rule to ensure that the risk adjustment program works as intended to protect consumers from the effects of adverse selection and premium increases due to issuer uncertainty. The Premium Stabilization Rule and previous Payment Notices noted above provided detail on the implementation of the risk adjustment program, including the specific parameters applicable for the 2017 benefit year.
We have examined the impact of this rule as required by Executive Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 1993), Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review (January 18, 2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96- 354), section 1102(b) of the Social Security Act, section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (March 22, 1995; Pub. L. 104-4), Executive Order 13132 on Federalism (August 4, 1999), the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2), and Executive Order 13771 on Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). A regulatory impact analysis (RIA) must be prepared for major rules with economically significant effects ($100 million or more in any one year).
OMB has determined that this final rule is “economically significant” within the meaning of section 3(f)(1) of Executive Order 12866, because it is likely to have an annual effect of $100 million in any 1 year. In addition, for the reasons noted above, OMB has determined that this is a major rule under the Congressional Review Act.
This final rule offers a further explanation on budget neutrality and the use of statewide average premium in the risk adjustment payment transfer formula when HHS is operating the permanent risk adjustment program established in section 1343 of the PPACA on behalf of a state for the 2017 benefit year. We note that we previously estimated transfers associated with the risk adjustment program in the Premium Stabilization Rule and the 2017 Payment Notice, and that the provisions of this final rule do not change the risk adjustment transfers previously estimated under the HHS-operated risk adjustment methodology established in those final rules. The approximate risk adjustment transfers for the 2017 benefit year are $5.179 billion. As such, we also adopt the RIA in the 2017 Payment Notice proposed and final rules.
Federal Communications Commission.
Final action.
In this document, the Federal Communications Commission (Commission) makes decisions involving submarine cables, international bearer circuits, and the calculation of cable television subscribers.
This final action is effective August 29, 2018.
Roland Helvajian, Office of Managing Director at (202) 418-0444.
This is a summary of the Commission's
1. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA),
2. This document does not contain new or modified information collection requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), Public Law 104-13. In addition, therefore, it does not contain any new or modified information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198,
3. The Commission will send a copy of this Report & Order to Congress and the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act,
In this
1. In 2009, the Commission adopted a new methodology for calculating submarine cable regulatory fees, based on a proposal from the submarine cable industry.
2. We adjust the tiers proposed in the
• Systems with capacity equal to or greater than 4,000 Gbps will now pay 16 payment units.
• Systems with capacity equal to or greater than 1,000 Gbps but less than 4,000 Gbps will now pay 8 payment units.
• Systems with capacity equal to or greater than 250 Gbps but less than 1,000 Gbps will now pay 4 payment units.
• Systems with capacity equal to or greater than 50 Gbps but less than 250 Gbps, will pay 2 payment units.
• Systems with capacity less than 50 Gbps will pay 1 payment unit.
3. Under the revised regulatory fee tiers we adopt today, we estimate that approximately half of the submarine cable systems will be in the bottom or middle tiers, while the remaining systems will be in the new highest tier. The FCC will provide proposed rates for submarine cable systems for FY 2018 in future rulemaking.
4. Finally, while the Submarine Cable Coalition contends that non-common carrier submarine cable systems should pay lower fees than common carriers, we note that the Commission adopted a competitively neutral methodology that included both common carriers and non-common carriers in the
5. In the
6. Other commenters oppose this approach. CTIA argues that assessing a fee based on international section 214 authorizations would change the basis for the IBC fees, which is ownership and use of international circuits, because many international 214 authorization holders only provide resold service and do not have international facilities.
7. We decline to impose regulatory fees on international section 214 authorizations in lieu of our existing IBC regulatory fees for terrestrial and satellite IBCs and submarine cable systems. The record does not demonstrate that this approach is advantageous over the existing scheme established in section 9(g) of the Act to charge the IBC regulatory fee based on active international bearer circuits.
8. In the
9. In the
1. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended (RFA),
2. This Report and Order adopts a revision to the existing tiers for submarine cable regulatory fees.
3. None.
4. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be affected by the proposed rules and policies, if adopted.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16. In assessing whether a business concern qualifies as small under the above definition, business (control) affiliations
17. In addition, the Commission has estimated the number of licensed noncommercial educational television stations to be 394.
18.
This Economic Census category “comprises establishments primarily engaged in broadcasting aural programs by radio to the public. Programming may originate in their own studio, from an affiliated network, or from external sources.”
19. In assessing whether a business concern qualifies as small under the above size standard, business affiliations must be included.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27. The U.S. Census Bureau defines Wired Telecommunications Carriers as establishments primarily engaged in operating and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text, sound, and video using wired communications networks. Transmission facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of technologies. Establishments in this industry use the wired telecommunications network facilities that they operate to provide a variety of services, such as wired telephony services, including VoIP services, wired (cable) audio and video programming distribution, and wired broadband internet services. By exception, establishments providing satellite television distribution services using facilities and infrastructure that they operate are included in this industry.
28. The U.S. Census Bureau defines Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite) as establishments engaged in operating and maintaining switching and transmission facilities to provide communications via the
29.
30. The U.S. Census defines Other Services Related to Advertising as comprising establishments primarily engaged in providing advertising services (except advertising agency services, public relations agency services, media buying agency services, media representative services, display advertising services, direct mail advertising services, advertising material distribution services, and marketing consulting services.
31. The U.S. Census defines Other Management Consulting Services as establishments primarily engaged in providing management consulting services (except administrative and general management consulting; human resources consulting; marketing consulting; or process, physical distribution, and logistics consulting). Establishments providing telecommunications or utilities management consulting services are included in this industry.
32. In addition to the data contained in the four (see above) U.S. Census NAICS code categories that provide definitions of what services and functions the Carrier and Non-Carrier RespOrgs provide, Somos, the trade association that monitors RespOrg activities, compiled data showing that as of July 1, 2016, there were 23 RespOrgs operational in Canada and 436 RespOrgs operational in the United States, for a total of 459 RespOrgs currently registered with Somos.
33. This
34. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant alternatives that it has considered in reaching its approach, which may include the following four alternatives, among others: (1) The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities; (3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small entities.
35. This
None.
36. Accordingly,
Federal Communications Commission.
Final rule; announcement of effective date.
In this document, the Commission announces that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has approved, for a period of three years, the information collection associated with the Commission's discontinuance rules. This document is consistent with the
The amendments to 47 CFR 63.19(a), 63.60(h), 63.71(a)(6)-(7), (f), (h), and 63.602, published at 81 FR 62632, September 12, 2016, are effective on July 30, 2018.
Michele Levy Berlove, Attorney Advisor, Wireline Competition Bureau, at (202) 418-1477, or by email at
This document announces that, on July 2, 2018, OMB approved, for a period of three years, the information collection requirements relating to certain discontinuance rules contained in the Commission's
The OMB Control Number is 3060-0149. The Commission publishes this document as an announcement of the effective date of the rules. If you have any comments on the burden estimates listed below, or how the Commission can improve the collections and reduce any burdens caused thereby, please contact Nicole Ongele, Federal Communications Commission, Room 1-A620, 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20554. Please include the OMB Control Number, 3060-0149, in your correspondence. The Commission will also accept your comments via email at
To request materials in accessible formats for people with disabilities (Braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), send an email to
As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507), the FCC is notifying the public that it received final OMB approval on July 2, 2018, for the information collection requirements contained in the modifications to the Commission's rules in 47 CFR part 63. Under 5 CFR part 1320, an agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a current, valid OMB Control Number.
No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act that does not display a current, valid OMB Control Number. The OMB Control Number is 3060-0149.
The foregoing notice is required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, October 1, 1995, and 44 U.S.C. 3507.
The total annual reporting burdens and costs for the respondents are as follows:
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Policy; withdrawal.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce we are withdrawing the Endangered Species Act (ESA) Compensatory Mitigation Policy, published December 27, 2016 (ESA-CMP). In our document of November 6, 2017 we requested additional public comments regarding the policy's overall mitigation planning goal of net conservation gain. We are now withdrawing this policy. The Service does not have authority to require “net conservation gain” under the ESA, and the policy is inconsistent with current Executive branch policy. Except as otherwise specified, all policies or guidance documents that were superseded by ESA-CMP are reinstated.
Withdrawal effective on July 30, 2018.
Comments and materials received, as well as supporting documentation, are available on the internet at
Craig Aubrey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Environmental Review, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803, telephone 703-358-2442.
The ESA-CMP (81 FR 95316, December 27, 2016) was developed to ensure consistency with existing directives in effect at the time of issuance, including former President Obama's Memorandum on Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources From Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment (November 3, 2015). Under the memorandum, all Federal mitigation policies were directed to clearly set a net-benefit goal or, at minimum, a no-net-loss goal for natural resources, wherever doing so is allowed by existing statutory authority and is consistent with agency mission and established natural resource objectives. The Presidential Memorandum was subsequently rescinded by Executive Order 13783, “Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth” (March 28, 2017).
The ESA-CMP also described its consistency with the Secretary of the Interior's Order 3330 on Improving Mitigation Policies and Practices of the Department of the Interior (October 31, 2013), which established a Department-wide mitigation strategy to ensure consistency and efficiency in the review and permitting of infrastructure-development projects and in conserving natural and cultural resources. The Secretary's Order was subsequently revoked by Secretary of the Interior's Order 3349 on American Energy Independence (March 29, 2017). It directed Department of the Interior bureaus to reexamine mitigation policies and practices to better balance conservation strategies and policies with job creation for American families.
In light of the revocation of the 2015 Presidential Memorandum and Secretary's Order 3330, on November 6, 2017, the Service requested comment on the ESA-CMP, along with the Service-Wide Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016), specifically “regarding whether to retain or remove net conservation gain as a mitigation planning goal within our mitigation policies.” Mitigation Policies of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; Request for Comment (82 FR 51382, 51383, November 6, 2017). The comment period for this request ended on January 5, 2018.
Under Supreme Court precedent, the Takings Clause of the Fifth Amendment of the United States Constitution limits the ability of government to require monetary exactions as a condition of permitting private activities, particularly private activities on private property. In
Further, because by definition compensatory mitigation does not directly avoid or minimize the anticipated harm, its application is particularly ripe for abuse. At times the nexus between a proposed undertaking and compensatory mitigation requirements is far from clear. These concerns are particularly acute when coupled with a net conservation gain goal, which necessarily seeks to go beyond mitigating actual or anticipated harm to forcing participants to pay to address harms they, by definition, did not cause.
In light of the change in national policy reflected in Executive Order
Executive Order 13783—“Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth” (March 28, 2017)—rescinded the Presidential Memorandum on Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources from Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment. The Secretary of the Interior subsequently issued Secretarial Order 3349 on American Energy Independence (March 29, 2017), which directed Department of the Interior (DOI) bureaus to reexamine mitigation policies and practices to better balance conservation strategies and policies with job creation for American families. Pursuant to Secretarial Order 3349, we published a notice on November 6, 2017 (82 FR 51382) requesting additional public comments specifically addressing the advisability of retaining or removing references to net conservation gain as a mitigation planning goal within our mitigation policies. In addition, in carrying out Executive Order 13777, “Enforcing the Regulatory Reform Agenda,” DOI published a document with the title “Regulatory Reform” in the
During the combined comment periods, for the ESA-CMP we received approximately 335 public comment letters, including comments from Federal, State, and local government entities; industry; trade associations; conservation organizations; nongovernmental organizations; private citizens; and others. The range of comments varied from those that provided general statements of support or opposition to the draft and final 2016 ESA-CMP, to those that provided extensive comments and information supporting or opposing the draft and final 2016 ESA-CMP.
We considered all of the comments we received in the comment period beginning November 6, 2017 (82 FR 51382), and following the DOI's “Regulatory Reform”
(a) The Service lacks the statutory authority to implement the net conservation gain goal for mitigation planning;
(b) the net conservation gain goal imposes a new standard for mitigation and that mitigation requirements should be commensurate with the level of impacts;
(c) concern about the costs associated with achieving net conservation gain;
(d) questions about the ability to achieve net conservation gain and how it would be measured;
(e) the ESA-CMP does not provide the methodology to assess or measure the net conservation gain; and
(f) net conservation gain is incompatible with the standards of ESA sections 7 and 10.
Also, several commenters asserted that a mitigation planning goal of no net loss is inconsistent with the ESA and exceeds our authorities under the ESA.
Those commenters supporting the goal generally asserted, among other points, that the Service has the authority to require compensatory mitigation, found the measures to be clear, and thought the policy encouraged consistent implementation. While we appreciate these comments, for the reasons described above, we are not persuaded.
As noted above, because the concepts of “net conservation gain” and “no net loss” were central to and embedded throughout the policies, modifying the policies would likely have caused significant confusion. This fact, together with the more recently issued Executive and Secretarial Orders that questioned “net gain,” lead to our decision here to withdraw the ESA-CMP.
(a) There is no statutory authority for taking a landscape-scale approach;
(b) Including a landscape-scale approach would lead to the Service seeking mitigation for impacts beyond a project under review, including impacts that happened in the past or in unrelated locations;
(c) A general concern that a landscape-scale approach would mean Federal overreach, including disregard for the plans, processes, and resource interests of States, Tribes, and local governments.
We have analyzed the withdrawal of this policy in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act, as amended (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4332(c)), the Council on Environmental Quality's Regulations for Implementing the Procedural Provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508), and the Department of the Interior's NEPA procedures (516 DM 2 and 8; 43 CFR part 46). Issuance of policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines that are of an administrative, financial, legal, technical, or procedural nature, or whose environmental effects are too broad, speculative, or conjectural to lend themselves to meaningful analysis and will later be subject to the NEPA process, either collectively or case-by-case may be categorically excluded under NEPA (43 CFR 46.210(i)). We have determined that a categorical exclusion applies to withdrawing this policy.
This policy withdrawal does not contain any new collections of information that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments,” and the Department of the Interior Manual at 512 DM 2, we have considered possible effects on federally recognized Indian tribes and have determined that there are no potential adverse effects of withdrawing this policy. Our intent with withdrawing these policies is to reduce confusion of mitigation programs, projects, and measures, including those taken on Tribal lands. We will work with Tribes as applicants proposing mitigation as part of proposed actions and with Tribes as mitigation sponsors.
The multiple authorities for this action include the: Endangered Species
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Policy; withdrawal.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce we are withdrawing the Mitigation Policy published November 21, 2016, which guides Service recommendations on mitigating the adverse impacts of land and water developments on fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats. In our document of November 6, 2017, we requested additional public comments regarding this policy's overall mitigation planning goal of net conservation gain. We are now withdrawing this policy as it is no longer appropriate to retain the “net conservation gain” standard throughout various Service-related activities and is inconsistent with current Executive branch policy. Until further notice, all policies that were superseded by the 2016 Mitigation Policy are reinstated, including the Fish and Wildlife Service Mitigation Policy (46 FR 7644-7663) published in the
Withdrawal effective on July 30, 2018.
Comments and materials received, as well as supporting documentation, are available on the internet at
Craig Aubrey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Environmental Review, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803, telephone 703-358-2442.
The Mitigation Policy (81 FR 83440, November 21, 2016) was developed to ensure consistency with directives in effect at the time of issuance, including former President Obama's Memorandum on Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources From Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment (November 3, 2015). Under the memorandum, all Federal mitigation policies were directed to clearly set a net-benefit goal or, at minimum, a no-net-loss goal for natural resources, wherever doing so is allowed by existing statutory authority and is consistent with agency mission and established natural resource objectives. The Presidential Memorandum was subsequently rescinded by Executive Order 13783, “Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth” (March 28, 2017).
The Mitigation Policy also described its consistency with the Secretary of the Interior's Order 3330 on Improving Mitigation Policies and Practices of the Department of the Interior (October 31, 2013), which established a Department-wide mitigation strategy to ensure consistency and efficiency in the review and permitting of infrastructure-development projects and in conserving natural and cultural resources. The Secretary's Order was subsequently revoked by Secretary of the Interior's Order 3349 on American Energy Independence (March 29, 2017). It directed Department of the Interior bureaus to reexamine mitigation policies and practices to better balance conservation strategies and policies with job creation for American families.
In light of the revocation of the 2015 Presidential Memorandum and Secretary's Order 3330, on November 6, 2017, the Service requested comment on the Mitigation Policy, as well as the Endangered Species Act—Compensatory Mitigation Policy (81 FR 95316, December 27, 2016), specifically “regarding whether to retain or remove net conservation gain as a mitigation planning goal within our mitigation policies.” Mitigation Policies of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; Request for Comment (82 FR 51382, 51383, November 6, 2017). The comment period for this request ended on January 5, 2018.
Under Supreme Court precedent, the Takings Clause of the Fifth Amendment of the United States Constitution limits the ability of government to require monetary exactions as a condition of permitting private activities, particularly private activities on private property. In
Compensatory mitigation requirements in particular raise serious questions of whether there is a sufficient nexus between the potential harm and the proposed remedy to satisfy constitutional muster. Further, because by definition compensatory mitigation does not directly avoid or minimize the anticipated harm, its application is particularly ripe for abuse. These concerns are particularly acute when coupled with a net conservation gain standard, which necessarily goes beyond mitigating actual or anticipated harm to forcing participants to pay to address harms they, by definition, did not cause.
In light of the change in national policy reflected in Executive Order 13783 and Secretary's Order 3349, the comments received by the Service, and concerns regarding the legal and policy implications of compensatory mitigation, particularly compensatory mitigation with a net conservation gain policy, the Service has concluded that it is no longer appropriate to retain references to or mandate a net conservation gain standard in the Service's overall mitigation planning goal within each document. Because the net conservation gain standard is so prevalent throughout the Mitigation Policy, the Service is implementing this conclusion by withdrawing the Mitigation Policy.
Executive Order 13783—“Promoting Energy Independence and Economic Growth” (March 28, 2017)—rescinded the Presidential Memorandum on Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources from Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment. The Secretary of the Interior subsequently issued Secretarial Order 3349 on American Energy Independence (March 29, 2017), which directed Department of the Interior (DOI) bureaus to reexamine mitigation policies and practices to better balance conservation strategies and policies with job creation for American families. Pursuant to Secretarial Order 3349, we published a
During the combined comment periods, for the Service-wide Mitigation Policy we received approximately 427 comments from Federal, State, and local government entities, industry, trade associations, conservation organizations, nongovernmental organizations, private citizens, and others. Two of those submissions transmitted the discrete comments from an additional 1,756 citizens expressing support for the Service's mitigation policy approach. The range of comments otherwise varied from those that provided general statements of support or opposition to the draft or final Policy, to those that provided extensive comments and information supporting or opposing the draft or final Policy, or specific aspects thereof. The majority of comments submitted included detailed suggestions for revisions addressing major concepts as well as editorial suggestions for specific wording or line edits.
We considered all of the comments we received in the comment period beginning November 6, 2017 (82 FR 51382), and following the DOI's “Regulatory Reform”
One commenter said the Service was incorrect in writing that the Fish and Wildlife Conservation Act implicitly provided for mitigation of impacts to migratory birds. The commenter said that the language does not authorize the Service to engage in any management activities associated with migratory birds, particularly over private parties, only directing the Service to monitor and assess population trends and species status of migratory nongame birds.
(a) The Service lacks the statutory authority to implement the net conservation gain goal for mitigation planning.
(b) The net conservation gain goal imposes a new standard for mitigation and that mitigation requirements should be commensurate with the level of impacts.
(c) Concern about the costs associated with achieving net conservation gain.
(d) Questions about the ability to achieve net conservation gain and how it would be measured.
(e) The Policy does not provide the methodology to assess or measure the net conservation gain.
(f) Net conservation gain is incompatible with the standards of the ESA sections 7 and 10. One commenter asked that we clarify that the net conservation gain goal does not modify or expand proponents' obligations under ESA sections 7 or 10 permitting programs. One commenter stated that the Policy's goal would have limited relevance to section 10 decisions other than serving as an aspiration or goal for negotiating conservation measures. One commenter asked that we specify how the Policy's goal will be applied to processing incidental take permit applications under section 10(a)(2)(B)(ii), especially for projects predicted to directly kill listed species. This commenter added that neither no net loss nor net gain is an appropriate goal under section 10 if the goal implies that impacts at the individual level will not be minimized to the maximum extent practicable.
Those commenters supporting the goal generally asserted, among other points, that the Service has the authority to require compensatory mitigation, found the measures to be clear, and thought the policy encouraged consistent implementation. While we appreciate these comments, for the reasons described above, we are not persuaded.
As “net conservation gain” was central to and integrated throughout the policies, in addition to the more recently issued 2017 Executive and Secretarial Orders, modifying these policies would likely have caused even more confusion. Thus, we are withdrawing the 2016 Mitigation Policy, and restoring the policies and guidance that were superseded by the 2016 policies.
(a) There is no statutory authority for taking a landscape-scale approach.
(b) Including a landscape-scale approach would lead to the Service seeking mitigation for impacts beyond a project under review, including impacts that happened in the past or in unrelated locations. They said that meeting the standards of an applicable authority within the narrow geographic scope of their project is the proponent's only responsibility.
(c) General concern that a landscape-scale approach would mean Federal overreach, including disregard for the
Section 5 of the Mitigation Policy, “Mitigation Framework,” calls for both consideration of a landscape-scale approach in addition to “net conservation gain.” Because net conservation gain is integral to the policies, even though considerations of landscape-scale approaches may be useful in some cases, withdrawing these policies will reduce confusion over the net conservation gain goal. This notice does not affect the Service authorities that already allow the flexibility to consider landscape-scale approach. In some cases, taking the broader ecological context of both impacts and mitigation opportunities into account by applying a landscape-scale approach is an effective means of implementing the Service's mission in a way that also benefits proponents.
We have analyzed the withdrawals of this policy in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act, as amended (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4332(c)), the Council on Environmental Quality's Regulations for Implementing the Procedural Provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508), and the Department of the Interior's NEPA procedures (516 DM 2 and 8; 43 CFR part 46). Issuance of policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines that are of an administrative, financial, legal, technical, or procedural nature, or whose environmental effects are too broad, speculative, or conjectural to lend themselves to meaningful analysis and will later be subject to the NEPA process, either collectively or case-by-case may be categorically excluded under NEPA (43 CFR 46.210(i)). We have determined that a categorical exclusion applies to withdrawing this policy.
This policy withdrawal does not contain any new collections of information that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175 “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments,” and the Department of the Interior Manual at 512 DM 2, we have considered possible effects on federally recognized Indian tribes and have determined that there are no potential adverse effects of withdrawing this policy. Our intent with withdrawing these policies is to reduce confusion of mitigation programs, projects, and measures, including those taken on Tribal lands. We will work with Tribes as applicants proposing mitigation as part of proposed actions and with Tribes as mitigation sponsors.
The multiple authorities for this action include the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.
Proposed rule and referendum order.
This rulemaking proposes amendments to Marketing Order No. 959, which regulates the handling of onions grown in South Texas. The proposed amendments would reduce the size of the South Texas Onion Committee (Committee) and make conforming and clarifying amendments as needed.
The referendum will be conducted from August 6, 2018 through August 27, 2018. The representative period for the referendum is August 1, 2016 through July 31, 2017.
Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Stop 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237.
Geronimo Quinones, Marketing Specialist, or Julie Santoboni, Rulemaking Branch Chief, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Stop 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; Telephone: (202) 720-2491, Fax: (202) 720-8938, or Email:
Small businesses may request information on complying with this regulation by contacting Richard Lower, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, STOP 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; Telephone: (202) 720-2491, Fax: (202) 720-8938, or Email:
This proposal, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553, proposes amendments to regulations issued to carry out a marketing order as defined in 7 CFR 900.2(j). This proposal is issued under Marketing Order No. 959, as amended (7 CFR part 959), regulating the handling of onions grown in South Texas. Part 959 (referred to as the “Order”) is effective under the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601-674), hereinafter referred to as the “Act.” The Committee locally administers the Order and is comprised of onion producers and handlers operating within the area of production.
The Department of Agriculture (USDA) is issuing this proposed rule in conformance with Executive Orders 13563 and 13175. This action falls within a category of regulatory actions that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) exempted from Executive Order 12866 review. Additionally, because this proposed rule does not meet the definition of a significant regulatory action, it does not trigger the requirements contained in Executive Order 13771. See OMB's Memorandum titled “Interim Guidance Implementing Section 2 of the Executive Order of January 30, 2017, titled `Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs' ” (February 2, 2017).
This proposal has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This rule is not intended to have retroactive effect. This rule shall not be deemed to preclude, preempt, or supersede any State program covering onions grown in South Texas.
The Act provides that administrative proceedings must be exhausted before parties may file suit in court. Under section 608c(15)(A) of the Act, any handler subject to an order may file with USDA a petition stating that the order, any provision of the order, or any obligation imposed in connection with the order is not in accordance with law and request a modification of the order or to be exempted therefrom. A handler is afforded the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. After the hearing, USDA would rule on the petition. The Act provides that the district court of the United States in any district in which the handler is an inhabitant, or has his or her principal place of business, has jurisdiction to review USDA's ruling on the petition, provided an action is filed no later than 20 days after the date of entry of the ruling.
Section 1504 of the Food, Conservation, and Energy Act of 2008 (2008 Farm Bill) (Pub. L. 110-246) amended section 8c(17) of the Act, which in turn required the addition of supplemental rules of practice to 7 CFR part 900 (73 FR 49307; August 21, 2008). The amendment of section 8c(17) of the Act and additional supplemental rules of practice authorize the use of informal rulemaking (5 U.S.C. 553) to amend Federal fruit, vegetable, and nut marketing agreements and orders. USDA may use informal rulemaking to amend marketing orders based on the nature and complexity of the proposed amendment, the potential regulatory and economic impacts on affected entities, and any other relevant matters.
AMS has considered these factors and has determined that the amendments proposed are not unduly complex and the nature of the proposed amendments is appropriate for utilizing the informal rulemaking process to amend the Order.
The proposed amendments were unanimously recommended by the Committee following deliberations at a public meeting held on June 7, 2017. The proposal would amend the Order by reducing the size of the Committee from 34 to 26 members. The change would remove one voting producer and one voting handler member, and one producer and one handler alternate member from each of the two districts. Conforming and clarifying changes would also be made to §§ 959.24, 959.26, 959.32, and §§ 959.110 and 959.111 would be removed and reserved.
A proposed rule soliciting comments on the proposed amendment was issued on February 23, 2018 and published in the
The Committee's recommended amendments would amend the Order by reducing the size of the Committee from 34 to 26 members. The reduction would
Section 959.22 provides that the Committee consists of seventeen members, ten of whom shall be producers and seven of whom shall be handlers. For each member of the Committee there shall be an alternate.
This proposal would amend § 959.22 by reducing the size of the Committee from 34 to 26 members. The Committee size is based on membership per district. The Order initially established five districts, which were reestablished as two districts in § 959.110. Section 959.111 reapportioned the 34 Committee members between the two districts so that District 1 was comprised of 20 members and alternates and District 1 was comprised of 14 members and alternates. However, due to contractions in the size of the industry, the Committee has had difficulties finding nominees to fill positions on the Committee. The change would remove one voting producer and one voting handler member, and one producer and handler alternate member from each of the two districts (eight members total).
This proposed action is necessary to adjust the number of handlers and producers on the Committee to reflect industry consolidation. There has been a decrease in the number of onion producers and handlers over the past 15 years. The current structure of the Committee requires 34 members, with half the members elected on biennial terms. Many seats remain vacant, as finding sufficient members to nominate has been challenging. Having a smaller size committee would enable it to fulfill membership and quorum requirements, thereby ensuring a more efficient and orderly flow of business.
For the reasons stated above, it is proposed that § 959.22 be modified to reduce the size of the Committee from 34 to 26 members. Conforming and clarifying changes would also be made to §§ 959.24, 959.26, 959.32, and §§ 959.110 and 959.111 would be removed and reserved.
Pursuant to the requirements set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601-612), AMS has considered the economic impact of this action on small entities. Accordingly, AMS has prepared this final regulatory flexibility analysis.
The purpose of the RFA is to fit regulatory actions to the scale of businesses subject to such actions in order that small businesses will not be unduly or disproportionately burdened. Marketing orders issued pursuant to the Act, and rules issued thereunder, are unique in that they are brought about through group action of essentially small entities acting on their own behalf.
There are approximately 60 producers of onions in the production area and approximately 30 handlers subject to regulation under the marketing order. Small agricultural producers are defined by the Small Business Administration as those having annual receipts less than $750,000, and small agricultural service firms are defined as those whose annual receipts are less than $7,500,000 (13 CFR 121.201).
Based on information from the National Agricultural Statistics Service, the weighted grower price for South Texas onions during the 2015-16 season was approximately $12.30 per 50-pound equivalent. Furthermore, according to Committee data, total shipments were approximately three million 50-pound equivalents for the 2015-16 season with a total 2015-16 crop value estimated at $37 million. Dividing the crop value by the estimated number of producers (60) yields an estimated average receipt per producer of $617,000. This is below the $750,000 SBA definition of small producers. The average handler price for South Texas onions during the 2015-16 season was approximately $14.05 per 50-pound equivalent. Multiplying the average handler price by shipment information of 3 million 50-pound equivalent results in an estimated handler-level value of $42 million. Dividing this figure by the number of handlers (30) yields an estimated average annual handler receipts of $1.4 million, which is below the SBA definition of small agricultural service firms. Assuming a normal distribution, most producers and handlers of South Texas onions may be classified as small entities.
The amendment recommended by the Committee would reduce the size of the Committee from 34 to 26 members under the Order. The reduction would remove one voting producer and one voting handler member, and one producer and one handler alternate member from each of the two districts.
The Committee's proposed amendment was unanimously recommended at a meeting on June 7, 2017. If this proposal is approved in the referendum, there would be no direct financial effects on producers or handlers. Over the past 15 years there has been a 31-percent decrease in the number of onion producers, and a 34-percent decrease in the number of handlers in the production area. Many seats on the Committee remain vacant, as it has been challenging to find sufficient nominees. Having a smaller size Committee should enable it to fulfill those membership and quorum requirements.
AMS believes this change will serve the needs of the Committee and the industry thereby ensuring a more efficient and orderly flow of business. No economic impact is expected if the amendment is approved because it would not establish any regulatory requirements on handlers, nor does it contain any assessment or funding implications. There would be no change in financial costs, reporting, or recordkeeping requirements if this proposal is approved.
Alternatives to this proposal, including making no changes at this time, were considered. However, the Committee believes that given reductions in the size of the industry, a smaller Committee size is necessary in order to ensure its ability to locally administer the program. Reducing the size of the Committee would enable it to fulfill membership and quorum requirements, thereby ensuring a more efficient and orderly flow of business.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the Order's information collection requirements have been previously approved by OMB and assigned OMB No. 0581-0178 (Vegetable and Specialty Crops). No changes in those requirements are necessary because of this action. Should any changes become necessary, they would be submitted to OMB for approval.
This proposed rule would impose no additional reporting or recordkeeping requirements on either small or large South Texas onion handlers. As with all Federal marketing order programs, reports and forms are periodically reviewed to reduce information requirements and duplication by industry and public-sector agencies.
AMS is committed to complying with the E-Government Act, to promote the use of the internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.
USDA has not identified any relevant Federal rules that duplicate, overlap, or conflict with this action.
The Committee's meeting was widely publicized throughout the South Texas onion production area. All interested persons were invited to attend the meeting and encouraged to participate in Committee deliberations on all issues. Like all Committee meetings, the June 7, 2017, meeting was public, and all entities, both large and small, were encouraged to express their views on the proposal.
A proposed rule concerning this action was published in the
Two comments were received. The first comment suggested that decreasing the Committee size was an inefficient use of government resources and those resources should be allocated to other more important initiatives. The second comment contended that having more members on the Committee might lead to better discussions.
The reduction in Committee size was recommended by representatives responsible for locally administering the Order and representing the industry's best interest. As stated above, because of a consolidation within the industry, Committee seats have been left vacant. Without a full Committee or enough members to meet quorum requirements, Committee meetings are ineffective and an inefficient use of Committee and industry resources. Therefore, this amendment should increase efficient use of resources. Additionally, AMS is pursuing this amendment through informal rulemaking as opposed to formal rulemaking. This will spare resources being expended on a public hearing.
In response to the second comment, all Committee meetings are open to public and industry attendance. Attendees have an opportunity to ask questions and provide comments. Therefore, discussion is not limited by the number of Committee members.
Because of the above, no changes will be made to the proposed amendment based on the comments received.
A small business guide on complying with fruit, vegetable, and specialty crop marketing agreements and orders may be viewed at:
The findings and conclusions and general findings and determinations included in the proposed rule set forth in the March 1, 2018, issue of the
Annexed hereto and made a part hereof is the document entitled “Order Amending the Order Regulating the Handling of Onions Grown in South Texas.” This document has been decided upon as the detailed and appropriate means of effectuating the foregoing findings and conclusions. It is hereby ordered, that this entire proposed rule be published in the
It is hereby directed that a referendum be conducted in accordance with the procedure for the conduct of referenda (7 CFR part 900.400-407) to determine whether the annexed order amending the Order regulating the handling of onions grown in South Texas is approved by growers, as defined under the terms of the Order, who during the representative period were engaged in the production of onions in the production area. The representative period for the conduct of such referendum is hereby determined to be August 1, 2016 through July 31, 2017.
The agents designated by the Secretary to conduct the referendum are Doris Jamieson and Christian D. Nissen, Southeast Marketing Field Office, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA; Telephone: (863) 324-3375, Fax: (863) 325-8793, or Email:
The findings hereinafter set forth are supplementary to the findings and determinations which were previously made in connection with the issuance of the Order; and all said previous findings and determinations are hereby ratified and affirmed, except insofar as such findings and determinations may be in conflict with the findings and determinations set forth herein.
1. The Order, as amended, and as hereby proposed to be further amended, and all the terms and conditions thereof, would tend to effectuate the declared policy of the Act;
2. The Order, as amended, and as hereby proposed to be further amended, regulates the handling of onions grown in South Texas in the same manner as, and is applicable only to, persons in the respective classes of commercial and industrial activity specified in the Order;
3. The Order, as amended, and as hereby proposed to be further amended, is limited in application to the smallest regional production area which is practicable, consistent with carrying out the declared policy of the Act, and the issuance of several orders applicable to subdivisions of the production area would not effectively carry out the declared policy of the Act;
4. The Order, as amended, and as hereby proposed to be further amended, prescribes, insofar as practicable, such different terms applicable to different parts of the production area as are necessary to give due recognition to the differences in the production and marketing of onions produced in the production area; and
5. All handling of onions produced or packed in the production area as defined in the Order is in the current of interstate or foreign commerce or directly burdens, obstructs, or affects such commerce.
It is therefore ordered, that on and after the effective date hereof, all handling of onions grown in South Texas shall be in conformity to, and in compliance with, the terms and conditions of the said Order as hereby proposed to be amended as follows:
The provisions of the proposed marketing order amending the Order contained in the proposed rule issued by the Administrator on February 23, 2018 and published in the
Onions, Marketing agreements, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Agricultural Marketing Service proposes to amend 7 CFR part 959 as follows:
7 U.S.C. 601-674.
The South Texas Onion Committee, consisting of thirteen members, eight of whom shall be producers and five of whom shall be handlers, is hereby established. For each member of the Committee there shall be an alternate. Producer members and alternates shall not have a proprietary interest in or be employees of a handler organization.
To determine a basis for selecting Committee members, the following districts of the production area are hereby established:
(a)
(b)
The Secretary shall select members and respective alternates from districts established pursuant to §§ 959.24 or 959.25. Selections shall be as follows:
(a)
(b)
(a) Nine members of the Committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. Seven concurring votes, or two-thirds of the votes cast, whichever is greater, shall be required to pass any motion or approve any Committee action. At assembled meetings all votes shall be cast in person.
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice of data availability.
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) is informing the public of its collection of shipment data and creation of spreadsheet models to provide comparisons between 2016 and 2017 unit sales and benchmark estimate unit sales of five lamp types (
As of July 30, 2018, the DOE has determined that no regulatory action is necessary at this time.
The docket, which includes
A link to the docket web page can be found at
Ms. Lucy deButts, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies, EE-5B, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 287-1604. Email:
Mr. Peter Cochran, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-9496. Email:
The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 2007; Pub. L. 110-140) was enacted on December 19, 2007. Among the requirements of subtitle B (Lighting Energy Efficiency) of title III of EISA 2007 were provisions directing DOE to collect, analyze, and monitor unit sales of five lamp types (
On December 18, 2008, DOE issued a notice of data availability (NODA) for the
EISA 2007 also amended section 325(l) of EPCA by adding paragraphs (4)(D) through (4)(H), which state that if DOE finds that the unit sales for a given lamp type in any year between 2010 and 2025 exceed the benchmark estimate of unit sales by at least 100 percent (
As in the 2008 analysis and previous comparisons, DOE uses manufacturer shipments as a surrogate for unit sales in this NODA because manufacturer shipment data are tracked and aggregated by the trade organization, NEMA. DOE believes that annual shipments track closely with actual unit sales of these five lamp types, as DOE presumes that retailer inventories remain constant from year to year. DOE believes this is a reasonable assumption because the markets for these five lamp types have existed for many years, thereby enabling manufacturers and retailers to establish appropriate inventory levels that reflect market demand. In addition, increasing unit sales must eventually result in increasing manufacturer shipments. This is the same methodology presented in DOE's 2008 analysis and subsequent annual comparisons, and DOE did not receive any comments challenging this assumption or the general approach.
Section 321(a)(1)(B) of EISA 2007 amended section 321(30) of EPCA by adding the definition of a “rough service lamp.” A “rough service lamp” means a lamp that—(i) has a minimum of 5 supports with filament configurations that are C-7A, C-11, C-17, and C-22 as listed in Figure 6-12 of the 9th edition of the IESNA [Illuminating Engineering Society of North America] Lighting handbook, or similar configurations where lead wires are not counted as supports; and (ii) is designated and marketed specifically for “rough service” applications, with—(I) the designation appearing on the lamp packaging; and (II) marketing materials that identify the lamp as being for rough service. (42 U.S.C. 6291(30)(X))
As noted above, rough service incandescent lamps must have a minimum of five filament support wires (not counting the two connecting leads at the beginning and end of the filament), and must be designated and marketed for “rough service” applications. This type of incandescent lamp can be used in applications where the lamp would be subject to mechanical shock or vibration while it is operating. Other incandescent lamps have only two support wires (which also serve as conductors), one at each end of the filament coil. When operating (
Section 321(a)(1)(B) of EISA 2007 amended section 321(30) of EPCA by adding the definition of a “vibration service lamp.” A “vibration service lamp” means a lamp that—(i) has filament configurations that are C-5, C-7A, or C-9, as listed in Figure 6-12 of the 9th Edition of the IESNA Lighting Handbook or similar configurations; (ii) has a maximum wattage of 60 watts; (iii) is sold at retail in packages of 2 lamps or less; and (iv) is designated and marketed specifically for vibration service or vibration-resistant applications, with—(I) the designation
The statute mentions three examples of filament configurations for vibration service lamps in Figure 6-12 of the
Section 321(a)(1)(B) of EISA 2007 amended section 321(30) of EPCA by adding the definition of a “3-way incandescent lamp.” A “3-way incandescent lamp” includes an incandescent lamp that—(i) employs 2 filaments, operated separately and in combination, to provide 3 light levels; and (ii) is designated on the lamp packaging and marketing materials as being a 3-way incandescent lamp. (42 U.S.C. 6291(30)(Y))
Three-way lamps are commonly found in wattage combinations such as 50, 100, and 150 watts or 30, 70, and 100 watts. These lamps use two filaments (
The statute does not provide a definition of “2,601-3,300 Lumen General Service Incandescent Lamps;” however, DOE is interpreting this term to be a general service incandescent lamp
Section 321(a)(1)(B) of EISA 2007 amended section 321(30) of EPCA by adding the definition of a “shatter-resistant lamp, shatter-proof lamp, or shatter-protected lamp.” “Shatter-resistant lamp, shatter-proof lamp, and shatter-protected lamp” mean a lamp that—(i) has a coating or equivalent technology that is compliant with NSF/ANSI 51 [National Sanitation Foundation/American National Standards Institute] and is designed to contain the glass if the glass envelope of the lamp is broken; and (ii) is designated and marketed for the intended application, with—(I) the designation on the lamp packaging; and (II) marketing materials that identify the lamp as being shatter-resistant, shatter-proof, or shatter-protected. (42 U.S.C. 6291(30)(Z)) Although the definition provides three names commonly used to refer to these lamps, DOE simply refers to them collectively as “shatter-resistant lamps.”
Shatter-resistant lamps incorporate a special coating designed to prevent glass shards from being dispersed if a lamp's glass envelope breaks. Shatter-resistant lamps incorporate a coating compliant with industry standard NSF/ANSI 51,
In the 2008 analysis, DOE reviewed each of the five sets of shipment data that was collected in consultation with NEMA and applied two curve fits to generate unit sales estimates for the five lamp types after calendar year 2006. One curve fit applied a linear regression to the historical data and extended that line into the future. The other curve fit applied an exponential growth function to the shipment data and projected unit sales into the future. For this calculation, linear regression treats the year as a dependent variable and shipments as the independent variable. The linear regression curve fit is modeled by minimizing the differences among the data points and the best curve-fit linear line using the least squares function.
For 3-way incandescent lamps, 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamps, and shatter-resistant lamps, DOE found that the linear regression and exponential growth curve fits produced nearly the same estimates of unit sales (
On October 18, 2016, DOE published a notice announcing that the actual unit sales for rough service lamps were 219.7 percent of the benchmark estimate for the 2015 calendar year. 81 FR 71794, 71800.
Since unit sales for rough service lamps exceeded 200 percent of the benchmark estimate in 2015, and DOE did not complete an energy conservation standards rulemaking for these lamps by the end of calendar year 2016, the backstop requirement was triggered. DOE published a final rule on December 26, 2017, to adopt the statutory backstop requirements for rough service lamps which require that rough service lamps: (I) Have a shatter-proof coating or equivalent technology that is compliant with NSF/ANSI 51 and is designed to contain the glass if the glass envelope of the lamp is broken and to provide effective containment over the life of the lamp; (II) have a maximum 40-watt limitation; and (III) be sold at retail only in a package containing 1 lamp. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(4)(D)(ii)) DOE will continue to collect and model data for rough service lamps for two years after the effective date of January 25, 2018, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(4)(I)(ii).
On April 7, 2016, DOE published a notice announcing that the actual unit sales for vibration service lamps were 272.5 percent of the benchmark estimate for the 2015 calendar year. 81 FR 20261. For the 2016 and 2017 calendar years, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for vibration service lamps to be 2,467,000 and 2,345,000 units respectively. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 6,869,000 units in 2016 and 6,018,000 units in 2017. These findings are 278.5 and 256.6 percent of the benchmark estimate.
Similar to rough service lamps, since unit sales for vibration service lamps exceeded 200 percent of the benchmark estimate in 2015, and DOE did not complete an energy conservation standards rulemaking for these lamps by the end of calendar year 2016, the backstop requirement was triggered. DOE published a final rule on December 26, 2017 to adopt the statutory backstop requirements for vibration service lamps which require that vibration service lamps: (I) Have a maximum 40-watt limitation; and (II) be sold at retail only in a package containing 1 lamp. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(4)(E)(ii)) DOE will continue to collect and model data for vibration service lamps for two years after the effective date of January 25, 2018, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(4)(I)(ii).
For 3-way incandescent lamps, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for 2016 to be 48,104,000 units and for 2017 to be 47,610,000 units. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 31,768,000 units in 2016 and 28,468,000 units in 2017. As these findings are only 66 percent and 60 percent of the benchmark estimate respectively, DOE will continue to track 3-way incandescent lamp sales data and will not initiate an accelerated standards rulemaking for this lamp type at this time.
For 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamps, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for 2016 to be 34,241,000 units and for 2017 to be 34,307,000 units. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 3,679,000 units in 2016 and 2,794,000 units in 2017. As these findings are 10.7 and 8.1 percent of the benchmark estimate respectively, DOE will continue to track 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamp sales data and will not impose statutory requirements for this lamp type at this time.
For shatter-resistant lamps, the exponential growth forecast projected the benchmark unit sales estimate for 2016 to be 1,679,000 units and for 2017 to be 1,684,000 units. The NEMA-provided shipment data reported shipments of 548,000 units in 2016 and 474,000 units in 2017. As these findings are only 32.6 and 28.2 percent of the benchmark estimate respectively, DOE will continue to track shatter-resistant lamp sales data and will not initiate an accelerated standards rulemaking for this lamp type at this time.
This NODA compares the 2016 and 2017 shipments against benchmark unit sales estimates for rough service lamps, vibration service lamps, 3-way incandescent lamps, 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamps, and shatter-resistant lamps. For 3-way incandescent lamps, 2,601-3,300 lumen general service incandescent lamps, and shatter-resistant lamps, the 2016 and 2017 sales are not greater than 200 percent of the forecasted estimates. The 2016 and 2017 unit sales for vibration service lamps are greater than 200 percent of the benchmark unit sales estimate. The 2016 unit sales for rough service lamps are greater than 200 percent of the benchmark unit sales estimate but the 2017 unit sales are below the benchmark unit sales estimate. DOE will continue to monitor these lamp types and will assess 2018 unit sales next year.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
This action proposes to establish Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Copiah County Airport, Crystal Springs, MS, to accommodate new area navigation (RNAV) global positioning system (GPS) standard instrument approach procedures serving the airport. Controlled airspace is necessary for the safety and management of instrument flight rules (IFR) operations at this airport.
Comments must be received on or before September 13, 2018.
Send comments on this rule to: U. S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, West Bldg. Ground Floor Rm. W12-140, Washington, DC 20590; telephone: 1-800-647-5527, or (202)-366-9826. You must identify the Docket No. FAA-2016-9442; Airspace Docket No. 16-ASO-15, at the beginning of your comments. You may also submit and review received comments through the internet at
FAA Order 7400.11B, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed on line at
FAA Order 7400.11, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
John Fornito, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, 1701 Columbia Ave., College Park, GA 30337; telephone (404) 305-6364.
The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This proposed rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority, as it would establish Class E airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface at Copiah County Airport, Crystal Springs, MS, to support standard instrument approach procedures for IFR operations at this airport.
Interested persons are invited to comment on this proposed rulemaking by submitting such written data, views, or arguments, as they may desire. Comments that provide the factual basis supporting the views and suggestions presented are particularly helpful in developing reasoned regulatory decisions on the proposal. Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, aeronautical, economic, environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal.
Communications should identify both docket numbers (Docket No. FAA-2016-9442 and Airspace Docket No. 16-ASO-15) and be submitted in triplicate to DOT Docket Operations (see “
Persons wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments on this action must submit with those comments a self-addressed stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: “Comments to FAA Docket No. FAA-2016-9442; Airspace Docket No. 16-ASO-15.” The postcard will be date/time stamped and returned to the commenter.
All communications received before the specified closing date for comments will be considered before taking action on the proposed rule. The proposal contained in this document may be changed in light of the comments received. All comments submitted will be available for examination in the public docket both before and after the comment closing date. A report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerned with this rulemaking will be filed in the docket. All communications received on or before the specified closing date for comments will be considered before taking action on the proposed rule. The proposal contained in this notice may be changed in light of the comments received. A report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerned with this rulemaking will be filed in the docket.
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded through the internet at
You may review the public docket containing the proposal, any comments received and any final disposition in person in the Dockets Office (see the
This document proposes to amend FAA Order 7400.11B, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 3, 2017, and effective September 15, 2017. FAA Order 7400.11B is publicly available as listed in the
The FAA is considering an amendment to Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 to establish Class E airspace extending upward from 700 Feet above the surface within a 7-mile radius of Copiah County Airport, Crystal Springs, MS, providing the controlled airspace required to support the new RNAV (GPS) standard instrument approach procedures for IFR operations at the airport.
Class E airspace designations are published in Paragraph 6005 of FAA Order 7400.11B, dated August 3, 2017, and effective September 15, 2017, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class E airspace designation listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
The FAA has determined that this proposed regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a regulatory evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this proposed rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
This proposal would be subject to an environmental analysis in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures” prior to any FAA final regulatory action.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
That airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 7-mile radius of Copiah County Airport.
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Proposed rule.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“Commission” or “CFTC”) is proposing to amend selected provisions of its regulations in order to simplify certain requirements for swap dealers (“SDs”) and major swap participants (“MSPs”) concerning notification of counterparties of their right to segregate initial margin for uncleared swaps, and to modify requirements for the handling of segregated initial margin (the “Proposal”).
Comments must be received on or before September 28, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by RIN 3038-AE78, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please submit your comments using only one of these methods. To avoid possible delays with mail or in-person deliveries, submissions through the CFTC Comments Portal are encouraged.
All comments must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied by an English translation. Comments will be posted as received to
The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or remove any or all of your submission from
Matthew Kulkin, Director, (202) 418-5213,
Subpart L of the Commission's regulations (“Segregation of Assets Held as Collateral in Uncleared Swap Transactions” consisting of Regulations 23.700 through 23.704) was published in the
CEA section 4s(
In January 2016, the Commission adopted margin requirements for certain uncleared swaps applicable to SDs and MSPs for which there is no prudential regulator (“CFTC Margin Rule”).
Prior to the CFTC Margin Rule effective date of April 1, 2016, if initial margin was to be exchanged by counterparties to uncleared swaps involving an SD or MSP, the requirements of subpart L applied. The CFTC Margin Rule amended Regulation 23.701 to clarify that from and after the effective date of the CFTC Margin Rule, the requirements of Regulations 23.702 and 23.703 did not apply in those circumstances where segregation is mandatory under the CFTC Margin Rule.
Regulation 23.700 defines certain terms used in subpart L. Regulation 23.701 requires an SD or MSP: (1) To notify each counterparty to a swap that is not submitted for clearing, that the counterparty has the right to require that any initial margin it provides be segregated; (2) to identify a creditworthy custodian that is a non-affiliated legal entity, independent of the SD or MSP and the counterparty, to act as depository for segregated margin assets; and (3) to provide information regarding the costs of such segregation. The regulation specifies that the notification is to be made (with receipt confirmed in writing) to an officer (of the counterparty) responsible for management of collateral (or to specified alternative person(s)), and that it need only be made once in any calendar year. Finally, the regulation provides that a counterparty can change its election to require (or not to require) segregation of initial margin by written notice to the SD or MSP.
Regulation 23.702 reiterates the requirement that the custodian be a legal entity independent of the SD or MSP and the counterparty. It also requires that segregated initial margin be held in an account segregated for, and on behalf of, the counterparty and designated as such. Finally, the regulation specifies that the segregation agreement is to provide that: (1) Withdrawals from the segregated account be made pursuant to agreement of both the counterparty and the SD or MSP, with notification to the non-withdrawing party; and (2) the custodian can turn over segregated assets upon presentation of a sworn statement that the presenting party is entitled to control of the assets pursuant to agreement among the parties.
Regulation 23.703 restricts investment of segregated assets to investments permitted under Regulation 1.25, and (subject to that restriction) permits the SD or MSP and the counterparty to agree in writing as to investment of margin and allocation of gains and losses.
Regulation 23.704 requires the SD's or MSP's chief compliance officer (“CCO”) to report quarterly to any counterparty that does not elect to segregate initial margin whether or not the SD's or MSP's back office procedures regarding margin and collateral requirements were, at any point in the previous calendar quarter, not in compliance with the agreement of the counterparties.
After more than four years of administering subpart L of part 23, the Commission has observed that the detailed requirements of those regulations have proven difficult for SDs and MSPs to implement and to satisfy in a reasonably efficient manner. These observations have been buttressed by suggestions submitted in response to the Commission's Project KISS initiative as described below. In addition, the Commission understands that very few swap counterparties have exercised their rights to elect to segregate initial margin collateral pursuant to subpart L during the four years the regulations have been effective.
Early in the implementation period, in response to multiple inquiries, Commission staff issued Staff Letter 14-132 (October 31, 2014)
On May 9, 2017, the Commission published in the
Responders also asserted that counterparties to uncleared swaps rarely elect to require segregation of margin pursuant to the existing provisions of subpart L.
In light of these considerations, the Commission is proposing to amend the regulations governing segregation of margin for uncleared swaps. The Commission believes that the amendments proposed today will reduce unnecessary burdens on registrants and market participants by simplifying some overly detailed provisions, thereby reducing the intricate and prescriptive requirements that have been found during implementation to provide little or no benefit. These changes will also facilitate more efficient swap execution by eliminating complexity and confusion that slows down documentation and negotiation of hedging and other swap transactions. Finally, the amendments, by reducing the prescriptive elements of the rule, potentially could encourage more segregation (as was intended by the statute) by providing flexibility for the parties to establish segregation arrangements that better suit their specific needs.
At the same time that the Commission is proposing specific changes, it is seeking comment from the public on the appropriateness of these changes, as well as suggestions for other amendments that can streamline, simplify, and reduce the costs of these regulations without sacrificing the protections called for by CEA section 4s(
Section 23.700 defines “Margin” as “both Initial Margin and Variation Margin.”
Paragraphs (a) and (b) of Regulation 23.701 direct an SD or MSP to notify each counterparty of the right to require segregation of initial margin. The language used is consistent with CEA section 4s(
Based on staff's implementation experience and on suggestions received in connection with Project KISS, the Commission believes that these requirements are unnecessarily prescriptive and that they do not reflect the practical realities of how over-the-counter swap transactions are negotiated and managed by the parties. Accordingly, the Commission is proposing to modify the notification requirement in paragraph (a) and to remove the requirements in existing paragraphs (c), (d) and (e).
Under the Proposal, paragraph (a) would be revised to require that the notification to a counterparty be made prior to execution of the first uncleared swap transaction that provides for the
This interpretation is consistent with the Commission's stated view when it originally proposed and adopted Regulation 23.701(e), which only requires notice once a year. With respect to the phrase in the statute “at the beginning of a swap transaction,” the Commission noted that “[w]hile this language could be read to require transaction-by-transaction notification, where the parties have a pre-existing or on-going relationship, such repetitive notification could be redundant, costly and needlessly burdensome.”
When adopting final Regulation 23.701(e), the Commission considered comments requesting a loosening of the once-per-year notice requirement and rejected the requests in the belief that requiring notification once each year would balance the burden of providing notices and getting responses with the importance of the right to segregate initial margin.
Paragraph (a) would also be revised to eliminate the notification requirement where segregation is mandatory under Regulation 23.157 and where it is mandated under applicable rules adopted by a Prudential Regulator under CEA section 4s(e)(3). Paragraph (a)(2) (the requirement that the notification identify one or more creditworthy, independent custodians) would be deleted because selection of a custodian can be made when and if the counterparty elects to require segregation. Because very few counterparties elect to require segregation, it is unnecessarily burdensome to require an SD or MSP to confirm which custodians are available and continually update its notification form with the name of the custodian(s) available. Moreover, the Commission understands that a counterparty's initial decision to consider requiring (or not requiring) segregation is driven principally by whether the counterparty is concerned about protecting its initial margin and the terms of the segregation agreement, and not by the identity of the custodian. Similarly, paragraph (a)(3) (information regarding the price for segregation for each custodian) would be deleted because such pricing may vary for each segregation arrangement and would normally be subject to negotiation. To the extent pricing would be a factor in the decision to segregate, counterparties can and do discuss pricing as a term of the custodial arrangement when the counterparty indicates an interest in segregation. Moreover, the requirements in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) are not found in CEA section 4s(
Similarly, the Proposal would eliminate the requirement in current paragraph (c) that the SD or MSP provide the notification to a person at the counterparty with a specific job title. Based on implementation experience, the Commission is of the view that the regulation as initially adopted is unnecessarily prescriptive in dictating who must receive the notification. For example, in many cases, the person at the counterparty best situated to evaluate the notification and the decision to segregate will be a person directly involved in negotiating the swap regardless of that person's title. The Commission notes that in removing the specific designation of officers to receive the notification it is not eliminating the expectation that each registrant will use reasonable judgment in identifying an appropriate person at the counterparty who can evaluate the right to elect segregation (and either act on it or bring it to the attention of someone in a position to act on it). The Commission continues to believe that, to be effective, the notification must be made to a person at the counterparty who understands its meaning and, to the extent necessary, can direct it to the appropriate personnel at the counterparty. The proposed change seeks to advance the same underlying policy objective as the current requirement (namely that the notification be given to appropriate personnel at the counterparty), but would recognize that dictating how counterparties communicate the information in question creates unnecessary burdens and potentially hinders the ability of the parties to direct the information to the person(s) best situated to evaluate it.
As proposed, new paragraph (c) would simplify requirements in existing Regulation 23.701 by providing that “[i]f the counterparty elects to segregate initial margin, the terms of segregation shall be established by written agreement.”
As noted above, the Commission is proposing to eliminate the additional requirements in existing paragraph (d), which are more extensive than the notification requirements set forth in CEA section 4s(
Based on implementation experience, compliance with the existing segregation notification requirements in the regulation necessitates lengthy explanations and instructions from SDs and MSPs to their counterparties and imposes additional administrative
Existing Regulation 23.702 sets forth requirements for the custody of initial margin segregated pursuant to a counterparty's election under Regulation 23.701. Paragraph (c)(2) of Regulation 23.702 provides specific requirements for the withdrawal and turnover of control of initial margin. In particular, paragraph (c)(2) requires the custodian to turn over control of initial margin upon presentation of a written statement made by an authorized representative under oath or under penalty of perjury as specified in 28 U.S.C. 1746. The Statement must state that the counterparty, SD or MSP, as the case may be, is entitled to assume control of the initial margin pursuant to the parties' agreement. The other party must be immediately notified of the turnover of control.
The Commission believes that, while paragraph (c)(2) may generally be consistent with the manner in which custodial arrangements work, the prescriptive requirements of the regulation, including requiring a specific form, the language used, and the certification needed, do not account for change in control arrangements in custodial agreements that are sometimes customized to reflect the unique business facts and circumstances that may exist between any two parties and the custodian. For example, the unique nature of the collateral posted or the specific terms of change in control triggers may warrant different notice procedures than those specified by paragraph (c)(2). Alternative notice procedures may allow for more timely and effective change in control under real-world circumstances and better protect each party's interests. Accordingly, the Commission believes that more flexibility is warranted, and that it is more appropriate to leave these matters up to negotiation by the parties.
Regulation 23.703 requires initial margin segregated pursuant to subpart L to be invested consistent with Commission Regulation 1.25. Regulation 1.25 sets forth standards for investment of customer funds by a futures commission merchant or derivatives clearing organization in the context of exchange-traded futures and cleared swaps. When proposing Regulation 23.703, the Commission expressed its view that Regulation 1.25 “has been designed to permit an appropriate degree of flexibility in making investments with segregated property, while safeguarding such property for the parties who have posted it, and decreasing the credit, market, and liquidity risk exposures of the parties who are relying on that margin.”
A suggestion in response to the Project KISS initiative noted that Regulation 1.25 is designed to protect exchange customers for which margin investment decisions are outside of their control.
In addition, the terms of most exchange-traded and cleared products are standardized and the customer's primary relationship with the FCM or DCO centers upon the trading and clearing of those standardized products. Conversely, over-the-counter swaps, by their nature, tend to be more customized and are often part of a broader financial relationship. For example: Interest rate swaps with end-users are often designed to match maturities of loans or bonds, with the rate of the swap tied to the rate on the loan or bond; commodity swaps often hedge the counterparty's physical commodity production or consumption risks that arise from a particular commercial enterprise; and foreign exchange swaps often hedge an entity's exposure to cross-border commercial transactions. In each case, the SD or MSP sometimes plays additional financial roles, such as providing a loan or other credit or liquidity support, brokering physical commodity purchases or sales, or acting as a correspondent bank. Accordingly, each counterparty, particularly nonfinancial end-user counterparties, may find better transactional efficiencies and may be better served and protected in related credit transactions if the types of collateral and the investment procedures and mechanisms used are determined through bilateral negotiation of the terms thereof by the parties.
Given the greater breadth and variability, both in the terms and purposes of uncleared swaps and in the nature of the relationship between the counterparty and the SD or MSP, the Commission believes a regulation that provides greater flexibility for the parties to negotiate appropriate initial margin investment terms will, in most cases, better serve the interests of the parties. For the same reasons, allowing greater flexibility may also encourage more counterparties to elect to segregate pursuant to subpart L.
The Commission recognizes that in some circumstances, nonfinancial end-user counterparties might have less negotiating leverage with a sophisticated SD or MSP. However, the regulations as originally adopted give little or no flexibility for counterparties and SDs or MSPs to negotiate mutually beneficial terms and to consider other factors such as the broader financial relationship between the parties. For nonfinancial end-user counterparties the segregation of initial margin is at their discretion. If these counterparties have a voice in how segregated initial margin is invested, the returns of which they will often receive, they may be more likely to elect to require segregation.
Existing Regulation 23.704(a) requires the CCO of each SD or MSP to report quarterly to each counterparty that does not elect segregation of initial margin on whether or not the SD's or MSP's back office procedures relating to margin and collateral requirements failed at any time during the previous calendar quarter to comply with the agreement of
The Commission requests comments, generally, regarding the proposed changes to Regulations 23.700, 23.701, 23.702, 23.703, and 23.704. The Commission also specifically requests comment on the following questions:
• Are the proposed amendments to subpart L appropriate in light of the requirements of CEA section 4s(
• Should the Commission revise or eliminate any other provisions of subpart L? Are there additional ways in which the Commission can simplify, streamline, and reduce the costs of these regulations without impairing the rights and safeguards intended by CEA section 4s(
• Do the proposed amendments appropriately preserve the rights of counterparties articulated in CEA section 4s(
• As proposed, Regulation 23.701(a) provides that “[a]t the beginning of the first swap transaction that provides for the exchange of Initial Margin” an SD or MSP must notify the counterparty of its right to require segregation of initial margin. Should the Commission provide specific benchmark events that call for delivery of a segregation notification? If so, would entering into a master netting agreement or other contractual relationship be appropriate? What other events may be relevant for marking “the beginning of the first swap transaction”? Should the Commission provide that the counterparty may request or opt to continue to receive an annual or some other periodic notification? Should the Commission provide that the counterparty may request or opt to receive notification at the beginning of each swap transaction?
• The Commission notes that the proposed deletion of paragraph (a)(2) of Regulation 23.701 (requirement to identify one or more custodians as an acceptable depository for segregated initial margin) also removes language specifying that one of the identified custodians “be a creditworthy non-affiliate.” Under the Proposal, Regulation 23.702(a) would continue to require that the custodian “must be a legal entity independent of both the swap dealer or major swap participant and the counterparty.” Should the Commission adopt more specific financial or affiliation qualifications for the custodian that an SD or MSP uses as a depository for segregated initial margin, and if so, what should those qualifications be?
• Under Regulation 23.703(a), margin that is segregated pursuant to an election under Regulation 23.701 may only be invested consistent with Regulation 1.25. How has the limitation impacted counterparties' decisions to make an election under Regulation 23.701?
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”) requires Federal agencies to consider whether the regulations they propose will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities and, if so, provide a regulatory flexibility analysis respecting the impact.
Accordingly, the Chairman, on behalf of the Commission, hereby certifies pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that the Proposal will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (“PRA”)
The Commission is proposing to revise collection 3038-0075 to
The Proposal would modify collection 3038-0075 by eliminating the requirement that the notification of the right to segregate be provided on an annual basis to a specified officer of the counterparty such that the notice would only need to be provided once to each counterparty at the beginning of the first non-cleared swap transaction that provides for the exchange of initial margin. The Commission originally estimated that each SD and MSP would, on average, provide the segregation notice to approximately 1,300 counterparties each year and that the burden for preparing and furnishing the notice would be 2 hours, for an annual burden of 2,600 hours.
Section 15(a) of the CEA requires the Commission to consider the costs and benefits of its actions before promulgating a regulation under the CEA or issuing certain orders.
The baseline for these cost and benefit considerations is the status quo, which is existing market conditions and practice in response to the requirements of current §§ 23.700, 23.701, 23.702, and 23.703.
The Commission is proposing a more flexible approach that reduces some regulatory burdens that provide little or no corresponding benefit. The Proposal would eliminate the definition of “Margin” because it would no longer be needed. The Proposal would also revise when the segregation notice is required. Additionally, the Proposal would eliminate the requirements that (1) the SD or MSP provide the segregation notice to an officer of the counterparty with specific qualifications, and (2) the SD or MSP obtain the counterparty's confirmation of receipt of the segregation notice. Finally, the Proposal would allow the parties to establish the notice of change of control provisions and the commercial arrangements for investment of segregated collateral by contract instead of imposing specific requirements.
The general purpose of the changes proposed is to reduce burdens and improve the benefits intended by subpart L. The Commission preliminarily believes the proposed changes to subpart L would not impose any new requirements on registrants and instead would reduce or make the regulations more flexible allowing market participants to use standard market practices regarding the implementation of the initial margin segregation requirements. The simplification of the notification requirements would likely reduce the time needed to complete the notification process and may facilitate more efficient and timely trading for new customer relationships. The proposed changes would also reduce costs by eliminating the requirements for those swaps that must comply with the Prudential Regulator Margin Rules mandatory margin requirements. In addition, the changes will provide benefits to the parties to swaps by allowing the parties to establish by contract the terms for collateral management and for change in control and investment of segregated initial margin in a manner that better suits their business needs. To the extent the parties would be able to negotiate more efficient segregation agreements and agree to investment arrangements that generate higher returns that are passed on to the counterparty, as is most often the case for uncleared swaps, the parties would benefit. The Commission believes that the simplification of the requirements and greater flexibility will therefore encourage more counterparties to elect to segregate initial margin.
As noted above, in some circumstances, nonfinancial end-user counterparties might have less negotiating leverage when negotiating the terms of segregation agreements with experienced SDs or MSPs. Reducing the prescriptive requirements in the current rule could therefore reduce protections for the counterparties. However, it is not clear how incentives or disincentives may impact the negotiating choices of SDs and MSPs as well as the counterparties and therefore the extent to which the requirements provide protections. For example, regarding the choice of investments, the SD or MSP may seek to restrict investments to the most liquid investments that would be easily liquidated if the counterparty defaults. Those liquid investments, which would likely be similar to the investments permitted under Regulation 1.25, may in turn generate lower returns passed on to the SD/MSP's counterparties. Conversely, the current regulations give little or no flexibility for counterparties and SDs or MSPs to negotiate mutually beneficial terms and consider other factors such as the broader financial relationship between the parties. Furthermore, for nonfinancial end-user counterparties, the segregation of initial margin is discretionary. If the counterparties have no voice in how segregated initial margin is invested, there may be less incentive for the counterparty to elect to require segregation.
The Commission believes that the proposed changes to subpart L might lead to reduced costs for registrants, because they would no longer have to comply with some of the more prescriptive requirements imposed by the regulations. The Commission is, however, unable to quantify the potential cost savings because the cost savings depend on numerous factors that are particular to each SD or MSP
Subpart L is intended to provide counterparties to SDs and MSPs with notice of the right to elect to segregate initial margin. The Commission recognizes that the proposed changes to make the regulations less prescriptive might potentially negatively impact the goal of protecting market participants by removing specific requirements for the segregation agreements. However, the Commission is of the view that the intended purpose and benefits of subpart L remain in place because the Proposal continues to implement the statutory requirements. In addition, the parties and the selected custodian would now have the flexibility to establish requirements for margin segregation through negotiated contracts that meet their respective needs, thereby providing market participants with the flexibility and opportunity to protect themselves better by contract. Finally, the greater flexibility provided by the amended regulations may increase the voluntary use of initial margin segregation by counterparties, a process that was intended to provide better protection for the counterparty in the event of default by the SD or MSP.
Subpart L promotes the financial integrity of markets by providing for the protection of counterparty collateral and by mitigating systemic risk that may result from the loss of access to the collateral in the event of a counterparty default. As discussed above, given that registrants would still be expected to enter into segregation arrangements with counterparties that elect to segregate, and, with the amendments, registrants would now be able to develop segregation arrangements tailored to their businesses and swap transactions, the Commission is of the view that the proposed changes likely would have a positive impact on market integrity.
The Commission preliminarily believes that the proposed amendments will not have a significant impact on the competiveness or efficiency of markets because this rulemaking only affects how collateral is protected and segregated but not how market participants elect to trade.
The Commission believes the proposed amendments to subpart L will not have a significant effect on price discovery.
Subpart L provides for the management and protection of counterparty collateral and therefore mitigates the risk of loss of access to the collateral, which loss can have an adverse impact on registrants, counterparties and the U.S. financial markets. As discussed, the proposed changes remove certain prescriptive requirements, but do not alter the overall principles of the existing requirements of subpart L. Therefore, the Commission is of the view that sound risk management practices will not be adversely impacted by the proposed changes.
The Commission has not identified any other public purpose considerations for the proposed changes to subpart L.
The Commission invites comment on its preliminary consideration of the costs and benefits associated with the proposed changes to subpart L, especially with respect to the five factors the Commission is required to consider under CEA section 15(a). In addressing these areas and any other aspect of the Commission's preliminary cost-benefit considerations, the Commission encourages commenters to submit any data or other information they may have quantifying and/or qualifying the costs and benefits of the proposal. The Commission also specifically requests comment on the following questions:
• To what extent do the proposed amendments reduce or increase burdens and costs for SDs or MSPs or their counterparties?
• To what extent do the proposed amendments impact collateral management risk considerations?
• Will there be any effects on the financial system if initial margin is not invested pursuant to Regulation 1.25? If yes, please explain.
• Are counterparties to SDs or MSPs at a substantial disadvantage when negotiating the terms for segregation arrangements that would no longer be required if the proposed amendments are adopted? Would that disadvantage cause them to receive unfair terms on those segregation arrangements? Are there mitigating factors?
• Would the elimination of the requirement to list at least one non-affiliated custodian and the cost of the custodial services have an effect on the selection of an independent custodian and the cost of the services to the non-SD/MSP counterparty? If yes, please explain.
Section 15(b) of the CEA requires the Commission to take into consideration the public interest to be protected by antitrust laws and endeavor to take the least anticompetitive means of achieving the purposes of the CEA, in issuing any order or adopting any Commission rule or regulation (including any exemption under section 4(c) or 4c(b)), or in requiring or approving any bylaw, rule, or regulation of a contract market or registered futures association established pursuant to section 17 of the CEA.
The Commission believes that the public interest to be protected by the antitrust laws is generally to protect competition. The Commission requests comment on whether the proposed rule implicates any other specific public interest to be protected by the antitrust laws.
The Commission has considered the proposed rule to determine whether it is anticompetitive and has preliminarily identified no anticompetitive effects. The Commission requests comment on whether the proposed rule is anticompetitive and, if it is, what the anticompetitive effects are.
Because the Commission has preliminarily determined that the proposed rule is not anticompetitive and has no anticompetitive effects, the Commission has not identified any less anticompetitive means of achieving the purposes of the Act. The Commission requests comment on whether there are less anticompetitive means of achieving the relevant purposes of the Act that would otherwise be served by adopting the proposed rule.
Custodians, Major swap participants, Margin, Segregation, Swap dealers, Swaps, Uncleared swaps.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Commodity Futures
7 U.S.C. 1a, 2, 6, 6a, 6b, 6b-1, 6c, 6p, 6r, 6s, 6t, 9, 9a, 12, 12a, 13b, 13c, 16a, 18, 19, 21.
Section 23.160 also issued under 7 U.S.C. 2(i); Sec. 721(b), Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1641 (2010).
As used in this subpart:
(a) At the beginning of the first swap transaction that provides for the exchange of Initial Margin, a swap dealer or major swap participant must notify the counterparty that the counterparty has the right to require that any Initial Margin the counterparty provides in connection with such transaction be segregated in accordance with §§ 23.702 and 23.703, except in those circumstances where segregation is mandatory pursuant to § 23.157 or rules adopted by the prudential regulators pursuant to section 4s(e)(2)(A) of the Act.
(b) The right referred to in paragraph (a) of this section does not extend to Variation Margin.
(c) If the counterparty elects to segregate Initial Margin, the terms of segregation shall be established by written agreement.
(d) A counterparty's election, if applicable, to require segregation of Initial Margin or not to require such segregation, may be changed at the discretion of the counterparty upon written notice delivered to the swap dealer or major swap participant, which changed election shall be applicable to all swaps entered into between the parties after such delivery.
(a) The custodian of Initial Margin, segregated pursuant to an election under § 23.701, must be a legal entity independent of both the swap dealer or major swap participant and the counterparty.
(b) Initial Margin that is segregated pursuant to an election under § 23.701 must be held in an account segregated for, and on behalf of, the counterparty, and designated as such. Such an account may, if the swap dealer or major swap participant and the counterparty agree, also hold Variation Margin.
(c) Any agreement for the segregation of Initial Margin pursuant to this section shall be in writing, shall include the custodian as a party, and shall provide that any instruction to withdraw Initial Margin shall be in writing and that notification of the withdrawal shall be given immediately to the non-withdrawing party.
The swap dealer or major swap participant and the counterparty may enter into any commercial arrangement, in writing, regarding the investment of Initial Margin segregated pursuant to § 23.701 and the related allocation of gains and losses resulting from such investment.
(a) Each swap dealer or major swap participant shall report to each counterparty that does not choose to require segregation of Initial Margin pursuant to § 23.701(a), on a quarterly basis, no later than the fifteenth business day after the end of the quarter, that the back office procedures of the swap dealer or major swap participant relating to margin and collateral requirements are in compliance with the agreement of the counterparties.
(b) The obligation specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall apply no earlier than the 90th calendar day after the date on which the first swap is transacted between the counterparty and the swap dealer or major swap participant.
The following appendices will not appear in the Code of Federal Regulations.
On this matter, Chairman Giancarlo and Commissioners Quintenz and Behnam voted in the affirmative. No Commissioner voted in the negative.
After more than four years of administering the final rules in subpart L of part 23 (Commission Regulations 23.700-23.704), CFTC staff have observed that the detailed requirements of these regulations have been difficult and burdensome for swap dealers to satisfy. The requirements have also caused some confusion by end user counterparties who rely on our markets to hedge commercial risk. These observations were supported by comments made in response to the Commission's Project KISS initiative.
Congress mandated that counterparties of swap dealers be given a choice regarding whether or not they elect the protections that come from segregation of initial margin collateral, which I support. Part of this important decision is protected by making sure the counterparty clearly, and easily, understands its rights. It appears that very few swap counterparties have exercised their right to make that choice. Part of the reluctance may be because that choice is accompanied by a range of overly complicated regulatory requirements and obligations.
The swaps market is a marketplace of professional market participants. It is closed to retail participation. Public policy is not well served by imposing prescriptive consumer and investor protections in markets that exclusively serve professional market participants.
This proposal looks to reduce the burdens, costs and confusion that have proved counterproductive and discouraged the election of segregation. This proposal will also make it more efficient for counterparties, such as pension funds, insurance companies, and community banks, to be able to elect segregation and receive those protections while hedging their risk in the swaps markets.
As part of the proposal, the Commission would permit more flexibility in custodial arrangements and margin investment. Rather than the current prescriptive requirements of the regulation, it would leave it up to commercial negotiation by professional trading counterparties. Another change is removing the overly prescriptive requirement that initial margin segregation be invested pursuant to Commission Regulation 1.25, in the anticipation that doing so could encourage more segregation elections.
Enabling the election of segregation is a bipartisan goal, starting with a unanimous Commission rulemaking by a previous commission. Now with time and experience, we see that this goal could be more easily met, and changes to the rules are appropriate to better further these important public policy objectives.
I support this proposed rule from the Division of Swap Dealer & Intermediary Oversight. I look forward to hearing comments on the proposal.
I respectfully concur with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission's (the “Commission” or “CFTC”) approval of its proposed rule (the “Proposal”) regarding amendments to subpart L of the Commission's Regulations (“Segregation of Assets Held as Collateral in Uncleared Swap Transactions” consisting of Regulations 23.700 through 23.704), which implement Section 4s(
Since joining the Commission, I have emphasized both my strong opposition to any rollbacks of Dodd-Frank initiatives and my belief that, while a more principles-based approach may be suitable in certain situations, any changes must be narrowly targeted to ensure that core reforms remain whole and intact. I am concerned that this Proposal forgoes a surgical approach in favor of a blunt, insensitive strike at the purpose of the statute and implementing regulations.
While the preamble purports that the Proposal is supported by Commission experience, in reality the Commission heavily relies on a few comment letters from a limited segment of the market submitted in response to its “Project KISS” initiative. In the absence of corroborative evidence from those most impacted by the Proposal—non-financial end-users and financial end-users without “material swaps exposure,” as defined in the CFTC Margin Rule
My greatest concerns with the Proposal relate to the Commission's proposed interpretation of the notice requirement in CEA section 4s(
The Commission previously interpreted the language in CEA section 4s(
The Commission and subpart L are largely silent with regard to content and delivery manner and method of the notice required by CEA section 4s(
The Proposal would amend subpart L, in part, to require a single, one-time notification to a counterparty of their right to require segregation of any initial margin the counterparty provides in connection with all transactions following the first transaction that provides for the exchange of initial margin. The Proposal would also entirely remove Regulations 23.701(a)(2) and (3), generally finding that, since very few counterparties elect to require segregation, the underlying activity of “confirming which custodians are available” is “unnecessarily burdensome” and that pricing for segregation may vary, is normally subject to negotiation, and can be discussed when the counterparty indicates an interest in segregation. Consistent with CEA section 4s(
In proposing these amendments, the Commission appears to be taking the view that a counterparty's decision with regard to segregation is made with respect to a trading relationship with a particular SD or MSP at the relationship's inception, and that while these types of counterparties are sophisticated enough to elect segregation and negotiate the terms of segregation arrangements, the annual receipt of a notice reminding them that they may change their election at any time is confusing. It also assumes that evidence of minimal uptake of
While it may be true that swap counterparties have not elected segregation in droves, CEA section 4s(
I am concerned that the Commission's proposal could undermine the right to segregation as well as Congressional intent by removing the periodic notification and minimal disclosures currently required by subpart L. I believe there are prescriptive elements of subpart L that can be removed with little impact to counterparties.
I am similarly concerned that the Proposal's removal of the requirement in Regulation 23.703 that limits the investment of initial margin segregated pursuant to subpart L to be invested consistent with Commission Regulation 1.25 is a knee-jerk response to a single Project KISS comment letter that ignores current practice and presupposes that the rollback will encourage more counterparties to elect to segregate pursuant to subpart L, which, as stated above, is not the goal of the statute or implementing regulation. While I am not opposed to permitting greater flexibility with regard to the investment of initial margin, I would have preferred that the Commission seek additional information regarding whether and how the current limitations in Regulation 23.703 have impacted counterparties and their decision making under subpart L before proposing alternative regulatory language.
I commend the Commission and its staff for engaging through Project KISS in efforts to identify and reduce unnecessary burdens in the Commission regulations. I appreciate staff's consideration and inclusion of several of my suggested edits to this Proposal. To be clear, I believe the Proposal provides for many sound improvements to subpart L that respond to ongoing concerns and confusion created by the finalization of the CFTC and Prudential Regulator Margin Rules and CFTC interpretive guidance.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.
Proposed rule.
This proposed rule would amend OSHA's recordkeeping regulation by rescinding the requirement for establishments with 250 or more employees to electronically submit information from OSHA Forms 300 and 301. These establishments will continue to be required to submit information from their Form 300A summaries. OSHA is amending its recordkeeping regulations to protect sensitive worker information from potential disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA). OSHA has preliminarily determined that the risk of disclosure of this information, the costs to OSHA of collecting and using the information, and the reporting burden on employers are unjustified given the uncertain benefits of collecting the information. OSHA believes that this proposal maintains safety and health protections for workers while also reducing the burden to employers of complying with the current rule. OSHA seeks comment on this proposal, particularly on its impact on worker privacy, including the risks posed by exposing workers' sensitive information to possible FOIA disclosure. In addition, OSHA is proposing to require covered employers to submit their Employer Identification Number (EIN) electronically along with their injury and illness data submission.
Comments must be submitted by September 28, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number OSHA-2013-0023, or regulatory information number (RIN) 1218-AD17, by any of the following methods:
All comments, including any personal information you provide, are placed in the public docket without change and will be made available online at
Electronic copies of this
In this preamble, OSHA references documents in Docket No. OSHA-2013-0023, the docket for this rulemaking. The docket is available at
References to documents in this rulemaking docket are given as “Ex.” followed by the document number. The document number is the last sequence of numbers in the Document ID Number on
The exhibits in the docket, including public comments, supporting materials, meeting transcripts, and other documents, are listed on
OSHA's regulation at 29 CFR part 1904 requires employers to collect a variety of information on occupational injuries and illnesses. Much of this information may be sensitive for workers, including descriptions of their injuries and the body parts affected. Under OSHA's regulation, employers with more than 10 employees in most industries must keep those records at their establishments. Employers covered by these rules must record each recordable employee injury and illness on an OSHA Form 300, the “Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses,” or equivalent. Covered employers must also prepare a supplementary OSHA Form 301, the “Injury and Illness Incident Report” or equivalent, to provide additional details about each case recorded on the OSHA Form 300. OSHA requires employers to provide these records to others under certain circumstances, but imposes limits on the disclosure of personally identifying information.
Form 301 in particular requires the collection of much sensitive information about each individual worker's job-linked illness or injury, information an employer must collect with or without the worker's consent. While some of the information is likelier to be regarded as particularly sensitive—namely, descriptions of injuries and the body parts affected—most of the form's questions seek answers that should not be lightly disclosed, including:
• Was employee treated in an emergency room?
• Was employee hospitalized overnight as an in-patient?
• Date of birth.
• Date of injury.
• What was the employee doing just before the incident occurred? Describe the activity, as well as the tools, equipment, or material the employee was using. Be specific.
• What happened? Tell us how the injury occurred.
• What was the injury or illness? Tell us the part of the body that was affected
• What object or substance directly harmed the employee?
Form 300 requires employers to log much of this individual information—notably, descriptions of injuries and the body parts affected—for each individual worker and incident. Form 300A, by contrast, merely summarizes incident data without any traceable connection to individual workers.
In the May 2016 final rule (81 FR 29624), the recordkeeping regulation was revised to require establishments with 250 or more employees to electronically submit information from the OSHA Forms 300, 300A, and 301 to OSHA annually. Establishments in certain industries with 20-249 employees are required only to electronically submit information from only the OSHA Form 300A—the summary form. This proposed rule would amend OSHA's recordkeeping regulation by rescinding the requirement for establishments with 250 or more employees to electronically submit information from the OSHA Forms 300 and 301—the individual forms.
As discussed below, OSHA proposes this amendment to the 2016 rule to protect worker privacy, having re-evaluated the utility of routinely collecting Form 300 and 301 data. The injury and illness data electronically submitted to OSHA from Form 300A (which submission the 2016 rule requires, and which this proposal would not change) gives OSHA a great deal of information to use in identifying high-hazard establishments for enforcement targeting. To that end, OSHA has designed a targeted enforcement mechanism for industries experiencing higher rates of injuries and illnesses based on the summary data. By contrast, OSHA has provisionally determined that electronic submission of Forms 300 and 301 adds uncertain enforcement benefits, while significantly increasing the risk to worker privacy, considering that those forms, if collected by OSHA, could be found disclosable under FOIA. In addition, to gain (uncertain) enforcement value from the case-specific data, OSHA would need to divert resources from other priorities, such as the utilization of Form 300A data, which OSHA's experience has shown to be useful.
OSHA seeks comment on this proposal. In addition, OSHA asks for public comment on whether to require covered employers to submit their EIN along with their injury and illness data submission.
This proposed rule is expected to be an E.O. 13771 deregulatory action, with annualized net cost savings estimated at $8.2 million. Details on OSHA's cost and cost savings estimates for this proposed rule can be found in the Preliminary Economic Analysis (PEA).
Under the current recordkeeping rule, the initial deadline for electronic submission of information from OSHA Forms 300 and 301 by covered establishments with 250 or more employees was July 1, 2018. However, OSHA will not enforce this deadline without further notice while this rulemaking is underway.
OSHA's regulations on recording and reporting occupational injuries and illnesses (29 CFR part 1904) were first issued in 1971 (36 FR 12612, July 2, 1971). These regulations require the recording of work-related injuries and illnesses that involve death, loss of consciousness, days away from work, restriction of work, transfer to another job, medical treatment other than first aid, or diagnosis of a significant injury or illness by a physician or other licensed health care professional (29 CFR 1904.7).
On July 29, 1977, OSHA amended these regulations to partially exempt businesses having ten or fewer employees during the previous calendar year from the requirement to record occupational injuries and illnesses (42 FR 38568). On December 28, 1982, OSHA amended these regulations to partially exempt establishments in certain lower-hazard industries from the requirement to record occupational injuries and illnesses (47 FR 57699). OSHA also amended the recordkeeping regulations in 1994 (Reporting of Fatality or Multiple Hospitalization Incidents, 59 FR 15594) and 1997 (Reporting Occupational Injury and Illness Data to OSHA, 62 FR 6434). Under the authority in Section 1904.41 added by the 1997 final rule, OSHA began requiring certain employers to submit only their 300A data to OSHA annually through the OSHA Data Initiative (ODI). The purpose of the ODI was to collect data on injuries and acute illnesses attributable to work-related activities in the private sector from approximately 80,000 establishments in selected high-hazard industries. The Agency used these data to calculate establishment-specific injury and illness rates and, in combination with other data sources, to target enforcement and compliance assistance activities.
On January 19, 2001, OSHA issued a final rule amending its requirements for the recording and reporting of occupational injuries and illnesses (29 CFR parts 1904 and 1902), along with the forms employers use to record those injuries and illnesses (66 FR 5916). The final rule also updated the list of industries that were partially exempt from recording occupational injuries and illnesses.
On September 18, 2014, OSHA again amended the regulations to require employers to report work-related fatalities and severe injuries—in-patient hospitalizations, amputations, and losses of an eye—to OSHA and to allow electronic reporting of these events (79 FR 56130). The final rule also revised the list of industries that are partially exempt from recording occupational injuries and illnesses.
On May 12, 2016, OSHA amended the regulations on recording and reporting occupational injuries and illness to require employers to annually submit injury and illness information that employers were already required to keep under part 1904 (81 FR 29624) to OSHA electronically. Establishments with 250 or more employees in industries that are routinely required to keep records are required to electronically submit information from their OSHA Forms 300, 300A, and 301 to OSHA or OSHA's designee once a year, and establishments with 20 to 249 employees in certain designated industries are required to electronically submit information from their OSHA annual summary (Form 300A) to OSHA or OSHA's designee once a year. In addition, that final rule requires employers, upon notification, to electronically submit information from part 1904 recordkeeping forms to OSHA or OSHA's designee. These provisions became effective on January 1, 2017.
On November 24, 2017, OSHA amended the recordkeeping regulation to extend the initial submission deadline for 2016 Form 300A data described in 29 CFR 1904.41(c)(1) from July 1, 2017, to December 15, 2017 (82 FR 55761).
OSHA is issuing this proposed rule pursuant to authority expressly granted by sections 8 and 24 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (the “OSH Act” or “Act”) (29 U.S.C. 657, 673). Section 8(c)(1) of the Act requires each employer to “make, keep and preserve, and make available to the Secretary [of Labor] or the Secretary of Health and Human Services, such records regarding his activities relating to this Act as the Secretary . . . may prescribe by
Section 24 of the OSH Act (29 U.S.C. 673) contains a similar grant of authority. This section requires the Secretary to “develop and maintain an effective program of collection, compilation, and analysis of occupational safety and health statistics” and “compile accurate statistics on work injuries and illnesses which shall include all disabling, serious, or significant injuries and illnesses” (29 U.S.C. 673(a)). Section 24 also requires employers to “file such reports with the Secretary as he shall prescribe by regulation” (29 U.S.C. 673(e)). These reports are to be based on “the records made and kept pursuant to section 8(c) of this Act” (29 U.S.C. 673(e)).
Further support for the Secretary's authority to require employers to keep and submit records of work-related illnesses and injuries can be found in the Congressional Findings and Purpose at the beginning of the OSH Act (29 U.S.C. 651). In this section, Congress declares the overarching purpose of the Act is “to assure so far as possible every working man and woman in the Nation safe and healthful working conditions” (29 U.S.C. 651(b)). One of the ways in which the Act is meant to achieve this goal is “by providing for appropriate reporting procedures . . . [that] will help achieve the objectives of this Act and accurately describe the nature of the occupational safety and health problem” (29 U.S.C. 651(b)(12)). Importantly, the statute does not require this information to be reported to OSHA.
The OSH Act authorizes the Secretary of Labor to issue two types of occupational safety and health rules: Standards and regulations. Standards aim to correct particular identified workplace hazards, while regulations further the general enforcement and detection purposes of the OSH Act (see
OSHA proposes to protect worker privacy by ending the electronic collection of case-specific forms (which OSHA has preliminarily determined adds uncertain enforcement value, but poses a potential privacy risk under FOIA) while continuing the collection of summary forms (which adds significant enforcement value, with little privacy risk). OSHA has reevaluated the utility of the Form 300 and 301 data for OSHA enforcement efforts and preliminarily determined that its (uncertain) enforcement value does not justify the reporting burden on employers, the burden on OSHA to collect, process, analyze, distribute, and programmatically apply the data, and—especially—the risks posed to worker privacy. Specifically, OSHA is proposing to amend its recordkeeping regulations by removing the part 1904 requirement that became effective on January 1, 2017, for the annual electronic submission of injury and illness information contained in OSHA Forms 300 and 301. This amendment would avoid the risks posed by making those forms into government records that could be found disclosable under FOIA.
OSHA is only seeking comment on the proposed changes to § 1904.41, and not on any other aspects of part 1904.
OSHA proposes to amend § 1904.41(a)(1) to remove the requirement for establishments with 250 or more employees that are required to routinely keep injury and illness records to electronically submit information from the OSHA Form 300 (Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses) and OSHA Form 301 (Injury and Illness Incident Report) to OSHA or OSHA's designee once a year. Under the proposed rule, § 1904.41(a)(1) would only require these establishments to electronically submit information from the OSHA Form 300A (Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses). As explained below, OSHA believes that this change would better protect worker privacy from the risk of FOIA disclosure, while retaining the lion's share of the enforcement benefits realized by the 2016 rule.
Electronic submission of Forms 300 and 301 puts the federal government in the position of collecting information that workers may deem quite sensitive, including descriptions of their injuries and the body parts affected. OSHA has preliminarily determined that its collection of these individual forms' information poses a non-trivial risk of compelled disclosure—endangering worker privacy—under FOIA.
As records in federal possession, Forms 300, 300A, and 301 could be subject to disclosure under FOIA if a court determines that no exemptions to FOIA apply. Although the Department believes that the information in these forms should be held exempt under FOIA, there remains a meaningful risk that a court may ultimately disagree and require disclosure. That risk remains so long as there is a non-trivial chance that
Nor is that risk speculative. In 2017, an organization invoked FOIA to request
That risk of potential compelled disclosure is illustrated by a case in which the Department was ordered to disclose OSHA records collecting its individual inspectors' exposures to beryllium.
And as the
Unless the U.S. Supreme Court (or sufficient circuit-court precedent, at least) were to definitively affirm that the information in Forms 300 and 301 is exempt from FOIA disclosure, there remains a real risk that the private, sensitive information from those forms could be disclosed regardless of the Department's attempts to keep it private.
As its preamble explains, two of the benefits of the May 2016 final rule are more effective identification and targeting of workplace hazards by OSHA and better evaluations of OSHA interventions. See 81 FR 29685. According to the preamble, establishment-specific injury and illness data would allow for analyses that were not possible with the data available before the 2016 rule took effect. The establishment-specific data, the preamble concluded, would allow OSHA to evaluate different types of programs, initiatives, and interventions in different industries and geographic areas, enabling the agency to become more effective and efficient.
OSHA reaffirms those benefits—as to the collection of information from the summary Form 300A. Collection of the summary data gives OSHA the information it needs to identify and target establishments with high rates of work-related injuries and illnesses. OSHA has collected summary 300A data for 2016 from 214,574 establishments. With those data, OSHA has already designed a targeted enforcement mechanism for industries experiencing higher rates of injuries and illnesses. OSHA plans to further refine this approach by using the greater volume of 2017 summary data OSHA expects to collect, as explained in the margin.
OSHA's use of summary data has a lengthy track record in enforcement, as well. Before the 2016 rule, OSHA had collected these data for 17 years under its OSHA Data Initiative (ODI) and used them to identify and target high-rate establishments through the Site-Specific Targeting (SST) Program. OSHA stopped the ODI in 2013 and the SST in 2014, but those prior programs have still given it considerable experience with using 300A data for targeting.
Conversely, OSHA has no prior experience with using the case-specific Form 300 and 301 data to identify and target establishments. OSHA is unsure as to how much benefit such data would have for targeting, or how much effort would be required to realize those benefits. OSHA estimates
OSHA's current priority is to assure better compliance with the existing reporting requirements for severe injuries and fatalities and for 300A data, and to develop and assess intervention programs based on these data. OSHA estimates, for example, that over 100,000 establishments failed to submit their 2016 Form 300A data as required by the 2016 rule, and is currently taking steps aimed at reducing the number of non-responders for the 2017 reporting year.
OSHA welcomes comments from the public on the benefits and disadvantages of removing the requirement for employers with 250 or more employees to submit the data from OSHA Forms 300 and 301 to OSHA electronically on an annual basis, including the usefulness of the data for enforcement targeting, the burden on employers of submitting that data, and the risks its collection poses to worker privacy.
Paragraphs (b)(1) through (8) of § 1904.41 currently address implementation of the electronic submission requirements for the information on OSHA Forms 300, 301, and 300A. OSHA is proposing to reconcile these provisions with the removal of the annual electronic submission requirement for the information on OSHA Forms 300 and 301 in proposed § 1904.41(a), as explained above. Therefore, the proposed provisions in paragraphs (b)(1)-(8) would provide for the implementation of electronic submission requirements only for the information on OSHA Form 300A.
OSHA invites public comment on these proposals during the comment period.
OSHA limited the proposed data collection in its 2013 NPRM (78 FR 67254) to Improve Tracking of Workplace Injuries and Illnesses to records that employers were already required to collect under part 1904. Accordingly, the May 2016 final rule only required the electronic submission of such records. These records do not include the EIN.
OSHA now seeks comment on this proposal to add a requirement for employers to submit their EIN along with their injury and illness data because the Agency believes such a requirement could reduce or eliminate duplicative reporting. Collecting EINs would increase the likelihood that the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) would be able to match data collected by OSHA under the electronic reporting requirements to data collected by BLS for the Survey of Occupational Injury and Illness (SOII). The BLS records contain the EINs for establishments, and including the EIN in the OSHA collection will increase the accuracy of matching the OSHA-collected data to the BLS-collected data. The ability to accurately match the data is critical for evaluating how BLS might use OSHA-collected data to supplement the SOII, which in turn would enhance the ability of OSHA and other users of the SOII data to identify occupational injury and illness trends and emerging issues. Furthermore, the ability of BLS to match the OSHA-collected data also has the potential to reduce the burden on employers who are required to report injury and illness data both to OSHA (for the electronic recordkeeping requirement) and to BLS (for the SOII). OSHA and BLS are also collaborating to identify technological approaches to reduce respondent burden. This collaboration includes exploring changes to both data collection systems as well as real-time sharing of OSHA data with BLS, with the goal of streamlining the reporting process for respondents covered under both collections.
The SOII is an establishment survey and is a comprehensive source of national estimates of nonfatal injuries and illnesses that occur in the workplace. The SOII collects data on non-fatal injuries and illnesses for each calendar year from a sample of employers based on recordable injuries and illnesses as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR part 1904. Using data from the survey, BLS estimates annual counts
Given the limitations of matching establishments across databases, there is currently no methodological approach to completely match establishments that currently submit data under both OSHA's collection of injury and illness data under § 1904.41 and the BLS data collection for the SOII. BLS cannot provide its collected data to OSHA because the Confidential Information Protection and Statistical Efficiency Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107-347, 116 Stat. 2899 (2002)) prohibits BLS from releasing establishment-specific data to either OSHA or the general public. Although OSHA can provide the data it collects to BLS, without the EIN it is very difficult to match the establishments in OSHA's data collection to the establishments in BLS's data collection. Not having the EIN increases the resources necessary to produce the match and reduces the accuracy of the match.
Including the EIN in the electronic reporting to OSHA would improve BLS's ability to accurately match the OSHA-collected data with the SOII data. After evaluation of the accuracy of the data matching, it may be possible for BLS to use the OSHA-collected data in the generation of occupational injuries and illnesses estimates, reducing burden on employers. If the EIN is not collected and the data from the two sources cannot be accurately matched, reducing this burden becomes nearly impossible. Collecting the EIN would thus accord with a recommendation in the 2018 National Academy of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine report on
Including the EIN as part of electronic reporting might also improve the quality and utility of the collected data. For example, OSHA could use the EIN to identify errors such as multiple submissions of data from the same establishment and to link multiple years of data submissions from the same establishment. The EIN could also be used to match against other databases that contain this identifier to add additional characteristics to the data. For example, submissions could be linked to the OSHA Information System (OIS) to identify the previous enforcement history of the establishment when the inspection records contain the EIN.
OSHA notes that EINs do not have the same level of protection as Social Security numbers. For example, any publicly-traded company must put its EIN on public filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Within DOL, the Employee Benefits Security Administration (EBSA) discloses EINs associated with filings of the Annual Returns/Reports of Employee Benefit Plans (Form 5500); EIN is a searchable field on EBSA's “Form 5500/5000-SF Filing Search” web page (see
OSHA invites public comment on the advantages and disadvantages of requiring employer submission of EINs and on whether employers required to electronically report information to OSHA under part 1904 would consider the EIN to be exempt from disclosure, either as confidential business information or for another reason.
OSHA seeks comments and data from the public regarding the proposed rule to remove the requirement for establishments with 250 or more employees that are required to routinely keep injury and illness records to electronically submit information from the OSHA Form 300 and 301 and to add the requirement for covered establishments to submit their EIN. More specifically, the following questions are relevant to this rulemaking:
1. What risks to worker privacy are posed by the electronic collection of information from Forms 300 and 301 from establishments with 250 or more workers? How likely are these risks to materialize? How could OSHA make them less likely, and what resources would be required? Given the limitations identified above, what are the benefits of electronically collecting this information?
2. Besides the Bureau of Labor Statistics, what other agencies or organizations in the public and private sectors use automated coding (autocoding) systems for text data in data collections?
3. Besides the Department of Health and Human Services, what other agencies and organizations in the public and private sectors use automated de-identification systems to remove PII from text data before making the data available to the public? What challenges have they faced in using those systems to keep PII protected?
4. Would employers required to electronically report information to OSHA under part 1904 consider the EIN to be exempt from disclosure, either as confidential business information or for another reason? Are there any circumstances where the EIN would be considered Personally Identifiable Information (PII)? OSHA also seeks comments on privacy concerns that might arise from employers submitting their EIN.
OSHA is only seeking comment on the proposed changes to § 1904.41 in this NPRM, and not on any other aspects of part 1904.
E.O. 12866 and E.O. 13563 require that OSHA estimate the benefits, costs, and net benefits of proposed and final regulations. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) and the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501-1571) also require OSHA to estimate the costs, assess the benefits, and analyze the impacts of certain rules that the Agency promulgates. Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety, and other effects; distributive impacts; and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, reducing costs, harmonizing rules, and promoting flexibility.
This proposed rule would protect worker privacy and reduce costs for employers and OSHA by amending OSHA's recordkeeping regulation to remove the requirement for the annual electronic collection of information
The proposed rule is not an “economically significant regulatory action” under E.O. 12866 or UMRA (2 U.S.C. 1532(a)), and it is not a “major rule” under the Congressional Review Act (CRA) (5 U.S.C. 801
For this PEA, OSHA relied on the Final Economic Analysis (FEA) in the May 2016 final rule (81 FR 29624), updated to include more recent data and some modifications in OSHA's methodology. OSHA obtained the estimated cost of electronic data submission by multiplying the compensation per hour of the person expected to perform the task of electronic data submission by the time required to submit the data.
As in the 2016 FEA, OSHA selected an employee in the occupation of Industrial Health and Safety Specialist and Technician as being at the appropriate salary level. The mean hourly wage for Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) code 29-9011, Industrial Health and Safety Specialists, in the May 2016 data from the BLS Occupational Employment Survey (OES), was $34.85.
The June 2017 data from the BLS National Compensation Survey
OSHA recognizes that not all firms assign the responsibility for recordkeeping to an Industrial Health and Safety Specialist. For example, a smaller firm may use a bookkeeper or a plant manager, while a larger firm may use a higher-level specialist. However, OSHA believes that the calculated cost of $50.18 per hour is a reasonable estimated total hourly compensation for a typical record keeper.
Additionally, after publishing the May 2016 final rule, the Department of Labor determined that it is appropriate in some circumstances to account for overhead expenses as part of the methodology used to estimate the costs and economic impacts of OSHA regulations. Therefore, for this PEA, OSHA is updating the projected costs of the requirement for establishments with 250 or more employees to submit the information from OSHA Forms 300 and 301 to OSHA, as reflected in the 2016 FEA, by adding an overhead rate equivalent to 17 percent of base wages. For this PEA, OSHA included an overhead rate when estimating the marginal cost of labor in its primary cost calculation. Overhead costs are indirect expenses that cannot be tied to producing a specific product or service. Common examples include rent, utilities, and office equipment. Unfortunately, there is no general consensus on the cost elements that fit this definition. The lack of a common definition has led to a wide range of overhead estimates. Consequently, the treatment of overhead costs needs to be case-specific. OSHA adopted an overhead rate of 17 percent of base wages. This is consistent with the overhead rate used for sensitivity analyses in the FEA in support of the 2017 final rule delaying the deadline for submission of 300A data (82 FR 55761) and the FEA in support of OSHA's 2016 final standard on Occupational Exposure to Respirable Crystalline Silica.
For time required for the data submission in this PEA, OSHA uses the same estimated unit time requirements as reported by BLS in its paperwork burden analysis for the Survey of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses (SOII) (OMB Control Number 1220-0045, expires December 31, 2018). BLS estimated 10 minutes per recordable injury/illness case for electronic submission of the information on Form 300 (Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses) and Form 301 (Injury and Illness Incident Report). In addition, in the 2016 FEA, OSHA estimated 2 minutes more time than the BLS paperwork burden, for a total of 12 minutes per recordable case (10 minutes per case for Form 301 entries plus 2 minutes per case for entry of Form 300 log entries), to account for the
The proposed rule would remove the requirement for establishments with 250 or more employees to report information from OSHA Forms 300 and 301. To estimate the number of injuries and illnesses that would be reported by covered establishments with 250 or more employees under the current rule, OSHA assumed that the total number of recordable cases in establishments with 250 or more employees is proportional to the establishments' share of employment within each industry.
The 2016 FEA also included government costs for the rule because creating a reporting and data collection system was a significant fraction of the total costs of the regulation. Not collecting the case-specific data from OSHA Form 300 and 301 would generate a small additional cost savings for the government because that portion of the reporting and data collection system has not yet been created and would not have to be created under the proposed rule. OSHA estimates a lump sum savings from not creating the software to collect the 300 and 301 data to be $450,000. Annualized at 3 percent over 10 years, this would represent a savings to the government of $52,754 per year. OSHA also annualized the cost savings at 7 percent over 10 years, and using this discount rate, the cost savings would be slightly higher: $64,070.
Establishments would be newly required to submit the employer's EIN along with the employer's electronic data submission. Some employees given this task would already know their employer's EIN from their other duties, but others would need to spend some time finding out this information. OSHA estimates an average of 5 minutes for an employee to find out his or her employer's EIN and to enter it on the submission form. Hence the unit cost for a submission would be the wage of the employee who submitted the information multiplied by his or her time plus overhead, or $4.68 [(5/60) × $56.10].
The electronic reporting system is designed to retain information about each establishment based on the login information, including the EIN. Therefore, employers would only have to provide OSHA their EIN once, so this would not be a recurring cost. However, it would be an additional one-time cost for employers who are newly reporting data because, for example, the establishment is new or the employer newly reached the reporting threshold for employment size. OSHA has estimated that each year there will be about 10.15 percent more establishments that will be required to report their EIN. This 10.15 percent figure is derived from the U.S. Census Bureau Statistics of U.S. Businesses (SUSB), specifically the employment change data set
To calculate the total estimated costs for covered establishments to provide their EINs, OSHA used establishment and employment data from the U.S. Census County Business Patterns (CBP).
There are 463,192 establishments (including establishments with more than 250 employees, those with 20-249 employees in certain NAICS codes, and farms with more than 20 employees) that would be subject to reporting their EIN in the first year under this proposal. With 10.15 percent new establishments each year, there will be an additional 47,012 establishments each year. The cost for those establishments will be $4.68 × 47,012 or $219,858. This cost does not occur in the first year. OSHA annualized 9 years of new establishment costs over ten years, which results in annualized costs of $213,262 at a discount rate of 3 percent and $204,468 at a 7 percent discount rate.
The EIN data field is already included in the reporting system design, so there would be no additional government costs associated with submittal of the EIN.
The cost savings of the proposed rule, the new costs associated with collecting the EIN, and the net total cost savings are shown in Table 1. Combining the cost savings to the private sector and to the government, the estimated total annual cost savings from the proposed rule would be $8,751,927 at a 3 percent discount rate and $8,763,243 at 7 percent discount rate. The additional costs to the private sector from
There could be substantial cost savings from requiring covered employers to include the EIN in their reporting. There is roughly a 40% overlap between the BLS SOII sample and private sector establishments required to report to OSHA. If OSHA collected Form 300A from all covered private sector units and BLS were able to fully match these units and use them in generating SOII estimates, the reduction in duplication would represent approximately 15,000 hours of respondent burden. In its SOII paperwork burden analysis, BLS estimates the total cost of submitting this form for private sector establishments to be $891,000. The potential cost savings for avoiding duplication is 40 percent of this value—$356,000. Considering that the cost savings for avoiding duplication is perpetual, the total net savings for adding the EIN is estimated to be $2,648,850 at a 3 percent discount rate and $126,294 at 7 percent discount rate in a perpetual time horizon.
The value of worker privacy is impossible to quantify, but no less significant because of that fact. This proposed rule would protect worker privacy by preventing routine government collection of information that may be quite sensitive, including descriptions of workers' injuries and the body parts affected, and thereby avoiding the risk that such information might be publicly disclosed under FOIA.
OSHA further believes that the collection of individual information from Forms 300 and 301 could add enforcement benefits, but those benefits are uncertain and difficult to quantify. As noted above, these benefits are uncertain because OSHA lacks experience with the use of that information and is not sure about how many resources it would take to make meaningful use of that information. The loss of these uncertain benefits is also impossible to quantify.
OSHA has preliminarily determined that the (substantial) benefits to worker privacy outweigh the (uncertain) foregone benefits to enforcement. It welcomes public comment on this determination, including on its preliminary conclusions that neither worker privacy nor enforcement benefits can be meaningfully quantified.
Removing the requirement for establishments with 250 or more employees to submit the information from OSHA Forms 300 and 301 to OSHA annually would reduce costs and so would have no negative feasibility effects. The EIN requirement would cost an estimated $4.68 per establishment, still leaving a large overall reduction in costs, and so would be economically feasible. Hence, OSHA concludes that the proposed rule is economically feasible.
The current requirement for annual electronic submission of information from OSHA Forms 300 and 301 affects only a very small minority of small firms. In many industry sectors, there are no small firms with at least 250 employees. Even in those industry sectors where the definition of small firm includes some firms with at least 250 employees, the overwhelming majority of small firms have fewer than 250 employees. However, there will be some small firms affected in some industries. Removing this requirement as proposed would result in a cost savings of, on average, $236 per establishment for each establishment with 250 or more employees affected by the 2016 Final Rule. This number is derived by dividing the total cost savings of $8,699,173 by 36,903 affected establishments with 250 or more employees. Such a small amount of cost savings would not have a significant impact on a firm with 250 or more employees.
As above, removing the requirement for establishments with 250 or more employees to submit the information from OSHA Forms 300 and 301 annually to OSHA would reduce costs, and the estimated cost of the EIN requirement is $4.68 per establishment, a negligible amount. Hence, per § 605 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, OSHA certifies that this proposed rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
This proposed rule would revise an existing collection of information, as
OSHA's existing recordkeeping forms consist of the OSHA 300 Log, the 300A Summary, and the 301 Incident Report. These forms are contained in the Information Collection Request (ICR) (paperwork package) titled 29 CFR part 1904 Recording and Reporting Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, which OMB approved under OMB Control Number 1218-0176.
The proposed rule would affect the ICR estimates as follows:
1. Establishments that are subject to the part 1904 requirements and have 250 or more employees would no longer be required to electronically submit information recorded on their OSHA Forms 300 and 301 to OSHA once a year.
2. Establishments subject to the data collection would provide one additional data element, the EIN.
The burden hours for the electronic reporting requirements under § 1904.41 if revised as proposed are estimated to be 136,641 per year. There are no capital costs for this collection of information.
More specifically, this action proposes to amend the recordkeeping regulation to remove the requirement for establishments that are required to keep injury and illness records under part 1904, and that had 250 or more employees in the previous year, to electronically submit to OSHA or OSHA's designee case characteristic information from the OSHA Form 300 (Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses) and OSHA Form 301 (Injury and Illness Incident Report) once a year. Under the proposed rule, these establishments would only be required to submit summary information from the OSHA Form 300A. There are approximately 37,000 establishments that would no longer be subject to a requirement to submit the information on OSHA Forms 300 and 301 for approximately 775,000 injury and illness cases under the proposed rule. OSHA used 2015 SOII data (
The table below presents the components of the collection that comprise the ICR estimates.
As required by 5 CFR 1320.5(a)(1)(iv) and 1320.8(d)(2), the following paragraphs provide information about this ICR.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Members of the public may comment on the paperwork requirements in this proposed regulation by sending their written comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for the Department of Labor, OSHA (Regulation Identifier Number (RIN) 1218-AD17), Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503; telephone: 202-395-6929; fax: 202-395-6881 (these are not toll-free numbers); email:
OSHA also encourages commenters to submit their comments on these paperwork requirements to the rulemaking docket (OSHA-2013-0023), along with their comments on other parts of the proposed regulation. For instructions on submitting these comments to the docket, see the sections of this
Comments submitted in response to this document are public records; therefore, OSHA cautions commenters about submitting personal information such as Social Security numbers and dates of birth. To access the docket to read or download comments and other materials related to this paperwork determination, including the complete ICR, use the procedures described under
OSHA and OMB are particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
OSHA notes that a federal agency cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless OMB approves it under the PRA, and the information collection displays a currently-valid OMB control number. Also, notwithstanding any other provision of law, no party shall be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information if the collection of information does not display a currently-valid OMB control number. OSHA will publish a notice of OMB's action when it publishes the final regulation, or, if not approved by then, when OMB authorizes the information collection requirements under the PRA.
For purposes of the UMRA (2 U.S.C. 1501-1571), as well as E.O. 13132 (64 FR 43255 (Aug. 4, 1999)), this rule does not include any federal mandate that may result in increased expenditures by state, local, and tribal governments, or increased expenditures by the private sector of more than $100 million.
The proposed rule has been reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 13132, regarding federalism. Because this rulemaking involves a “regulation” issued under Sections 8 and 24 of the OSH Act, and is not an “occupational safety and health standard” issued under Section 6 of the OSH Act, the rule will not preempt state law (29 U.S.C. 667(a)). The effect of the proposed rule on states is discussed in Section VIII, State Plan States.
Pursuant to section 18 of the OSH Act (29 U.S.C. 667) and the requirements of 29 CFR 1904.37 and 1902.7, within 6 months after publication of the final OSHA rule, state-plan states must promulgate occupational injury and illness recording and reporting requirements that are substantially identical to those in 29 CFR part 1904 “Recording and Reporting Occupational Injuries and Illnesses.” All other injury and illness recording and reporting requirements (for example, industry exemptions, reporting of fatalities and hospitalizations, record retention, or employee involvement) that are promulgated by state-plan states may be more stringent than, or supplemental to, the federal requirements, but, because of the unique nature of the national recordkeeping program, states must consult with OSHA and obtain approval of such additional or more stringent reporting and recording requirements to ensure that they will not interfere with uniform reporting objectives (29 CFR 1904.37(b)(2), 29 CFR 1902.7). Also because of the need for a consistent national data system, employers in state-plan states must comply with federal requirements for the submission of data under part 1904 whether or not the state plan has implemented a substantially identical requirement by the time the federal requirement goes into effect. Therefore, although states will need to update their plans to match the Federal plan, there is no discretion involved, so this change should be relatively simple to make.
There are 28 state plan states and territories. The states and territories that cover private sector employers are Alaska, Arizona, California, Hawaii, Indiana, Iowa, Kentucky, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, Nevada, New Mexico, North Carolina, Oregon, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, and Wyoming. Connecticut, Illinois, Maine, New Jersey, New York, and the Virgin Islands have OSHA-approved state plans that apply to state and local government employees only.
Because this rulemaking involves a regulation rather than a standard, it is governed by the notice and comment requirements in the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553) rather than section 6 of the OSH Act (29 U.S.C. 655) and 29 CFR part 1911 (both of which only apply to “promulgating, modifying or revoking occupational safety or health standards” (29 CFR 1911.1)). Therefore, the OSH Act requirement to hold an informal public hearing (29 U.S.C. 655(b)(3)) on a proposed standard, when requested, does not apply to this rulemaking.
OSHA invites comment on all aspects of the proposed rule. OSHA specifically encourages comment on the issues raised in the questions subsection. OSHA is not seeking comment on any other aspects of part 1904. Interested persons must submit comments by September 28, 2018. The Agency will carefully review and evaluate all comments, information, and data, as well as all other information in the rulemaking record, to determine how to proceed.
You may submit comments in response to this document (1) electronically at
Because of security-related procedures, the use of regular mail may cause a significant delay in the receipt of submissions. For information about security procedures concerning the delivery of materials by hand, express delivery, messenger, or courier service, please contact the OSHA docket office at (202) 693-2350 (TTY (877) 889-5627).
Comments in response to this
Electronic copies of this
Health statistics, Occupational safety and health, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, State plans.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, OSHA proposes to amend part 1904 of chapter XVII of title 29 as follows:
29 U.S.C. 657, 673, 5 U.S.C. 553, and Secretary of Labor's Order 1-2012 (77 FR 3912, Jan. 25, 2012).
(a) * * *
(1)
(4)
(b)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.
Proposed rule, limited reopening of comment period.
OSHA is providing the public an additional 30 days to comment on only the information collection requirements contained in the proposed updates to its standard for cranes and derricks in construction published on May 21, 2018.
The comment period for only the information collection requirements published on May 21, 2018 at 83 FR 23534, is reopened. Comments must be submitted (postmarked, sent, or received) by August 29, 2018.
Mr. Vernon Preston, Directorate of Construction; telephone: (202) 693-2020; fax: (202) 693-1689; email:
OSHA published a notice of proposed rulemaking “Cranes and Derricks in Construction: Operator Qualification” (the NPRM or the proposed rule) on May 21, 2018, in the
The proposed rule provided the public 30 days to comment on the proposed regulations including the information collection requirements contained in the proposed rule. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (the PRA), Federal agencies are required to publish a notice in the
Concurrent with publication of the proposed rule, OSHA submitted the new Cranes and Derricks in Construction Standard (29 CFR part 1926, subpart CC): Operator Qualification Information Collection Request (ICR) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review with a request for a new control number (ICR Reference Number 201710-1218-002). If a final rule is published, OSHA will submit the final ICR for the final Cranes and Derricks in Construction Standard: Operator Qualification to OMB for approval. If the final ICR is approved, OSHA will request to amend the comprehensive Cranes and Derricks in Construction Information Collection (OMB control number 1218-0261) to incorporate the ICR analysis associated with the final Cranes and Derricks in Construction Standard: Operator Qualification and to discontinue the new control number.
The purpose of the PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3501
The “Cranes and Derricks in Construction: Operator Qualification” proposed rule would establish new information collection requirements. The NPRM would also modify a small number of information collection requirements in the existing Cranes and Derricks in Construction Standard (29 CFR part 1926, subpart CC) Information Collection (IC) approved by OMB. OSHA submitted a new ICR (that modifies the existing Cranes and Derricks in Construction package) to OMB to reflect the NPRM's new or revised information collection requirements.
Some of these revisions, if adopted, would result in changes to the existing burden hour and/or cost estimates associated with the current, OMB-approved information collection requirements contained in the Cranes and Derricks in Construction Standard Information Collection. Other revisions would not change burden hour or cost estimates, but would substantively modify language contained in the currently OMB-approved ICR. Still others would revise existing standard provisions that are not information collection requirements, will not change burden hour or cost estimates, and will not modify any language in the ICR. This document summarizes the first two categories to ensure that the ICR reflects the updated regulatory text, but does not summarize or seek comment on the last category of revisions that are not related to information collections. In addition, this document does not address the proposed provisions that are substantively unchanged from the current, OMB-approved information collection requirements. Discussion and justification of these provisions can be found in the preamble to the final crane standard (75 FR 48017) and also in the Supporting Statements for the proposed rule (83 FR 23534) as well as the approved Information Collection.
The agency solicits comments on the Cranes and Derricks Standard information collection requirements as they would be revised by the proposed rule. Particularly, comments are sought by OSHA to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed information collection requirements are necessary for the proper performance of the agency's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of OSHA's estimate of the time and cost burden of the proposed information collection requirements, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the information collection requirements on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
A copy of the ICR for the proposed rule, with applicable supporting documentation, including a description of the likely respondents, estimated frequency of response, and estimated total burden, may be obtained free of charge from the
As required by 5 CFR 1320.5(a)(1)(iv) and 1320.8(d)(1), OSHA is providing the following summary information about the information collection requirements identified in the NPRM. The proposed rule creates new information collection requirements and modifies approved information collection requirements in the existing “Cranes and Derricks in Construction Standard” Information Collection. The major differences in the information collection requirements contained in the proposed rule from the information collection requirements currently approved in the Information Collection are discussed below and in more specific detail in Section III: Summary and Explanation of the Proposed Amendments to Subpart CC of the NPRM.
The introductory text in proposed paragraph (a) sets out the employer's responsibility to ensure that each operator is certified/licensed in accordance with subpart CC, and is evaluated on his or her competence to safely operate the equipment that will be used, before the employer permits an individual to operate equipment covered by subpart CC without continuous monitoring. The proposed new approach provides a clearer structure than the existing standard, which was not designed to accommodate both certification and evaluation.
Under paragraph (c), the employer must ensure that each operator is certified or licensed to operate the equipment. Proposed paragraph (c) retains the certification and licensing structure of the existing standard with only a few minor modifications intended to improve comprehension of certification/licensing requirements. For example, OSHA proposes to remove the somewhat misleading reference to an “option” with respect to mandatory compliance with existing state and local licensing requirements that meet the minimum requirements under federal law.
Proposed paragraph (d) retains the requirements of existing § 1926.1427(b), except that the proposed rule removes the requirement for certification by capacity of crane, as required in existing paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(B) and (b)(2). The need for this change is explained in the “Need for a Rule” section of the NPRM. The proposed rule also makes some non-substantive language clarifications. Compliance with the requirements of proposed paragraph (d) is the option that OSHA expects the vast majority of employers to use.
Proposed paragraph (f) sets out new specific requirements that employers must follow to conduct an operator evaluation and reevaluation, including documentation requirements. Proposed paragraph (f)(4) requires the employer to document the evaluation of each operator and to ensure that the documentation is available at the worksite. This paragraph also specifies the information that the documentation would need to include: The operator's name, the evaluator's name, the date of the evaluation, and the make, model and configuration of the equipment on which the operator was evaluated. However, the documentation would not need to be in any particular format.
Under the NPRM, not all operators exempted from certification requirements would also be exempted from the evaluation requirements. Proposed § 1926.1427(a)(2) continues the existing exemption from the training and certification requirements in that section for operators of three types of equipment: Derricks, sideboom cranes, and equipment with a maximum manufacturer-rated hoisting/lifting capacity of 2,000 pounds or less. In the current crane standard, these three types of equipment are exempt from all of the requirements in § 1926.1427 as the result of language in § 1926.1427(a) and specific exemptions in §§ 1926.1436(q), 1440(a), and 1441(a). The proposed rule would not, however, exempt employers from the requirements in § 1926.1427(f) to evaluate the potential operators of those types of equipment to ensure that they have sufficient knowledge and skills to perform the assigned tasks with the assigned equipment. Accordingly, OSHA proposes to preserve the evaluation requirements through the revision of the language in § 1926.1427(a) and corresponding edits to narrow the exemptions in §§ 1926.1436(q), 1440(a), and 1441(a).
Existing § 1926.1427(h) allows operators to be certified in a language other than English, provided that the operator understands that language. Proposed paragraph (h) is nearly identical to existing paragraph (h) with the exception that it removes the reference to the existing qualification language in paragraph (b)(2), which has been replaced.
As discussed earlier, OSHA proposed to amend paragraphs §§ 1926.1436(q), 1926.1440(a), and 1926.1441(a) to ensure that the evaluation requirements in § 1926.1427(f) apply to employers using derricks, sideboom cranes, and equipment with a rated capacity of 2,000 pounds or less.
The agency encourages commenters to submit their comments related to the agency's clarification of the information collection requirements to the docket for this document (Docket Number OSHA-2018-0009). For instructions on submitting these comments to the docket for this document, see the sections of this
Loren Sweatt, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, directed the preparation of this document. The authority for this document is the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3506
Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress.
Proposed rule; modified.
The Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges) publish for comment modified proposed regulations to require affected cable systems to pay a separate per-telecast royalty (a Sports Surcharge) in addition to the other royalties that those cable systems must pay under Section 111 of the Copyright Act.
Comments and objections are due no later than August 29, 2018.
You may submit comments and objections, identified by docket number 17-CRB-0001-BER (2019-2023), by any of the following methods:
Anita Blaine, CRB Program Specialist, by telephone at (202) 707-7658 or email at
On July 2, 2018, the Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges) received a motion from the Joint Sports Claimants (JSC),
The moving parties also requested that the Judges suspend, pending resolution of the Joint Motion, the procedural schedule set forth in the
Section 111(d)(1)(B) of the Copyright Act (the Act), 17 U.S.C. 111(d)(1)(B), sets forth the royalty rates that “Form 3” cable systems must pay to retransmit broadcast signals pursuant to the Section 111(c) statutory license. Form 3 systems are those with semi-annual “gross receipts” greater than $527,600.
In the event of any change in the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission [“FCC”] with respect to syndicated and sports program exclusivity after April 15, 1976, the rates established by section 111(d)(1)(B) may be adjusted to assure that such rates are reasonable in light of the changes to such rules and regulations, but any such adjustment shall apply only to the affected television broadcast signals carried on those systems affected by the change.
Section 804(b)(1)(B) of the Copyright Act states that, in “order to initiate proceedings under section [801(b)(2)(C)],” an interested party must file a petition with the Judges requesting a rate change within twelve months of the FCC's action. 17 U.S.C. 804(b)(1)(B);
On November 23, 2015, JSC filed a rate adjustment petition pursuant to Section 801(b)(2)(C) of the Copyright Act. In June 2016 the Judges established a procedural schedule for ruling on the JSC petition.
Upon motion of the Participants in January 2017, the Judges published the proposed rule and received comments.
In declining to adopt the proposed settlement the Judges noted that
The applicable license in this proceeding is the license to retransmit by cable beyond the local service area the works of “any . . . owner whose work was included in a secondary transmission made by a cable system . . . in whole or in part. . . .” 17 U.S.C. 111 (d)(3). [Major League Soccer (MLS)] and potentially other professional sports leagues are owners of, or represent owners of, copyrights to televised professional team sports events. The regulations proposed by the JSC define an “eligible professional sports event” to include
As proposed, the regulation for the exclusive benefit of Major League Baseball, the National Basketball Association, the National Football League, the National Hockey League, and the Women's National Basketball Association is contrary to the applicable section 111 license. The Judges decline to adopt the proposed settlement as a basis for regulations that would bind non-participants to a zero rate.
In April 2018, MLS filed a late Petition to Participate (PTP) and accompanying motion for the Judges to accept it. The Judges granted the motion and accepted the PTP on July 20, 2018.
In July 2018, the participants filed a modified proposed rule that addressed the Judges' concerns regarding the proposed rule. Joint Motion at 4, 8. MLS does not object to the modified proposed rule.
According to the moving parties, the modified proposed Sports Surcharge differs from the January 2017 proposal in two key respects: A cable operator's obligation to pay a Sports Surcharge royalty is not limited to retransmissions of sports events affiliated with specific JSC members;
The moving parties also state that “nothing in the proposed rule would require the Judges to distribute the Sports Surcharge royalties” only to sports organizations whose telecasts trigger the “pay-in” obligation. Rather, “[t]he determination of the recipients of those royalties (and the amount of royalties those recipients should receive) would be addressed by the Judges in future allocation and distribution proceedings” absent a settlement.
According to the moving parties, the modified Sports Surcharge does not
Under the modified rule, a cable system's retransmission of a sports event telecast that would have been subject to deletion under the FCC Sports Blackout Rule triggers a Sports Surcharge pay-in by the system's operator—as long as the holder of the broadcast rights in the event (or its agent) provides the affected system: (1) Written notice containing information comparable to that required to invoke the former FCC Sports Blackout Rule; and (2) documentary evidence that the sports entity giving the notice required to trigger the Sports Surcharge pay-in provision previously invoked the FCC Sports Blackout Rule between January 1, 2012 and November 23, 2014 (the day before the repeal of the rule took effect). Joint Motion at 6.
With respect to certain collegiate events, the pay-in rule caps the maximum number of events involving a specific team that can trigger an affected cable system's surcharge payment obligation in a particular accounting period based on the largest number of events as to which the FCC Sports Blackout Rule was invoked by that specific sports entity during any of the accounting periods occurring during the January 1, 2012 through November 23, 2014 period.
In addition, the Joint Motion proposes a new effective date in 2019 and points out that the rule proposal can be reconsidered in 2020 pursuant to statute.
According to the moving parties, the royalty rate reflected in the modified proposed rule represents a negotiated compromise regarding adoption of a royalty surcharge and limiting when licensors must pay it, but not regulating the method of determining how the funds should be distributed.
The moving parties state that they do not intend for the agreed-upon methodology for calculating a cable system's pay-in obligation to be accorded any precedential effect or to be regarded as representing any agreement as to the fair market value, now or in the future, of the secondary transmission of any sports event or of the economic or other impact of the repeal of the FCC Sports Blackout Rule. Joint Motion at 6. The moving parties state that if the Judges do not adopt the proposed rule, each of the moving parties reserves the right to seek to demonstrate that the Sports Surcharge originally proposed is not contrary to law and/or that the Judges should adopt a different rate adjustment to account for the repeal of the FCC Sports Blackout Rule.
According to the moving parties, “a key Congressional objective underlying the Judges' rate-setting authority is the promotion of voluntary settlements rather than litigation.”
The Act requires that the Judges afford those who “would be bound by the terms, rates or other determination” in a settlement agreement “an opportunity to comment on the agreement.” 17 U.S.C. 801(b)(7)(A)(i). The Copyright Royalty Board rules also require that the Judges “publish the settlement in the
The Judges seek comments on the moving parties' proposal. In particular, the Judges seek comment on whether the proposal is consistent with Section 111 of the Copyright Act which provides that the applicable license granted in that section is the license to retransmit by cable beyond the local service area the works of “any . . . owner whose work was included in a secondary transmission made by a cable system . . . in whole or in part. . . .” 17 U.S.C. 111(d)(3), and consistent with the Judges' interpretation of that section as elaborated in the Order Reinstating Case Schedule.
In addition to general comments for or against the proposal, the Judges seek comment on whether the proposed provision in section 387.2(e)(9) (“Nothing herein shall preclude any copyright owner of a live television broadcast, the secondary transmission of which would have been subject to deletion under the FCC Sports Blackout Rule, from receiving a share of royalties paid pursuant to this paragraph.”) could apply to the secondary transmissions of the live television broadcasts of any entity
Interested parties may comment and object to the modified proposed regulations contained in this notice. Such comments and objections must be submitted no later than August 29, 2018.
Copyright, Cable television, Royalties.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, and under the authority of chapter 8, title 17, United States Code, the Copyright Royalty Judges proposes to amend 37 CFR chapter III as follows:
17 U.S.C. 801(b)(2), 803(b)(6).
(e)
(1) The term “cable system” shall have the same meaning as in 17 U.S.C. 111(f)(3);
(2) An “affected cable system” (i) is a “community unit,” as the comparable term is defined or interpreted in accordance with § 76.5(dd) of the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission in effect as of November 23, 2014, 47 CFR 76.5(dd) (2014);
(ii) that is located in whole or in part within the 35-mile specified zone of a television broadcast station licensed to a community in which a sports event is taking place, provided that if there is no television broadcast station licensed to the community in which a sports event is taking place, the applicable specified zone shall be that of the television broadcast station licensed to the community with which the sports event or team is identified, or, if the event or local team is not identified with any particular community, the nearest community to which a television station is licensed; and
(iii) whose royalty fee is specified by 17 U.S.C. 111(d)(1)(B);
(3) A “television broadcast” of a sports event must qualify as a “non-network television program” within the meaning of 17 U.S.C. 111(d)(3)(A);
(4) The term “specified zone” shall be defined as the comparable term is defined or interpreted in accordance with § 76.5(e) of the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission in effect as of November 23, 2014, 47 CFR 76.5(e) (2014);
(5) The term “gross receipts” shall have the same meaning as in 17 U.S.C. 111(d)(1)(B) and shall include all gross receipts of the affected cable system during the semiannual accounting period except those from the affected cable system's subscribers who reside in (i) the local service area of the primary transmitter, as defined in 17 U.S.C. 111(f)(4);
(ii) any community where the cable system has fewer than 1,000 subscribers;
(iii) any community located wholly outside the specified zone referenced in paragraph (e)(4) above; and
(iv) any community where the primary transmitter was lawfully carried prior to March 31, 1972;
(6) The term “FCC Sports Blackout Rule” refers to § 76.111 of the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications Commission in effect as of November 23, 2014, 47 CFR 76.111 (2014);
(7) Subject to paragraph (e)(8) of this section, the surcharge will apply to the secondary transmission of a primary transmission of a live television broadcast of a sports event only where the holder of the broadcast rights to the sports event or its agent has provided the affected cable system
(i) Advance written notice regarding such secondary transmission as required by § 76.111(b) and (c) of the FCC Sports Blackout Rule and
(ii) documentary evidence that the specific team on whose behalf the notice is given had invoked the protection afforded by the FCC Sports Blackout Rule during the period from January 1, 2012, through November 23, 2014;
(8) In the case of collegiate sports events, the number of events involving a specific team as to which an affected cable system must pay the surcharge will be no greater than the largest number of events as to which the FCC Sports Blackout Rule was invoked in a particular geographic area by such team during any one of the accounting periods occurring between January 1, 2012, and November 23, 2014;
(9) Nothing herein shall preclude any copyright owner of a live television broadcast, the secondary transmission of which would have been subject to deletion under the FCC Sports Blackout Rule, from receiving a share of royalties paid pursuant to this paragraph.
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by August 29, 2018 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB),
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Food Safety and Inspection Service, USDA.
Notice of availability and request for comment.
The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) is announcing the availability of and requesting comments on a guideline to assist FSIS-regulated establishments, retail food outlets, and foodservice entities in minimizing public health risks associated with raw or partially-cooked chicken liver. FSIS developed the guideline because there have been several recent
Submit Comments on or before September 28, 2018.
A downloadable version of the guideline is available to view and print at
FSIS invites interested persons to submit comments on this notice. Comments may be submitted by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Roberta Wagner, Assistant Administrator, Office of Policy and Program Development; Telephone: (202) 205-0495.
FSIS is responsible for verifying that the nation's commercial supply of meat, poultry, and egg products is safe, wholesome, and properly labeled and packaged.
There have been several recent
(1) Consumption of a blended chicken liver dish (
(2) Inadequate cooking of a chicken liver dish; and/or
(3) Consumption of a chicken liver dish outside the home (
FSIS is announcing the availability of a guideline to assist FSIS-regulated establishments, retail food outlets, and foodservice entities in minimizing public health risks associated with raw or partially-cooked chicken livers and products made from them. The guideline represents best practice recommendations by FSIS, based on available scientific evidence and practical considerations. FSIS will update the guideline as necessary to reflect comments received and any additional information that becomes available.
Public awareness of all segments of rulemaking and policy development is important. Consequently, FSIS will announce this
FSIS also will make copies of this publication available through the FSIS
No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, or political beliefs, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United States under any program or activity conducted by the USDA.
To file a complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, which may be accessed online at
Send your completed complaint form or letter to USDA by mail, fax, or email:
Mail: U.S. Department of Agriculture, Director, Office of Adjudication, 1400
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.), should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD).
Done at Washington, DC.
Food and Nutrition Service (FNS), USDA.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice invites the general public and other public agencies to comment on this proposed information collection. This collection is a new collection to test the feasibility of online purchasing for SNAP through Evaluation of Technology Modernization for SNAP Benefit Redemption through Online Transactions for the USDA. The final report will synthesize findings across pilots and detailed appendix chapters will integrate implementation and integrity evaluation findings for each pilot. This collection includes in-depth interviews with key informants, including SNAP online retailers and their web service providers, the designated third-party processor for the pilots, EBT processors, and State Agency EBT coordinators; and preparation and transmission of data from retailers and their web service providers, EBT processors, the third-party processor, and state SNAP agencies.
Written comments must be received on or before September 28, 2018.
Comments may be sent to: Eric Williams, Food and Nutrition Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 3101 Park Center Drive, Room 1014, Alexandria, VA 22302. Comments may also be submitted via fax to the attention of Eric Williams at 703-305-2576 or via email to
All responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval. All comments will be a matter of public record.
Requests for additional information or copies of this information collection should be directed to Eric Williams at 703-305-2576.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions that were used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
To test the feasibility of online purchasing for SNAP, FNS established eight online purchasing pilots and requested volunteers on September 15, 2016 (OMB Control No.: 0584-0606, expiration date 3/31/2019) for the Evaluation of Technology Modernization for SNAP Benefit Redemption through Online Transactions (Evaluation of Online Purchasing Pilots). Through this evaluation, FNS seeks to learn how the pilots operate, the implementation challenges and lessons learned, the characteristics of SNAP online customers, the risks and benefits of online purchasing for the integrity of SNAP, and the requirements for expansion.
Through the Evaluation of Online Purchasing Pilots, the research team will address FNS' two interrelated objectives: the analyses of the pilots' (1) implementation and (2) integrity. Implementation study questions relate to: The SNAP online transaction approaches; the process, challenges, and lessons of implementation; the characteristics of SNAP households that shop online; and the level of effort for stakeholders (
Food and Nutrition Service (FNS), USDA.
Notice; request for information.
This is a request for information from State agencies administering Child Nutrition programs and State distributing agencies to learn about the successes, challenges, and needs for the State Administrative Expense (hereafter referred to as “SAE”) allocation formula. It is not a request for proposal and does not commit the Government to issue a solicitation, make an award, or pay any costs associated with responding to this announcement. All submitted information shall remain with the Government and will not be returned. All responses will become part of the public record and will not be held confidential.
The Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) is seeking information on the SAE allocation formula for the Department's oversight and management of Child Nutrition Programs (CNP), specifically the National School Lunch Program (NSLP), School Breakfast Program (SBP), Child and Adult Care Food Program (CACFP), Special Milk Program (SMP) and the Food Distribution Program for schools (FDP). To better understand the availability and use of SAE funds, FNS is requesting information from CNP State administering agencies, State distributing agencies, and CNP affiliate associations about SAE allocation, reallocation, fund uses, and fund restrictions at the State level.
The objectives of this request for information are to:
1. Identify ways that the formula meets or fails to meet State spending needs.
2. Identify if additional flexibilities in SAE funding levels and rules could improve program administration.
FNS will use the comments in response to this Request for Information to inform a larger study on the SAE formula entitled,
(if applicable): To be assured of consideration, written comments must be submitted or postmarked on or before September 28, 2018.
The Food and Nutrition Service, USDA, invites the submission of the requested information through one of the following methods:
•
•
All information properly and timely submitted, using one of the three methods described above, in response to this request for information will be included in the record and will be made available to the public on the internet at
All written comments will be open for public inspection at the FNS office located at 3101 Park Center Drive, Alexandria, Virginia 22302, Room 1014, during regular business hours (8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday). All responses to this notice will be summarized and included in the request for Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval. All comments will be a matter of public record.
Requests for additional information or copies of this request for information should be directed to Jinee Burdg at
CNPs are operated by a wide variety of local public and private providers that enter into agreements with State agencies, which are responsible for oversight and administration, including monitoring program operations and distributing federal cash reimbursements and USDA Foods. The number of agreements the State has with local CNP entities contributes significantly to the level of effort needed in State administration. Local organizations that have agreements with the State to operate NSLP, SBP, and SMP are referred to as school food authorities (SFAs). SFAs are public and private nonprofit local educational agencies (including charter schools) that operate the programs in schools under their jurisdiction, as well as residential child care institutions. The number of SFAs across States varies widely, often depending on the educational structure of local educational agencies in the State (
Under the FDP for schools, USDA accepts food orders from States and then purchases food for States to provide to SFAs for use in their meal service (USDA Foods). States are responsible for the ordering, storage and distribution of the USDA Foods to the local “recipient agencies” (
In CACFP, States enter into agreements with “institutions,” which include independent (
The State agencies that administer these CNPs include Education, Health, Human/Social Services, and Agriculture departments. In total, there are 85 State agencies in 54 States and territories that administer the programs and receive SAE from FNS. In 31 States, there is one agency (either Education or Agriculture) administering School Programs, FDP, and CACFP; 16 States have two agencies; and the remaining 7 States have three agencies.
In fiscal year 2017, State agencies received over $282 million in federal grants to administer certain CNPs. The amount of funding allocated to each State agency is based on the SAE allocation formula, which was last revised in the 1990s. FNS is interested in learning in what ways the formula meets or fails to meet State spending needs; some State Agencies return excess funds year after year whereas other States request additional funds year after year. The
The current SAE allocation formula consists of nondiscretionary funds (
FNS requests that CNP State administering agencies, State distributing agencies, CNP affiliate associations, and other interested parties respond in detail to any or all of the items below. Please provide any material that addresses the information requested or any other information that may be pertinent. FNS will consider comments that may require regulatory or statutory changes. Additional references or links to materials are welcome.
1. What challenges, if any, does your State have with SAE? Please discuss processes, timing, Federally-imposed requirements/restrictions, State-imposed requirements/restrictions, the Maintenance of Effort requirement or other requirements, issues around
2. What aspects of SAE work well for your State? Please identify the aspect that works well and why it works well for your particular State.
3. Does the current SAE funding methodology and regulations provide you with levels of funding and flexibility commensurate with your program administration needs (including NSLP/SBP, CACFP, and FDP)?
4. Please identify whether your State transfers funds among State agencies, receives reallocations, or neither. Please discuss why your funding levels are or are not appropriate.
5. What funding level (
6. Please discuss how the availability of other program-specific funds such as the Summer Food Service Program State Administrative Fund and CACFP Audit Funds affect your State's ability to support the overall administration of CNPs.
7. Please provide any other comments applicable to the SAE requirements and processes.
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act that the Ohio Advisory Committee (Committee) will hold a meeting via teleconference on Thursday August 9, 2018, from 12-1 p.m. EDT for the purpose of continuing planning for their upcoming hearing on education funding in the State.
The meeting will be held on Thursday August 9, 2018, at 12:00 p.m. EDT.
Melissa Wojnaroski, DFO, at
Members of the public can listen to the discussion. This meeting is available to the public through the above listed toll free number. An open comment period will be provided to allow members of the public to make a statement as time allows. The conference call operator will ask callers to identify themselves, the organization they are affiliated with (if any), and an email address prior to placing callers into the conference room. Callers can expect to incur regular charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, according to their wireless plan. The Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Members of the public are also entitled to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Regional Programs Unit Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 230 S Dearborn, Suite 2120, Chicago, IL 60604. They may also be faxed to the Commission at (312) 353-8324, or emailed to Carolyn Allen at
Records generated from this meeting may be inspected and reproduced at the Regional Programs Unit Office, as they become available, both before and after the meeting. Records of the meeting will be available via
Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission), and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), that a roundtable meeting of the Rhode Island Advisory Committee to the Commission will convene at 10:00 a.m. (EDT) on Tueday, August 7, 2018, in Room 222 at the Rhode Island State House, 82 Smith Street, Providence, RI 02903. The purpose of the roundtable will be to hear from experts about varied civil rights topics.
Tuesday, August 7, 2018 (EDT).
Room 222 at the Rhode Island State House, 82 Smith Street, Providence, RI 02903.
Barbara Delaviez at
The purpose of the roundtable meeting is to examine topical civil rights issues in Rhode Island. The Committee will hear from elected officials, advocates and experts. The public is invited to the meeting and encouraged to address the committee following the presentations.
If other persons who plan to attend the meeting require other accommodations, please contact Evelyn Bohor at
Time will be set aside at the end of the briefing so that members of the
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing as they become available at
The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.
The associated monthly M3 Survey estimates are based on a panel of approximately 5,000 reporting units that represent approximately 3,100 companies and provide an indication of month-to-month change for the Manufacturing Sector. These reporting units may be divisions of diversified large companies, large homogenous companies, or single-unit manufacturers. The M3 estimates are periodically benchmarked to comprehensive data on the manufacturing sector from the Annual Survey of Manufactures (ASM), the Economic Census (shipments and inventories) and the M3UFO Survey, which is the subject of this notice. Unfilled orders data are not collected in the ASM or the Economic Census. To obtain more accurate M3 estimates of unfilled orders, which are also used in deriving M3 estimates of new orders, we conduct the M3UFO Survey annually to be used as the source for benchmarking M3 unfilled orders data. Industries that maintain unfilled orders cannot fulfill the order in the same month in which the order is received. This is not true for each industry, and occurs mainly in industries where production takes longer than one month. In order to reduce burden from our respondents, the M3UFO data are used to determine which North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) industries continue to maintain unfilled orders. We then utilize that information to only request unfilled orders on the monthly M3 survey from the NAICS industries that actually have unfilled orders which cannot be completed within the same month that the order was placed.
There are no changes to the MA-3000 form, which is used to conduct the M3UFO survey.
The Census Bureau will use mail out/mail back survey forms to collect the data with online reporting encouraged. Online response for the survey is typically 70 percent. Companies are asked to respond to the survey within 30 days of receipt. The Census Bureau mails letters encouraging participation to companies that have not responded within 30 days and later uses telephone follow-up to seek response from delinquent companies.
This information collection request may be viewed at
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that imports of forged steel fittings from Taiwan are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less than fair value (LTFV). The period of investigation (POI) is October 1, 2016, through September 30, 2017. The final margins of sales at LTFV are listed below in the “Final Determination” section of this notice.
Applicable July 30, 2018.
Robert Palmer (202) 482-9068 or Suzanne Lam at (202) 482-0783, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade
On May 17, 2018, Commerce published in the
The products covered by this investigation are forged steel fittings from Taiwan. For a full description of the scope of this investigation,
During the course of this investigation and the concurrent investigations of forged steel fittings from the People's Republic of China (China) and Italy, Commerce received numerous scope comments from interested parties. Commerce issued a Preliminary Scope Decision Memorandum
As stated in the
The mandatory respondents Bothwell and Luchu failed to participate in this investigation.
As discussed in the
The final estimated weighted-average dumping margins are as follows:
In accordance with section 735(c)(1)(B) of the Act, for this final determination, we will direct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to continue to suspend liquidation of all entries of forged steel fittings from Taiwan, as described in the Appendix to this notice, which are entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after May 17, 2018, the date of publication in the
Pursuant to section 735(c)(1)(B)(ii) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.210(d), Commerce will instruct CBP to require a cash deposit for such entries of merchandise equal to the estimated weighted-average dumping margin or the estimated all-others rate, as follows: (1) The cash deposit rate for the respondents listed above will be equal to the respondent-specific estimated weighted-average dumping margin determined in this final determination; (2) if the exporter is not a respondent identified above but the producer is, then the cash deposit rate will be equal to the respondent-specific estimated weighted-average dumping margin established for that producer of the subject merchandise; and (3) the cash deposit rate for all other producers and exporters will be equal to the all-others estimated weighted-average dumping margin.
The estimated weighted-average dumping margins assigned to the mandatory respondents in this investigation in the
In accordance with section 735(d) of the Act, we will notify the International Trade Commission (ITC) of the final affirmative determination of sales at LTFV. Because Commerce's final determination is affirmative, in accordance with section 735(b)(2) of the Act, the ITC will make its final determination as to whether the domestic industry in the United States is materially injured, or threatened with material injury, by reason of imports or sales (or the likelihood of sales) for importation of forged steel fittings, no later than 45 days after this final determination. If the ITC determines that such injury does not exist, this proceeding will be terminated and all cash deposits posted will be refunded. If the ITC determines that such injury does exist, Commerce will issue an antidumping duty order directing CBP to assess, upon further instruction by Commerce, antidumping duties on all imports of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the effective date of the suspension of liquidation, as discussed above in the “Continuation of Suspension of Liquidation” section.
This notice will serve as a reminder to parties subject to an administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of propriety information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3). Timely written notification of return or destruction of APO materials, or conversion to judicial protective order, is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
This determination is issued and published in accordance with sections 735(d) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.210(c).
The merchandise covered by this investigation is carbon and alloy forged steel fittings, whether unfinished (commonly known as blanks or rough forgings) or finished. Such fittings are made in a variety of shapes including, but not limited to, elbows, tees, crosses, laterals, couplings, reducers, caps, plugs, bushings, unions, and outlets. Forged steel fittings are covered regardless of end finish, whether threaded, socket-weld or other end connections.
While these fittings are generally manufactured to specifications ASME B16.11, MSS SP-79, MSS SP-83, MSS SP-97, ASTM A105, ASTM A350, and ASTM A182, the scope is not limited to fittings made to these specifications.
The term forged is an industry term used to describe a class of products included in applicable standards, and does not reference an exclusive manufacturing process. Forged steel fittings are not manufactured from casting. Pursuant to the applicable specifications, subject fittings may also be machined from bar stock or machined from seamless pipe and tube.
All types of fittings are included in the scope regardless of nominal pipe size (which may or may not be expressed in inches of nominal pipe size), pressure rating (usually, but not necessarily expressed in pounds of pressure/PSI,
Excluded from this scope are all fittings entirely made of stainless steel. Also excluded are flanges, butt weld fittings, butt weld outlets, nipples, and all fittings that have a maximum pressure rating of 300 pounds of pressure/PSI or less.
Also excluded are fittings certified or made to the following standards, so long as the fittings are not also manufactured to the specifications of ASME B16.11, MSS SP-79, MSS SP-83, MSS SP-97, ASTM A105, ASTM A350, and ASTM A182:
To be excluded from the scope, products must have the appropriate standard or pressure markings and/or accompanied by documentation showing product compliance to the applicable standard or pressure,
Subject carbon and alloy forged steel fittings are normally entered under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) 7307.99.1000, 7307.99.3000, 7307.99.5045, and 7307.99.5060. They also may be entered under HTSUS 7307.92.3010, 7307.92.3030, 7307.92.9000, and 7326.19.0010. The HTSUS subheadings and specifications are provided for convenience and customs purposes; the written description of the scope is dispositive.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.
In accordance with the regulations implementing the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), as amended, notification is hereby given that NMFS has issued an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to Chesapeake Tunnel Joint Venture (CTJV) to incidentally take, by Level A and/or Level B harassment, four species of marine mammals during the Parallel Thimble Shoal Tunnel Project (PTST) in Virginia Beach, Virginia.
This Authorization is effective from August 1, 2018, through July 31, 2019.
Rob Pauline, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
On January 11, 2018, NMFS received a request from the CTJV for an IHA to take marine mammals incidental to pile driving at the Chesapeake Bay Bridge and Tunnel (CBBT) near Virginia Beach, Virginia. CTJV's request is for take of small numbers of harbor seal (
NMFS has issued an IHA to CTJV authorizing the take of five species by Level A and Level B harassment. Pile driving and removal will take up to 202 days. The IHA is effective from August 1, 2018 through July 31, 2019.
The PTST project consists of the construction of a two-lane parallel tunnel to the west of the existing Thimble Shoal Tunnel, connecting Portal Island Nos. 1 and 2 (Figure 1 in application). Upon completion, the new tunnel will carry two lanes of southbound traffic and the existing tunnel will remain in operation and carry two lanes of northbound traffic. The PTST project will address existing constraints to regional mobility based on current traffic volume along the Chesapeake Bay Bridge-Tunnel (CBBT) facility; improve safety by minimizing one lane, two-way traffic in the tunnel; improve the ability to conduct necessary maintenance with minimal impact to traffic flow; and ensure a reliable southwest hurricane evacuation route for residents of the eastern shore and/or a northern evacuation route for residents of the eastern shore, Norfolk, and Virginia Beach. The CBBT is a 23 mile fixed link crossing the mouth of the Chesapeake Bay which connects Northampton County on the Delmarva Peninsula with Virginia Beach, which is part of the Hampton Roads metropolitan area.
The new parallel tunnel will be bored under the Thimble Shoal Channel. The 6,525 linear feet (ft) of new tunnel will be constructed with a top of tunnel depth/elevation of 100 ft below Mean Low Water (MLW) within the width of the 1,000-ft-wide navigation channel. Impact pile driving will be used to install steel piles and vibratory pile driving will be utilized to install sheet piles. This issued IHA would cover one year of a larger project for which will run through 2022. The larger project, which does not employ pile driving and does not require additional IHAs, involves tunnel excavation with a tunnel boring machine and construction of a roadway within the tunnel. The type and numbers of piles to be installed, as well as those that will be removed during the effective period are summarized in Table 1.
CTJV will install up to 272 in-water 36-in steel pipe piles by impact driving and 1,936 in-water sheet piles by vibratory installation and expects activities to take up to 202 days. These actions could produce underwater sound at levels that could result in the injury or behavioral harassment of marine mammal species. A detailed description of CTJV's planned project is provided in the
A notice of NMFS's proposal to issue an IHA to CTJV was published in the
The Commission is opposed to the use of noise reduction factors during impact driving as well as application of reductions to Level B harassment. The Commission feels that bubble curtains have not consistently achieved reduced sound levels in the far field because sound resonates through the ground into the far field. Bubble curtains are not designed to, nor can they, attenuate ground-borne sound. While NMFS agrees that some energy is transmitted through the ground into the farfield, it is also likely that most of the energy is transmitted through the water column. Given that most studies of bubble curtain effectiveness have demonstrated at least some decrease in energy transmitted through the water column, NMFS will continue to permit appropriate source level reductions during impact driving for both Level A
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;
Table 2 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence near the PTST project location and summarizes information related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS's SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as gross indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS's stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond United States waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS's United States Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Marine Mammal Stock Assessments (Hayes
All species that could potentially occur in the planned project areas are included in Table 2. However, the occurrence of endangered North Atlantic right whales and endangered fin whales is such that take is not expected to occur, and they are not discussed further beyond the explanation provided here. Between 1998 and 2013, there were no reports of North Atlantic right whale strandings within the Chesapeake Bay and only four reported standings along the coast of Virginia. During this same period, only six fin whale strandings were recorded within the Chesapeake Bay (Barco and Swingle 2014). In 2016, there were no reports of fin whale strandings (Barco
A detailed description of the of the species likely to be affected by the planned project, including brief introductions to the species and relevant stocks as well as available information regarding population trends and threats, and information regarding local occurrence, were provided in the
The effects of underwater noise from pile driving and removal activities for the planned project have the potential to result in behavioral harassment of marine mammals in the vicinity of the action area. The
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes authorized through this IHA, which informs both NMFS' consideration of small numbers and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines harassment as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment, in the form of disruption of behavioral patterns for individual
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these components in more detail and present the take estimate.
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
CTJV's planned activity includes the use of continuous (vibratory pile driving) and impulsive (impact pile driving) sources, and therefore the 120 and 160 dB re 1 μPa (rms) are applicable.
These thresholds are provided in Table 3 below. The references, analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the acoustic thresholds.
Pile driving will generate underwater noise that potentially could result in disturbance to marine mammals swimming by the project area. Transmission loss (TL) underwater is the decrease in acoustic intensity as an acoustic pressure wave propagates out from a source until the source becomes indistinguishable from ambient sound. TL parameters vary with frequency, temperature, sea conditions, current, source and receiver depth, water depth, water chemistry, and bottom composition and topography. A standard sound propagation model, the Practical Spreading Loss model, was used to estimate the range from pile driving activity to various expected SPLs at potential project structures. This model follows a geometric propagation loss based on the distance from the driven pile, resulting in a 4.5 dB reduction in level for each doubling of distance from the source. In this model, the SPL at some distance away from the source (
The degree to which underwater noise propagates away from a noise source is dependent on a variety of factors, most notably by the water bathymetry and presence or absence of reflective or absorptive conditions including the sea surface and sediment type. The TL model described above was used to calculate the expected noise propagation from both impact and vibratory pile driving, using representative source levels to estimate the harassment zone or area exceeding specified noise criteria.
Sound source levels from the PTST project site were not available. Therefore, literature values published for projects similar to the PTST project were used to estimate the amount of sound (RMS SPL) that could potentially be produced. The PTST Project will use round, 36-inch-diameter, hollow steel piles and 28-inch wide sheet piles. Data reported in the Compendium of Pile Driving Sound Data (Caltrans 2015) for similar piles size and types are shown in Table 4. The use of an encased bubble curtain is expected to reduce sound levels by 10 decibels (dB) (NAVFAC 2014, ICF Jones and Stokes 2009). Using data from previous projects (Caltrans 2015) and the amount of sound reduction expected from each of the sound mitigation methods, we estimated the peak noise level (SPLpeak), the root mean squared sound pressure level (RMS SPL), and the single strike sound exposure level (sSEL) for each pile driving scenario of the PTST project (Table 4).
When NMFS's Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more technically challenging to predict because of the duration component in the new thresholds, we developed a User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict a simple isopleth that can be used in conjunction with marine mammal density or occurrence to help predict takes. We note that because of some of the assumptions included in the methods used for these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are typically going to be overestimates of some degree, which will result in some degree of overestimate of Level A take. However, these tools offer the best way to predict appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated 3D modeling methods are not available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine these tools, and will qualitatively address the output where appropriate. For stationary sources, NMFS's User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which, if a marine mammal remained at that distance the whole duration of the activity, it would not incur PTS. Inputs used in the User Spreadsheet, and the resulting isopleths are reported below.
The Impact Pile Driving (Stationary Source: Impulsive, Intermittent) (Sheet E.1) spreadsheet provided by NOAA Fisheries requires inputs for assorted variables which are shown in Table 4. RMS SPL's for simultaneous pile driving were determined using the rules for decibel addition (WSDOT 2017). The expected number of steel piles driven during a 24-hour period would be a maximum of eight for plumb piles and three for battered piles for each portal island. Practical spreading was assumed (15logR) and a pulse duration of 0.1 seconds utilized. The distance from the source where the literature based RMS SPL was 10 meters while the number of strikes per pile was 1,000. Model outputs delineating PTS isopleths are provided in Table 6 assuming impact installation of three battered round steel piles per day and eight plumb round steel piles per day as well as vibratory installation of up to eight sheets per day over eight hours.
The Optional User Spreadsheet for vibratory pile driving (non-impulsive, stationary, continuous) (Sheet A) requires inputs for the sound pressure level of the source (dB RMS SPL), the expected activity duration in hours during per 24-hour period, the propagation of the sound and the distance from the source at which the sound pressure level was measured. Calculations also assumed that the expected activity level duration would be eight hours per Portal Island per 24-hour period. Practical spreading was assumed and the measured distance from the sound source was 10 meters.
The inputs from Table 5 determined isopleths where PTS from underwater sound during impact and vibratory driving as shown in Table 6. Note that
A source value of 186 dB RMS SPL was used to estimate the extents of the Level A harassment zone during simultaneous impact driving of two piles. NMFS incorrectly added 3 dB to the impact driving source levels rather than assuming the proxy source level (186 vs. 183 dB). NMFS has reverted to using a proxy source level of 183 dB re 1 µPa when estimating the extent of the Level A harassment zone during simultaneous impact driving of two piles with bubble curtains. These revisions have been included in Table 4 and Table 5. Table 6 shows user spreadsheet outputs of the radial distance from piles driven from Portal Island 1 and Portal Island 2 to PTS isopleths.
Table 7 shows the radial distance to Level B isopleths and Table 8 shows the areas of ensonified Level B zones associated with each of the planned driving scenarios.
To calculate level B disturbance zones for airborne noise from pile driving, the spherical spreading loss equation (20LogR) was used to determine the Level B zones. The airborne noise threshold for behavioral harassment for all pinnipeds, except harbor seals, is 100 dB RMS re 20 µPa (unweighted) and for harbor seals is 90 dB RMS re 20 µPa (unweighted).
Literature estimates were used to estimate the amount of in-air sound produced from driving a pile above the MHW line (Laughlin 2010a,b). Hollow steel piles that were 30 inches in diameter were used as a close proxy to the 36-inch-diameter hollow steel piles that will be driven at the PTST project. AZ 24-inch sheet pile was used as a proxy for the sheet pile to be driven during the PTST Project (Table 9). Using the spherical spreading loss model with these estimates, Level B isopleths were estimated as shown below in Table 9. Note that the take estimates for pinnipeds were based on surveys which included counts of hauled out animals. Therefore, to avoid double counting, airborne exposures are not evaluated further for purposes of estimating take under the issued IHA. During any upland pile driving before issuance of the IHA, however, shutdown will occur whenever pinnipeds enter into the Level B zones as depicted below to avoid unauthorized take.
In this section we provide the information about the presence, density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take calculations.
Humpback whales are relatively rare in the Chesapeake Bay but may be found within or near the Chesapeake Bay at any time of the year. Between 1998 and 2014, 11 humpback whale strandings were reported within the Chesapeake Bay (Barco and Swingle 2014). Strandings occurred in all seasons, but were most common in the spring. There is no existing density data for this species within or near the Chesapeake Bay. Populations in the mid-Atlantic have been estimated for humpback whales off the coast of New Jersey with a density of 0.00013 per square kilometer (Whitt
Bottlenose dolphins are abundant along the Virginia coast and within the Chesapeake Bay and can be seen seen annually in Virginia from May through October. Approximately 65 strandings are reported each year (Barco and Swingle 2014). Stranded bottlenose dolphins have been recorded as far north as the Potomac River in the Chesapeake Bay (Blaylock 1985). A 2016 Navy report on the occurrence, distribution, and density of marine mammals near Naval Station Norfolk and Virginia Beach, Virginia provides seasonal densities of bottlenose dolphins for inshore areas in the vicinity of the project area (Engelhaupt
There is little data on the occurrence of harbor porpoises in the Chesapeake Bay. Harbor porpoises are the second most common marine mammal to strand in Virginia waters with 58 reported strandings between 2007 through 2016. Unlike bottlenose dolphins, harbor porpoises are found in Virginia in the cooler months, primarily late winter and early spring, and they strand primarily on ocean facing beaches (Barco
Harbor seals are the most common seal in Virginia (Barco and Swingle 2014). They can be seen resting on the rocks around the portal islands of the CBBT from December through April. They are unlikely to occur in the project area in the summer and early fall.
Gray seals are uncommon in Virginia and the Chesapeake Bay with only 15 gray seal strandings documented in Virginia from 1988-2013 (Barco and Swingle 2014). They are rarely found resting on the rocks around the portal islands of the CBBT from December through April alongside harbor seals. Observation surveys conducted by the Navy at the CBBT portal islands recorded one gray seal in the 2014/2015, two gray seals in 2015/2016, and two gray seals in 2016/2017 seasons (Rees
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
The following assumptions are made when estimating potential incidences of take:
• All marine mammal individuals potentially available are assumed to be present within the relevant area, and thus incidentally taken;
• An individual can only be taken once during a 24-h period;
• Exposures to sound levels at or above the relevant thresholds equate to take, as defined by the MMPA.
As noted previously, humpback whales are rare in the Chesapeake Bay, although they do occur. Density off of the coast of New Jersey, and presumably Virginia and Maryland, is extremely low (0.00013 animals/km
Total number of takes for bottlenose dolphin were calculated using the seasonal density described above (individuals/km
Little is known about the abundance of harbor porpoises in the Chesapeake Bay. A recent survey of the Maryland Wind Energy Area found that porpoises occur frequently offshore January to May (Wingfield
The number of harbor seals expected to be present in the PTST project area was estimated using survey data for in-water and hauled out seals collected by the United States Navy at the portal islands in 2016 and 2017 (Rees
The number of gray seals potentially exposed to Level B harassment in the project area was calculated using survey data recording gray seal observations was collected by the U.S. Navy at the portal islands from 2014 through 2016 (Rees
Table 14 provides a summary of authorized Level B takes as well as the percentage of a stock or population authorized for take.
In order to issue an IHA under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to include information about the availability and feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as planned), the likelihood of effective implementation (probability implemented as planned); and
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
The following mitigation measures are contained in the IHA:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• CTJV will establish a shutdown zone of 200 meters for common dolphins and harbor porpoises and 15 meters for harbor and gray seals. The shutdown zones for humpback whales are depicted in Table 16.
• For all impact and vibratory pile driving shutdown and monitoring zones will be established and monitored. Level B zones are shown in Table 15.
• The Level A zones will depend on the number of piles driven and the presence of marine mammals per 24-hour period. Up to 3 battered piles or 8 plumb steel piles will be driven per 24-hour period using the following adaptive monitoring approach. Monitoring will begin each day using the three-pile Level A zone for battered piles (or eight-pile zone for plumb piles). If after the first pile is driven, no marine mammals have been observed in the Level A zone, then the Level A zone will reduce to the two-pile zone. If no marine mammals are observed within the two-pile shutdown zone during the driving of the second pile, then the Level A zone will reduce to the one-pile zone. However, if a mammal is observed approaching or entering the three-pile Level A zone during the driving of the first pile, then the three-pile Level A zone will be monitored for the remainder of pile driving activities for that day. Likewise, if a marine mammal is observed within the two-pile but not the three-pile Level A zone, then the two-pile Level A zone will be monitored for the remainder of pile driving activities for that day. The same protocol will be followed for installation of up to 8 plumb piles per day.
The Level A isopleths for all authorized species are shown in Table 16. Isopeths associated with low-frequency cetaceans will signify shutdown zones for humpback whales.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's suggested measures, as well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has determined that the mitigation measures provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the planned action area. Effective reporting is critical both to compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area in which take is anticipated (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors.
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks.
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
The following visual monitoring measures are contained in the IHA:
• Pre-activity monitoring shall take place from 30 minutes prior to initiation of pile driving activity and post-activity monitoring shall continue through 30 minutes post-completion of pile driving activity. Pile driving may commence at the end of the 30-minute pre-activity monitoring period, provided observers have determined that the shutdown zone is clear of marine mammals, which includes delaying start of pile driving activities if a marine mammal is sighted in the zone.
• If a marine mammal approaches or enters the shutdown zone during activities or pre-activity monitoring, all pile driving activities at that location shall be halted or delayed, respectively. If pile driving is halted or delayed due to the presence of a marine mammal, the activity may not resume or commence until either the animal has voluntarily left and been visually confirmed beyond the shutdown zone and 15 minutes have passed without re-detection of the animal. Pile driving activities include the time to install or remove a single pile or series of piles, as long as the time elapsed between uses of the pile driving equipment is no more than thirty minutes.
• Monitoring distances, in accordance with the identified shutdown zones, Level A zones and Level B zones, will be determined by using a range finder, scope, hand-held global positioning system (GPS) device or landmarks with known distances from the monitoring positions.
• A minimum of two PSOs will be required during all pile driving activities. Monitoring locations shall be based on land both at Portal Island No. 1 and Portal Island No. 2 during simultaneous driving or on the Portal Island with active driving during non-simultaneous driving.
• Monitoring will be continuous unless the contractor takes a break longer than 2 hours from active pile and sheet pile driving, in which case, monitoring will be required 30 minutes prior to restarting pile installation.
• If marine mammals are observed, their location within the zones, and their reaction (if any) to pile activities will be documented.
• If weather or sea conditions restrict the observer's ability to observe, or become unsafe, pile installation will be suspended until conditions allow for monitoring to resume.
• For in-water pile driving, under conditions of fog or poor visibility that might obscure the presence of a marine mammal within the shutdown zone, the pile in progress will be completed and then pile driving suspended until visibility conditions improve.
• Monitoring of pile driving shall be conducted by qualified PSOs (see below), who shall have no other assigned tasks during monitoring periods. CVTJV shall adhere to the following conditions when selecting observers:
(1) Independent PSOs shall be used (
(2) At least one PSO must have prior experience working as a marine mammal observer during construction activities.
(3) Other PSOs may substitute education (degree in biological science or related field) or training for experience.
(4) CTJV shall submit PSO CVs for approval by NMFS.
• CTJV will ensure that observers have the following additional qualifications:
(1) Ability to conduct field observations and collect data according to assigned protocols.
(2) Experience or training in the field identification of marine mammals, including the identification of behaviors.
(3) Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the construction operation to provide for personal safety during observations.
(4) Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of observations including but not limited to the number and species of marine mammals observed; dates and times when in-water construction activities were conducted; dates, times, and reason for implementation of mitigation (or why mitigation was not implemented when required); and marine mammal behavior.
(5) Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals observed in the area as necessary.
A draft marine mammal monitoring report would be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the completion of pile driving and removal activities. It will include an overall description of work completed, a narrative regarding marine mammal sightings, and associated marine mammal observation data sheets. Specifically, the report must include:
• Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
• Construction activities occurring during each observation period;
• Deviation from initial proposal in pile numbers, pile types, average driving times, etc.;
• Weather parameters (
• Water conditions (
• For each marine mammal sighting:
(1) Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of marine mammals;
(2) Description of any observable marine mammal behavior patterns, including bearing and direction of travel and distance from pile driving activity;
(3) Location and distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
(4) Estimated amount of time that the animals remained in the Level A Level B zone;
• Description of implementation of mitigation measures within each monitoring period (
• Other human activity in the area.
• A summary of the following:
(1) Total number of individuals of each species detected within the Level A and Level B Zone, and estimated as taken if correction factor is applied.
(2) Daily average number of individuals of each species (differentiated by month as appropriate) detected within the Level A and Level B Zone, and estimated as taken, if correction factor is applied.
If no comments are received from NMFS within 30 days, the draft final report will constitute the final report. If comments are received, a final report addressing NMFS comments must be submitted within 30 days after receipt of comments.
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA (if issued), such as an injury, serious injury or mortality, CTJV would immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the NMFS Greater Atlantic Region New England/Mid-Atlantic Regional Stranding Coordinator. The report would include the following information:
• Description of the incident;
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS would work with CTJV to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. CTJV would not be able to resume their activities until notified by NMFS via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that CTJV discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead PSO determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
In the event that CTJV discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and the lead PSO determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
CTJV's planned pile driving activities are highly localized. Only a relatively small portion of the Chesapeake Bay may be affected. The project is not expected to have significant adverse effects on marine mammal habitat. No important feeding and/or reproductive areas for marine mammals are known to be near the project area. Project-related activities may cause some fish to leave the area of disturbance, thus temporarily impacting marine mammals' foraging opportunities in a limited portion of their foraging range, but because of the relatively small impacted area of the habitat range utilized by each species that may be affected, the impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-term negative consequences.
A limited number of animals could experience Level A harassment in the form of PTS if they remain within the Level A harassment zone during certain impact driving scenarios. The sizes of the Level A zones are dependent on the number of steel piles driven in a 24-hour period. Up to 8 steel plumb piles or 3 steel battered piles could be driven in a single day, which would result in a relatively large Level A zones. (If fewer piles are driven per day then the Level A zones would be smaller). However, an animal would have to be within the Level A zones during the driving of all 8 plumb or 3 battered piles. This is unlikely, as marine mammals tend to move away from sound sources. Furthermore, the degree of injury is expected to be mild and is not likely to affect the reproduction or survival of the individual animals. It is expected that, if hearing impairments occurs, most likely the affected animal
Exposures to elevated sound levels produced during pile driving activities may cause behavioral responses by an animal, but they are expected to be mild and temporary. Effects on individuals that are taken by Level B harassment, on the basis of reports in the literature as well as monitoring from other similar activities, will likely be limited to reactions such as increased swimming speeds, increased surfacing time, or decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring) (
CTJV will employ noise attenuating devices (
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily support our determination that the impacts resulting from this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No serious injury or mortality is anticipated;
• The area of potential impacts is highly localized;
• No adverse impacts to marine mammal habitat;
• The absence of any significant habitat within the project area, including rookeries, or known areas or features of special significance for foraging or reproduction;
• Anticipated incidents of Level A harassment would likely be mild;
• Anticipated incidents of Level B harassment consist of, at worst, temporary modifications in behavior; and
• The anticipated efficacy of the required mitigation measures in reducing the effects of the specified activity.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total marine mammal take from the activity will have a negligible impact on all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be authorized under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
NMFS has determined that the estimated Level B take of humpback whale is 1.5 percent of the Gulf of Maine stock; take of harbor seals is 10.6 percent of the Western North Atlantic stock; take of gray seals is 0.25 percent of the Western North Atlantic stock; and take of harbor porpoise is <0.01 percent of the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock. Total estimated take of bottlenose dolphins is 4,740. NMFS assumes 100 takes accruing to the NNCES stock and no more than half (2,300) of the remaining takes accruing to either of two migratory coastal stocks. This stock division represents 12.1 percent of the NCCES stock, 20.1 percent of the Western North Atlantic northern migratory coastal stock and 25.2 percent of the Western North Atlantic southern migratory coastal stock. Additionally, some number of the anticipated takes are likely to be repeat sightings of the same individual, lowering the number of
Based on the analysis contained herein of the planned activity (including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
This action is consistent with categories of activities identified in Categorical Exclusion B4 (incidental harassment authorizations with no anticipated serious injury or mortality) of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has determined that the issuance of the IHA qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review.
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C. 1531
No incidental take of ESA-listed species is authorized or expected to result from this activity. Therefore, NMFS has determined that formal consultation under section 7 of the ESA is not required for this action.
NMFS has issued an IHA to CTJV for conducting pile driving and removal activities as part of the PTST project between August 1, 2018 through July 31, 2019, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public meetings.
The Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold public meetings of the Council and its Committees.
The meetings will be held Monday, August 13, 2018 through Thursday, August 16, 2018. For agenda details, see
The meeting will be held at the Hilton Virginia Beach Oceanfront, 3001 Atlantic Avenue, Virginia Beach, VA 23451, telephone: (757) 213-3000.
Christopher M. Moore, Ph.D., Executive Director, Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council; telephone: (302) 526-5255. The Council's website,
The following items are on the agenda, though agenda items may be addressed out of order (changes will be noted on the Council's website when possible).
Consider a new or existing (August 2, 2013) control date and review and consider adjustment to 2018 and 2019
Approve rebuilding plan and associated 2019-2021 specifications including river herring and shad cap.
Framework meeting 1—review draft alternatives and review and approve draft addendum.
Review SSC, Monitoring Committee, Advisory Panel, and staff recommendations and adopt 2019 specifications.
Consider a potential February 2019 opening of the recreational Wave 1 fishery and discuss the continued development of the LOA Framework.
Review SSC, Monitoring Committee, Advisory Panel, and staff recommendations and adopt 2019 specifications.
Review SSC, Monitoring Committee, Advisory Panel, and staff recommendations regarding previously implemented 2019 specifications and recommend changes to 2019 specifications if necessary.
Review SSC, Monitoring Committee, Advisory Panel, and staff recommendations and adopt 2019 specifications.
Review scoping comments and discuss next steps and determine issues to be included in public hearing document.
Committee Reports (SSC); Executive Director's Report; Organization Reports; and, Liaison Reports.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, in accordance with the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act), those issues may not be the subject of formal action during these meetings. Actions will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under Section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take final action to address the emergency.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aid should be directed to M. Jan Saunders, (302) 526-5251, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; public meeting.
The New England Fishery Management Council (Council) is scheduling a public meeting of its Scientific & Statistical Committee to consider actions affecting New England fisheries in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ). Recommendations from this group will be brought to the full Council for formal consideration and action, if appropriate.
This meeting will be held on Wednesday, August 15, 2018 beginning at 9:30 a.m.
The meeting will be held at the Hilton Garden Inn, Boston Logan, 100 Boardman Street, Boston, MA 02128; phone: (617) 567-6789.
Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council; telephone: (978) 465-0492.
The committee will review recent stock assessment information from the U.S/Canada Transboundary Resource Assessment Committee and information provided by the Council's Groundfish Plan Development Team (PDT) and recommend the overfishing level (OFL) and acceptable biological catch (ABC) for Georges Bank yellowtail flounder for the 2019 and 2020 fishing years. The committee will also review the 2017 assessments of ocean pout, Georges Bank winter flounder, witch flounder, Northern windowpane flounder, and Southern New England/Mid-Atlantic yellowtail flounder and comment on the rebuilding alternatives under development to advise on the technical basis for the range of alternative rebuilding strategies developed by the PDT. These stocks are managed under the Northeast Multispecies (Groundfish) Fishery Management Plan. Other business will be discussed as necessary.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during these meetings. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically listed in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take final action to address the emergency.
This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, at 978-465-0492, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date. This meeting will be recorded. Consistent with 16 U.S.C. 1852, a copy of the recording is available upon request.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of an incidental harassment authorization.
In accordance with the regulations implementing the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) as amended, notification is hereby given that NMFS has issued an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to high-resolution geophysical (HRG) survey investigations associated with marine site characterization activities off the coast of Massachusetts in the area of the Commercial Lease of Submerged Lands for Renewable Energy Development on the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS-A 0500) and along cable routes to the coast of Massachusettes (the Study Area).
This Authorization is valid for one year from the date of issuance.
Dale Youngkin, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to,
On October 20, 2017 NMFS received an application from Bay State Wind for the taking of marine mammals incidental to site characterization investigations off the coast of Massachusetts in the OCS-A 0500 Study Area, designated and offered by the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), to support the development of an offshore wind project. Bay State Wind's request was for take, by Level A and Level B harassment, of a small number of 10 species or stocks of marine mammals. As there were changes to the proposed project activities and equipment proposed for use after this initial application submittal, a complete application was received in April, 2018. In addition, some species not originally considered for take have been authorized based on further consideration and coordination, so incidental take of 13 species/stocks have now been authorized. Neither the applicant nor NMFS expects serious injury or mortality to result from this activity and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
Bay State Wind proposes to conduct HRG surveys in the Study Area to support the characterization of the existing seabed and subsurface geological conditions in the Study Area. This information is necessary to support the final siting, design, and installation of offshore project facilities, turbines and subsea cables within the project area as well as to collect the data necessary to support the review requirements associated with Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended. Underwater sound resulting from Bay State Wind's proposed site characterization surveys has the potential to result in incidental take of marine mammals. This take of marine mammals is anticipated to be in the form of harassment and no serious injury or mortality is anticipated, nor is any authorized in this IHA.
HRG surveys of the wind turbine generator (WTG) and offshore substation (OSS) areas are anticipated to commence upon issuance of the IHA and will last for approximately 60 days, including estimated weather down time. Likewise, the Export Cable Route HRG surveys are anticipated to commence upon issuance of the IHA and will last approximately 40 days (including estimated weather down time). Offshore and near coastal shallow water regions of the HRG survey will occur within the same 40-day timeframe.
Bay State Wind's survey activities will occur in the approximately 187,532-acre Lease Area designated and offered by BOEM, located approximately 14 miles (mi) south of Martha's Vineyard, Massachusetts at its closest point, as well as within 2 potential export cable routes to Somerset, MA and to Falmouth, MA (see Figure 1-1 of the IHA application). The Lease Area falls within the Massachusetts Wind Energy Area (MA WEA).
A detailed description of the planned survey activities, including types of survey equipment planned for use, is provided in the
NMFS published a notice of proposed IHA in the
Importantly, such renewals would be limited to circumstances where: the activities are identical or nearly identical to those analyzed in the proposed IHA; monitoring does not indicate impacts that were not previously analyzed and authorized; and, the mitigation and monitoring requirements remain the same, all of which allow the public to comment on the appropriateness and effects of a renewal at the same time the public provides comments on the initial IHA. NMFS has, however, modified the language for future proposed IHAs to clarify that all IHAs, including renewal IHAs, are valid for no more than one year and that the agency would consider only one renewal for a project at this time. In addition, notice of issuance or denial of a renewal IHA would be published in the
NMFS has determined that the data provided by Roberts
In addition to considering the density estimates, NMFS has reviewed past monitoring reports from the survey area. In 2016, one fin and two minke whales were observed during surveys at distances ranging from 1,000 to 2,000 m from the source. In 2017 there were 5 minke whales and 13 fin whales observed while on survey with only one of these being close enough to be considered a take by Level B harassment. Review of past monitoring reports confirm that large whales are not as common in the survey area as small delphinoid species and at no point has the amount of take authorized been exceeded or even approached so as to cause concern that the amount would be met or exceeded. As presented in the proposed IHA notice (83 FR 22443, May 15, 2018), where warranted, estimated take calculations were adjusted based on average group size and sightings from the survey area and are not solely based on calculations based on density data.
No take of North Atlantic right whales is anticipated, nor are any takes authorized. In addition, although the IHA covers Bay State Wind's activities should they occur at any point during the year, as stated in the notice for the proposed IHA (83 FR 83 FR 22443, May 15, 2018), Bay State Wind's activities are anticipated to begin as soon as they receive their authorization and last for approximately 60 days (60 days for the offshore sections and 40 days for the inshore sections that may occur concurrently). In addition, again although the analysis covers activities conducted in any months, Bay State Wind's HRG survey activities are anticipated to be complete prior to the recommended restriction (November 1-May 14).
Bay State Wind determined the planned duration of the survey based on their data acquisition needs, which are largely driven by the BOEM's data acquisition requirements prior to required submission of a construction and operations plan (COP). Any effort on the part of NMFS to restrict the months during which the survey could operate could have the effect of forcing the applicant to conduct additional months of surveys the following year, resulting in increased costs incurred by the applicant and extending the amount of time need to complete the surveys with associated additional production of underwater noise which could have further potential impacts to marine mammals. Thus, the time and area restrictions recommended by the commenters would not be practicable for the applicant to implement and would to some degree offset the benefit of the recommended measure. In addition, our analysis of the potential impacts of the survey on right whales does not indicate that such closures are warranted, as there are no takes of North Atlantic right whales anticipated or authorized and no marine mammal injury is expected as a result of the survey, nor is injury authorized in the IHA. Thus, in consideration of the limited potential benefits of time and area restrictions, in concert with the impracticability and increased cost on the part of the applicant that would result from such restrictions, NMFS has determined that time and area restrictions are not warranted in this case. Existing mitigation measures, including exclusion zones, ramp-up of survey equipment, and vessel strike avoidance measures, are sufficiently protective to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat.
We note that the proposed IHA
Regarding the commenters' recommendation to require a 500 m EZ for all marine mammals (except dolphins that approach the vessel) we
NMFS uses 160 dB (rms) as the exposure level for estimating Level B harassment takes and is currently considered the best available science, while acknowledging that the 160 db rms step-function approach is a simplistic approach. However, there appears to be a misconception regarding the concept of the 160 dB threshold. While it is correct that in practice it works as a step-function,
Overall, we reiterate the lack of scientific consensus regarding what might criteria might be more appropriate. Defining sound levels that disrupt behavioral patterns is difficult because responses depend on the context in which the animal receives the sound, including an animal's behavioral mode when it hears sounds (
There is currently no agreement on these complex issues, and NMFS followed the practice at the time of submission and review of this application in assessing the likelihood of disruption of behavioral patterns by using the 160 dB threshold. This threshold has remained in use in part because of the practical need to use a relatively simple threshold based on available information that is both predictable and measurable for most activities. We note that the seminal review presented by Southall
NMFS acknowledges that there may be methods of assessing likely behavioral response to acoustic stimuli that better capture the variation and context-dependency of those responses than the simple 160 dB step-function used here, there is no agreement on
Regarding the assertion that that monitoring protocols prescribed for the EZs are under-protective, the comment refers to Section III.D of the comment letter for further discussion. The responses to Comments 13-18 addresses the recommendation for additional mitigation measures in Section III.D of the comment letter. Please refer to these responses for NMFS' reasoning for why these additional measures are not warranted and why NMFS has determined that the monitoring protocols prescribes are sufficiently protective of marine mammals. Specifically, the required 500-m shutdown for North Atlantic right whales is adequate to effectively ensure that no takes occur for this species, given the large size (visibility) of the animals, the visual and PAM monitoring, and results of past reports regarding right whales in the area (please also refer to the Estimated Take section of this notice).
Further, since publication of the notice of the proposed IHA (83 FR 22443, May 15, 2018), NMFS received a sound source verification (SSV) study for the sound source with the largest Level B harassment isopleth (Applied Acoustics S-Boom Triple Plate Boomer). The Level B harassment isopleth was modelled to be 400 m, which was presented in the proposed IHA. Preliminary analysis of the new SSV study indicates that the actual Level B harassment isopleth for this source is no larger than 100 m (and may be significantly smaller), which means that the associated area ensonified above the Level B harassment zone is at least 94% smaller as compared to that associated with the 400-m isopleth and discussed in the proposed notice. This new information further strengthens the NMFS' determination that the required 500-m shut down for North Atlantic right whales will successfully avoid take of this species.
Sections 3 and 4 of Bay State Wind's IHA application summarize available information regarding the status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and behavior and life history of the potentially affected species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;
Table 1 lists all marine mammal species with expected occurrence in the Northwest Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) and summarizes information related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and Endangered Species Act (ESA) as well as potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow the Committee on Taxonomy (2016). PBR is defined by the MMPA as the maximum number of animals, not including natural mortalities, that may be removed from a marine mammal stock while allowing that stock to reach or maintain its optimum sustainable population (as described in NMFS' SARs). While no mortality is anticipated or authorized here, PBR and annual serious injury and mortality from anthropogenic sources are included here as gross indicators of the status of the species and other threats.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS' stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprise that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS' U.S. Atlantic Ocean SARs (
All species that could potentially occur in the survey area are included in Table 1. However, the proposed IHA (83 FR 22443, May 15, 2018) noted that the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of all but 10 species listed in Table 1 is such that take of these species is not expected to occur, and they were not discussed further. Take of the remaining species was not anticipated either because they have very low densities in the project area, are known to occur further offshore than the project area, or are considered very unlikely to occur in the project area during the survey due to the species' seasonal occurrence in the area. However, based on review of public comments received and consideration of updated sighting information, takes of Risso's dolphins, Atlantic spotted dolphins, and long-finned pilot whales have been added even though they were not included in the proposed IHA. This brings the total to 13 species/stocks of marine mammals authorized for incidental take in this IHA.
A detailed description of the species likely to be affected by Bay State Wind's survey, including brief introductions to the species and relevant stocks as well as available information regarding population trends and threats, and information regarding local occurrence, were provided in the
Risso's dolphin is typically an offshore dolphin that is uncommon to see inshore (Reeves
Atlantic spotted dolphins are found in tropical and warm temperate waters ranging from southern New England, south to Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean to Venezuela (Waring
Long-finned pilot whales are found from North Carolina and north to Iceland, Greenland and the Barents Sea (Waring
Information concerning marine mammal hearing, including marine mammal functional hearing groups, was provided in the
The effects of underwater noise from Bay State Wind's survey activities have the potential to result in take of marine mammals by harassment in the vicinity of the survey area. The
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes authorized through this IHA, which informed both NMFS' consideration of “small numbers” and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment, as use of the HRG equipment (
Project activities that have the potential to cause Level B harassment include underwater noise from operation of the HRG survey sub-bottom profilers, boomers, sparkers, and equipment positioning systems. No take by Level A harassment (including injury or serious injury), or mortality is authorized. NMFS does not anticipate take resulting from the movement of vessels associated with construction because there will be a limited number of vessels moving at slow speeds and the BOEM lease agreement requires measures to ensure vessel strike avoidance.
As described below, we estimate take by estimating: (1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and, (4) the number of days of activities. Below we describe these components in more detail and present the take estimate.
Using the best available science, NMFS has developed acoustic thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
These thresholds are provided in Table 2 below. The references, analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the acoustic thresholds.
When NMFS' Acoustic Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more technically challenging to predict because of the duration component of the new thresholds, NMFS developed an optional User Spreadsheet that includes tools to help predict takes. We note that because of some of the assumptions included in the methods used for these tools, we anticipate that isopleths produced are typically going to be overestimates of some degree, which will result in some degree of overestimate of Level A harassment takes. However, these tools offer the best way to predict appropriate isopleths when more sophisticated 3D modeling methods are not available, and NMFS continues to develop ways to quantitatively refine these tools, and will qualitatively address the output where appropriate. For mobile sources such as the HRG survey equipment proposed for use in Bay State Wind's activity, the User Spreadsheet predicts the closest distance at which a stationary animal would not incur PTS if the sound source traveled by the animal in a straight line at a constant speed. Inputs used in the User Spreadsheet, and the resulting isopleths for the various HRG equipment types are reported in Appendix A of Bay State Wind's IHA application, and distances to the acoustic exposure criteria discussed above are shown in Tables 3 and 4.
Bay State Wind completed an underwater noise monitoring program for field verification at the project site prior to commencement of the HRG survey that took place in 2016. One of the main objectives of this program was to determine the apparent sound source levels of HRG activities. Results from field verification studies during previously authorized activities were used where applicable and manufacturer source levels were adjusted to reflect the field verified levels. However, not all equipment proposed for use in the 2018 season was used in the 2016 activities. As no field data currently exists for the Innomar sub-bottom profiler, acoustic modeling was completed using a version of the U.S. Naval Research Laboratory's Range-dependent Acoustic Model (RAM) and BELLHOP Gaussian beam ray-trace propagation model (Porter and Liu 1994). The proposed IHA notice noted that this was done for the Applied Acoustics S-Boom Triple Plate Boomer as well, but since publication of that notice (83 FR 22443, May 15, 2018), NMFS has received a sound source verification study which calculated the Level B harassment isopleth for this source. Preliminary analysis indicates that actual distance to the Level B harassment threshold is no more than 100 m, and could be significantly smaller, which would result in no less than a 94% decrease in the size of the associated area ensonified above the Level B harassment threshold for this source, as compared to the 400-m isopleth. However, because review of the SSV report has not been completed and because the report was not available until after the proposed IHA was noticed to the public, the take estimates have not been modified to reflect this new information, which would result in a significant reduction.
Further, calculations of the ensonified area are conservative due to the directionality of the sound sources. For the various HRG transducers Bay State Wind proposes to use for these activities, the beamwidth varies from 200° (almost omnidirectional) to 1°. The modeled directional sound levels were then used as the input for the acoustic propagation models, which do not take the directionality of the source into account. Therefore, the volume of area affected would be much lower than modeled in cases with narrow beamwidths such as the Innomar SES-2000 sub-bottom profiler, which has a 1° beamwidth.
In this section we provide the information about the presence, density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take calculations.
The data used as the basis for estimating species density (“D”) for the Study Area are derived from data provided by Duke University's Marine Geospatial Ecology Lab and the Marine Life Data and Analysis Team. This data set is a compilation of the best available marine mammal data (1994-2014) and was prepared in a collaboration between Duke University, Northeast Regional Planning Body, University of Carolina, the Virginia Aquarium and Marine Science Center, and NOAA (Roberts
Northeast Navy Operations Area (OPAREA) Density Estimates (DoN, 2007) were used in support for estimating take for seals, which represents the only available comprehensive data for seal abundance. Navy Oparea Density Estimates (NODEs) utilized vessel-based and aerial survey data collected by NMFS from 1998-2005 during broad-scale abundance studies. Modeling methodology is detailed in DoN (2007). Therefore, for the purposes of the take calculations, NODEs Density Estimates (DoN, 2007) as reported for the summer and fall seasons were used to estimate harbor seal and gray seal densities.
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought together to produce an initial quantitative take estimate. In order to estimate the number of marine mammals predicted to be exposed to sound levels that would result in harassment, radial distances to predicted isopleths corresponding to harassment thresholds are calculated, as described above. Those distances are then used to calculate the area(s) around the HRG survey equipment predicted to be ensonified to sound levels that exceed harassment thresholds. The area estimated to be ensonified to relevant thresholds in a single day of the survey is then calculated, based on areas predicted to be ensonified around the HRG survey equipment and the estimated trackline distance traveled per day by the survey vessel.
The estimated distance of the daily vessel trackline was determined using the estimated average speed of the vessel and the 24-hour or daylight-only
As noted in Table 6, requested take estimates were adjusted to account for typical group size and were also adjusted to account for recent sightings data (Smultea Environmental Sciences, 2016; Gardline, 2016) for certain species. In addition, requested Level A harassment take numbers for harbor porpoise were included in the proposed IHA
Bay State Wind's calculations do not take into account whether a single animal is harassed multiple times or whether each exposure is a different animal. Therefore, the numbers in Tables 6 are the maximum number of animals that may be harassed during the HRG surveys (
No take of North Atlantic right whale is requested, nor is any take of this species authorized. The conservatively modeled Level B behavioral harassment (400 m) is well within the 500 m mitigation shut down zone for this species and, based on the described monitoring measures, information from previous monitoring reports, and in consideration of the size and visibility of this species, and consideration of a recently-received sound source verification study for the Applied Acoustics S-Boom Triple Plate Boomer (which indicates the Level B harassment zone is substantially less than modelled) it is reasonable to expect that North Atlantic right whales will be able to be observed such that shut down would occur well beyond the threshold for potential behavioral harassment.
There are several reasons why the 400-m Level B harassment threshold is considered conservative. First, calculation of the ensonified area does not take directionality of the sound source into account and this results in a conservative estimate for the ZOI. The Applied Acoustics S-Boom triple plate boomer resulted in the largest isopleth for Level B harassment, so the ZOI was calculated using this 400 m isopleth and, as described above, this equipment has a beamwidth of 25°-35° (is not omnidirectional) so the actual ensonified volume would be less than the calculated area. Further, the equipment with the largest radial distance to Level B harassment thresholds was used to calculate the ZOI under the assumption that this equipment would be in use for the entirety of the survey activities. The calculated takes are conservative because these HRG sound sources have very short pulse durations that are also not taken into account in calculations of take, but would lessen the potential for marine mammals to be exposed to the sound source for long enough periods to result in the potential for take as described above. Last, although the information has not been used to modify the ensonified area and inform the take estimates, because it has not been fully reviewed and verified, we note our recent receipt (since the proposed FRN for this IHA was published) of the results of a sound source verification study for the Applied Acoustics S-Boom Triple Plate Boomer, which suggest a notably smaller Level B harassment zone (see the Comment Response section for more detail).
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to include information about the availability and feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as planned) and the likelihood of effective implementation (probability implemented as planned); and
(2) The practicability of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such things as cost, impact on operations, and, in the case of a military readiness activity, personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
Bay State Wind must implement the following mitigation measures during site characterization surveys utilizing HRG survey equipment. The mitigation measures outlined in this section are based on protocols and procedures that have been successfully implemented and resulted in no observed take of marine mammals for similar offshore projects and previously approved by NMFS (DONG Energy, 2016, ESS, 2013; Dominion, 2013 and 2014), as well as results of sound source verification (SSV) studies implemented by Bay State Wind during past activities in the proposed project area.
Protected species observers (PSOs) must monitor the following exclusion/monitoring zones for the presence of marine mammals:
• A 1,640 feet (ft) (500-m) exclusion zone for North Atlantic right whales, which encompasses the largest Level B harassment isopleth of 400 m for the
• A 328-ft (100-m) exclusion zone for non-delphinoid large cetacean and ESA-listed marine mammals, which is consistent with vessel strike avoidance measures stipulated in the BOEM lease; and
• A 1,312-ft (400-m) Level B harassment monitoring zone for all marine mammals except for North Atlantic right whales, which is the extent of the largest Level B harassment isopleth for the Applied Acoustics S-Boom Triple Plate Boomer. We note that the actual area monitored (watch zone) will be much larger than this and must include the largest area visible. All marine mammals observed within the watch zone must be reported in the monitoring reports, but only marine mammals within the Level B harassment zone will be counted as Level B harassment takes in the monitoring reports.
The distances from the sound sources for these exclusion/monitoring zones are based on distances to NMFS Level B harassment threshold or requirements of the BOEM lease stipulations for vessel strike avoidance (discussed below). The representative area ensonified to the MMPA Level B harassment threshold for each of the pieces of HRG survey equipment represents the zone within which take of a marine mammal could occur. The distances to the harassment criteria were used to support the estimate of take as well as the development of the monitoring and/or mitigation measures. Radial distance to NMFS' Level A and Level B harassment thresholds are summarized in Table 5 above.
Visual monitoring of the established exclusion and monitoring zone(s) for the HRG surveys must be performed by qualified and NMFS-approved PSOs. Observer qualifications must include direct field experience on a marine mammal observation vessel and/or aerial surveys in the Atlantic Ocean/Gulf of Mexico. An observer team comprising a minimum of four NMFS-approved PSOs and two certified PAM operators (PAM operators shall not function as PSOs), operating in shifts, must be stationed aboard either the survey vessel or a dedicated PSO-vessel. PSOs and PAM operators must work in shifts such that no one monitor must work more than 4 consecutive hours without a 2-hour break or longer than 12 hours during any 24-hour period. During daylight hours the PSOs must rotate in shifts of 1 on and 3 off, while during nighttime operations PSOs must work in pairs. The PAM operators must also be on call as necessary during daytime operations should visual observations become impaired. Each PSO must monitor 360 degrees of the field of vision.
PSOs are responsible for visually monitoring and identifying marine mammals approaching or within the established exclusion zone(s) during survey activities. It is the responsibility of the Lead PSO on duty to communicate the presence of marine mammals as well as to communicate and ensure the action(s) that are necessary to ensure mitigation and monitoring requirements are implemented as appropriate. PAM operators must communicate detected vocalizations to the Lead PSO on duty, who is then be responsible for implementing the necessary mitigation procedures. A mitigation and monitoring communications flow diagram has been included as Appendix A in the IHA application.
PSOs must be equipped with binoculars and have the ability to estimate distances to marine mammals located in proximity to the vessel and/or exclusion zone using range finders. Reticulated binoculars must also be available to PSOs for use as appropriate based on conditions and visibility to support the sighting and monitoring of marine species. Digital single-lens reflex camera equipment must be used to record sightings and verify species identification. During night operations, PAM (see
For monitoring around the ASV, a dual thermal/high definition (HD) camera must be installed on the mother vessel, facing forward, angled in a direction so as to provide a field of view ahead of the vessel and around the ASV. The ASV must be kept in sight of the mother vessel at all times (within 2,625 ft (800 m)). PSOs must be able to monitor the real time output of the camera on hand-held devices. Images from the cameras must be captured for review and to assist in verifying species identification. A monitor must also be installed on the bridge displaying the real-time picture from the thermal/HD camera installed on the front of the ASV itself, providing a further forward field of view of the craft. In addition, night-vision goggles with thermal clip-ons, as mentioned above, and a hand-held spotlight must be provided such that PSOs can focus observations in any direction, around the mother vessel and/or the ASV. PSOs must also monitor the data as it is acquired by the ASV utilizing a real time IP radio link. For each 12 hour shift, an ASV technician must be assigned to manage the vessel and monitor the array of cameras, radars, and thermal equipment during their shift to ensure the vehicle is operating properly and to take over control of the vessel should the need arise. Additionally, there must be 2 survey technicians per shift assigned to acquire the ASV survey data.
The PSOs must begin observation of the exclusion zone(s) at least 30 minutes prior to ramp-up of HRG survey equipment. Use of noise-producing equipment must not begin until the exclusion zone is clear of all marine mammals for at least 30 minutes.
If a marine mammal is detected approaching or entering the exclusion zones during the HRG survey, the vessel operator must adhere to the shutdown procedures described below to minimize noise impacts on the animals.
At all times, the vessel operator must maintain a separation distance of 500 m from any sighted North Atlantic right whale as stipulated in the
The Applicant must ensure that vessel operators and crew maintain a vigilant watch for cetaceans and pinnipeds and slow down or stop their vessels to avoid striking these species. Survey vessel crew members responsible for navigation duties must receive site-specific training on marine mammal and sea turtle sighting/reporting and vessel strike avoidance measures. Vessel strike avoidance measures must include the following, except under extraordinary circumstances, when complying with these requirements would put the safety of the vessel or crew at risk:
• All vessel operators must comply with 10 knot (<18.5 km per hour (km/h)) speed restrictions in any DMA. In addition, all vessels operating from November 1 through July 31 must operate at speeds of 10 knots (<18.5 km/h) or less;
• All vessel operators must reduce vessel speed to 10 knots or less when mother/calf pairs, pods, or larger assemblages of non-delphinoid cetaceans are observed near an underway vessel;
• All survey vessels must maintain a separation distance of 1,640 ft (500 m) or greater from any sighted North Atlantic right whale;
• If underway, vessels must steer a course away from any sighted North Atlantic right whale at 10 knots (<18.5 km/h) or less until the 1,640 ft (500 m) minimum separation distance has been established. If a North Atlantic right whale is sighted in a vessel's path, or within 330 ft (100 m) to an underway vessel, the underway vessel must reduce speed and shift the engine to neutral. Engines shall not be engaged until the North Atlantic right whale has moved outside of the vessel's path and beyond 330 ft (100 m). If stationary, the vessel must not engage engines until the North Atlantic right whale has moved beyond 330 ft (100 m);
• All vessels must maintain a separation distance of 330 ft (100 m) or greater from any sighted non-delphinoid (
• All underway vessels must avoid excessive speed or abrupt changes in direction to avoid injury to any sighted delphinoid cetacean or pinniped; and
• All vessels must maintain a separation distance of 164 ft (50 m) or greater from any sighted pinniped.
The training program must be provided to NMFS for review and approval prior to the start of surveys. Confirmation of the training and understanding of the requirements must be documented on a training course log sheet. Signing the log sheet certifies that the crew members understand and must comply with the necessary requirements throughout the survey event.
Between watch shifts, members of the monitoring team shall consult the NMFS North Atlantic right whale reporting systems for the presence of North Atlantic right whales throughout survey operations. However, the proposed survey activities will occur outside of the seasonal management area (SMA) located off the coast of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. The proposed survey activities are also scheduled to occur outside of the seasonal mandatory speed restriction period for this SMA (November 1 through April 30); however, survey vessels will operate at or below the speed restrictions due to the nature of the survey activities.
Throughout all survey operations, the Applicant shall monitor the NMFS North Atlantic right whale reporting systems for the establishment of a DMA. If NMFS should establish a DMA in the Study Area under survey, within 24 hours of the establishment of the DMA the Applicant shall work with NMFS to shut down and/or alter the survey activities to avoid the DMA.
As per the BOEM Lease, alternative monitoring technologies (
Given the range of species that could occur in the Study Area, the PAM system shall consist of an array of hydrophones with both broadband (sampling mid-range frequencies of 2 kHz to 200 kHz) and at least one low-frequency hydrophone (sampling range frequencies of 10 Hz to 30 kHz). Monitoring of the PAM system shall be conducted from a customized processing station aboard the HRG survey vessel. The on-board processing station provides the interface between the PAM system and the operator. The PAM operator(s) shall monitor the hydrophone signals in real time both aurally (using headphones) and visually (via the monitor screen displays). Bay State Wind proposes the use of PAMGuard software for `target motion analysis' to support localization in relation to the identified exclusion zone. PAMGuard is an open source software/hardware interface to enable flexibility in the configuration of in-sea equipment (number of hydrophones, sensitivities, spacing, and geometry). PAM operators shall immediately communicate detections/vocalizations to the Lead PSO on duty who will ensure the implementation of the appropriate mitigation measure (
As per the BOEM Lease, a ramp-up procedure shall be used for HRG survey equipment capable of adjusting energy levels at the start or re-start of HRG survey activities. A ramp-up procedure shall be used at the beginning of HRG survey activities in order to provide additional protection to marine mammals near the Study Area by allowing them to vacate the area prior to the commencement of survey equipment use. The ramp-up procedure shall not be initiated during daytime, night time, or periods of inclement weather if the exclusion zone cannot be adequately monitored by the PSOs using the appropriate visual technology (
The EZ around the HRG survey equipment shall be monitored, as previously described, by PSOs and at night by PAM operators for the presence of marine mammals before, during, and after HRG surveys. The vessel operator must comply immediately with any call for shutdown by the Lead PSO. Any disagreement should be discussed only after shutdown.
As per the BOEM Lease, if a non-delphinoid (
If the HRG sound source (including the sub-bottom profiler) shuts down for reasons other than encroachment into the exclusion zone by a marine mammal including but not limited to a mechanical or electronic failure, resulting in in the cessation of sound source for a period greater than 20 minutes, a restart for the HRG survey equipment (including the sub-bottom profiler) is required using the full ramp-up procedures and clearance of the exclusion zone of all cetaceans for 30 minutes, or 15 minutes for pinnipeds. If the pause is less than 20 minutes, the equipment may be restarted as soon as practicable at its operational level as long as visual surveys were continued diligently throughout the silent period and the exclusion zone remained clear of cetaceans and pinnipeds. If the visual surveys were not continued diligently during the pause of 20 minutes or less, a restart of the HRG survey equipment (including the sub-bottom profiler) is required using the full ramp-up procedures and clearance of the exclusion zone for all cetaceans and pinnipeds for 30 minutes.
The required mitigation measures are designed to avoid the already low potential for injury (Level A harassment) and minimize Level B harassment, as well as to minimize the potential for vessel strikes. There are no known marine mammal rookeries or mating grounds in the survey area that would otherwise potentially warrant increased mitigation measures for marine mammals or their habitat (or both). The proposed survey would occur in an area that has been identified as a biologically important area (BIA) for migration for North Atlantic right whales. However, given the small spatial extent of the survey area relative to the substantially larger spatial extent of the right whale migratory area, the survey is not expected to appreciably reduce migratory habitat nor to negatively impact the migration of North Atlantic right whales. In addition, the timing of importance for migration in this biologically important area BIA is March-April and November-December, and Bay State Wind's proposed activities are anticipated to occur outside of the timing of importance. Thus, mitigation to address the proposed survey's occurrence in North Atlantic right whale migratory habitat is not warranted. The proposed survey area would partially overlap spatially with a biologically important feeding area for fin whales. However, the fin whale feeding area is sufficiently large (2,933 km
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has determined that the mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammals species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for ITAs must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area in which take is anticipated (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
The PSOs shall begin observation of the monitoring zone during all HRG survey activities, which will encompass the maximum sight distance possible, including harassment zones and exclusion zones. Observations of the monitoring zone shall continue throughout the survey activity. PSOs shall be responsible for visually monitoring and identifying marine mammals approaching or entering the established monitoring zone during survey activities.
Observations shall take place from the highest available vantage point on the survey vessel. General 360-degree scanning shall occur during the monitoring periods, and target scanning by the PSO shall occur when alerted of a marine mammal presence. For monitoring around the autonomous surface vessel (ASV), a dual thermal/HD camera shall be installed on the mother vessel facing forward and angled in a direction so as to provide a field of view ahead of the vessel and around the ASV. PSOs shall be able to monitor the real-time output of the camera on hand-held computer tablets. Images from the cameras shall be able to be captured and reviewed to assist in verifying species identification. A monitor shall also be installed in the bridge displaying the real-time images from the thermal/HD camera installed on the front of the ASV itself, providing a further forward view of the craft. In addition, night-vision goggles with thermal clip-ons and a hand-held spotlight shall be provided and used such that PSOs can focus observations in any direction around the mother vessel and/or the ASV.
Data on all PSO observations shall be recorded based on standard PSO collection requirements. This shall include dates and locations of construction operations; time of observation, location and weather; details of the sightings (
The Applicant shall provide the following reports as necessary during survey activities:
Any observed significant behavioral reactions (
In the unanticipated event that the specified activities lead to an unauthorized injury of a marine mammal or mortality (
• Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the event. NMFS will work with Bay State Wind to minimize reoccurrence of such an event in the future. Bay State Wind shall not resume activities until notified by NMFS.
In the event that Bay State Wind discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
In the event that Bay State Wind discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (
Within 90 days after completion of the marine site characterization survey activities, a technical report shall be provided to NMFS and BOEM that fully documents the methods and monitoring protocols, summarizes the data recorded during monitoring, estimates the number of marine mammals that may have been taken during survey activities, and provides an interpretation of the results and effectiveness of all monitoring tasks. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report prior to acceptance by NMFS.
In addition to the Applicant's reporting requirements outlined above, the Applicant shall provide an assessment report of the effectiveness of the various mitigation techniques,
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
To avoid repetition, the majority of our analyses applies to all of the species listed in Table 6, given that the anticipated effects of the HRG surveys on different marine mammal species or stocks are expected to be relatively similar in nature. Where there are meaningful differences between species or stocks, or groups of species, in anticipated individual responses to activities, impact of the expected take on the population due to differences in population status, or impacts on habitat, they are described independently in the analysis below.
As discussed in the “Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals and Their Habitat” section of the proposed IHA notice and referenced above, masking, non-auditory physical effects, and vessel strike are not expected to occur. Animals in the area would likely incur no more than brief hearing impairment (
Potential impacts to marine mammal habitat were discussed previously in the Proposed IHA document (83 FR 22443, May 15, 2018; see the “Potential Effects of the Specified Activity on Marine Mammals and their Habitat” section). Marine mammal habitat may be impacted by elevated sound levels and some sediment disturbance, but these impacts would be temporary and relatively short term. Feeding behavior is not likely to be significantly impacted, as marine mammals appear to be less likely to exhibit behavioral reactions or avoidance responses while engaged in feeding activities (Richardson
The North Atlantic right whale population demonstrated overall growth of 2.8 percent per year between 1990 to 2010, despite a decline in 1993 and no growth between 1997 and 2000 (Pace
There are currently insufficient data to determine population trends for fin whale (Waring
ESA-listed species for which takes are authorized are sperm whales and fin whales, and these effects are anticipated to be limited to lower level behavioral effects. No take has been authorized for North Atlantic right whales.
A small portion of a BIA for fin whale feeding is within the survey area. However, the portion of the fin whale feeding BIA within the HRG survey area is a very small portion of the overall BIA, and HRG activities would ensonify such a small area that fin whale foraging is not anticipated to be substantially impacted. In addition, as stated above, authorized takes are limited to Level B harassment and are anticipated to be mainly short-term and temporary behavioral harassment and it is anticipated that normal foraging activity would commence shortly after any behavioral disturbance if any were to occur.
The survey area is within a BIA for North Atlantic right whale migration with timing of importance being March-April (northward migration) and November-December (southward migration). Pregnant North Atlantic right whales migrate south, through the mid-Atlantic region of the United States, to low latitudes during late fall where they overwinter and give birth in shallow, coastal waters (Kenney, 2009). During spring, these females migrate back north with their new calves to high latitude foraging grounds where they feed on large concentrations of copepods, primarily
A UME is defined under the MMPA as “a stranding that is unexpected; involves a significant die-off of any marine mammal population; and demands immediate response.” Three UMEs are ongoing and under investigation relevant to HRG survey area. These involve humpback whales, North Atlantic right whales, and minke whales. Specific information for each ongoing UME is provided below. There is currently no direct connection between the three UMEs, as there is no evident cause of stranding or death that is common across the three species involved in the different UMEs. Additionally, strandings across the three species are not clustering in space or time.
Since January 2016, elevated humpback whale mortalities have occurred along the Atlantic coast from Maine through Florida. As of June 2018, partial or full necropsy examinations have been conducted on approximately half of the 76 known cases. Of the cases examined, approximately half had evidence of human interaction (ship strike or entanglement). Fourteen of these investigated mortalities showed blunt force trauma or pre-mortem propeller wounds indicative of vessel strike, which is above the annual long-term average; however, these findings of pre-mortem vessel strike are not consistent across all of the whales examined and more research is needed. NOAA is consulting with researchers that are conducting studies on the humpback whale populations, and these efforts may provide information on changes in whale distribution and habitat use that could provide additional insight into how these vessel interactions occurred. Three previous UMEs involving humpback whales have occurred since 2000, in 2003, 2005, and 2006. More information is available at
Since January 2017, elevated minke whale strandings have occurred along the Atlantic coast from Maine through South Carolina, with highest numbers in Massachusetts, Maine, and New York. As of June 2018, partial or full necropsy examinations have been conducted on 18 of the 33 known cases. Preliminary findings in several of the whales have shown evidence of human interactions or infectious disease. These findings are not consistent across all of the whales examined, so more research is needed. As part of the UME investigation process, NOAA is assembling an independent team of scientists to coordinate with the Working Group on Marine Mammal Unusual Mortality Events to review the data collected, sample stranded whales, and determine the next steps for the investigation. More information is available at:
Elevated North Atlantic right whale mortalities began in June 2017, primarily in Canada. To date, there are a total of 18 confirmed dead stranded whales and 1 suspected dead (12 in Canada; 6 in the United States; 1 suspected dead in the United States), and 5 live whale entanglements in Canada have been documented. Full necropsy examinations have been conducted on eleven of the cases, with results currently available for seven of these that occurred in Canada (Daoust
The required mitigation measures are expected to reduce the number and/or severity of takes by giving animals the opportunity to move away from the sound source before HRG survey equipment reaches full energy and preventing animals from being exposed to sound levels that have the potential to cause injury (Level A harassment) and more severe Level B harassment during HRG survey activities. Additional vessel strike avoidance requirements will further mitigate potential impacts to marine mammals during vessel transit to and within the Study Area.
Bay State Wind did not request, and NMFS is not authorizing, take of marine mammals by serious injury, or mortality. NMFS expects that most takes would primarily be in the form of short-term Level B behavioral harassment in the form of brief startling reaction and/or temporary vacating of the area, or decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring)—reactions that are considered to be of low severity and with no lasting biological consequences (
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily support our determination that the impacts resulting from this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality, serious injury or injury is anticipated or authorized;
• Take is anticipated to be limited to Level B behavioral harassment consisting of brief startling reactions and/or temporary avoidance of the survey area due to the intermittent and short term nature of the activities as well as the directionality of the sound sources;
• While the survey area is within areas noted as biologically important for north Atlantic right whale migration mitigation measures to shut down at 500 m are expected to avoid any take of the species. Further, although our analysis considers the potential for the activities to occur at any point during the year, they are anticipated to take place outside of the timeframe of noted
• Similarly, due to the small overlap of the survey activities with the biologically important area for fin whales, along with the size of the required shutdown, which should avoid the majority of impacts, the survey activities are not expected to affect foraging behavior of this species.
• For all species, the percentage of stocks affected are less than 9 percent of the stock. This represents the total instances of take and does not consider that there are likely repeat exposures of the same individuals, which would mean that the percentage of individuals are likely lower. In addition, these takes are anticipated to be Level B harassment takes in the form of short-term startle or avoidance reactions that would not affect the species or stock.
NMFS concludes that exposures to marine mammal species and stocks due to Bay State Wind's HRG survey activities would result in only short-term (temporary and short in duration) and relatively infrequent effects to individuals exposed, and not of the type or severity that would be expected to be additive for the very small portion of the stocks and species likely to be exposed. Animals may temporarily avoid the immediate area, but are not expected to permanently abandon the area. Major shifts in habitat use, distribution, or foraging success, are not expected. For the reasons described herein, NMFS does not anticipate the authorized take to impact annual rates of recruitment or survival.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the required monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS finds that the total marine mammal take from Bay State Wind's proposed HRG survey activities will have a negligible impact on the affected marine mammal species or stocks.
The takes authorized for the HRG survey represent 2.07 percent of the Gulf of Maine stock of humpback whale (West Indies Distinct Population Segment); 1.92 percent of the WNA stock of fin whale; 0.77 percent of the Canadian East Coast stock of minke whale; 0.22 percent of the North Atlantic stock of sperm whales; 8.66 percent of the Western North Atlantic stock of bottlenose dolphins; 0.16 percent of the WNA stock of Risso's dolphins; 0.11 percent of the WNA stock of Atlantic spotted dolphins; 0.05 percent of the WNA stock of long-finned pilot whales; 2.85 percent of the WNA stock of common dolphin; 1.02 percent of the WNA stock of Atlantic white-sided dolphin; 1.09 percent of the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of harbor porpoise; 2.16 percent of the WNA stock of harbor seal; and 0.56 percent of the North Atlantic stock of gray seal. These take estimates represent the percentage of each species or stock that could be taken and are small numbers relative to the affected species or stock sizes. Further, the authorized take numbers are the maximum numbers of animals that are expected to be harassed during the project; it is possible that some of these exposures may occur to the same individual, which would mean the percentage of stock taken would be smaller as it would not take into account these multiple exposures of the same individual(s). Therefore, NMFS finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the populations of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
The U.S. Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) prepared an Environmental Assessment (EA) in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), to evaluate the issuance of wind energy leases covering the entirety of the Massachusetts Wind Energy Area (including the OCS-A 0500 Study Area), and the approval of site assessment activities within those leases (BOEM, 2014). NMFS previously adopted BOEM's EA and issued a Finding of No Significant Effect (FONSI) for similar work in 2016 (81 FR 56589, August 22, 2016).
NMFS has reviewed the BOEM EA and our previous FONSI and has determined that this action is consistent with categories of activities identified in CE B4 of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has determined that the issuance of the IHA qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review. We have reviewed all comments submitted in response to the proposed IHA notice prior to concluding our NEPA process and making a final decision on the IHA request.
The NMFS Office of Protected Resources is authorizing the incidental take fin whales, which are listed under the ESA. BOEM consulted with NMFS GARFO under section 7 of the ESA on commercial wind lease issuance and site assessment activities on the Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf in Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New York and New Jersey Wind Energy Areas. The NMFS GARFO issued a Biological Opinion concluding that these activities may adversely affect but are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of the North Atlantic right, fin, and sperm whale. The Biological Opinion can be found online at:
NMFS has issued an IHA to Bay State Wind for conducting marine site characterization surveys offshore of Massachusetts and along potential submarine cable routes for a period of one year, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated.
National Telecommunications and Information Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of open meeting.
The National Telecommunications and Information Administration's (NTIA) BroadbandUSA Program, in partnership with the Center for Innovative Technology (CIT), will host the Virginia Broadband Summit in Roanoke, Virginia on October 30, 2018. The purpose of the Summit is to engage the public and stakeholders with information to accelerate broadband connectivity, improve digital inclusion, and support local priorities. The Summit will provide information on topics including local broadband planning, funding and engagement with service providers. Speakers and attendees from Virginia, federal agencies and across the country will come together to explore ways to facilitate the expansion of broadband capacity, access, and utilization.
The Broadband Summit will be held on October 30, 2018, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time.
The Virginia Broadband Summit will be held in Roanoke, Virginia at the Roanoke South County Library, 6303 Merriman Road, Roanoke, VA 24018.
Janice Wilkins, National Telecommunications and Information Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, Room 4678, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5791; email:
The NTIA's BroadbandUSA program promotes innovation and economic growth by supporting efforts to expand broadband access and meaningful use across America. The CIT provides broadband support to Virginia localities, elected officials, state and federal agencies, and broadband providers to accelerate Virginia's economic growth through the application and use of broadband telecommunications.
The Virginia Broadband Summit is open to the public. Pre-registration is requested because space may be limited. NTIA asks registrants to provide their first and last names and email address for registration purposes and to receive any updates on the workshop and other BroadbandUSA news and events. Registration information, meeting updates, including changes in the agenda, and relevant documents will be available on NTIA's website at
The public meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Individuals requiring accommodations, such as language interpretation or other ancillary aids, should notify Janice Wilkins at the contact information listed above at least five (5) business days before the meeting so that accommodations can be made.
Department of the Army Corps of Engineers, DoD.
30-Day information collection notice.
The Department of Defense has submitted to OMB for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Consideration will be given to all comments received by August 29, 2018.
Comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be emailed to Mr. Vlad Dorjets, DoD Desk Officer, at
Fred Licari, 571-372-0493, or
You may also submit comments and recommendations, identified by Docket ID number and title, by the following method:
•
Requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Licari at
Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness, Board of Regents (Board), Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences (USU), Department of Defense (DoD).
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting.
The DoD is publishing this notice to announce that the following Federal Advisory Committee meeting of
Tuesday, August 14, 2018 open to the public from 8:00 a.m. to 10:45 a.m. Closed session will occur from approximately 10:50 a.m. to 11:50 a.m.
Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, 4301 Jones Bridge Road, Everett Alvarez Jr. Board of Regents Room (D3001), Bethesda, Maryland 20814.
Jennifer Nuetzi James, 301-295-3066 (Voice), 301-295-1960 (Facsimile),
This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (5 U.S.C., Appendix), the Government in the Sunshine Act (5 U.S.C. 552b), and 41 CFR 102-3.140 and 102-3.150.
Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs, DoD.
Information collection notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by September 28, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to TRICARE Operations Plan, 7700 Arlington Blvd., Suite 5101, Falls Church, VA 22042-5101, ATTN: Mr. Mark Ellis or call (703) 275-6234.
Respondents are adult age dependents of active duty military and veteran service members. Respondents complete the DD-2947, “TRICARE Young Adult Application,” in order to apply for, change, or terminate their TRICARE Young Adult coverage or to request a different Primary Care Manager (PCM). Respondents typically make these requests over the phone by calling their regional contractor responsible for processing the DD-2947. Respondents in the East and West of the U.S. process the DD-2947 through Humana and HealthNet respectively; respondents outside of those regions have their DD-2947 processed by International SOS.
Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Health Affairs, DoD.
Information collection notice.
In compliance with the
Consideration will be given to all comments received by September 28, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to Decision Support Decision, Defense Health Agency, Attn: Dr. Kimberely Aiyelawo, 7700 Arlington Blvd., Suite 5101, Falls Church, VA 22042-5101, or call 703-681-3636.
In its ongoing response to this legislation, and in support of its mission to “promote a culture of safety to eliminate preventable patient harm by engaging, educating and equipping patient-care teams to institutionalize evidence-based safe practices,” the DoD Patient Safety Program plans to field the Department of Defense Patient Safety Culture Survey. The Culture Survey is based on the Department of Health and Human Services' Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality's validated survey instrument. The survey obtains MHS staff opinions on patient safety issues such as teamwork, communications, medical error occurrence and response,
The purpose of the survey is to assess the current status of patient safety in MHS facilities and to assess patient safety improvement over time. The hospital survey tool is the same OMB approved tool that was administered in previous years. There will also be a corresponding outpatient survey tool with congruous questions tailored to the ambulatory or clinic setting. Respondents will select the survey corresponding to their care environment. The Web-based survey will be administered on a voluntary-basis to all staff working in Army, Navy, and Air Force Military Health System (MHS) direct care facilities in the U.S. and internationally, including Military Treatment Facilities (MTF) hospitals as well as ambulatory and dental services. Responses and respondents will remain anonymous. There are two versions of the survey that may be administered, corresponding to the setting in which care is delivered, either Hospital (inpatient) or Ambulatory (outpatient/clinic setting).
Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense.
Arms sales notice.
The Department of Defense is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.
DSCA at
This 36(b)(1) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Transmittal 16-36 with attached Policy Justification and Sensitivity of Technology.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
* As defined in Section 47(6) of the Arms Export Control Act.
The Government of Bahrain has requested twelve (12) AH-1Z attack helicopters, twenty-six (26) T-700 GE 401C engines (twenty-four (24) installed and two (2) spares), fourteen (14) AGM-114 Hellfire Missiles, and fifty-six (56) Advance Precision Kill Weapon System II (APKWS-II) WGU-59Bs. This request also includes fifteen (15) Honeywell Embedded Global Positioning System (GPS) Inertial Navigation System (INS) (EGI) w/Standard Positioning Service (SPS) (including three (3) spares), twelve (12) Joint Mission Planning Systems, twelve (12) M197 20mm gun systems, thirty (30) Tech Refresh Mission Computers, fourteen (14) AN/AAQ-30 Target Sight Systems, twenty six (26) Helmet Mounted Display/Optimized Top Owl, communication equipment, electronic warfare systems, fifteen (15) APX-117 Identification Friend or Foe (IFF), fifteen (15) AN/AAR-47 Missile Warning Systems, fifteen (15) AN/ALE-47 Countermeasure Dispenser Sets, fifteen (15) APR-39C(V)2 Radar Warning Receivers, support equipment, spare engine containers, spare and repair parts, tools and test equipment, technical data and publications, personnel training and training equipment, U.S. government and contractor engineering, technical, and logistics support services, and other related elements of logistics and program support. The total estimated cost is $911.4 million.
This proposed sale will contribute to the foreign policy and national security of the United States by helping to improve the security of a major Non-NATO ally which is an important security partner in the region. Our mutual defense interests anchor our relationship and the Royal Bahraini Air Force plays a significant role in Bahrain's defense.
The proposed sale improves Bahrain's capability to meet current and future threats. Bahrain will use this capability as a deterrent to regional threats and to strengthen its homeland defense. This sale will improve interoperability with U.S. forces. Bahrain will have no difficulty absorbing these helicopters into its armed forces.
This proposed sale of equipment and support will not alter the basic military balance in the region.
The principal contractors will be Bell Helicopter, Textron, Fort Worth, Texas; and General Electric Company, Lynn, Massachusetts. There are no known offset agreements proposed in conjunction with this potential sale.
Implementation of this proposed sale will require multiple trips by U.S. Government and contractor representatives to participate in program and technical reviews plus training and maintenance support in country, on a temporary basis, for a period of sixty (60) months. It will also require three (3) contractor representatives to reside in country for a period of two (2) years to support this program.
There will be no adverse impact on U.S. defense readiness as a result of this proposed sale.
(vii) Sensitivity of Technology:
1. The following components and technical documentation for the program are classified as listed below:
a. The AH-1 Z-model has an Integrated Avionics System (IAS) which includes two (2) mission computers and an automatic flight control system. Each crew station has two (2) 8x6-inch multifunction liquid crystal displays (LCD) and one (1) 4.2x4.2-inch dual function LCD display. The communications suite will have NON-COMSEC ARC 210 Ultra High Frequency Very High Frequency (UHF/VHF) radios with associated communications equipment (antennas, mounts). The navigation suite includes Honeywell Embedded Global Positioning System (GPS) Inertial Navigation System (INS) (EGI) w/Standard Positioning Service (SPS), a digital map system, a low-airspeed air data subsystem, which allows weapons delivery when hovering, and a AN/APX-117/A(V) IFF Transponder.
b. The crew is equipped with the Optimized Top Owl (OTO) helmet-mounted sight and display system. The OTO has a Day Display Module (DDM) and a Night Display Module (NDM). The AH-lZ has survivability equipment including the AN/AAR-47 Missile Warning and Laser Detection System, AN/ALE-47 Counter Measure Dispensing System (CMDS) and the AN/APR-39 Radar Warning Receiver (RWR) to cover countermeasure dispensers, radar warning, incoming/on-way missile warning and on- fuselage laser-spot warning systems.
c. The following performance data and technical characteristics are classified as follows for the AH-1Z Airframe: countermeasure capability—SECRET, counter-countermeasures capability—SECRET, vulnerability to
d. The APKWS is a low-cost semi-active laser guidance kit developed by BAE Systems which converts unguided 2.75 inch (70 mm) rockets into precision laser-guided rockets. The classification is up to SECRET.
e. The AGM-114 Hellfire II Semi-Active Laser (SAL) Missiles are rail-launched guided missiles developed and produced by Lockheed Martin. The guidance system employs a SAL seeker. The SAL missile homes in on the laser energy reflected off a target that has been illuminated by a laser designator. The laser can be on either the launch platform or another platform that can be separated from it by several kilometers. The target sets are armor, bunkers, caves, enclosures, boats, and enemy personnel. The weapon system hardware, as an “All Up Round,” is UNCLASSIFIED. The highest level of classified information to be disclosed regarding the AGM-114 Hellfire II missile software is SECRET. The highest level of classified information that could be disclosed by a proposed sale or by testing of the end item is SECRET and the highest level that must be disclosed for production, maintenance, or training is CONFIDENTIAL.
2. If a technologically advanced adversary were to obtain knowledge of the specific hardware and software elements, the information could be used to develop countermeasures which might reduce weapon system effectiveness.
3. The consequences of the loss of this technology to a technologically advanced or competent adversary could result in the compromise of equivalent systems, which in turn could reduce those weapons system's effectiveness, or be used in the development of a system with similar or advanced capabilities.
4. A determination has been made that the Government of Bahrain can provide substantially the same degree of protection for the technology being released as the U.S. Government. This sale of the AH-l Z Helicopter and associated weapons will further U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives.
5. All defense articles and services listed in this transmittal are authorized for release and export to the Government of Bahrain.
Notice is hereby given that the Delaware River Basin Commission will hold a public hearing on Wednesday, August 15, 2018. A business meeting will be held the following month on Thursday, September 13, 2018. The hearing and meeting are open to the public. The public hearing in August will be held at the West Trenton Volunteer Fire Company Ballroom, 40 West Upper Ferry Road, West Trenton, New Jersey. The business meeting in September will be held at the RiverWinds Community Center, 1000 RiverWinds Drive, Thorofare, New Jersey.
The list of projects scheduled for hearing, including project descriptions, will be posted on the Commission's website,
Written comments on matters scheduled for hearing on August 15 will be accepted through 5:00 p.m. on August 20.
The public is advised to check the Commission's website periodically prior to the hearing date, as items scheduled for hearing may be postponed if additional time is deemed necessary to complete the Commission's review, and items may be added up to ten days prior to the hearing date. In reviewing docket descriptions, the public is also asked to be aware that project details commonly change in the course of the Commission's review, which is ongoing.
After all scheduled business has been completed and as time allows, the Business Meeting will be followed by up to one hour of Open Public Comment, an opportunity to address the Commission on any topic concerning management of the basin's water resources outside the context of a duly noticed, on-the-record public hearing.
There will be no opportunity for additional public comment for the record at the September 13 Business Meeting on items for which a hearing was completed on August 15 or a previous date. Commission consideration on September 13 of items for which the public hearing is closed may result in approval of the item (by docket or resolution) as proposed, approval with changes, denial, or deferral. When the Commissioners defer an action, they may announce an additional period for written comment on the item, with or without an additional hearing date, or they may take additional time to consider the input they have already received without requesting further public input. Any deferred items will be considered for action at a public meeting of the Commission on a future date.
Department of Education (ED), Office of Elementary and Secondary Education (OESE)
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a reinstatement of a previously approved information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before August 29, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Daryn Hedlund, 202-401-3008.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Department of Education.
Notice.
This notice lists arbitration panel decisions under the Randolph-Sheppard Act issued in October, November, and December 2017. The full text of all decisions is available on the Department's website and by request.
Donald Brinson, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Room 5045, Potomac Center Plaza, Washington, DC 20202-2800. Telephone: (202) 245-7310.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text
For the purpose of providing individuals who are blind with remunerative employment, enlarging their economic opportunities, and stimulating greater efforts to make themselves self-supporting, the Randolph-Sheppard Act, 20 U.S.C. 107
The Act requires arbitration of disputes between SLAs and vendors who are blind and between SLAs and Federal agencies before three-person panels convened by the Department whose decisions constitute final agency action. 20 U.S.C. 107d-1. The Act also makes these decisions matters of public record and requires their publication in the
On September 5, 2017, the Department announced that it would publish quarterly lists of Randolph-Sheppard arbitration panel decisions in the
In the fourth quarter of 2017, Randolph-Sheppard arbitration panels issued the following decision.
That decision, and other decisions that we have already posted, are searchable by key terms, accessible under Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, and are available for download in Portable Document Format (PDF) format at
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Department of Education is issuing a notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2018 for the Graduate Assistance in Areas of National Need (GAANN) Program, Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number 84.200A.
For the addresses for obtaining and submitting an application, please refer to our Common Instructions for Applicants to Department of Education Discretionary Grant Programs, published in the
Rebecca Ell, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Room 268-04, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 453-6348. Email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), contact the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
Full Text of Announcement
A project must provide fellowships in one or more of the following areas of national need, in an interdisciplinary program of study involving at least two of these areas, or for a multidisciplinary project. A multidisciplinary project is one that requests fellowships for more than a single academic department in one or more of the following areas, and in which each department's program of study is independent.
A. For the following academic areas, the project must provide fellowships for programs that lead either to a PSM degree or a doctoral degree.
1. Computer and Information Sciences. A degree or a degree with specialization in one or more of the following areas:
• Cybersecurity (the interdiscipline of “Computer and Information Sciences, General” and “Computer Systems Analysis”).
• Secure computer programming (the interdiscipline of “Computer and Information Sciences, General” and “Computer Programming”).
• Artificial Intelligence (the interdiscipline of “Computer Programming,” “Information Sciences and Systems,” and “Computer Engineering”).
2. Professional Engineering. A degree or a degree with specialization in one or more of the following areas:
• Aerospace, Aeronautical, and Astronautical Engineering.
• Architectural Engineering.
• Chemical Engineering.
• Civil Engineering.
• Computer Engineering.
• Electrical, Electronic, and Communications Engineering.
• Industrial/Manufacturing Engineering.
• Mechanical Engineering.
• Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering.
• Petroleum Engineering.
• Systems Engineering.
• Engineering Design.
• Engineering/Industrial Management.
• Materials Science.
• Polymer/Plastics Engineering.
B. For the following academic areas, the project must provide fellowships to students who plan to pursue the highest possible degree available in their course of study at the institution in a program that provides a master's degree, professional degree, or other post-baccalaureate degree in, or a doctorate that includes, one or more of the following specializations:
• American Political Development, Foundations of Western Civilization, American History and Institutions, or the American Founding (subsets of “Area Studies”).
• Constitutional Law (a subset of “Law and Legal Studies”).
The open licensing requirement in 2 CFR 3474.20 does not apply for this program.
The regulations in 34 CFR part 79 apply to all applicants except federally recognized Indian Tribes.
The regulations in 34 CFR part 86 apply to IHEs only.
Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of applications, we may make additional awards in subsequent years from the list of unfunded applications from this competition.
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
1.
(a) Any academic department of an IHE that provides a course of study that—
(i) Leads to a graduate degree in an area of national need; and
(ii) Has been in existence for at least four years at the time of an application for a grant under this competition; or
(b) An academic department of an IHE that—
(i) Satisfies the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section; and
(ii) Submits a joint application with one or more eligible non-degree-granting institutions that have formal arrangements for the support of doctoral
Students are not eligible to apply for grants under this program.
2. a.
b.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
4.
• A project narrative in a single discipline or for an interdisciplinary course of study should be limited to no more than 40 pages.
• A project narrative for a multidisciplinary project should be limited to no more than 40 pages for each academic department.
• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins.
• Double-space all text in the application project narrative, and single-space titles, headings, footnotes, quotations, references, and captions.
• Use a 12-point font.
• Use an easily readable font such as Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial.
• Limit appendices to the following: Two-page version of a curriculum vitae, per faculty member; a course listing; letters of commitment showing institutional support; a bibliography; and one additional optional appendix relevant to the support of the proposals, recommended not to exceed five pages.
The recommended page limit does not include Part I, the Application for Federal Assistance (SF 424) and the Department of Education Supplemental Information for the SF 424 Form; the one-page abstract; the GAANN Statutory Assurances Form; the GAANN Budget Spreadsheet(s) Form; the Appendices; Part III, the Assurances and Certifications; or an optional two-page table of contents.
1.
(a)
(1) The applicant's general and specific objectives for the project are realistic and measurable;
(2) The applicant's objectives for the project seek to sustain and enhance the capacity for teaching and research at the institution and at State, regional, or national levels;
(3) The applicant's objectives seek to institute policies and procedures to ensure the enrollment of talented graduate students from traditionally underrepresented backgrounds; and
(4) The applicant's objectives seek to institute policies and procedures to ensure that it will award fellowships to individuals who satisfy the requirements of 34 CFR 648.40.
(b)
(1) How the applicant identified the problems that form the specific needs of the project;
(2) The specific problems to be resolved by successful realization of the goals and objectives of the project; and
(3) How increasing the number of fellowships will meet the specific and general objectives of the project.
(c)
(1) The course offerings and academic requirements for the graduate program;
(2) The qualifications of the faculty, including education, research interest, publications, teaching ability, and accessibility to graduate students;
(3) The focus and capacity for research; and
(4) Any other evidence the applicant deems appropriate to demonstrate the quality of its academic program.
(d)
(1) Provides each fellow with the required supervised training in instruction;
(2) Provides adequate instruction on effective teaching techniques;
(3) Provides extensive supervision of each fellow's teaching performance; and
(4) Provides adequate and appropriate evaluation of the fellow's teaching performance.
(e)
(1) How the applicant plans to identify, recruit, and retain students from traditionally underrepresented backgrounds in the academic program for which fellowships are sought;
(2) How the applicant plans to identify eligible students for fellowships;
(3) The past success of the academic department in enrolling talented graduate students from traditionally underrepresented backgrounds; and
(4) The past success of the academic department in enrolling talented graduate students for its academic program.
(f)
(1) How the applicant will select fellows, including how the applicant will ensure that project participants who are otherwise eligible to participate are selected without regard to race, color, national origin, religion, gender, age, or disabling condition;
(2) How the applicant proposes to monitor whether a fellow is making
(3) How the applicant proposes to identify and meet the academic needs of fellows;
(4) How the applicant proposes to maintain enrollment of graduate students from traditionally underrepresented backgrounds; and
(5) The extent to which the policies and procedures the applicant proposes to institute for administering the project are likely to ensure efficient and effective project implementation, including assistance to and oversight of the project director.
(g)
(1) The applicant will provide, from any funds available to it, sufficient funds to support the financial needs of the fellows if the funds made available under the program are insufficient;
(2) The institution's social and academic environment is supportive of the academic success of students from traditionally underrepresented backgrounds on the applicant's campus;
(3) Students receiving fellowships under this program will receive stipend support for the time necessary to complete their courses of study, but in no case longer than five years; and
(4) The applicant demonstrates a financial commitment, including the nature and amount of the institutional matching contribution, and other institutional commitments that are likely to ensure the continuation of project activities for a significant period of time following the period in which the project receives Federal financial assistance.
(h)
(1) The qualifications of the project director;
(2) The qualifications of other key personnel to be used in the project;
(3) The time commitment of key personnel, including the project director, to the project; and
(4) How the applicant, as part of its nondiscriminatory employment practices, will ensure that its personnel are selected without regard to race, color, national origin, religion, gender, age, or disabling condition, except pursuant to a lawful affirmative action plan.
(i)
(1) The applicant shows a clear understanding of the acceptable uses of program funds; and
(2) The costs of the project are reasonable in relation to the objectives of the project.
(j)
(1) Relate to the specific goals and measurable objectives of the project;
(2) Assess the effect of the project on the students receiving fellowships under this program, including the effect on persons of different racial and ethnic backgrounds, genders, and ages, and on persons with disabilities who are served by the project;
(3) List both process and product evaluation questions for each project activity and outcome, including those of the management plan;
(4) Describe both the process and product evaluation measures for each project activity and outcome;
(5) Describe the data collection procedures, instruments, and schedules for effective data collection;
(6) Describe how the applicant will analyze and report the data so that it can make adjustments and improvements on a regular basis; and
(7) Include a time-line chart that relates key evaluation processes and benchmarks to other project component processes and benchmarks.
(k)
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary requires various assurances, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Education (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
Additional factors we consider in selecting an application for an award are in 34 CFR 648.32.
3.
4.
Please note that, if the total value of your currently active grants, cooperative agreements, and procurement contracts from the Federal Government exceeds $10,000,000, the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 200, appendix XII, require you to report certain integrity information to FAPIIS semiannually. Please review the requirements in 2 CFR part 200, appendix XII, if this grant plus all the other Federal funds you receive exceed $10,000,000.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multiyear award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118 and 34 CFR 648.66. To view the performance report currently required, visit
(c) Grantees will be required to submit a supplement to the Final Performance Report two years after the expiration of their GAANN grant. The purpose of this supplement is to identify and report the educational outcome of each GAANN fellow.
4.
(1) The percentage of GAANN fellows completing the terminal degree in the designated areas of national need.
(2) The median time to completion of master's and doctoral degrees for GAANN fellows.
(3) The percentage of GAANN fellows who have placements in faculty or professional positions in the area of their studies within one year of completing the degree.
If funded, you will be required to collect and report data in your project's annual performance report (34 CFR 75.590) on those measures and steps taken toward improving performance toward those outcomes. Consequently, applicants are advised to include these outcome measures in conceptualizing the design, implementation, and evaluation of their proposed projects. These outcome measures should be included in the project evaluation plan, in addition to measures of your progress toward the goals and objectives specific to your project.
All grantees will be expected to submit an annual performance report documenting their success in addressing these performance measures.
5.
In making a continuation award, the Secretary also considers whether the grantee is operating in compliance with the assurances in its approved application, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Department of Education (ED), Office of Postsecondary Education (OPE).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing an extension of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before September 28, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Darryl Davis, 202-453-7582.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Department of Education is issuing a notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2018 for the Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education (FIPSE)—Pilot Program for Cybersecurity Education Technological Upgrades for Community Colleges, Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number 84.116R.
For the addresses for obtaining and submitting an application, please refer to our Common Instructions for Applicants to Department of Education Discretionary Grant Programs, published in the
Pearson Owens, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Room 250-12, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 453-7997. Email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
Each eligible applicant must include a signed statement by an authorized official from at least one of the three ATE Program centers: The National CyberWatch Center, the CyberWatch West Center, or CSSIA. The signed statement must certify that the center or centers will provide technical assistance or other aid to the applicant's project.
It is not required for a community college to have an existing relationship with an ATE Program center to meet this absolute priority.
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
However, under 34 CFR 79.8(a), we waive intergovernmental review in order to make awards by the end of FY 2018.
3.
Hardware to be provided to individual students, such as laptops, tablets, or smartphones, is not an allowable cost under this competition.
4.
• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.
• Double space all text in the application narrative, including titles, headings, footnotes, quotations, references, and captions.
• Use a readable 12-point font such as Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial.
The recommended page limit does not apply to Part I, the cover sheet; Part II, the budget section, including the narrative budget justification; Part IV, the assurances and certifications; or the one-page abstract, the resumes, the bibliography, or the letter of support.
1.
The selection criteria are as follows:
A. Need for Project (up to 20 points).
The Secretary considers the need for the proposed project. In determining the need for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The magnitude or severity of the problem to be addressed by the proposed project.
(2) The extent to which specific gaps or weaknesses in services, infrastructure, or opportunities have been identified and will be addressed by the proposed project, including the nature and magnitude of those gaps or weaknesses.
B. Quality of the Project Design (up to 12 points).
The Secretary considers the quality of the design of the proposed project. In determining the quality of the design of the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The extent to which the goals, objectives, and outcomes to be achieved by the proposed project are clearly specified and measurable.
(2) The extent to which the design of the proposed project is appropriate to, and will successfully address, the needs of the target population or other identified needs.
(3) The extent to which the proposed project is designed to build capacity and yield results that will extend beyond the period of Federal financial assistance.
C. Adequacy of Resources (up to 12 points).
The Secretary considers the adequacy of resources for the proposed project. In determining the adequacy of resources for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The relevance and demonstrated commitment of each partner in the proposed project to the implementation and success of the project.
(2) The extent to which the costs are reasonable in relation to the objectives, design, and potential significance of the proposed project.
D. Quality of the Project Evaluation Plan (up to 4 points).
The Secretary considers the quality of the evaluation to be conducted of the proposed project. In determining the quality of the evaluation, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The extent to which the methods of evaluation are thorough, feasible, and
(2) The extent to which the methods of evaluation include the use of objective performance measures that are clearly related to the intended outcomes of the project and will produce quantitative and qualitative data to the extent possible.
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary requires various assurances, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
For this competition, a panel of internal reviewers will read, prepare a written evaluation of, and score all eligible applications using the selection criteria provided in this notice. The individual scores of the reviewers will be added and the sum divided by the number of reviewers to determine the peer review score. The Department may use more than one tier of reviews in evaluating grantees. The Department prepares a rank order of applications based solely on the evaluation of their quality according to the selection criteria.
In the event there are two or more applications with the same final score in the rank order listing, and there are insufficient funds to fully support these applications, the Department will apply a tiebreaker by awarding funds to the applicant with the largest number of students enrolled in cybersecurity education programs in the applicant's most recent academic year.
3.
4.
Please note that, if the total value of your currently active grants, cooperative agreements, and procurement contracts from the Federal Government exceeds $10,000,000, the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, require you to report certain integrity information to FAPIIS semiannually. Please review the requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, if this grant plus all the other Federal funds you receive exceed $10,000,000.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
4.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multiyear award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The Secretary may also require more frequent performance reports under 34 CFR 75.720(c). For specific requirements on reporting, please go to
5.
The number of students who enrolled in courses supported by the technological upgrades developed through the grant in the year following completion of the project.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Department of Education is issuing a notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2018 for the Open Textbooks Pilot program conducted under the Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education (FIPSE), Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) number 84.116T.
For the addresses for obtaining and submitting an application, please refer to our Common Instructions for Applicants to Department of Education Discretionary Grant Programs, published in the
Stacey Slijepcevic, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Room 268-32, Washington, DC 20202. Telephone: (202) 453-6150. Email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
There is also a shortage of open textbooks to support instruction in career and technical education, where it is equally important to help students reduce costs. Technical textbooks are among the more expensive books that students must purchase, and they often must be updated frequently to keep pace with changing technologies, which adds to the costs associated with these books. Because of the frequent updates, students are prevented from relying on lower-cost used books. To ensure that students in career and technical education programs have access to low-cost textbooks that are up-to-date, the Department encourages the development of open textbooks that would support students enrolled in high-enrollment programs (as defined in this notice) for career and technical education associate degrees, or career and technical education associate degree programs designed to meet the needs of in-demand occupations and industries (as defined in this notice.
We are establishing these priorities for the FY 2018 grant competition and any subsequent year in which we make awards from the list of unfunded applications from this competition in accordance with section 437(d)(1) of the General Education Provisions Act (GEPA), 20 U.S.C. 1232(d)(1).
These priorities are:
An eligible applicant must propose to lead and carry out a consortium project that leverages the expertise and resources of at least three IHEs, including the lead applicant, and that engages employers or workforce stakeholders (as defined in this notice) and/or nonprofit or community organizations, as appropriate, to participate in the project. These entities are described below under
An applicant must address the issue of gaps in the open textbook marketplace and of how to bring market solutions to scale. An applicant must propose a comprehensive plan to: (a) Identify and assess existing open educational resources in the credential pathway or the subject area or areas proposed, before creating new ones; (b) focus on the creation and expansion of education and training materials that can be taken to scale, within and beyond the participating consortium members, to reach a broad range of students participating in high-enrollment courses or preparing for in-demand occupations (as defined in this notice); (c) create protocols to review any open textbooks created or adapted through the project for accuracy, rigor, and accessibility for students with disabilities; and (d) disseminate information about the results of the project to other IHEs, including promoting the adoption of any open textbooks created or adapted through the project.
Grant funds may be used for professional development to help build capacity and expand the use of open textbooks for any faculty and staff members at IHEs.
An applicant must propose to build upon existing open textbook materials and/or develop new open textbooks for (a) multiple courses at different levels in a program's course sequence and that are typically required for individuals majoring in one or more high-enrollment programs and/or (b) several courses along the pathway to an associate degree in one or more career and technical education field(s).
The applicant must include plans for: (a) Promoting and tracking the use of open textbooks in postsecondary courses, including an estimate of the projected cost savings for students; (b) assessing the impact of open textbooks on instruction and student learning outcomes, and (c) updating the open textbooks beyond the funded period.
This priority is:
To meet this priority, an applicant must propose a project that focuses on improving instruction and student learning outcomes by integrating technology-based strategies, such as artificial intelligence and adaptive learning, with the open textbooks proposed for development to provide personalized learning experiences. These technologies must be capable of supporting ongoing electronic assessments that enable students to monitor their own learning mastery and/or allow instructors to monitor the individual performance of each student in the classes or courses for which the applicant proposes to develop open textbooks.
The regulations in 34 CFR part 79 apply to all applicants except federally recognized Indian Tribes.
The regulations in 34 CFR part 86 apply to IHEs only.
Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of applications, we may make additional awards in subsequent years from the list of unfunded applications for this competition.
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
1.
(a) Lead the activities of a consortium that is comprised of at least:
i. Three IHEs as defined in section 101 of the HEA, including the lead applicant;
ii. An educational technology or electronic curriculum design expert (which may include such experts that are employed by one or more of the consortium institutions); and
iii. An advisory group of at least five employers, workforce organizations, or sector partners (as defined in this notice); and
(b) Have demonstrated experience in the development and implementation of open educational resources.
2.
3.
1.
2.
Because we plan to make successful applications available to the public, you may wish to request confidentiality of business information.
Consistent with Executive Order 12600, please designate in your application any information that you believe is exempt from disclosure under Exemption 4. In the appropriate Appendix section of your application, under “Other Attachments Form,” please list the page number or numbers on which we can find this information. For additional information please see 34 CFR 5.11(c).
3.
4.
5.
• A “page” is 8.5″ × 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.
• Double space all text in the application narrative, including titles, headings, footnotes, quotations, references, and captions.
• Use a readable 12-point font such as Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial.
The recommended 60 page limit applies only to the application narrative and does not apply to Part I, the cover sheet; Part II, the budget section, including the narrative budget justification; Part IV, the assurances and certifications; or the one-page abstract, the resumes, the bibliography, or the letters of support.
1.
Points awarded under the competitive preference priority are in addition to any points an applicant earns for all of the selection criteria in this notice. The maximum score that an application may receive under the competitive preference priority and the selection criteria is 110. The selection criteria are as follows:
a.
The Secretary considers the significance of the proposed project. In determining the significance of the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The extent to which the proposed project is likely to build local capacity to provide, improve, or expand services that address the needs of the target population.
(2) The potential replicability of the proposed project or strategies, including, as appropriate, the potential for implementation in a variety of settings.
b.
The Secretary considers the quality of the design of the proposed project. In determining the quality of the design of the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The extent to which the goals, objectives, and outcomes to be achieved by the proposed project are clearly specified and measurable.
(2) The extent to which the design of the proposed project is appropriate to, and will successfully address, the needs of the target population or other identified needs.
(3) The extent to which the proposed project is designed to build capacity and yield results that will extend beyond the period of Federal financial assistance.
c.
The Secretary considers the quality of the services to be provided by the proposed project. In determining the quality of the services to be provided by the proposed project, the Secretary considers the quality and sufficiency of strategies for ensuring equal access and treatment for eligible project participants who are members of groups
(1) The likelihood that the services to be provided by the proposed project will lead to improvements in the achievement of students as measured against rigorous academic standards.
(2) The extent to which the services to be provided by the proposed project involve the collaboration of appropriate partners for maximizing the effectiveness of project services.
(3) The extent to which the training or professional development services to be provided by the proposed project are of sufficient quality, intensity, and duration to lead to improvements in practice among the recipients of those services.
d.
The Secretary considers the quality of the personnel who will carry out the proposed project. In determining the quality of project personnel, the Secretary considers the extent to which the applicant encourages applications for employment from persons who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability. In addition, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of the project director or principal investigator.
(2) The qualifications, including relevant training and experience, of key project personnel.
e.
The Secretary considers the adequacy of resources for the proposed project. In determining the adequacy of resources for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The relevance and demonstrated commitment of each partner in the proposed project to the implementation and success of the project.
(2) The extent to which the costs are reasonable in relation to the objectives, design, and potential significance of the proposed project.
f.
The Secretary considers the quality of the management plan for the proposed project. In determining the quality of the management plan for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The adequacy of the management plan to achieve the objectives of the proposed project on time and within budget, including clearly defined responsibilities, timelines, and milestones for accomplishing project tasks.
(2) The extent to which the time commitments of the project director and principal investigator and other key project personnel are appropriate and adequate to meet the objectives of the proposed project.
g.
The Secretary considers the quality of the evaluation to be conducted of the proposed project. In determining the quality of the evaluation, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The extent to which the methods of evaluation are thorough, feasible, and appropriate to the goals, objectives, and outcomes of the proposed project.
(2) The extent to which the methods of evaluation include the use of objective performance measures that are clearly related to the intended outcomes of the project and will produce quantitative and qualitative data to the extent possible.
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary requires various assurances, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
For this competition, a panel of external reviewers will read, prepare a written evaluation of, and score all eligible applications using the selection criteria and the competitive preference priority, if applicable, provided in this notice. The individual scores of the reviewers will be added and the sum divided by the number of reviewers to determine the peer review score. The Department may use more than one tier of reviews in evaluating grantees. The Department will prepare a rank order of applications based solely on the evaluation of their quality according to the selection criteria and competitive preference priority points.
In the event there are two or more applications with the same final score in the rank order listing, and there are insufficient funds to fully support each of these applications, the Department will apply the following procedure to determine which application or applications will receive an award:
3.
4.
Please note that, if the total value of your currently active grants, cooperative agreements, and procurement contracts from the Federal Government exceeds $10,000,000, the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, require you to report certain integrity information to FAPIIS semiannually. Please review the requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, if this grant plus all the other Federal funds you receive exceed $10,000,000.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we will notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
4.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multiyear award, you must submit an annual performance report that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The Secretary may also require more frequent performance reports under 34 CFR 75.720(c). For specific requirements on reporting, please go to
5.
a. The number of students who enrolled in courses that use open textbooks developed through the grant;
b. The number of students who completed courses which used the open textbooks developed through the grant;
c. Student and faculty evaluations of the quality of the open textbooks compared with other kinds of textbooks they have used, the ease of use of these materials and the cost savings associated with the use of open textbooks;
d. The average cost savings per student;
e. The total cost savings for students who used open textbooks compared to students in the same course of study who used traditional textbooks;
f. The number and percentage of courses among consortium members that adopted the use of open textbooks, where appropriate, as opposed to those that continued to use paper or electronic textbooks; and
g. The number of institutions outside of the consortium that adopted the use of the open textbooks produced through the grant.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
U.S. Energy Information Administration (EIA), Department of Energy (DOE).
Notice.
EIA has submitted an information collection request as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The information collection requests a three-year extension with changes to Form EIA-846, “
Comments regarding this proposed information collection must be received on or before August 29, 2018. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, please advise the DOE Desk Officer at OMB of your intention to make a submission as
Written comments should be sent to the DOE Desk Officer: Brandon Debruhl, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10102, 735 17th Street NW, Washington, DC 20503. Email:
Requests for additional information or copies of the information collection instrument and instructions should be directed to Tom Lorenz at the contact information given above or by email at
This information collection request contains:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(4a)
• Questions about Tire-Derived Fuel: EIA will collect data about tire-derived fuel (TDF) in the Waste Oils and Tars, and Waste Byproduct Gases section of the questionnaire starting on page 35 of Form EIA-846A. The new questions will be inserted after questions 138-139, specifically from those industries, Paper (NAICS 322) and Nonmetallic Mineral Products (NAICS 327) that use TDF as an energy source. EIA currently asks respondents to report TDF on the MECS in a section titled, “Other.” The change to report TDF as a separate category will reduce respondent uncertainty regarding where to report this information. The questions on TDF are the same questions that have previously been asked about this energy source: Purchases; expenditures; transfers-in; amount produced on-site; whether it's a product/byproduct of another energy source consumed on-site; and fuel consumption. Over the past three MECS cycles, TDF has become a growing energy source within the “Other” section and accounts for over half of the energy consumed that is reported in that section. Previous data collection cycles may have undercounted the use of TDF because some establishments did not know where to report their TDF volumes. By directly asking for these data as a separate data element, EIA will improve the coverage and accuracy of the use of this energy source.
• Question 16 about electric generation with less than one-megawatt nameplate capacity was added. EIA will collect data about small-scale (less than one megawatt) distributed electricity generation occurring at U.S. manufacturing establishments. EIA will add a Yes/No question about distributed generation to the electricity section of the MECS to monitor manufacturing establishments that use non-renewable distributed generation. Distributed generation is a subset of “distributed energy resources” which are modular, moderately sized generation sources that are used to produce electricity, or combined heat and power (CHP), near the site of end use. EIA expects that generation from non-renewable, small-scale distributed generation (
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Section 13(b) of the Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93-275, codified as 15 U.S.C. 772(b) and the DOE Organization Act of 1977, Pub. L. 95-91, codified at 42 U.S.C. 7101
Take notice that on July 23, 2018, pursuant to Rule 207 of the Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.207 (2017), PATH Allegheny Transmission Company, LLC and its subsidiaries, PATH Allegheny Virginia Transmission Corporation (PATH-VA) and PATH Allegheny Maryland Transmission Corporation (PATH-MD), (together, PATH AYE) filed a petition requesting the Commission issue a declaratory order determining that PATH AYE's distribution of paid-in capital to its ultimate parent company—FirstEnergy Corp., will not violate section 305(a) of the Federal Power Act,
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Petitioner.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
This constitutes notice, in accordance with 18 CFR 385.2201(b), of the receipt of prohibited and exempt off-the-record communications.
Order No. 607 (64 FR 51222, September 22, 1999) requires Commission decisional employees, who make or receive a prohibited or exempt off-the-record communication relevant to the merits of a contested proceeding, to deliver to the Secretary of the Commission, a copy of the communication, if written, or a summary of the substance of any oral communication.
Prohibited communications are included in a public, non-decisional file associated with, but not a part of, the decisional record of the proceeding. Unless the Commission determines that the prohibited communication and any responses thereto should become a part of the decisional record, the prohibited off-the-record communication will not be considered by the Commission in reaching its decision. Parties to a proceeding may seek the opportunity to respond to any facts or contentions made in a prohibited off-the-record communication, and may request that the Commission place the prohibited communication and responses thereto in the decisional record. The Commission will grant such a request only when it determines that fairness so requires. Any person identified below as having made a prohibited off-the-record communication shall serve the document on all parties listed on the official service list for the applicable proceeding in accordance with Rule 2010, 18 CFR 385.2010.
Exempt off-the-record communications are included in the decisional record of the proceeding, unless the communication was with a cooperating agency as described by 40 CFR 1501.6, made under 18 CFR 385.2201(e)(1)(v).
The following is a list of off-the-record communications recently received by the Secretary of the Commission. The communications listed are grouped by docket numbers in ascending order. These filings are available for electronic review at the Commission in the Public Reference Room or may be viewed on the Commission's website at
Take notice that on July 23, 2018, pursuant to Rule 207 of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.207 (2017), PATH West Virginia Transmission Company, LLC (Petitioner), filed a petition for a declaratory order requesting that the Commission find that its distributions of paid-in capital to its parent companies FirstEnergy Corp. and American Electric Power Company, Inc. will not violate section 305(a) of the Federal Power Act,
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Petitioner.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
The staff of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) has prepared an environmental assessment (EA) for the Lambertville East Expansion Project, proposed by Texas Eastern Transmission, LP (Texas Eastern) in the above-referenced docket. Texas Eastern requests authorization to replace two existing natural gas-fired turbine compressor engines and appurtenant facilities at their existing Lambertville Compressor Station in Hunterdon County, New Jersey.
The EA assesses the potential environmental effects of the construction and operation of the Lambertville East Expansion Project in accordance with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act. The FERC staff concludes that approval of the proposed project, with appropriate mitigating measures, would not constitute a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
The proposed Lambertville East Expansion Project includes abandonment by removal of the following facilities at Texas Eastern's existing Lambertville Compressor Station:
• Two 5,100 horsepower Clark DC-990 natural gas-fired turbine compressor units and associated building, coolers, and auxiliary piping and equipment;
• four retired reciprocating compressor units
• an existing warehouse; and
• auxiliary and control buildings.
Additionally, the proposed project includes construction and operation of the following new facilities at the Lambertville Compressor Station:
• A new compressor building to house two new Solar Taurus 70 natural gas-fired turbine compressor units rated at 8,600 horsepower each and associated piping and equipment;
• electrical control and auxiliary buildings, replacement warehouse buildings, and an electrical generator building;
• appurtenant facilities;
• yard piping modifications; and
• new plant roads and reconfiguration of existing plant roads.
The FERC staff mailed copies of the EA to federal, state, and local government representatives and agencies; elected officials; Native American tribes; potentially affected landowners; and other interested individuals, groups, and commenters. In addition, the EA is available for public viewing on the FERC's website (
Any person wishing to comment on the EA may do so. Your comments should focus on the EA's disclosure and discussion of potential environmental effects, reasonable alternatives, and measures to avoid or lessen environmental impacts. The more specific your comments, the more useful they will be. To ensure that the Commission has the opportunity to consider your comments prior to making its decision on this project, it is important that we receive your comments in Washington, DC on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on August 23, 2018.
For your convenience, there are three methods you can use to file your comments with the Commission. In all instances please reference the project docket number (CP18-26-000) with your submission. The Commission encourages electronic filing of comments and has staff available to assist you at (866) 208-3676 or
(1) You can file your comments electronically using the
(2) You can also file your comments electronically using the
(3) You can file a paper copy of your comments by mailing them to the following address: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426.
Any person seeking to become a party to the proceeding must file a motion to intervene pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedures (18 CFR 385.214). Only intervenors have the right to seek rehearing or judicial review of the Commission's decision. The Commission may grant affected landowners and others with environmental concerns intervenor status upon showing good cause by stating that they have a clear and direct interest in this proceeding which no other party can adequately represent. Simply filing environmental comments will not give you intervenor status, but you do not need intervenor status to have your comments considered.
Additional information about the project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC website (
In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
On June 8, 2018, Go With the Flow Hydro Power, LLC (Go With the Flow) filed an application for a preliminary permit, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act, proposing to study the feasibility of the Go With the Flow Hydroelectric Project (project) to be located on the Umatilla River about 8.7 river miles upstream from the confluence with the Columbia River, and 2.1 miles west southwest of Hermiston in Umatilla county, Oregon. On July 11, 2018, the applicant filed an amended permit application for the project. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.
The proposed project will be at the site of the existing, abandoned Jim Boyd Hydroelectric Project (P-7269). The license for the Jim Boyd Project was terminated in 2011, and Go With the Flow has purchased these facilities. The proposed run-of-river project will involve rehabilitation and upgrade of the following existing facilities: A 3.5-foot-high concrete diversion weir; a canal intake with trashracks and fish screens; A 5,350-foot-long power canal; four 5-foot-diameter, 280-foot-long steel penstocks; a powerhouse with 4 turbine/generators with rated capacity of 300 kilowatts (kW) each for a total capacity of 1,200 kW; a 60-foot-wide, 20 foot-long concrete-lined tailrace; a 0.25-mile-long, 12.47 kilovolt transmission line; and access roads.
The estimated averaged annual generation of the project would be 3 gigawatt-hours and would be conveyed from the powerhouse to the existing Pacific Power and Light Company substation.
Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications using the Commission's eFiling system at
More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the “eLibrary” link of Commission's website at
Western Area Power Administration, DOE.
Notice of proposed fiscal year 2019 base charge and rates for electric service.
Western Area Power Administration (WAPA) is proposing to calculate formula rates for fiscal year (FY) 2019 Boulder Canyon Project (BCP) electric service. The expiration of the FY 2018 base charge and rates on September 30, 2018, requires this action. The proposed base charge will provide sufficient revenue to recover all annual costs and repay investment obligations within the allowable period. The proposed base charge and rates are scheduled to become effective on October 1, 2018, and will remain in effect through September 30, 2019. Publication of this
The consultation and comment period begins today and will end October 29, 2018. WAPA will present a detailed explanation of the proposed FY 2019 base charge and rates at a public information forum that will be held on August 29, 2018, from 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. Mountain Standard Time (MST) in Phoenix, Arizona. WAPA will also host a public comment forum that will be held on September 28, 2018, from 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. MST in Phoenix, Arizona. Written comments will be accepted any time during the consultation and comment period.
The public information forum and public comment forum will be held at WAPA's Desert Southwest Customer Service Regional Office located at 615 South 43rd Avenue, Phoenix, Arizona 85009. Send written comments to Mr. Ronald E. Moulton, Regional Manager and Senior Vice President, Desert Southwest Customer Service Region, Western Area Power Administration, P.O. Box 6457, Phoenix, Arizona 85005-6457, or email
As access to federal facilities is controlled, any U.S. citizen wishing to attend a public forum at WAPA must
Ms. Tina Ramsey, Rates Manager, Desert Southwest Customer Service Region, Western Area Power Administration, P.O. Box 6457, Phoenix, Arizona 85005-6457, (602) 605-2565, or email
Hoover Dam, authorized by the Boulder Canyon Project Act (45 Stat. 1057, December 21, 1928), sits on the Colorado River along the Arizona-Nevada border. Hoover Dam's power plant has 19 generating units (two for plant use) and an installed capacity of 2,078.8 megawatts (4,800 kilowatts for plant use). High-voltage transmission lines and substations deliver this power to southern Nevada, Arizona, and southern California, where it is marketed and sold by WAPA in collaboration with the Bureau of Reclamation (Reclamation).
The rate-setting methodology for BCP calculates an annual base charge rather than a unit rate for power. Though WAPA determines a unit rate for comparative purposes, BCP contractors are billed the base charge in proportion to their allocation of BCP power.
Rate Schedule BCP-F10 was confirmed and approved by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) for a five-year period ending September 30, 2022.
The
The proposed FY 2019 base charge is decreasing $7.2 million from the FY 2018 base charge. This change is attributed to deferred costs, adjusted non-power revenue projections, and working capital. Reclamation's costs for operations, maintenance and replacements, and visitor services are increasing $2.7 million primarily as a result of deferrals from FY 2018, while WAPA's costs remain relatively flat. Non-power revenue projections are decreasing $5.1 million due to decreased tourism projections while the Hoover Dam Visitor Center and elevators are being renovated. The $15 million working capital for the new marketing period was collected in FY 2018 and no further collections are necessary in FY 2019.
Reclamation and WAPA will continue to review projections to further reduce the proposed FY 2019 base charge, thereby benefitting all BCP customers. A lower base charge will also help offset the impact of financial obligations from the previous marketing period, referred to as transitional items, assessed to new customers independent of the base charge calculation. Any resulting changes to the proposed FY 2019 base charge will be presented at the public information forum.
The proposed FY 2019 composite and energy rates decreased 5.3 percent and the capacity rate decreased 5.4 percent compared to the FY 2018 rates. The percentage decrease between the proposed base charge and rates differs due to energy and capacity projections.
This proposal, to be effective October 1, 2018, is preliminary and subject to change based on modifications to forecasts before publication of the final base charge and rates.
The proposed formulas for electric service and the base charge and rates constitute a major rate adjustment, as defined by 10 CFR 903.2(e); therefore WAPA will hold public information and public comment forums for this rate adjustment, pursuant to 10 CFR 903.15 and 903.16. WAPA will review and consider all timely public comments and amend or adjust the proposal as appropriate. Proposed rates will be forwarded to the Deputy Secretary of Energy for approval.
WAPA is proposing this action in accordance with section 302 of the Department of Energy (DOE) Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7152). This Act transferred to, and vested in, the Secretary of Energy the power marketing functions of the Secretary of the Department of the Interior and Reclamation under the Reclamation Act of 1902 (ch. 1093, 32 Stat. 388), as amended and supplemented by subsequent laws, particularly section
By Delegation Order No. 00-037.00B effective November 19, 2016, the Secretary of Energy delegated: (1) The authority to develop power and transmission rates to WAPA's Administrator; (2) the authority to confirm, approve, and place such rates into effect on an interim basis to the Deputy Secretary of Energy; and (3) the authority to confirm, approve, and place into effect on a final basis, to remand, or to disapprove such rates to FERC. Existing DOE procedures for public participation in rate adjustments (10 CFR 903) were published on September 18, 1985 (50 FR 37835).
All studies, comments, letters, memorandums, and other documents WAPA prepares or uses to develop the proposed base charge and rates will be available for inspection and copying at the Desert Southwest Customer Service Regional Office, Western Area Power Administration, located at 615 South 43rd Avenue, Phoenix, Arizona 85009. Many of these documents and supporting information are available on WAPA's website at:
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, 42 U.S.C. 4321-4347; the Council on Environmental Quality Regulations for implementing NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508); and DOE NEPA Implementing Procedures and Guidelines (10 CFR part 1021), WAPA is in the process of determining whether an environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement should be prepared or if this action can be categorically excluded from those requirements.
WAPA has an exemption from centralized regulatory review under Executive Order 12866; accordingly, no clearance of this notice by the Office of Management and Budget is required.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), the Federal Communications Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written PRA comments should be submitted on or before September 28, 2018. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contact listed below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Cathy Williams, FCC, via email to
For additional information about the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice.
The agency must receive comments on or before September 28, 2018.
Federal Communications Commission, 445 Twelfth Street SW, Washington, DC 20554.
Rolanda F. Smith, 202-418-2054.
The following applicants filed AM or FM proposals to change the community of license: MARION R. WILLIAMS, WAKE(AM), Fac. ID No. 53057, Channel 1500 kHz, From VALPARAISO, IN, To HOBART, IN, BP-20180504ABA; MARSHFIELD BROADCASTING CO., INC., WMEX(AM), Fac. ID No. 12789, Channel 1510 kHz, From BOSTON, MA, To QUINCY, MA, BP-20180615AAH; REVIVAL CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES, INC., WSGG(FM), Fac. ID No. 92857, Channel 207A, From NORFOLK, CT, To CANAAN, CT, BPED-20180430AAI; RIVER RAT RADIO, LLC, NEW(FM), Fac. ID No. 198736, Channel 269C2, From BAGDAD, AZ, To CIENEGA SPRINGS, AZ, BMPH-20180530AAZ; PHARIS BROADCASTING, INC., KHGG-FM, Fac. ID No. 12231, Channel 278A, From WALDRON, AR, To MANSFIELD, AR, BPH-20180619AAZ; PHARIS BROADCASTING, INC., KQBK(FM), Fac. ID No. 71701, Channel 284C2, From BOONEVILLE, AR, To WALDRON, AR, BPH-20180619ABA; and BRYAN A. KING, KOTY(FM), Fac. ID No. 83100, Channel 240C3, From MERTZON, TX, To CHRISTOVAL, TX, BPH-20180709AAU.
The full text of these applications is available for inspection and copying during normal business hours in the Commission's Reference Center, 445 12th Street SW, Washington, DC 20554 or electronically via the Media Bureau's Consolidated Data Base System,
Notice is hereby given that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC” or “Receiver”), as Receiver for the institutions listed below, intends to terminate its receivership for said institutions.
The liquidation of the assets for each receivership has been completed. To the extent permitted by available funds and in accordance with law, the Receiver will be making a final dividend payment to proven creditors. Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receiverships will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receiverships shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after the date of this Notice. If any person wishes to comment concerning the termination of any of the receiverships, such comment must be made in writing, identify the receivership to which the comment pertains, and be sent within thirty days of the date of this Notice to: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Division of Resolutions and Receiverships, Attention: Receivership Oversight Department 34.6, 1601 Bryan Street, Dallas, TX 75201. No comments concerning the termination of the above-mentioned receiverships will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
Notice and request for comment.
The FDIC, pursuant to the mandatory reporting requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (OMB No. 3064-0185), invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the renewal of the existing information collection.
Comments must be submitted on or before September 28, 2018.
Interested parties are invited to submit written comments to the FDIC by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
All comments should refer to the relevant Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. A copy of the comments may also be submitted to the OMB desk officer for the FDIC: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503.
Jennifer Jones, Counsel, 202-898-6768,
1.
The Rule established the requirements for submission and content of a Resolution Plan, as well as procedures for review by the FDIC. After the initial submission, the Rule requires plan submissions on an annual basis (Annual Update) unless the FDIC determines to change the submission date. A CIDI must notify the FDIC of any event, occurrence, change in conditions or circumstances or other change which results in, or reasonably could be foreseen to have, a material effect on the CIDI's resolution plan.
The Rule is intended to address the continuing exposure of the banking industry to the risks of insolvency of large and complex IDIs that can be mitigated with proper resolution planning. The Interim Final Rule, which preceded the Rule, became effective January 1, 2012, and remained in effect until it was superseded by the Rule on April 1, 2012.
The annual burden for this information collection is estimated to be 572,791 hours. This represents an increase of 281,305 hours from the current burden estimate of 291,486 hours. This increase is not due to any new requirements imposed by the FDIC. Rather, it is due to FDIC's reassessment of the burden hours associated with responding to the existing requirements of the Rule and to guidance, feedback, and additional requests for information by the FDIC as part of the iterative resolution planning process. The revised estimates are informed by feedback received from the CIDIs over the past year. Because submissions have been required no more frequently than biennially, the burden associated with the Annual Update has been multiplied by
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the FDIC's functions, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the estimates of the burden of the information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. All comments will become a matter of public record.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
83 FR 35476
Tuesday, July 31, 2018 at 10:00 a.m.
This meeting will also discuss:
Matters concerning participation in civil actions or proceedings or arbitration.
Judith Ingram, Press Officer, Telephone: (202) 694-1220.
Thursday, August 2, 2018 at 10:00 a.m.
1050 First Street NE, Washington, DC (12th Floor).
This meeting will be open to the public.
Judith Ingram, Press Officer, Telephone: (202) 694-1220.
Individuals who plan to attend and require special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should contact Dayna C. Brown, Secretary and Clerk, at (202) 694-1040, at least 72 hours prior to the meeting date.
Federal Housing Finance Agency.
30-Day notice of submission of information collection for approval from Office of Management and Budget.
In accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA or the Agency) is seeking public comments concerning an information collection known as “Minority and Women Inclusion,” which has been assigned control number 2590-0014 by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). FHFA intends to submit the information collection to OMB for review and approval of a three-year extension of the control number, which is due to expire on July 31, 2018.
Interested persons may submit comments on or before August 29, 2018.
Submit comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for the Federal Housing Finance Agency, Washington, DC 20503, Fax: (202) 395-3047, Email:
•
•
•
We will post all public comments we receive without change, including any personal information you provide, such as your name and address, email address, and telephone number, on the FHFA website at
Sylvia Martinez, Principal Policy Analyst, Office of Minority and Women Inclusion, by email at
The Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) is seeking comments on its collection of information regarding the minority and gender classification of individuals serving on the boards of directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks (Banks) and of the Office of Finance under FHFA's regulations on Minority and Women Inclusion (MWI), codified at 12 CFR part 1223, which it will be submitting for renewal of the OMB control number under the PRA.
The Federal Home Loan Bank System (Bank System) consists of eleven regional Banks and the Office of Finance, which issues and services the Banks' debt securities. The Banks are wholesale financial institutions, organized under authority of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act (Bank Act) to serve the public interest by enhancing the availability of residential housing finance and community lending credit through their member institutions and, to a limited extent, through certain eligible non-member entities. Each Bank is structured as a regional cooperative that is owned and controlled by member financial institutions located within its district, which are also its primary customers. The Bank Act vests the management of each Bank in a board of directors that consists of two types of directors: (1) Member directors, who are drawn from the officers and directors of member institutions located in the Bank's district and who are elected to represent members in a particular state in that district; and (2) independent directors, who are unaffiliated with any of the Bank's member institutions, but who reside in the Bank's district and are elected on an at-large basis.
Section 1319A of the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (Safety and Soundness Act) requires that each of the Banks establish an Office of Minority and Women Inclusion (OMWI) to be responsible for all matters relating to diversity in its management, employment, and business activities, in accordance with requirements established by FHFA.
FHFA's MWI regulations implement those statutory requirements and also extend the requirements to the Office of Finance. The regulations require generally that each Bank and the Office of Finance “develop, implement, and maintain policies and procedures to ensure, to the maximum extent possible, in balance with financially safe and sound business practices, the inclusion and utilization of minorities, women, individuals with disabilities, and minority-, women-, and disabled-owned businesses in all business and activities and at all levels of the regulated entity, including in management, employment, procurement, insurance, and all types of contracts.”
In conformity with the statutory requirements, FHFA's MWI regulations require that each Bank and the Office of Finance submit to FHFA an annual report describing, among other things, its efforts to promote diversity at all levels of management and employment, and the results of those efforts.
Therefore, in order to enable FHFA to assess those efforts, the MWI regulations separately require that the annual reports set forth “[d]ata showing for the reporting year by minority and gender classification, the number of individuals on the board of directors of each Bank and the Office of Finance,” using the same racial and ethnic classifications that are used on the EEO-1 form (which comply with OMB's “Statistical Policy Directive No. 15, Race and Ethnic Standards for Federal Statistics and Administrative Reporting”).
FHFA uses the information collected under this control number to assess the effectiveness of the policies and procedures that each Bank and the Office of Finance is required to implement to promote diversity in all of its business and activities “at all levels” and, specifically, to encourage diversity in the nomination and solicitation of nominees for members of its boards of directors. FHFA also uses the information to establish a baseline to analyze future trends related to the diversity of the boards of directors of the Banks and the Office of Finance and to assess the effectiveness of the strategies developed by the Banks and the Office of Finance for promoting, developing, and retaining diverse board talent.
FHFA estimates the total annual hour burden imposed upon respondents by this information collection to be 20 hours. This is based on estimates that 200 Bank and Office of Finance Directors will respond annually, with each response taking an average of 0.1 hours (6 minutes) (200 respondents × 0.1 hours = 20 hours).
In accordance with the requirements of 5 CFR 1320.8(d), FHFA published an initial notice and request for public comments regarding this information collection in the
FHFA requests written comments on the following: (1) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FHFA functions, including whether the information has practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FHFA's estimates of the burdens of the collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board).
Notice and request for comment.
In accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), the Board, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) (collectively, the “agencies”) may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. On April 27, 2018, the Board, under the auspices of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC), requested public comment for 60 days on a proposal to extend for three years, without revision, the Country Exposure Report for U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks (FFIEC 019), which is currently an approved collection of information. The Board is publishing this proposal on behalf of the agencies. The comment period for this proposal ended on June 26, 2018, and no comments were received. The Board is giving notice that it is sending the collection to OMB for review.
Comments must be submitted on or before August 29, 2018.
Interested parties are invited to submit written comments to the agency listed below. All comments, which should refer to the OMB control number, will be shared among the agencies.
You may submit comments, which should refer to “FFIEC 019,” by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
All public comments are available from the Board's website at
Additionally, commenters may send a copy of their comments to the OMB desk officer for the agencies by mail to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, U.S. Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW, Washington, DC 20503; by fax to (202) 395-6974; or by email to
For further information about the proposed extension without revision of the FFIEC 019 discussed in this notice, please contact the agency staff member whose name appears below. In addition, a copy of the FFIEC 019 form can be obtained at the FFIEC's website (
Nuha Elmaghrabi, Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer, (202) 452-3884, Office of the Chief Data Officer, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C Streets NW, Washington, DC 20551. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may call (202) 263-4869.
The Board is proposing to extend for three years, without revision, the FFIEC 019.
This information collection is required pursuant to sections 7 and 13 of the International Banking Act (12 U.S.C. 3105 and 3108) for the Board, sections 7 and 10 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1817 and 1820) for the FDIC, and the National Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 161) as applied through section 4 of the International Banking Act (12 U.S.C. 3102) for the OCC. The FFIEC 019 is given confidential treatment consistent with 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) and (b)(8).
The FFIEC 019 report must be filed by each U.S. branch or agency of a foreign bank that has total direct claims on foreign residents in excess of $30 million. The branch or agency reports its total exposure (1) to residents of its home country, and (2) to the other five foreign nations to which its exposure is largest and is at least $20 million. The home country exposure must be reported regardless of the size of the total claims for that nation.
Each respondent must report by country, as appropriate, the information on its direct claims (assets such as deposit balances with banks, loans, or securities), indirect claims (which include guarantees), and total adjusted claims on foreign residents, as well as information on commitments. The respondent also must report information on claims on related non-U.S. offices that are included in total adjusted claims on the home country, as well as a breakdown for the home country and each other reported country of adjusted claims on unrelated foreign residents by the sector of borrower or guarantor, and by maturity (in two categories: One year or less, and over one year). The Federal Reserve System collects and processes this report on behalf of all three agencies.
On April 27, 2018, the Board requested comment for 60 days on a proposal to extend for three years, without revision, the FFIEC 019 report (83 FR 18564). The Board did not receive any comments on the proposal and is now submitting a request to OMB for review and approval to extend for three years, without revision, the FFIEC 019 report.
The FFIEC 019 has remained substantially the same, including with respect to the reporting scope and thresholds, since its original adoption in May 1997. Although the agencies are not proposing any revisions to the FFIEC 019, they are interested in respondents' views on potential revisions they should consider in future proposals. This includes views on whether and how to adjust the $20 million minimum threshold for reporting a non-home foreign country exposure and whether to change the number of non-home foreign countries over that threshold that are reported.
Public comment is requested on all aspects of this notice. Comment is also specifically invited on:
a. Whether the information collection is necessary for the proper performance of the agencies' functions, including whether the information has practical utility;
b. The accuracy of the agencies' estimate of the burden of the information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
c. Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
d. Ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
e. Estimates of capital or start up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
Comments submitted to the Board in response to this notice will be shared with the other agencies. All comments will become a matter of public record.
Copies of the proposed collection may be obtained by writing to the Administration for Children and Families, Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, 330 C Street SW, Washington, DC 20201. Attention Reports Clearance Officer. All requests should be identified by the title of the information collection. Email address:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by August 29, 2018.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, Fax: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
Ila S. Mizrachi, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, 301-796-7726,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
From 1998 to 2008, FDA's National Retail Food Team conducted a study to measure trends in the occurrence of foodborne illness risk factors, preparation practices, and employee behaviors most commonly reported to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention as contributing factors to foodborne illness outbreaks at the retail level. Specifically, data was collected by FDA Specialists in retail and foodservice establishments at 5-year intervals (1998, 2003, and 2008) to observe and document trends in the occurrence of the following foodborne illness risk factors:
• Food from Unsafe Sources,
• Poor Personal Hygiene,
• Inadequate Cooking,
• Improper Holding/Time and Temperature, and
• Contaminated Equipment/Cross-Contamination.
FDA developed reports summarizing the findings for each of the three data collection periods (1998, 2003, and 2008) (Refs. 1 to 3). Data from all three data collection periods were analyzed to detect trends in improvement or regression over time and to determine whether progress had been made toward the goal of reducing the occurrence of foodborne illness risk factors in selected retail and foodservice facility types (Ref. 4).
Using this 10-year survey as a foundation, in 2013 to 2014 FDA initiated a new study in full service and fast food restaurants. This study will span 10 years with a data collection currently being conducted in 2017 to 2018 and another data collection planned for 2021 to 2022 (the subject of this information collection request extension).
The purpose of the study is to:
• Assist FDA with developing retail food safety initiatives and policies focused on the control of foodborne illness risk factors;
• Identify retail food safety work plan priorities and allocate resources to enhance retail food safety nationwide;
• Track changes in the occurrence of foodborne illness risk factors in retail and foodservice establishments over time; and
• Inform recommendations to the retail and foodservice industry and State, local, tribal, and territorial regulatory professionals on reducing the occurrence of foodborne illness risk factors.
The statutory basis for FDA conducting this study is derived from the Public Health Service Act (PHS Act) (42 U.S.C. 243, section 311(a)). Responsibility for carrying out the provisions of the PHS Act relative to food protection was transferred to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs in 1968 (21 CFR 5.10(a)(2) and (4)). Additionally, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 301
The objectives of the study are to:
• Identify the least and most often occurring foodborne illness risk factors and food safety behaviors/practices in retail and foodservice facility types during each data collection period;
• Track improvement and/or regression trends in the occurrence of foodborne illness risk factors during the 10-year study period;
• Examine potential correlations between operational characteristics of food establishments and the control of foodborne illness risk factors;
• Examine potential correlations between elements within regulatory retail food protection programs and the control of foodborne illness risk factors; and
• Determine the extent to which food safety management systems and the presence of a certified food protection manager impact the occurrence of foodborne illness risk factors.
The methodology to be used for this information collection is described as follows. To obtain a sufficient number of observations to conduct statistically significant analysis, FDA will conduct approximately 400 data collections in each facility type. This sample size has been calculated to provide for sufficient observations to be 95 percent confident that the compliance percentage is within 5 percent of the true compliance percentage.
A geographical information system database containing a listing of businesses throughout the United States provides the establishment inventory for the data collections. FDA samples establishments from the inventory based on the descriptions in table 1. FDA does not intend to sample operations that handle only prepackaged food items or conduct low-risk food preparation activities. The “FDA Food Code” contains a grouping of establishments by risk, based on the type of food preparation that is normally conducted within the operation (Ref. 5). The intent is to sample establishments that fall under risk categories 2 through 4.
FDA has approximately 25 Retail Food Specialists (Specialists) who serve as the data collectors for the 10-year study. The Specialists are geographically dispersed throughout the United States and possess technical expertise in retail food safety and a solid understanding of the operations within each of the facility types to be surveyed. The Specialists are also standardized by FDA's Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition personnel in the application and interpretation of the FDA Food Code (Ref. 5).
Sampling zones have been established that are equal to the 150-mile radius around a Specialist's home location. The sample is selected randomly from among all eligible establishments located within these sampling zones. The Specialists are generally located in major metropolitan areas (
1. It provides a cross section of urban and rural areas from which to sample the eligible establishments.
2. It represents a mix of small, medium, and large regulatory entities having jurisdiction over the eligible establishments.
3. It reduces overnight travel and therefore reduces travel costs incurred by the Agency to collect data.
The sample for each data collection period is evenly distributed among Specialists. Given that participation in the study by industry is voluntary and the status of any given randomly selected establishment is subject to change, substitute establishments have been selected for each Specialist for cases where the restaurant facility is misclassified, closed, or otherwise unavailable, unable, or unwilling to participate.
Prior to conducting the data collection, Specialists contact the State or local jurisdiction that has regulatory responsibility for conducting retail food inspections for the selected establishment. The Specialist verifies with the jurisdiction that the facility has been properly classified for the purposes of the study and is still in operation. The Specialist ascertains whether the selected facility is under legal notice from the State or local regulatory authority. If the selected facility is under legal notice, the Specialist will not conduct a data collection, and a substitute establishment will be used. An invitation is extended to the State or local regulatory authority to accompany the Specialist on the data collection visit.
A standard form is used by the Specialists during each data collection. The form is divided into three sections: Section 1—“Establishment Information”; Section 2—“Regulatory Authority Information”; and Section 3—“Foodborne Illness Risk Factor and Food Safety Management System Assessment.” The information in Section 1—“Establishment Information” of the form is obtained during an interview with the establishment owner or person in charge by the Specialist and includes a standard set of questions.
The information in Section 2—“Regulatory Authority Information” is
FDA collects the following information associated with the establishment's identity: Establishment name, street address, city, state, zip code, county, industry segment, and facility type. The establishment identifying information is collected to ensure the data collections are not duplicative. Other information related to the nature of the operation, such as seating capacity and number of employees per shift, is also collected. Data will be consolidated and reported in a manner that does not reveal the identity of any establishment included in the study.
FDA has collaborated with the Food Protection and Defense Institute to develop a web-based platform in FoodSHIELD to collect, store, and analyze data for the Retail Risk Factor Study. This platform is accessible to State, local, territorial, and tribal regulatory jurisdictions to collect data relevant to their own risk factor studies. For the 2015 to 2016 data collection, FDA piloted the use of hand-held technology for capturing the data onsite during the data collection visits. The tablets that were made available for the data collections were part of a broader Agency initiative focused on internal uses of hand-held technology. The tablets provided for the data collection presented several technical and logistical challenges and increased the time burden associated with the data collection as compared to the manual entry of data collections. FDA continues to assess the feasibility for fully incorporating use of hand-held technology in subsequent data collections during the 10-year study period.
When a data collector is assigned a specific establishment, he or she conducts the data collection and enters the information into the web-based data platform. The interface will support the manual entering of data, as well as the ability to directly enter information in the database via a web browser.
The burden for the 2021 to 2022 data collection is as follows. For each data collection, the respondents will include: (1) The person in charge of the selected facility (whether it be a fast food or full service restaurant) and (2) the program director (or designated individual) of the respective regulatory authority. To provide the sufficient number of observations needed to conduct a statistically significant analysis of the data, FDA has determined that 400 data collections will be required in each of the two restaurant facility types. Therefore, the total number of responses will be 1,600 (400 data collections × 2 facility types × 2 respondents per data collection).
The burden associated with the completion of Sections 1 and 3 of the form is specific to the persons in charge of the selected facilities. It includes the time it will take the person in charge to accompany the data collector during the site visit and answer the data collector's questions. The burden related to the completion of Section 2 of the form is specific to the program directors (or designated individuals) of the respective regulatory authorities. It includes the time it will take to answer the data collectors' questions and is the same regardless of the facility type.
In the
(Comment 1) We received comments related to FDA's authority for collaboration with State and local governments regarding food safety at the retail level.
(Response 1) The statutory basis for FDA conducting this survey is the PHS Act, which requires that FDA provide assistance to State and local governments relative to the prevention and suppression of communicable diseases. Responsibility for carrying out the provisions of the PHS Act relative to food protection was transferred to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs in 1968 (21 CFR 5.10(a)(2) and (4)). Additionally, the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 301
(Comment 2) The Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (the Academy) commented that they support the proposed information collection for the survey on the occurrence of foodborne illness risk factors in various settings. The Academy provided comments pertaining to the following general areas of the study:
a. Question as to whether 90 minutes is adequate for surveying larger facilities.
b. Request FDA evaluate the impact of conducting surveys during non-peak hours of operation.
c. Suggest that the use of gloves is not adequately addressed in the survey.
d. Recommend adding a food allergy component.
e. Encourage continued efforts to simplify and standardize expiration dates.
Related to foodservice operations at the retail level, the Academy provided the following comments:
a. Suggest that FDA consider conducting the survey by using local inspectors who already inspect facilities for other purposes.
b. Suggest that educational efforts should be culturally guided, provided in multiple languages, and include photos or illustrations to facilitate remediation.
c. FDA consider modifying the survey to account for new foods and new means of conveying food.
(Response 2) FDA thanks the submitter for their comments and appreciates their support. Regarding general areas of the study, FDA provides the following responses:
a. The current 10-year study estimates 90 minutes as the average time needed to adequately collect necessary information, taking into account both small and large facilities. This average time is consistent with the amount of time burden estimated for the previous data collection periods and provides a sufficient timeframe to observe food safety practices and procedures that are the focus of the study.
b. Based on the methodology of the study, the information collection is performed during hours of operation of the randomly selected facility. Data collections are scheduled at times that provide the best opportunity to observe food preparation activities.
c. Information collection related to handwashing and no bare hand contact with ready to eat foods, which may include use of gloves, is based on assessment of observations against the most current addition of the FDA Model Food Code. Provisions of the FDA Food Code identify when handwashing and no bare hand contact with ready to eat food are required during food preparation and service. The current FDA Food Code does not recognize the use of hand antiseptics in lieu of handwashing during food preparation and service.
d. The study is collecting information regarding the knowledge of the person in charge related to food allergens and training of food service employees on allergy awareness as it relates to their assigned duties in their facility.
e. The scope of this data collection focuses on foodborne illness risk factors and does not include assessment of expiration dates of manufactured foods as part of this research assessment.
Related to foodservice operations at the retail level, FDA provides the following responses:
a. This type of research requires a standardized design and methodology to ensure that the occurrences of the foodborne illness risk factors are uniformly assessed. Retail Food Specialists are standardized by Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition and have a strong working knowledge of retail food industry. State and local regulators are encouraged to accompany the data collectors during the data collection.
b. The research from this study facilitates the development of culturally guided, multi-language education outreach materials that can be shared with regulatory and industry partners.
c. The study design accounts for a variety of food conveyances in the retail food setting. The study includes four major segments of the retail and foodservice industries that account for over a million varied and diverse types of operations in the United States:
To calculate the estimate of the hours per response, FDA will use the average data collection duration for the same facility types during the 2013 to 2014 data collection. FDA estimates that it will take the persons in charge of full service restaurants and fast food restaurants 104 minutes (1.73 hours) and 82 minutes (1.36 hours), respectively, to accompany the data collectors while they complete Sections 1 and 3 of the form. In comparison, for the 2013 to 2014 data collection, the burden estimate was 106 minutes (1.76 hours) in full service restaurants and 73 minutes (1.21 hours) in fast food restaurants. FDA estimates that it will take the program director (or designated individual) of the respective regulatory authority 30 minutes (0.5 hours) to answer the questions related to Section 2 of the form. This burden estimate is unchanged from the last data collection. Hence, the total burden estimate for a data collection in a full service restaurant, including the responses of both the program director and the person in charge, is 134 minutes (104 + 30) (2.23 hours). The total burden estimate for a data collection in a fast food restaurant, including the responses of both the program director and the person in charge, is 112 minutes (82 + 30) (1.86 hours).
Based on the number of entry refusals from the 2013 to 2014 baseline data collection, we estimate a refusal rate of 2 percent for the data collections within restaurant facility types. The estimate of the time per non-respondent is 5 minutes (0.08 hours) for the person in charge to listen to the purpose of the visit and provide a verbal refusal of entry.
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
The burden for this information collection has not changed since the last OMB approval.
The following references are on display in the Dockets Management Staff (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852, and are available for viewing by interested persons between 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., Monday through Friday, they are also available electronically at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the fee rates and payment procedures for medical device user fees for fiscal year (FY) 2019. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act), as amended by the Medical Device User Fee Amendments of 2017 (MDUFA IV), authorizes FDA to collect user fees for certain medical device submissions and annual fees both for certain periodic reports and for establishments subject to registration. This notice establishes the fee rates for FY 2019, which apply from October 1, 2018, through September 30, 2019. To avoid delay in the review of your application, you should pay the application fee before or at the time you submit your application to FDA. The fee you must pay is the fee that is in effect on the later of the date that your application is received by FDA or the date your fee payment is recognized by the U.S. Treasury. If you want to pay a reduced small business fee, you must qualify as a small business before making your submission to FDA; if you do not qualify as a small business before making your submission to FDA, you will have to pay the higher standard fee. Please note that the establishment registration fee is not eligible for a reduced small business fee. As a result, if the establishment registration fee is the only medical device user fee that you will pay in FY 2019, you should not submit a Small Business Certification Request. This document provides information on how the fees for FY 2019 were determined, the payment procedures you should follow, and how you may qualify for reduced small business fees.
Section 738 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 379j) establishes fees for certain medical device applications, submissions, supplements, notices, and requests (for simplicity, this document refers to these collectively as “submissions” or “applications”); for periodic reporting on class III devices; and for the registration of certain establishments. Under statutorily defined conditions, a qualified applicant may receive a fee waiver or may pay a lower small business fee (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(d) and (e)).
Under the FD&C Act, the fee rate for each type of submission is set at a specified percentage of the standard fee for a premarket application (a premarket application is a premarket approval application (PMA), a product development protocol (PDP), or a biologics license application (BLA)). The FD&C Act specifies the base fee for a premarket application for each year from FY 2018 through FY 2022; the base fee for a premarket application received by FDA during FY 2019 is $300,000. From this starting point, this document establishes FY 2019 fee rates for certain types of submissions, and for periodic reporting, by applying criteria specified in the FD&C Act.
The FD&C Act specifies the base fee for establishment registration for each year from FY 2018 through FY 2022; the base fee for an establishment registration in FY 2019 is $4,548. There is no reduction in the registration fee for small businesses. Each establishment that is registered (or is required to register) with the Secretary of Health and Human Services under section 510 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 360) because such establishment is engaged in the manufacture, preparation, propagation, compounding, or processing of a device is required to pay the annual fee for establishment registration.
The total revenue amount for FY 2019 is $190,654,875, as set forth in the statute prior to the inflation adjustment (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(b)(3)). MDUFA directs FDA to use the yearly total revenue amount as a starting point to set the standard fee rates for each fee type. The fee calculations for FY 2019 are described in this document.
MDUFA specifies that the $190,654,875 is to be adjusted for inflation increases for FY 2019 using two separate adjustments—one for payroll costs and one for non-payroll costs (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)). The base inflation adjustment for FY 2019 is the sum of one plus these two separate adjustments, and is compounded as specified in the statute (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(C) and 379j(c)(2)(B)).
The component of the inflation adjustment for payroll costs is the average annual percent change in the cost of all personnel compensation and benefits (PC&B) paid per full-time equivalent position (FTE) at FDA for the first 3 of the 4 preceding FYs, multiplied by 0.60, or 60 percent (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(C)).
Table 1 summarizes the actual cost and FTE data for the specified FYs, and provides the percent change from the previous FY and the average percent change over the first 3 of the 4 FYs preceding FY 2019. The 3-year average is 2.4152 percent (rounded).
The payroll adjustment is 2.4152 percent multiplied by 60 percent, or 1.4491 percent.
The statute specifies that the component of the inflation adjustment for non-payroll costs for FY 2019 is the average annual percent change that occurred in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) for urban consumers (Washington-Baltimore, DC-MD-VA-WV; Not Seasonally Adjusted; All Items; Annual Index) for the first 3 of the preceding 4 years of available data multiplied by 0.40, or 40 percent (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(C)).
Table 2 provides the summary data and the 3-year average percent change in the specified CPI for the Baltimore-Washington area. These data are published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics and can be found on their website at:
The non-pay adjustment is 0.9297 percent multiplied by 40 percent, or 0.3719 percent.
Next, the payroll adjustment (1.4491 percent or 0.014491) is added to the non-payroll adjustment (0.3719 percent or 0.003719), for a total of 1.8210 percent (or 0.018210). To complete the inflation adjustment, 1 (100 percent or 1.0) is added for a total base inflation adjustment of 1.018210 for FY 2019.
MDUFA IV provides for this inflation adjustment to be compounded for FY 2019 and each subsequent fiscal year (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(B)(ii)). The base inflation adjustment for FY 2019 (1.018210) is compounded by multiplying it by the compounded applicable inflation factor from FY 2018 (1.054618). To complete the compounded inflation adjustment for FY 2019, the FY 2018 compounded adjustment (1.054618) is multiplied by the FY 2019 base inflation adjustment (1.018210) to reach the applicable inflation adjustment of 1.073823 (rounded) for FY 2019. We then multiply the total revenue amount for FY 2019 ($190,654,875) by 1.073823, yielding an inflation adjusted total revenue amount of $204,730,000 (rounded to the nearest thousand dollars).
Under the FD&C Act, all submission fees and the periodic reporting fee are set as a percent of the standard (full) fee for a premarket application (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(a)(2)(A)).
MDUFA specifies that the base fees of $300,000 (premarket application) and $4,548 (establishment registration) are to be adjusted for FY 2019 using the same methodology as that for the total revenue inflation adjustment in section II (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(D)(i)). Multiplying the base fees by the compounded inflation adjustment of 1.073823 yields inflation adjusted base fees of $322,147 (premarket application) and $4,884 (establishment registration).
After the applicable inflation adjustment to fees is done, FDA may increase, if necessary to achieve the inflation adjusted total revenue amount, the base fee amounts on a uniform proportionate basis (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(2)(D)(ii)). If necessary after this adjustment, FDA may further increase the base establishment registration fees to generate the inflation adjusted total revenue amount (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(c)(3)).
Table 3 provides the last 3 years of fee-paying submission counts and the 3-year average. These numbers are used to project the fee-paying submission counts that FDA will receive in FY 2019. Most of the fee-paying submission counts are published in the MDUFA Financial Report to Congress each year.
The information in table 3 is necessary to estimate the amount of revenue that will be collected based on the fee amounts. Table 4 displays the FY 2019 base fees set in statute (column one) and the inflation adjusted base fees (per calculations in section III.A.) (column two). Using the inflation adjusted fees and the 3-year averages of fee paying submissions, collections are projected to total $207,708,611, which is $2,978,611 higher than the inflation adjusted total revenue amount. The fees in column two are those we are establishing in FY 2019, which are the standard fees.
The standard fee (adjusted base amount) for a premarket application, including a BLA, and for a premarket report and a BLA efficacy supplement, is $322,147 for FY 2019. The fees set by reference to the standard fee for a premarket application are:
• For a panel-track supplement, 75 percent of the standard fee;
• For a de novo classification request, 30 percent of the standard fee;
• For a 180-day supplement, 15 percent of the standard fee;
• For a real-time supplement, 7 percent of the standard fee;
• For an annual fee for periodic reporting concerning a class III device, 3.5 percent of the standard fee;
• For a 510(k) premarket notification, 3.4 percent of the standard fee;
• For a 30-day notice, 1.6 percent of the standard fee; and
• For a 513(g) request for classification information, 1.35 percent of the standard fee.
For all submissions other than a 30-day notice, and a 513(g) request for classification information, the small business fee is 25 percent of the standard (full) fee for the submission (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(d)(2)(C) and (e)(2)(C)). For a 30-day notice, and a 513(g) request for classification information, the small business fee is 50 percent of the standard (full) fee for the submission (see 21 U.S.C. 379j(d)(2)(C)).
The annual fee for establishment registration, after adjustment, is set at $4,884 for FY 2019. There is no small business rate for the annual establishment registration fee; all establishments pay the same fee.
Table 5 summarizes the FY 2019 rates for all medical device fees.
If your business, including your affiliates, has gross receipts or sales of no more than $100 million for the most recent tax year, you may qualify for reduced small business fees. If your business, including your affiliates, has gross sales or receipts of no more than $30 million, you may also qualify for a waiver of the fee for your first premarket application (
If your business qualified as a small business for FY 2018, your status as a small business will expire at the close of business on September 30, 2018. You must re-qualify for FY 2019 in order to pay small business fees during FY 2019.
If you are a domestic (U.S.) business, and wish to qualify as a small business for FY 2019, you must submit the following to FDA:
1. A completed MDUFA Small Business Certification Request For a Business Headquartered in the U.S. (Form FDA 3602). Form FDA 3602 is provided in the FDA Forms database:
2. A signed certified copy of your Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return for the most recent tax year. The most recent tax year will be 2018, except:
If you submit your MDUFA Small Business Certification Request for FY 2019 before April 15, 2019, and you have not yet filed your return for 2018, you may use tax year 2017.
If you submit your MDUFA Small Business Certification Request for FY 2019 on or after April 15, 2019, and have not yet filed your 2018 return because you obtained an extension, you may submit your most recent return filed prior to the extension.
3. For each of your affiliates, either:
• If the affiliate is a domestic (U.S.) business, a certified copy of the affiliate's Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return for the most recent tax year, or
• If the affiliate is a foreign business and cannot submit a Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return, a National Taxing Authority Certification completed by, and bearing the official seal of, the National Taxing Authority of the country in which the firm is headquartered. The National Taxing Authority is the foreign equivalent of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. This certification must show the amount of gross receipts or sales for the most recent tax year, in both U.S. dollars and the local currency of the country, the exchange rate used in converting the local currency to U.S. dollars, and the dates of the gross receipts or sales collected. The business must also submit a statement signed by the head of the business's firm or by its chief financial officer that the business has submitted certifications for all of its affiliates, identifying the name of each affiliate, or that the business has no affiliates.
If you are a foreign business, and wish to qualify as a small business for FY 2019, you must submit the following:
1. A completed MDUFA Foreign Small Business Certification Request For a Business Headquartered Outside the United States (Form FDA 3602A). Form FDA 3602A is provided in the FDA Forms database:
2. A National Taxing Authority Certification, completed by, and bearing the official seal of, the National Taxing Authority of the country in which the firm is headquartered. This certification must show the amount of gross receipts or sales for the most recent tax year, in both U.S. dollars and the local currency of the country, the exchange rate used in converting the local currency to U.S. dollars, and the dates of the gross receipts or sales collected.
3. For each of your affiliates, either:
• If the affiliate is a domestic (U.S.) business, a certified copy of the affiliate's Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return for the most recent tax year (2018 or later), or
• If the affiliate is a foreign business and cannot submit a Federal (U.S.) Income Tax Return, a National Taxing Authority Certification completed by, and bearing the official seal of, the National Taxing Authority of the
If your application or submission is subject to a fee and your payment is received by FDA between October 1, 2018, and September 30, 2019, you must pay the fee in effect for FY 2019. The later of the date that the application is received in the reviewing center's document room or the date the U.S. Treasury recognizes the payment determines whether the fee rates for FY 2018 or FY 2019 apply. FDA must receive the correct fee at the time that an application is submitted, or the application will not be accepted for filing or review.
FDA requests that you follow the steps below before submitting a medical device application subject to a fee to ensure that FDA links the fee with the correct application. (Note: Do not send your user fee check to FDA with the application.)
Log into the User Fee System at:
When you are satisfied that the data on the cover sheet is accurate, electronically transmit that data to FDA according to instructions on the screen. Applicants are required to set up a user account and password to assure data security in the creation and electronic submission of cover sheets.
1. The preferred payment method is online using electronic check (Automated Clearing House (ACH) also known as eCheck) or credit card (Discover, VISA, MasterCard, American Express). FDA has partnered with the U.S. Department of the Treasury to utilize Pay.gov, a web-based payment system, for online electronic payment. You may make a payment via electronic check or credit card after submitting your cover sheet. Secure electronic payments can be submitted using the User Fees Payment Portal at
2. If paying with a paper check:
• All paper checks must be in U.S. currency from a U.S. bank and made payable to the Food and Drug Administration. If needed, FDA's tax identification number is 53-0196965.
• Please write your application's unique PIN (from the upper right-hand corner of your completed Medical Device User Fee cover sheet) on your check.
•
3. If paying with a wire transfer:
• Please include your application's unique PIN (from the upper right-hand corner of your completed Medical Device User Fee cover sheet) in your wire transfer. Without the PIN, your payment may not be applied to your cover sheet and review of your application may be delayed.
• The originating financial institution may charge a wire transfer fee. If the financial institution charges a wire transfer fee it is required that you add that amount to the payment to ensure that the invoice is paid in full.
Please submit your application and a copy of the completed Medical Device User Fee cover sheet to the address located at
You will be invoiced at the end of the quarter in which your PMA Periodic Report is due. Invoices will be sent based on the details included on your PMA file. You are responsible for ensuring FDA has your current billing information, and you may update your contact information for the PMA by submitting an amendment to the pending PMA or a supplement to the approved PMA.
1. The preferred payment method is online using electronic check (ACH also known as eCheck) or credit card (Discover, VISA, MasterCard, American Express). Secure electronic payments can be submitted using the User Fees Payment Portal at
2. If paying with a paper check:
The check must be in U.S. currency from a U.S. bank and made payable to the Food and Drug Administration. If needed, FDA's tax identification number is 53-0196965.
• Please write your invoice number on the check.
•
3. When paying by a wire transfer it is required that the invoice number is included, without the invoice number the payment may not be applied. If the payment amount is not applied the invoice amount would be referred to collections. The originating financial institution may charge a wire transfer fee. If the financial institution charges a wire transfer fee it is required that you add that amount to the payment to ensure that the invoice is paid in full.
To pay the annual establishment registration fee, firms must access the Device Facility User Fee (DFUF) website at
Companies that do not manufacture any product other than a licensed biologic are required to register in the Blood Establishment Registration (BER) system. FDA's Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research (CBER) will send establishment registration fee invoices annually to these companies.
To submit a DFUF Order, you must create or have previously created a user account and password for the user fee website listed previously in this section. After creating a user name and password, log into the Establishment Registration User Fee FY 2019 store. Complete the DFUF order by entering the number of establishments you are registering that require payment. When you are satisfied that the information in the order is accurate, electronically transmit that data to FDA according to instructions on the screen. Print a copy of the final DFUF order and note the unique PIN located in the upper right-hand corner of the printed order.
Unless paying by credit card, all payments must be in U. S. currency and drawn on a U.S. bank.
1. If paying by credit card or electronic check (ACH or eCheck):
The DFUF order will include payment information, including details on how you can pay online using a credit card or electronic check. Follow the instructions provided to make an electronic payment.
2. If paying with a paper check:
3. If paying with a wire transfer:
Wire transfers may also be used to pay annual establishment registration fees. To send a wire transfer, please read and comply with the following information:
Include your order's unique PIN (in the upper right-hand corner of your completed DFUF order) in your wire transfer. Without the PIN, your payment may not be applied to your facility and your registration may be delayed.
The originating financial institution may charge a wire transfer fee. If the financial institution charges a wire transfer fee it is required that you add that amount to the payment to ensure that the invoice is paid in full. Use the following account information when sending a wire transfer: U.S. Dept. of Treasury, TREAS NYC, 33 Liberty St., New York, NY 10045, Acct. No. 75060099, Routing No. 021030004, SWIFT: FRNYUS33. If needed, FDA's tax identification number is 53-0196965.
Go to the Center for Devices and Radiological Health's website at
Enter your existing account ID and password to log into FURLS. From the FURLS/FDA Industry Systems menu,
After completing your annual or initial registration and device listing, you will be prompted to enter your DFUF order PIN and PCN, when applicable. This process does not apply to establishments engaged only in the manufacture, preparation, propagation, compounding, or processing of licensed biologic devices. CBER will send invoices for payment of the establishment registration fee to such establishments.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is providing notice that the effective date of an April 2, 2018, order denying requests for a hearing and withdrawing approval of abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) for certain prescription laxatives with the active ingredient polyethylene glycol 3350 (PEG 3350) is stayed until November 2, 2018.
FDA is staying the effective date of the April 2, 2018, order withdrawing approval of ANDAs for certain prescription laxatives with the active ingredient PEG 3350 until November 2, 2018.
For access to the docket, go to
Julie Finegan, Office of Scientific Integrity, Office of the Chief Scientist, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 1, Rm. 4218, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-8618.
In the
By a letter dated April 16, 2018, the Acting Chief Scientist, pursuant to authority delegated by the Commissioner, concluded that the ANDA holders had not met the criteria for a mandatory stay under § 10.35(e). The Acting Chief Scientist granted a temporary, discretionary stay of the effective date of the order until November 2, 2018. As described in the April 16, 2018, letter, based upon information submitted by the ANDA holders and not disputed by Bayer, it would likely be difficult for manufacturers of OTC PEG 3350 products to compensate for the removal of prescription PEG 3350 products within 30 days. The letter explained that public health interests would not be served should the 30-day effective date negatively impact the availability of PEG 3350, particularly given that the basis of the withdrawal of the ANDA products is not an issue of safety or efficacy. The April 16, 2018, letter additionally noted that FDA has provided lengthier time frames to phase out manufacturing and distribution of affected products in other cases. While the Acting Chief Scientist rejected the petitioners' arguments that financial hardship and harm to reputation resulting from the withdrawal order rise to the level of irreparable injury necessary for a mandatory stay under § 10.35(e), she agreed that there may some validity to the petitioner's concerns of harm to their business interests as a result of the 30-day effective date. The Acting Chief Scientist concluded that it is in the public interest and in the interest of justice to stay the effective date of the April 2, 2018, order until November 2, 2018.
The parties' submissions and the Agency's orders are available at
FDA is providing notice of the decision to grant a temporary stay in accordance with § 10.35(f).
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is requesting that any consumer organizations interested in participating in the selection of voting and/or nonvoting consumer representatives to serve on its advisory committees or panels notify FDA in writing. FDA is also requesting nominations for voting and/or nonvoting consumer representatives to serve on advisory committees and/or panels for which vacancies currently exist or are expected to occur in the near future. Nominees recommended to serve as a voting or nonvoting consumer representative may be self-nominated or may be nominated by a consumer organization.
FDA seeks to include the views of women and men, members of all racial and ethnic groups, and individuals with and without disabilities on its advisory committees and, therefore, encourages nominations of appropriately qualified candidates from these groups.
Any consumer organization interested in participating in the selection of an appropriate voting or nonvoting member to represent consumer interests on an FDA advisory committee or panel may send a letter or email stating that interest to FDA (see
All statements of interest from consumer organizations interested in participating in the selection process and consumer representative nominations should be submitted electronically to
Consumer representative nominations should be submitted electronically by logging into the FDA Advisory Committee Membership Nomination Portal:
For questions relating to specific advisory committees or panels, contact the appropriate contact person listed in table 1.
FDA is requesting nominations for voting and/or nonvoting consumer representatives for the vacancies listed in table 2:
Reviews and evaluates available data concerning the safety and effectiveness of marketed and investigational human drug products for use in anesthesiology and surgery.
Reviews and evaluates available data concerning the safety and effectiveness of marketed and investigational human drug products for use in the treatment of infectious diseases and disorders.
Reviews and evaluates data on the safety and effectiveness of marketed and investigational human drugs for use in the practice of obstetrics, gynecology, and related specialties.
Reviews and evaluates available data concerning the safety and effectiveness of marketed and investigational human drug products for use in the treatment of cardiovascular and renal disorders.
Reviews and evaluates data concerning the safety and effectiveness of marketed and investigational human drug products for use in diagnostic and therapeutic procedures using radioactive pharmaceuticals and contrast media used in diagnostic radiology.
Provides advice on scientific, technical, and medical issues concerning drug compounding by pharmacists and licensed practitioners.
Reviews and evaluates data on the safety and effectiveness of marketed and investigational devices and makes recommendations for their regulation. With the exception of the Medical Devices Dispute Resolution Panel, each panel, according to its specialty area, advises on the classification or reclassification of devices into one of three regulatory categories; advises on any possible risks to health associated with the use of devices; advises on formulation of product development protocols; reviews premarket approval applications for medical devices; reviews guidelines and guidance documents; recommends exemption of certain devices from the application of portions of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act; advises on the necessity to ban a device; and responds to requests from the Agency to review and
The Dental Products Panel also functions at times as a dental drug panel. The functions of the dental drug panel are to evaluate and recommend whether various prescription drug products should be changed to over-the-counter status and to evaluate data and make recommendations concerning the approval of new dental drug products for human use.
The Medical Devices Dispute Resolution Panel provides advice to the Commissioner on complex or contested scientific issues between FDA and medical device sponsors, applicants, or manufacturers relating to specific products, marketing applications, regulatory decisions and actions by FDA, and Agency guidance and policies. The Panel makes recommendations on issues that are lacking resolution, are highly complex in nature, or result from challenges to regular advisory panel proceedings or Agency decisions or actions.
Persons nominated for membership as consumer representatives on committees or panels should meet the following criteria: (1) Demonstrate an affiliation with and/or active participation in consumer or community-based organizations, (2) be able to analyze technical data, (3) understand research design, (4) discuss benefits and risks, and (5) evaluate the safety and efficacy of products under review. The consumer representative should be able to represent the consumer perspective on issues and actions before the advisory committee; serve as a liaison between the committee and interested consumers, associations, coalitions, and consumer organizations; and facilitate dialogue with the advisory committees on scientific issues that affect consumers.
Selection of members representing consumer interests is conducted through procedures that include the use of organizations representing the public interest and public advocacy groups. These organizations recommend nominees for the Agency's selection. Representatives from the consumer health branches of Federal, State, and local governments also may participate in the selection process. Any consumer organization interested in participating in the selection of an appropriate voting or nonvoting member to represent consumer interests should send a letter stating that interest to FDA (see
Within the subsequent 30 days, FDA will compile a list of consumer organizations that will participate in the selection process and will forward to each such organization a ballot listing at least two qualified nominees selected by the Agency based on the nominations received, together with each nominee's current curriculum vitae or resume. Ballots are to be filled out and returned to FDA within 30 days. The nominee receiving the highest number of votes ordinarily will be selected to serve as the member representing consumer interests for that particular advisory committee or panel.
Any interested person or organization may nominate one or more qualified persons to represent consumer interests on the Agency's advisory committees or panels. Self-nominations are also accepted. Nominations must include a current, complete resume or curriculum vitae for each nominee and a signed copy of the Acknowledgement and Consent form available at the FDA Advisory Nomination Portal (see
Nominations must also specify the advisory committee(s) or panel(s) for which the nominee is recommended. In addition, nominations must also acknowledge that the nominee is aware of the nomination unless self-nominated. FDA will ask potential candidates to provide detailed information concerning such matters as financial holdings, employment, and research grants and/or contracts to permit evaluation of possible sources of conflicts of interest. Members will be invited to serve for terms up to 4 years.
FDA will review all nominations received within the specified timeframes and prepare a ballot containing the names of qualified nominees. Names not selected will remain on a list of eligible nominees and be reviewed periodically by FDA to determine continued interest. Upon selecting qualified nominees for the ballot, FDA will provide those consumer organizations that are participating in the selection process with the opportunity to vote on the listed nominees. Only organizations vote in the selection process. Persons who nominate themselves to serve as voting or nonvoting consumer representatives will not participate in the selection process.
This notice is issued under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2) and 21 CFR part 14, relating to advisory committees.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is publishing a list of information collections that have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Ila S. Mizrachi, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852, 301-796-7726,
The following is a list of FDA information collections recently approved by OMB under section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507). The OMB control number and expiration date of OMB approval for each information collection are shown in table 1. Copies of the supporting statements for the information collections are available on the internet at
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration's (FDA) Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH or Center) is announcing the 2019 Experiential Learning Program (ELP). This training is intended to provide CDRH and other FDA staff with an opportunity to understand laboratory practices, quality system management, patient perspective/input, and challenges that impact the medical device development life cycle. The purpose of this document is to invite medical device industry, academia, and health care facilities, and others to participate in this formal training program for CDRH and other FDA staff, or to contact CDRH for more information regarding the ELP.
Submit electronic proposals for participation in the ELP at
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions” or submit electronic proposals to
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your requests only as a written/paper submission, or submit electronically to
Christian Hussong, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 32, Rm. 3283, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 240-402-2246, or ELP Management,
CDRH is responsible for ensuring the safety and effectiveness of medical devices marketed in the United States. Additionally, CDRH assures patients and providers have timely and continued access to high-quality, safe and effective medical devices. Continuing our 2016 and 2017 priorities of Partnering with Patients and Promoting a Culture of Quality and Organizational Excellence, adding our 2018-2020 Strategic Priorities of Simplicity, Collaborative Communities and Employee Engagement, Opportunity, and Success, overlaid by our constant strive for patient safety and innovation highlights our need to understand the perspective of our stakeholders. The Center encourages applicants to consider including opportunities to discuss innovation, patient perspective, patient safety, incorporating quality system design and management, simplification principles, and utilization of collaborative communities in their proposal(s) as they contribute to the success of the device development life cycle.
CDRH is committed to advancing regulatory science, providing industry with predictable, consistent, transparent, and efficient regulatory pathways, and helping to ensure consumer confidence in medical devices marketed in the United States and throughout the world. The ELP is intended to provide CDRH and other FDA staff with an opportunity to understand the laboratory and manufacturing practices, quality system management, patient perspective/input, simplification principles, and other challenges and how they impact the medical device development life cycle. ELP is a collaborative effort to enhance communication with our stakeholders to facilitate medical device reviews. The Center is committed to understanding current industry practices, innovative technologies, regulatory impacts and needs, and how patient perspective/input, safety and quality systems management advance the development and evaluation of medical devices, and monitoring the performance of marketed devices.
These formal training visits are not intended for FDA to inspect, assess, judge, or perform a regulatory function (
Additional information regarding the CDRH ELP, including current areas of interest, submission dates, a sample site visit request, and an example of a site visit agenda, is available on CDRH's website at:
In the ELP training program, groups of CDRH and other FDA staff will observe operations in the areas of research, device development, Digital Health, incorporating patient information and reimbursement, manufacturing, quality management principles, and health care facilities. The areas of interest for visits include various topics identified by managers at CDRH and other areas within FDA. These areas of interest are listed on the ELP website and are intended to be updated quarterly.
To submit a proposal addressing one of the Center's areas of interest, visit the link for the table of areas of interest at:
Once you have determined an area of interest to address in your ELP proposal, follow the instructions in section III to complete the site visit request template and agenda provided at:
Submit all proposals at
CDRH and FDA will be responsible for its own staff travel expenses associated with the site visits. CDRH and FDA will not provide funds to support the training provided by the site to the ELP. Selection of potential facilities will be based on CDRH and FDA's priorities for staff training and resources available to fund this program. In addition to logistical and other resource factors, all sites must have a successful compliance record with FDA or another Agency with which FDA has a memorandum of understanding (if applicable). If a site visit involves a visit to a separate physical location of another firm under contract with the site, that firm must agree to participate in the ELP and must also have a satisfactory compliance history, and must be listed in the proposal along with a Facility Establishment Identifier number, if applicable.
Information regarding the CDRH ELP, including a sample request and an example of a site visit agenda, and submission dates is available on CDRH's website at:
Office of the Secretary, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) announces the next meeting of the
The Committee will meet on September 6, 2018, from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET), and September 7, 2018, from 8:30 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. ET.
The meeting will be held at the 20 F Street Conference Center, located at 20th F Street NW, Washington, DC 20001. To register to attend the meeting, please visit the Healthy People website at
Emmeline Ochiai, Designated Federal Officer, Secretary's Advisory Committee on National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives for 2030, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, 1101 Wootton Parkway, Room LL-100, Rockville, MD 20852, (240) 453-8255 (telephone), (240) 453-8281 (fax). Additional information is available on the Healthy People website at
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, PIH, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Arlette Mussington, Office of Policy, Programs and Legislative Initiatives, PIH, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, (L'Enfant Plaza, Room 2206), Washington, DC 20410; telephone 202-402-4109, (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Information Relay Service at (800) 877-
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The automated form HUD-52681-B (Voucher for Payment of Annual Contributions and Operating Statement Housing Assistance Payments Program Supplemental Reporting Form) is entered by the PHA into the Voucher Management System (VMS) on a monthly basis during each calendar year to track leasing and HAP expenses by voucher category, as well as data concerning fraud recovery, Family Self-Sufficiency escrow accounts, PHA-held equity, etc. The inclusion, change, and deletion of the fields mentioned below will improve the allocation of funds and allow the PHAs and the Department to realize a more complete picture of the PHAs' resources and program activities, promote financial accountability, and improve the PHAs' ability to provide assistance to as many households as possible while maximizing budgets. In addition, the fields will be crucial to the identification of actual or incipient financial problems that will ultimately affect funding for program participants. The automated form HUD-52681-B is also utilized by the same programs as the manual forms.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-5534 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410; email Anna P. Guido at
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
Eligible HUD-assisted properties applied for the demonstration and were randomly assigned to one of three groups: A “treatment group” that received grant funding to hire a RWD and WN and implement the SSD model (40 properties); an “active control” group that did not receive grant funding but received a stipend to participate in the evaluation (40 properties); and a “passive control” group that received neither grant funding nor a stipend (44 properties). The random assignment permits an evaluation that quantifies the impact of the SSD model by comparing outcomes at the 40 treatment group properties to outcomes at the 84 properties in the active and passive control groups.
Under contract with HUD's Office of Policy Development and Research, Abt Associates Inc. will conduct a two-part evaluation—a process study to describe the implementation of the demonstration and an impact study to measure the impact of the SSD model on residents' use of healthcare services and housing stability. The evaluation features analysis of administrative data and the following types of baseline data collection from human subjects: (1) An initial questionnaire with housing and wellness staff (RWD, Service Coordinator, and/or property management) at each of the 40 treatment properties and the 40 active control properties; (2) interviews with housing and wellness staff (RWDs, WNs, Service Coordinators, and property management) at each of the 40 treatment properties and the 40 active control properties; (3) 24 focus groups with residents and caregivers of residents. The purpose of these activities is to collect data from multiple perspectives about implementation experience with the demonstration, the strengths and weakness of the model, and how resident wellness and service coordination activities compare across treatment and control properties. The evaluation will also incorporate data collected by The Lewin Group as part of the implementation of the demonstration. Information on the SSD information collection was published in the
The estimated average burden for the interviews is 2.5 hours. The interviews will take up to two hours, with an additional 30 minutes for scheduling and preparation. The respondents for the interviews are Resident Wellness Directors, Wellness Nurses, Service Coordinators, and housing property staff. There will be between one and four interview respondents per property for an estimated number of respondents of 220 and an estimated burden of 550 hours.
The estimated average burden for each focus group with residents is 1.75 hours. The focus group discussion will last up to 90 minutes, with an additional 15 minutes at the start for participants to complete the consent process and orient themselves to the group. The respondents for the resident focus groups are residents aged 62 and over of HUD-assisted properties. There will be an average of 10 participants per focus group and 21 focus groups, for a total of 210 respondents and 368 burden hours.
The estimated average burden for the caregiver focus group is 1.75 hours. The focus group discussion will take up to 90 minutes, with an additional 15 minutes at the start for participants to complete the consent process and orient themselves to the group. The respondents for the caregiver focus groups are the informal caregivers (mostly friends and family) of residents aged 62 and over of HUD-assisted properties. There will be an average of 10 participants per focus group and three focus groups, for a total of 30 respondents and 53 burden hours.
Exhibit A-2 provides the total estimated hour and cost burden of the information collection. The “Initial Questionnaire” category in Exhibit A-2 includes three data collection instruments: Initial Questionnaire for
The total estimated annual cost for this information collection is $29,206.70.
To estimate the cost per hour for the questionnaire and interview respondents, we use the most recent (May 2016) Bureau of Labor Statistics, Occupational Employment Statistics median hourly wage for selected occupations classified by Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) codes and added 31.7 percent to account for benefits costs. (According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics' Employer Costs for Employee Compensation data from September 2017, benefit costs averaged 31.7 percent of employer costs for employee compensation across all job categories.)
The hourly cost per response for the initial questionnaire, $34.04, is a weighted average of the estimated hourly cost for RWDs, service coordinators, and property managers. To estimate hourly wage rates for resident wellness directors and service coordinators, we used the occupation code Healthcare Social Workers (21-1022) with a median hourly wage of $25.85 and an estimated cost with benefits of $34.04. For property managers, we used the occupation code Property, Real Estate, and Community Association Managers (11-940) with a median hourly wage of $27.70 and an estimated cost with benefits of $34.04.
The hourly cost per response for the interviews, $34.04, is a weighted average of the estimated hourly cost for RWDs, service coordinators, property managers, and WNs. As discussed above, the estimated hourly cost for resident wellness directors and service coordinators is $34.04 and the estimated hourly cost for property managers is $34.04. For WNs, we used the occupation code Registered Nurses (29-1141) with a median hourly wage of $34.04 and an estimated cost with benefits of $34.04.
The hourly cost for the focus groups with residents is $7.90. Most of the properties in the SSD are funded through HUD's Supportive Housing for the Elderly (Section 202) program. According to HUD's Picture of Subsidized Households for 2016. (
The hourly cost for the focus groups with caregivers is $27.70. To estimate hourly costs for the caregivers participating in focus groups, we used the median annual household income from the 2016 American Community Survey, $57,617, and divided it by 2,080 hours to arrive at an hourly rate of $27.70.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, PIH, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing, HUD.
Notice.
This Notice announces changes in the interest rates to be paid on debentures issued with respect to a loan or mortgage insured by the Federal Housing Administration under the provisions of the National Housing Act (the Act). The interest rate for debentures issued under Section 221(g)(4) of the Act during the 6-month period beginning July 1, 2018, is 3
Yong Sun, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW, Room 5148, Washington, DC 20410-8000; telephone (202) 402-4778 (this is not a toll-free number). Individuals with speech or hearing impairments may access this number through TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Information Relay Service at (800) 877-8339.
Section 224 of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1715o) provides that debentures issued under the Act with respect to an insured loan or mortgage (except for debentures issued pursuant to Section 221(g)(4) of the Act) will bear interest at the rate in effect on the date the commitment to insure the loan or mortgage was issued, or the date the loan or mortgage was endorsed (or initially endorsed if there are two or more endorsements) for insurance, whichever rate is higher. This provision is implemented in HUD's regulations at 24 CFR 203.405, 203.479, 207.259(e)(6), and 220.830. These regulatory provisions state that the applicable rates of interest will be published twice each year as a notice in the
Section 224 further provides that the interest rate on these debentures will be set from time to time by the Secretary of HUD, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, in an amount not in excess of the annual interest rate determined by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to a statutory formula based on the average yield of all outstanding marketable Treasury obligations of maturities of 15 or more years.
The Secretary of the Treasury (1) has determined, in accordance with the provisions of Section 224, that the statutory maximum interest rate for the period beginning July 1, 2018, is 3
For convenience of reference, HUD is publishing the following chart of debenture interest rates applicable to mortgages committed or endorsed since January 1, 1980:
Section 215 of Division G, Title II of Public Law 108-199, enacted January 23, 2004 (HUD's 2004 Appropriations Act) amended Section 224 of the Act, to change the debenture interest rate for purposes of calculating certain insurance claim payments made in cash. Therefore, for all claims paid in cash on mortgages insured under Section 203 or 234 of the National Housing Act and endorsed for insurance after January 23, 2004, the debenture interest rate will be the monthly average yield, for the month in which the default on the mortgage occurred, on United States Treasury Securities adjusted to a constant maturity of 10 years, as found in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H-15. The Federal Housing Administration has codified this provision in HUD regulations at 24 CFR 203.405(b) and 24 CFR 203.479(b).
Section 221(g)(4) of the Act provides that debentures issued pursuant to that paragraph (with respect to the assignment of an insured mortgage to the Secretary) will bear interest at the “going Federal rate” in effect at the time the debentures are issued. The term “going Federal rate” is defined to mean the interest rate that the Secretary of the Treasury determines, pursuant to a statutory formula based on the average yield on all outstanding marketable Treasury obligations of 8- to 12-year maturities, for the 6-month periods of January through June and July through December of each year. Section 221(g)(4) is implemented in the HUD regulations at 24 CFR 221.255 and 24 CFR 221.790.
The Secretary of the Treasury has determined that the interest rate to be borne by debentures issued pursuant to Section 221(g)(4) during the 6-month period beginning July 1, 2018, is 3 percent.
The subject matter of this notice falls within the categorical exemption from HUD's environmental clearance procedures set forth in 24 CFR
Bureau of Land Management, Department of Interior.
Notice of realty action.
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM), Las Vegas Field Office, has examined and found suitable for classification for lease and subsequent conveyance under the provisions of the Recreation and Public Purposes Act (R&PP), as amended, approximately 15 acres of public land in the Las Vegas Valley, Clark County, Nevada. The Clark County School District proposes to use the land for an elementary school that will help meet future educational needs in the southwestern part of the Las Vegas Valley.
Interested parties may submit written comments regarding the proposed classification for lease and conveyance of the land until September 13, 2018.
Mail written comments to the BLM Las Vegas Field Office, 4701 North Torrey Pines Drive, Las Vegas, Nevada 89130, fax to 775-515-5010, Attn: Vivian Browning, or email to
Vivian Browning at the above address, telephone: 702-515-5013, email:
The parcel is located south of Mountains Edge Parkway off El Capitan Way in southwest Las Vegas and is legally described as:
The area described contains 15 acres in Clark County, Nevada.
The Clark County School District has filed an R&PP application to develop the above-described land as an elementary school. The project will consist of five school buildings, parking for school staff, public parking, busing routes with student pick-up and drop-off points, kindergarten classrooms with a fenced-off play area, areas for basketball courts, ball fields, bike racks, shaded rest areas, a botanical learning area, a turf play area, playgrounds, a tetherball court area, and utilities. Additional detailed information pertaining to this publication, plan of development, and site plan is available for review at the BLM Las Vegas Field Office at the above address.
The Clark County School District is a political subdivision of the State of Nevada, and is, therefore, a qualified applicant under the R&PP Act.
Subject to limitations prescribed by law and regulation, prior to patent issuance, the holder of any right-of-way grant within the lease area may be given the opportunity to amend the right-of-way grant for conversion to a new term, including perpetuity, if applicable.
The land identified is not needed for any Federal purpose. The lease and/or conveyance is consistent with the BLM Las Vegas Resource Management Plan dated October 5, 1998, and would be in the public interest. The Clark County School District has not applied for more than the 640-acre limitation for public purpose uses in a year and has submitted a statement in compliance with the regulations at 43 CFR 2741.4(b).
The lease and conveyance, when issued, will be subject to the provisions of the R&PP Act and applicable regulations of the Secretary of the Interior, and will contain the following reservations to the United States:
1. A right-of-way thereon for ditches or canals constructed by the authority of the United States, Act of August 30, 1890 (43 U.S.C. 945);
2. All minerals shall be reserved to the United States, together with the right to prospect for, mine, and remove such deposits for the same under applicable law and such regulations as the Secretary of the Interior may prescribe; and
3. The parcel is subject to valid existing rights.
Any lease and conveyance will also contain any terms or conditions required by law (including, but not limited to, any terms or conditions required by 43 CFR 2741.4), and will contain an appropriate indemnification clause protecting the United States from claims arising out of the lessee's/patentee's use, occupancy, or operations on the leased/patented lands. It will also contain any other terms and conditions deemed necessary and appropriate by the Authorized Officer.
Upon publication of this notice in the
Interested parties may submit written comments on the suitability for classification of the land as a school project in the City of Las Vegas. Comments on the classification are restricted to whether the land is physically suited for the proposal, whether the use will maximize the future use or uses of the land, whether the use is consistent with local planning and zoning, or if the use is consistent with state and Federal programs. Interested parties may also submit written comments regarding the specific use proposed in the application and plan of development, and whether the BLM followed proper administrative procedures in reaching the decision to lease and convey under the R&PP Act.
Before including your address, phone number, emails address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. Only written comments submitted to the Field Manager, BLM Las Vegas Field Office, will be considered properly filed. Any adverse comments will be reviewed as protests, by the BLM Nevada State Director, who may sustain, vacate, or modify this realty action.
In the absence of any adverse comments, the decision will become effective on September 13, 2018. The lands will not be available for lease and conveyance until after the decision becomes effective.
43 CFR 2741.5.
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of realty action.
The Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has examined certain public lands in Teton County, Montana, and found them suitable for classification for conveyance to the Montana Department of Fish, Wildlife and Parks (MT FWP) under the provisions of the Recreation and Public Purposes (R&PP) Act, as amended, and the Taylor Grazing Act.
Submit written comments regarding this proposed classification on or before September 13, 2018. Absent any adverse comments, the classification takes effect on September 28, 2018.
Mail written comments to the Bureau of Land Management, Field Manager, Lewistown Field Office, Bynum Reservoir R&PP, 920 Northeast Main, Lewistown, MT 59457. Detailed information is available for review during business hours, 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Mountain Time, Monday through Friday, except during Federal holidays, at the BLM Lewistown Field Office. Comments also may be hand delivered to the BLM Lewistown Field Office, or faxed to (406) 538-1958. The BLM will not consider comments received via telephone calls or email.
Debbie Tucek, Realty Specialist, telephone: 406-538-1900; email:
The 80 acres of land proposed for conveyance to MT FWP must conform to the plat of survey. The legal description of the lands proposed for conveyance is set forth below. The MT FWP has not applied for more than the 6,400-acre limitation for recreation uses in a year, nor more than 640 acres for each of the programs involving public resources other than recreation.
The MT FWP has submitted a statement in compliance with the regulations at 43 CFR 2741.4(b), and proposes to use the land for recreation purposes. Existing facilities include a boat ramp, restroom facilities, and primitive campsites to enhance fishing and other recreational pursuits.
The legal description of the lands examined and identified as suitable for conveyance under the R&PP Act is:
The lands described aggregate approximately 80 acres in Teton County, Montana. The lands are not needed for any Federal purposes.
Conveyance of the lands for recreational purposes is consistent with the BLM Headwaters Resource Management Plan, dated July 1984, and would be in the national interest.
All interested parties will receive a copy of this notice once it is published in the
Upon publication of this notice in the
The conveyance of the land, when issued, will be subject to the following terms, conditions, and reservations:
1. A right-of-way thereon for ditches and canals constructed by the authority of the United States Act of August 30, 1890 (43 U.S.C. 945).
2. Provisions of the R&PP Act and to all applicable regulations of the Secretary of the Interior.
3. All mineral deposits in the land so patented, and the right to prospect for, mine and remove such deposits from the same under applicable law and regulations as established by the Secretary of the Interior are reserved to the United States, together with all necessary access and exit rights.
4. Valid existing rights.
5. An appropriate indemnification clause protecting the United States from claims arising out of the patentee's use, occupancy, or occupations on the patented lands.
6. Any other reservations that the authorized officer determines appropriate to ensure public access and proper management of Federal lands and interests therein.
7. Right-of-way MTGF 005233 issued to Teton Cooperative Reservoir Company for a reservoir, canal, and ditch.
8. A reversionary provision stating that the land conveyed shall revert to the United States upon a finding, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, that, without the approval of the Secretary of the Interior or his delegate, the patentee or its successor attempts to transfer title to or control over the lands to another, the lands have been devoted to a use other than that for which the lands were conveyed, the lands have not been used for the purpose for which the lands were conveyed for a 5-year period, or the patentee has failed to follow the approved development plan or management plan. Interested persons may submit comments involving the suitability of the land for recreation, including fishing and dispersed camping. Comments on the classification are restricted to whether the land is physically suited for the proposal, whether the use will maximize the future use or uses of the land, whether the use is consistent with local planning and zoning, or if the use is consistent with State and Federal programs.
Interested persons may submit comments regarding the specific use proposed in the application and plan of development and management, whether the BLM followed proper administrative procedures in reaching the decision, or any other factor not directly related to the suitability of the lands for conveyance to MT FWP for recreation, including dispersed camping and fishing sites.
Any adverse comments will be reviewed by the BLM State Director or
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in any comment, be aware that your entire comment—including your personally identifiable information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask the BLM in your comment to withhold your personally identifiable information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of Intent and Notice of Realty Action.
In compliance with section 203 of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act (FLPMA), as amended, and the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, as amended, the Bureau of Land Management's (BLM) Pahrump Field Office proposes to amend the 1998 Las Vegas Resource Management Plan (RMP) and prepare an Environmental Assessment (EA) to identify approximately 621 acres of public land for sale. The EA will also evaluate the proposed sale of these acres through two modified competitive sealed bid sales of public land for not less than the appraised fair market value (FMV). Publication of this notice in the
Interested parties may submit written comments regarding the RMP Amendment during the 30-day scoping period initiated by publication of this notice in the
You may submit comments on issues and planning criteria related to the plan amendment and realty action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Documents, including, but not limited to, the draft plan amendment and supporting EA, pertinent to this proposal will be available at the above address.
For further information and/or to have your name added to the mailing list, send requests to one of the following:
• Shevawn Sapp, Realty Specialist, at telephone (702) 515-5063;
•
•
Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service (FRS) at 800-877-8339, to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The FRS is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
Spring Mountain Raceway, LLC has requested that the BLM dispose of public land by direct sale or modified competitive sale within the Town of Pahrump for approximately 621 acres. The public land directly abuts property owned by Spring Mountain Raceway, LLC, along State Route 160 near Gamebird Road in Nye County. The Nye County Board of Commissioners supports the proposal. The BLM Pahrump Field Office intends to prepare an RMP amendment with an associated EA for the Las Vegas RMP. This Notice of Intent (NOI) includes a proposed two-phase modified competitive sealed bid sale, announces the beginning of the scoping process for the RMP amendment and a temporary segregation from appropriation under the public land laws, including the mining law, and mineral leasing and geothermal leasing laws, subject to valid existing rights. Because the Las Vegas RMP does not specifically include or identify the sale parcels for disposal, a land-use plan amendment is required.
The proposed sales would be conducted in two phases, with phase one anticipated in January 2019 and phase two anticipated in the summer of 2019. The first phase includes the proposed sale of approximately 553 acres. The second phase includes the remaining 68 acres, which also require cadastral survey before they may be sold. When ready, the Draft RMP Amendment and EA will be available for a 30-day public comment period, on BLM's website at
The segregation will terminate: (i) Upon publication in the
The purpose of the public scoping process is to determine relevant issues that will influence the scope of the environmental analysis, including alternatives, and to guide the planning process. The preliminary issue for the plan amendment and proposed disposal area identified by BLM personnel; Federal, state, and local agencies; and interested stakeholders is desert tortoise habitat. The public land proposed for sale directly abuts property owned by Spring Mountain Raceway, LLC, along
Sec. 27, SW
Sec. 28, E
S
Sec. 34, lots 2, 3, and 4, those parts lying South of the utility corridor, lots 5 thru 8, NE1/4NW1/4, that part lying South the utility corridor, SE
The area combined contains approximately 621 acres +/− according to the official plats of surveys of said land, on file with the BLM, and areas determined using GIS maps.
The BLM determined that a modified competitive method of sale would be the appropriate method for disposal of these parcels. These sales meet the criteria found in 43 CFR 2710.0-3(a)(2) because these disposals serve important public objectives, including but not limited to, expansion of communities and economic development, which cannot be achieved prudently or feasibly on other lands. The authorized officer has identified Spring Mountain Raceway, LLC, as the designated bidder for these parcels. The use of the modified-competitive sale method is consistent with 43 CFR 2711.3-2(a) because the authorized officer has determined it is necessary in order to assure equitable distribution of land among purchasers or to recognize equitable considerations or public policies.
Only written comments will be considered properly filed. Submit comments to the address in the
Information concerning the sales, appraisals, reservations, sale procedures and conditions, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, maps delineating the proposed sale parcels, mineral potential report, the EA, and other environmental documents will be available for review at the BLM Pahrump Field Office, or by calling (702) 515-5000, and asking to speak to a member of the Pahrump Realty Team.
In accordance with 43 CFR 2710.0-6(c)(3)(ii) and 43 CFR 2711.3-2(a)(1)(i), modified competitive sale procedures are appropriate to protect on-going uses and to assure compatibility of the possible uses with adjacent lands. Conveyance of the sale parcels will be subject to valid existing rights and encumbrances of record, including, but not limited to, rights-of-way (ROW) for roads and public utilities. The patents will include appropriate indemnification clauses protecting the United States from claims arising out of the patentee's use occupancy or occupations on the patented lands. No warranty of any kind, express or implied, is given by the United States as to the title, physical condition, or potential uses of the parcels of land proposed for sale. The Pahrump Field Office will also publish a copy of this notice once a week for three consecutive weeks in the Pahrump Valley Times prior to both the phase-one and phase-two sales.
Once the Decision Record is filed, amending the RMP and approving the proposed sales, the modified competitive sales will occur in two phases. Phase one will dispose public land for which the existing cadastral survey is adequate. Phase two will dispose the remaining public land in the RMP amendment area after the cadastral survey for the parcels has been completed.
The patents if issued, would be subject to the following terms, conditions, and reservations:
1. All minerals deposits in the lands so patented, and to it, or persons authorized by it, the right to prospect for, mine, and remove such deposits from the same under applicable law and regulations to be established by the Secretary of the Interior are reserved to the United States, together with all necessary access and exit rights;
2. A ROW is reserved for ditches and canals constructed by authority of the United States under the Act of August 30, 1890 (43 U.S.C. 945);
3. The parcels are subject to valid existing rights;
4. The parcels are subject to reservations for road, public utilities and flood control purposes, both existing and proposed, in accordance with the local governing entities' transportation plans; and
5. Appropriate indemnification clauses protecting the United States from claims arising out of the lessee's/patentee's use, occupancy, or occupations on the leased/patented lands.
Pursuant to the requirements established by Section 120(h) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9620(h), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1988, 100 Stat. 1670, notice is hereby given that the above-described lands have been examined and no evidence was found to indicate that any hazardous substances have been stored for one year or more, nor had any hazardous substances been disposed of or released on the subject property.
No warranty of any kind, express or implied, is given by the United States as to the title, whether or to what extent the land may be developed, its physical condition, future uses, or any other circumstance or condition. The conveyances of the parcels will not be on a contingency basis. However, to the extent required by law, the parcels are
Within 30 days of the bid opening, the BLM will, in writing, either accept or reject all bids received. No contractual, or other rights against the United States, may accrue until the BLM officially accepts the offer to purchase and the full bid price is paid. Unless other satisfactory arrangements are approved in advance by a BLM authorized officer, conveyance of title shall be through the use of escrow. Designation of the escrow agent shall be through mutual agreement between the BLM and the prospective patentee, and costs of escrow shall be borne by the prospective patentee. Requests for all escrow instructions must be received by the Pahrump Field Office prior to 30 days before the prospective patentee's scheduled closing date. There are no exceptions. No contractual or other rights against the United States may accrue until the BLM officially accepts the offer to purchase, and the full bid price is submitted by the 180th day following the sale. All name changes and supporting documentation must be received at the BLM Pahrump Field Office 30 days from the date on the high bidder letter by 4:30 p.m., Pacific Time. Name changes will not be accepted after that date. To submit a name change, the apparent high bidder must submit the name change on the Certificate of Eligibility to the BLM Pahrump Field Office in writing. The remainder of the full bid price for the parcel must be paid prior to the expiration of the 180th day following the close of the sale. Payment must be submitted in the form of a certified check, postal money order, bank draft or cashier's check made payable in U.S. dollars to the “Department of the Interior—Bureau of Land Management.” Personal or company checks will not be accepted. Arrangements for electronic fund transfer to the BLM for payment of the balance due must be made a minimum of two weeks prior to the payment date. Failure to pay the full bid price prior to the expiration of the 180th day will disqualify the apparent high bidder and cause the entire 20 percent bid deposit to be forfeited to the BLM. Forfeiture of the 20 percent bid deposit is in accordance with 43 CFR 2711.3-1(d). No exceptions will be made. The BLM cannot accept the full bid price after the 180th day of the sale date.
The BLM will not sign any documents related to 1031 Exchange transactions. The timing and all other elements for completion of any 1031 Exchange are the bidder's responsibility. The BLM is not a party to any 1031 Exchange. All sales are made in accordance with and subject to the governing provisions of law and applicable regulations. In accordance with 43 CFR 2711.3-1(f), the BLM may accept or reject any or all offers to purchase, or withdraw any parcel of land or interest therein from sale, if, in the opinion of a BLM authorized officer, consummation of the sale would be inconsistent with any law, or for other reasons. The parcels, if not sold by modified competitive, sealed bid sale, may be identified for sale at a later date without further legal notice.
In order to determine the FMV, certain assumptions may have been made concerning the attributes and limitations of the land and potential effects of local regulations and policies on potential future land uses. Through publication of this notice, the BLM advises that these assumptions might not be endorsed or approved by units of local government. It is the bidder's responsibility to be aware of all applicable Federal, State, and local government laws, regulations and policies that may affect the subject
Any adverse comments regarding the proposed sales will be reviewed by the BLM Nevada State Director, who may sustain, vacate, or modify this realty action. In the absence of any valid adverse comments, this realty action will become the final determination of the Department of the Interior.
40 CFR 1501.7, 43 CFR 1610.2, 43 CFR 1610.5, 43 CFR 2400, 43 CFR 2710, 43 CFR 2711 and 43 CFR 2800.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that a complaint was filed with the U.S. International Trade Commission on June 22, 2018, under section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, on behalf of Varidesk LLC of Coppell, Texas. On July 3, 12, and 20, 2018, Varidesk filed letters supplementing the complaint. The complaint alleges violations of section 337 based upon the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain height-adjustable desk platforms and components thereof by reason of infringement of certain claims of U.S. Patent No. 9,113,703 (“the '703 patent”); U.S. Patent No. 9,277,809 (“the '809 patent”); U.S. Patent No. 9,554,644 (“the '644 patent”); and U.S. Patent No. 9,924,793 (“the '793 patent”). The complaint further alleges that an industry in the United States exists as required by the applicable Federal Statute.
The complainant requests that the Commission institute an investigation and, after the investigation, issue a general exclusion order and a cease and desist order.
The complaint, except for any confidential information contained therein, is available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Room 112, Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. Hearing impaired individuals are advised that information on this matter can be obtained by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on (202) 205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server at
Pathenia Proctor, Office of Unfair Import Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, telephone (202) 205-2560.
(1) Pursuant to subsection (b) of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, an investigation be instituted to determine whether there is a violation of subsection (a)(1)(B) of section 337 in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, or the sale within the United States after importation of products identified in paragraph (2) by reason of infringement of one or more of claims 1-4 and 6-11 of the '703 patent; claims 1-3, 5-18, and 22-28 of the '809 patent; claims 1-15, 19, 21-23, 25-26, and 28-36 of the '644 patent; and claims 1-11 and 20-50 of the '793 patent; and whether an industry in the United States exists as required by subsection (a)(2) of section 337;
(2) Pursuant to section 210.10(b)(1) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 19 CFR 210.10(b)(1), the plain language description of the accused products or category of accused products, which defines the scope of the investigation, is “a desk platform that sits on an existing desk or work surface and can be adjusted to different heights”;
(3) For the purpose of the investigation so instituted, the following are hereby named as parties upon which this notice of investigation shall be served:
(a) The complainant is: Varidesk LLC, 1221 South Belt Line Road, #500, Coppell, Texas 75019.
(b) The respondents are the following entities alleged to be in violation of section 337, and are the parties upon which the complaint is to be served:
(c) The Office of Unfair Import Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Suite 401, Washington, DC 20436; and
(4) For the investigation so instituted, the Chief Administrative Law Judge, U.S. International Trade Commission, shall designate the presiding Administrative Law Judge.
Responses to the complaint and the notice of investigation must be submitted by the named respondent in accordance with section 210.13 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 19 CFR 210.13. Pursuant to 19 CFR 201.16(e) and 210.13(a), such responses will be considered by the Commission if received not later than 20 days after the date of service by the Commission of the complaint and the notice of investigation. Extensions of time for submitting responses to the complaint and the notice of investigation will not be granted unless good cause therefor is shown.
Failure of the respondent to file a timely response to each allegation in the complaint and in this notice may be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to appear and contest the allegations of the complaint and this notice, and to authorize the administrative law judge and the Commission, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the complaint and this notice and to enter an initial determination and a final determination containing such findings, and may result in the issuance of an exclusion order or a cease and desist order or both directed against the respondent.
By order of the Commission.
On the basis of the record
The Commission instituted this investigation effective August 16, 2017, following receipt of a petition filed with the Commission and Commerce by the Coalition of American Flange Producers on behalf of itself and its individual members, Core Pipe Products, Inc., Carol Stream, Illinois, and Maass Flange Corporation, Houston, Texas. The Commission scheduled the final phase of the investigation following notification of a preliminary determination by Commerce that imports of stainless steel flanges from China were being sold at LTFV within the meaning of section 733(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1673b(b)). Effective January 23, 2018, the Commission established a general schedule for the conduct of the final phase of its investigations on stainless steel flanges from China and India,
The Commission made this determination pursuant to section 735(b) of the Act (19 U.S.C. 1673d(b)). It completed and filed its determination in this investigation on July 25, 2018. The views of the Commission are contained in USITC Publication 4807 (July 2018), entitled
By order of the Commission.
Advisory Committee on Rules of Evidence, Judicial Conference of the United States.
Notice of open meeting.
The Advisory Committee on Rules of Evidence will hold a meeting on October 19, 2018. The meeting will be open to public observation but not participation. An agenda and supporting materials will be posted at least 7 days in advance of the meeting at:
October 19, 2018.
University of Denver, Sturm College of Law, 2255 E Evans Avenue, Room 412, Denver, CO 80210.
Rebecca A. Womeldorf, Rules Committee Secretary, Rules Committee Staff, Administrative Office of the United States Courts, Washington, DC 20544, telephone (202) 502-1820.
Bureau of Justice Statistics, Department of Justice.
60-Day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until September 28, 2018.
If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Rachel Morgan, Statistician, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 810 Seventh Street NW, Washington, DC 20531 (email:
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
If additional information is required contact: Melody Braswell, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE, 3E.405A, Washington, DC 20530.
Money Laundering and Asset Recovery Section, Department of Justice.
60-Day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Criminal Division, Money Laundering and Asset Recovery Section, will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The proposed information collection is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until September 28, 2018.
If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Matthew Colon, Senior Attorney Advisor, Money Laundering and Asset Recovery Section, 1400 New York Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20005 (phone: 202-514-1263).
This process is conducted in accordance with 5 CFR 1320.10. Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The Attorney General is required by statute to “assure that any property transferred to a State or local law enforcement agency . . . will serve to encourage further cooperation between the recipient State or local agency and Federal law enforcement agencies.” 21 U.S.C. 881(e)(3). MLARS ensures such cooperation by requiring that all such “equitably shared” funds be used only for law enforcement purposes and not be distributed to other governmental agencies by the recipient law enforcement agencies. By requiring that law enforcement agencies that participate in the Equitable Sharing Program (Program) file an Equitable Sharing Agreement and Certification (ESAC), MLARS can readily ensure compliance with its statutory obligations. The ESAC requires information regarding the receipt and expenditure of Program funds from the participating agency. Accordingly, it seeks information that is exclusively in the hands of the participating agency.
5.
6.
Notice.
The Department of Labor's (DOL's) Employment and Training Administration (ETA) is soliciting comments concerning a proposed extension for the authority to conduct the information collection request (ICR) titled, “Distribution of Characteristics of the Insured Unemployed.” This comment request is part of continuing Departmental efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA).
Consideration will be given to all written comments received by September 28, 2018.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free by contacting Sandra Trujillo by telephone at 202-693-2933, TTY 1-877-889-5627 (these are not toll-free numbers), or by email at
Submit written comments about, or requests for a copy of, this ICR by mail or courier to the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Unemployment Insurance, Room S-4524, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20210, by email at
Ronald Wilus by telephone at 202-693-2931 (this is not a toll-free number) or by email at
The DOL, as part of continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden,
The Distribution of Characteristics of the Insured Unemployed is a monthly snapshot of the demographic composition of the claimant population in the Unemployment Insurance (UI) system. It is based on those who file a claim in the week containing the 19th day of the month, which reflects unemployment during the week containing the 12th day of the month. This corresponds with the sample frame used by the Bureau of Labor Statistics for the production of labor force statistics they produce. This report serves a variety of socio-economic needs because it provides aggregate data reflecting UI claimants' sex, race/ethnic group, age, industry, and occupation. The Social Security Act, Section 303(a)(6), authorizes this information collection.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number. See 5 CFR 1320.5(a) and 1320.6.
Interested parties are encouraged to provide comments to the contact shown in the
Submitted comments will also be a matter of public record for this ICR and posted on the internet, without redaction. The DOL encourages commenters not to include personally identifiable information, confidential business data, or other sensitive statements/information in any comments.
The DOL is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility,
• evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used,
• enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected, and
• minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A).
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.
Notice.
In this notice, OSHA announces the applications of TUV Rheinland of North America, Inc., for expansion of its scope of recognition as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and presents the agency's preliminary finding to grant the applications.
Submit comments, information, and documents in response to this notice, or requests for an extension of time to make a submission, on or before August 14, 2018.
Submit comments by any of the following methods:
Information regarding this notice is available from the following sources:
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration is providing notice that TUV Rheinland of North America, Inc. (TUVRNA), is applying for expansion of its current recognition as an NRTL. TUVRNA requests the addition of four (4) recognized testing and certification sites, and two (2) additional test standards to its NRTL scope of recognition.
OSHA recognition of an NRTL signifies that the organization meets the requirements specified in 29 CFR 1910.7. Recognition is an acknowledgment that the organization can perform independent safety testing and certification of the specific products covered within its scope of recognition. Each NRTL's scope of recognition includes (1) the type of products the NRTL may test, with each type specified by the applicable test standard and (2) the recognized site(s) that has/have the technical capability to perform the product-testing and product-certification activities for test standards within the NRTL's scope. Recognition is not a delegation or grant of government authority; however, recognition enables employers to use products approved by the NRTL to meet OSHA standards that require product testing and certification.
The Agency processes applications by a NRTL for initial recognition and for an expansion or renewal of this recognition, following requirements in Appendix A to 29 CFR 1910.7. This appendix requires that the agency publish two notices in the
TUVRNA currently has five facilities (sites) recognized by OSHA for product testing and certification, with its headquarters located at: TUV Rheinland of North America, Inc., 12 Commerce Road, Newtown, Connecticut 06470. A complete list of TUVRNA sites recognized by OSHA is available at
TUVRNA submitted two applications, one dated March 30, 2016 (OSHA-2007-0042-0030) and another dated April 19, 2017 (OSHA-2007-0042-0031), to expand its recognition to include the addition of four recognized testing and certification sites located at: TUV Rheinland (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. 1f East & 2-4F, Cybio Technology Building No. 1, No. 16, Keibei 2nd Road, High-Tech Industrial Park North, Nashan District, 518057 Shenzhen China; TUV Rheinland (Shanghai) Co., Ltd, TUV Rheinland Building No. 177, Lane 777, West Guangzhong Road, Zhabei District, Shanghai 200072, P.R. China; TUV Rheinland Taiwan Ltd., 11F., No 758, Sec. 4, Bade Rd., Songshan Dist., Taipei City 105, Taiwan; and TUV Rheinland Taiwan Ltd., Taichung Branch Office, No. 9, Lane 36, Minsheng Rod., Sec. 3, Daya District, Taichung City 428, Taiwan. TUVRNA's applications also requested the addition of two additional test standards to its scope of recognition. In 2017 OSHA staff performed an on-site review of TUVRNA's testing facilities on August 7-8 at TUV Rheinland Shanghai, August 10-11at TUV Rheinland Shenzhen, August 14-15 at TUV Rheinland Taipei, and August 16, 2017 at TUV Rheinland Taichung, in which the assessors found some nonconformances with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.7. TUVRNA addressed these issues sufficiently, and OSHA staff preliminarily determined that OSHA should grant the applications for expansion.
Table 1 below lists the appropriate test standards found in TUVRNA's applications for expansion for testing and certification of products under the NRTL Program.
TUVRNA submitted acceptable applications for expansion of its scope of recognition. OSHA's review of the application files and detailed on-site assessments indicate that TUVRNA can meet the requirements prescribed by 29 CFR 1910.7 for expanding recognition to include the addition of four sites and these two test standards for NRTL testing and certification. This preliminary finding does not constitute an interim or temporary approval of TUVRNA's applications.
OSHA welcomes public comment as to whether TUVRNA meets the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.7 for expansion of its recognition as a NRTL. Comments should consist of pertinent written documents and exhibits. Commenters needing more time to comment must submit a request in writing, stating the reasons for the request by the due date for comments. OSHA will limit any extension to 10
OSHA staff will review all comments to the docket submitted in a timely manner. After addressing the issues raised by these comments, staff will make a recommendation to the Assistant Secretary for Occupational Safety and Health on whether to grant TUVRNA's applications for expansion of its scope of recognition. The Assistant Secretary will make the final decision on granting the applications. In making this decision, the Assistant Secretary may undertake other proceedings prescribed in Appendix A to 29 CFR 1910.7.
OSHA will publish a public notice of this final decision in the
Loren Sweatt, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, authorized the preparation of this notice. Accordingly, the Agency is issuing this notice pursuant to 29 U.S.C. 657(g)(2), Secretary of Labor's Order No. 1-2012 (77 FR 3912, Jan. 25, 2012), and 29 CFR 1910.7.
10:00 a.m., Thursday, August 2, 2018.
Board Room, 7th Floor, Room 7047, 1775 Duke Street
Open.
11:45 a.m., Thursday, August 2, 2018.
Board Room, 7th Floor, Room 7047, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-3428.
Closed.
Gerard Poliquin, Secretary of the Board, Telephone: 703-518-6304.
Institute of Museum and Library Services.
Submission for OMB review, comment request.
The Institute of Museum and Library Services announces the following information collection has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. This program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. This notice proposes the clearance of the IMLS “2019-2022 Native American Basic Library Grant Program Notice of Funding Opportunity” for the next three years.
A copy of the proposed information collection request can be obtained by contacting the individual listed below in the
Comments must be submitted to the office listed in the
OMB is particularly interested in comments that help the agency to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology (
Comments should be sent to Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs,
Dr. Sandra Webb, Director of Grant Policy and Management, Institute of Museum and Library Services, 955 L'Enfant Plaza North SW, Suite 4000, Washington, DC 20024-2135. Dr. Webb can be reached by Telephone: 202-653-4718 Fax: 202-653-4608, or by email at
The Institute of Museum and Library Services is the primary source of federal support for the nation's libraries and museums. We advance, support, and empower America's museums, libraries, and related organizations through grant making, research, and policy development. Our vision is a nation where museums and libraries work together to transform the lives of individuals and communities. To learn more, visit
1. Expanding services for learning and access to information and educational resources in a variety of formats, in all types of libraries, for individuals of all ages in order to support such individuals' need for education, lifelong learning, workforce development, and digital library skills.
2. Establishing or enhancing electronic and other linkages and improved coordination among and between libraries and entities, as described in 20 U.S.C. 9134(b)(6), for the purpose of improving the quality of and access to library and information services.
3. (a) Providing training and professional development, including continuing education, to enhance the skills of the current library workforce and leadership, and advance the delivery of library and information services.
(b) Enhancing efforts to recruit future professionals to the field of library and information services.
4. Developing public and private partnerships with other agencies and community-based organizations.
5. Targeting library services to individuals of diverse geographic, cultural, and socioeconomic backgrounds, to individuals with disabilities, and to individuals with limited functional literacy or information skills.
6. Targeting library and information services to persons having difficulty using a library and to underserved urban and rural communities, including children (from birth through age 17) from families with incomes below the poverty line (as defined by the Office of Management and Budget and revised annually in accordance with section 9902(2) of Title 42) applicable to a family of the size involved.
7. Developing library services that provide all users access to information through local, State, regional, national, and international collaborations and networks.
8. Carrying out other activities consistent with the purposes of the Library Services and Technology subchapter of the IMLS statute (20 U.S.C. 9121).
Indian tribes are eligible to apply for funding under the Native American Library Services Enhancement Grant program. Entities such as libraries, schools, tribal colleges, or departments of education are not eligible applicants, although they may be involved in the administration of this program and their staff may serve as project directors in partnership with an eligible applicant.
For purposes of funding under this program, “Indian tribe” means any tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community, including any Alaska native village, regional corporation, or village corporation (as defined in, or established pursuant to, the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1601
To be eligible for this program you must be able to document an existing library that meets, at a minimum, three basic criteria: (1) Regularly scheduled hours, (2) staff, and (3) materials available for library users.
This action is to renew the forms and instructions for the Notice of Funding Opportunities for the next three years.
Institute of Museum and Library Services, National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities.
Submission for OMB review, comment request.
The Institute of Museum and Library Services announces the following information collection has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. This program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents can be properly assessed. This notice proposes the clearance of the IMLS “2019-2022 Native Hawaiian Grant Program Notice of Funding Opportunity” for the next three years.
A copy of the proposed information collection request can be obtained by contacting the individual listed below in the
Comments must be submitted to the office listed in the
OMB is particularly interested in comments that help the agency to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology (
Comments should be sent to Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs,
Dr. Sandra Webb, Director of Grant Policy and Management, Institute of Museum and Library Services, 955 L'Enfant Plaza North SW, Suite 4000, Washington, DC 20024-2135. Dr. Webb can be reached by Telephone: 202-653-4718, Fax: 202-
The Institute of Museum and Library Services is the primary source of federal support for the nation's libraries and museums. We advance, support, and empower America's museums, libraries, and related organizations through grant making, research, and policy development. Our vision is a nation where museums and libraries work together to transform the lives of individuals and communities. To learn more, visit
• Support for individuals' needs for education, lifelong learning, workforce development, and digital literacy skills;
• improvement of the quality of and access to library and information services; and
• enhancement of the skills of the current library workforce and leadership.
This action is to renew the forms and instructions for the Notice of Funding Opportunities for the next three years.
National Science Foundation.
Notice and request for comments.
NSF is announcing plans to request renewed clearance of this collection. In accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, we are providing opportunity for public comment on this action. After obtaining and considering public comment, NSF will prepare the submission requesting OMB clearance of this collection for no longer than 3 years.
Written comments on this notice must be received by September 28, 2018, to be assured consideration. Comments received after that date will be considered to the extent practicable. Send comments to address below.
Suzanne H. Plimpton, Reports Clearance Officer, National Science Foundation, 2415 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, Virginia 22314; telephone (703) 292-7556; or send email to
Complete information about NSF's implementation of the Research Performance Progress Report (RPPR) may be found at the following website:
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
NUREG; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has issued Revision 1 to NUREG-1556, Volume 5, “Consolidated Guidance about Materials Licenses: Program-Specific Guidance About Self-Shielded Irradiator Licenses,” and Volume 8, “Consolidated Guidance about Materials Licenses: Program-Specific Guidance About Exempt Distribution Licenses.” NUREG-1556, Volumes 5 and 8 have been revised to include information on
NUREG 1556, Volumes 5 and 8, Revision 1, were published in June 2018.
Please refer to Docket IDs NRC-2016-0095 (Volume 5, Revision 1) and NRC-2016-0227 (Volume 8, Revision 1) when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding these documents. You may obtain publicly-available information related to these documents using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Anthony McMurtray, Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards; U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2746; email:
The NRC issued revisions to NUREG-1556, Volumes 5 and 8, to provide guidance to existing materials licensees covered under these types of licenses and to applicants preparing an application for one of these types of materials licenses. These NUREG volumes also provide the NRC staff with criteria for evaluating these types of license applications. The purpose of this notice is to notify the public that the NUREG-1556 volumes listed in this
The NRC published notices of the availability of the draft report for comment versions of NUREG-1556, Volume 5, Revision 1 in the
These NUREG volumes are rules as defined in the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801-808). However, the Office of Management and Budget has not found these NUREG revisions to be major rules as defined in the Congressional Review Act.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
License renewal application; opportunity to request a hearing and to petition for leave to intervene.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) received an application from Water Remediation Technology, LLC for renewal of Materials License No. SUC-1591, which authorizes the licensee to offer a water treatment program to remove uranium from drinking water at community water systems, for another 10-year term. This application, which is still under consideration by the NRC, also requested authorization to expand the scope of WRT's licensed activities to include treatment of uranium in groundwater and surface water resources not used for drinking water. Subsequently, the NRC received a request from WRT to extend the term of the renewed license to 20 years.
A request for a hearing or petition for leave to intervene must be filed by September 28, 2018.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2018-0158 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Christopher Grossman, Office of Nuclear
By letter dated December 21, 2016, WRT submitted a license amendment application to renew its Materials License No. SUC-1591 (ADAMS Accession No. ML16358A447) for an additional 10-year term. The NRC originally issued this license on January 25, 2007 (ADAMS Accession No. ML062960465) and subsequently amended the license on March 12, 2009 (ADAMS Accession No. ML090270210). This license was issued under part 40 of title 10 of the
At a public meeting between NRC and WRT on January 10, 2018, WRT informed NRC it intended to submit a written request to seek an extension of its license term from 10 years to 20 years (ADAMS Accession No. ML18031B214). By letter dated January 16, 2018, WRT submitted this request to extend the license renewal term from 10 to 20 years (ADAMS Accession No. ML18016B080). As support for its request to extend the license renewal term, WRT identifies a Commission Staff Requirements Memorandum issued on November 9, 2017 (ADAMS Accession No. ML17313B020). The November 9, 2017 Staff Requirements Memorandum approved a staff recommendation set forth in staff paper SECY-17-0086, “Increasing Licensing Terms for Uranium Recovery Facilities” (ADAMS Accession No. ML17093A951) to increase the maximum license terms for uranium recovery facilities from 10 to 20 years. The extension of the maximum term applies to both new license applications and license renewal applications.
In considering whether to approve WRT's request to extend the term of its renewed license from 10 to 20 years, the NRC will determine whether WRT's proposed licensed activities, including those pertaining to its request for additional authorization to remove uranium from non-drinking water sources, are bounded by the safety and technical analyses made or referenced by the staff in SECY-17-0086. The staff will make these findings as part of its broader safety and environmental findings for WRT's December 16, 2016, license amendment application. The NRC's findings will be documented in a safety evaluation report and an environmental assessment. The NRC will publish either a notice of a finding of no significant impact or notice of intent to prepare an environmental impact statement, as appropriate, in a future edition of the
Within 60 days after the date of publication of this notice, any persons (petitioner) whose interest may be affected by this action may file a request for a hearing and a petition to intervene (petition) with respect to the action. Petitions shall be filed in accordance with the Commission's “Agency Rules of Practice and Procedure” in 10 CFR part 2. Interested persons should consult a current copy of 10 CFR 2.309. The NRC's regulations are accessible electronically from the NRC Library on the NRC's website at
As required by 10 CFR 2.309(d) the petition should specifically explain the reasons why intervention should be permitted with particular reference to the following general requirements for standing: (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner; (2) the nature of the petitioner's right under the Act to be made a party to the proceeding; (3) the nature and extent of the petitioner's property, financial, or other interest in the proceeding; and (4) the possible effect of any decision or order which may be entered in the proceeding on the petitioner's interest.
In accordance with 10 CFR 2.309(f), the petition must also set forth the specific contentions which the petitioner seeks to have litigated in the proceeding. Each contention must consist of a specific statement of the issue of law or fact to be raised or controverted. In addition, the petitioner must provide a brief explanation of the bases for the contention and a concise statement of the alleged facts or expert opinion which support the contention and on which the petitioner intends to rely in proving the contention at the hearing. The petitioner must also provide references to the specific sources and documents on which the petitioner intends to rely to support its position on the issue. The petition must include sufficient information to show that a genuine dispute exists with the applicant or licensee on a material issue of law or fact. Contentions must be limited to matters within the scope of the proceeding. The contention must be one which, if proven, would entitle the petitioner to relief. Failure to satisfy these requirements in 10 CFR 2.309(f) will result in an inadmissible contention. Without at least one admissible contention, a petitioner will not be permitted to participate as a party.
Those permitted to intervene become parties to the proceeding, subject to any limitations in the order granting leave to intervene. Parties have the opportunity to participate fully in the conduct of the hearing with respect to resolution of that party's admitted contentions, including the opportunity to present evidence, consistent with the NRC's regulations, policies, and procedures.
Petitions must be filed no later than 60 days from the date of publication of this notice. Petitions and motions for leave to file new or amended contentions that are filed after the deadline will not be entertained absent a determination by the presiding officer that the filing demonstrates good cause by satisfying the three factors in 10 CFR 2.309(c)(1)(i) through (iii). The petition must be filed in accordance with the filing instructions in the “Electronic Submissions (E-Filing)” section of this document.
A State, local governmental body, Federally-recognized Indian Tribe, or agency thereof, may submit a petition to the Commission to participate as a party
If a hearing is granted, any person who is not a party to the proceeding and is not affiliated with or represented by a party may, at the discretion of the presiding officer, be permitted to make a limited appearance pursuant to the provisions of 10 CFR 2.315(a). A person making a limited appearance may make an oral or written statement of his or her position on the issues but may not otherwise participate in the proceeding. A limited appearance may be made at any session of the hearing or at any prehearing conference, subject to the limits and conditions as may be imposed by the presiding officer. Details regarding the opportunity to make a limited appearance will be provided by the presiding officer if such sessions are scheduled.
All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing and petition for leave to intervene (petition), any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene, and documents filed by interested governmental entities that request to participate under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007, as amended at 77 FR 46562; August 3, 2012). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Detailed guidance on making electronic submissions may be found in the Guidance for Electronic Submissions to the NRC and on the NRC website at
To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least 10 days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at
Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public website at
A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC's Electronic Filing Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's public website at
Participants who believe that they have a good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing stating why there is good cause for not filing electronically and requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) First class mail addressed to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff; or (2) courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service to the Office of the Secretary, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852, Attention: Rulemaking and Adjudications Staff. Participants filing adjudicatory documents in this manner are responsible for serving the document on all other participants. Filing is considered complete by first-class mail as of the time of deposit in the mail, or by courier, express mail, or expedited delivery service upon depositing the document with the provider of the service. A presiding officer, having granted an exemption request from using E-Filing, may require a participant or party to use E-Filing if the presiding officer subsequently determines that the reason for granting the exemption from use of E-Filing no longer exists.
Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Notice of submission to the Office of Management and Budget; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has recently submitted a request for renewal of an existing collection of information to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review. The information collection is entitled, “10 CFR Part 95, Facility Security Clearance and Safeguarding of National Security Information and Restricted Data.”
Submit comments by August 29, 2018.
Submit comments directly to the OMB reviewer at: OMB Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (3150-0047), Attn: Desk Officer for the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 725 17th Street NW, Washington, DC 20503; email:
David Cullison, NRC Clearance Officer, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2084; email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2018-0006 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information in comment submissions that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. All comment submissions are posted at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the OMB, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that comment submissions are not routinely edited to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the NRC recently submitted a request for renewal of an existing collection of information to OMB for review entitled, “10 CFR Part 95, Facility Security Clearance and Safeguarding of National Security Information and Restricted Data.” The NRC hereby informs potential respondents that an agency may not conduct or sponsor, and that a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The NRC published a
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Weeks of July 30, August 6, 13, 20, 27, September 3, 2018.
Commissioners' Conference Room, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland.
Public and Closed.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of July 30, 2018.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of August 6, 2018.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of August 13, 2018.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of August 20, 2018.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of August 27, 2018.
There are no meetings scheduled for the week of September 3, 2018.
The schedule for Commission meetings is subject to change on short notice. For more information or to verify the status of meetings, contact Denise McGovern at 301-415-0681 or via email at
The NRC Commission Meeting Schedule can be found on the internet at:
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If you need a reasonable accommodation to participate in these public meetings, or need this meeting notice or the transcript or other information from the public meetings in another format (
Members of the public may request to receive this information electronically. If you would like to be added to the distribution, please contact the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Office of the Secretary, Washington, DC 20555 (301-415-1969), or you may email
Peace Corps.
30-Day notice and request for comments.
The Peace Corps will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. The purpose of this notice is to allow 30 days for public comment in the
Submit comments on or before August 29, 2018.
Comments should be addressed to Virginia Burke, FOIA/Privacy Act Officer. Virginia Burke can be contacted by telephone at 202-692-1887 or email at
Virginia Burke, FOIA/Privacy Act Officer. Virginia Burke can be contacted by telephone at 202-692-1887 or email at
a.
b.
c.
d.
Peace Corps.
30-Day notice and request for comments.
The Peace Corps will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. The purpose of this notice is to allow 30 days for public comment in the
Submit comments on or before August 29, 2018.
Comments should be addressed to Virginia Burke, FOIA/Privacy Act Officer. Virginia Burke can be contacted by telephone at 202-692-1887 or email at
Virginia Burke, FOIA/Privacy Act Officer. Virginia Burke can be contacted by telephone at 202-692-1887 or email at
a.
b.
c.
d.
On January 8, 2018, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
On July 20, 2018, the Exchange withdrew the proposed rule change (SR-NYSEArca-2018-04).
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On June 4, 2018, Banque Centrale de Compensation, which conducts business under the name LCH SA (“LCH SA”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Framework
LCH SA, a wholly owned subsidiary of LCH Group, manages its liquidity risk pursuant to, among other policies and procedures, the Group Liquidity Risk Policy and the Group Liquidity Plan applicable to each entity within LCH Group.
In addition to its CDSClear service, LCH SA provides clearing services in connection with cash equities and derivatives listed for trading on Euronext (EquityClear), commodity derivatives listed for trading on Euronext (CommodityClear), and tri-party Repo transactions (RepoClear).
The Framework: (i) Identifies LCH SA's sources of liquidity and corresponding liquidity risks; (ii) identifies LCH SA's liquidity requirements with respect to its members and its interoperable central counterparty (“CCP”), Cassa di Compensazione e Garanzia (“CC&G”);
The proposed Framework identifies the main sources of liquidity available to LCH SA, including cash and non-cash collateral, and assigns non-cash collateral to one of three tiers.
The Framework highlights the three principal categories under which LCH SA would require liquidity: (i) The default of one or more clearing members; (ii) the default of CC&G; and (iii) operational liquidity needs.
Liquidity needs arising from clearing members' defaults are those needs arising from fulfilment of the settlement of the securities of the defaulted clearing member(s); posting of variation margin to non-defaulting members on the positions held by the defaulted clearing member(s); the value of bonds pledged at the Banque de France; haircuts by the European Central Bank on securities posted by the defaulting Clearing Member; and investment losses.
Liquidity needs arising from the default of CC&G are those needs arising from the service closure of the Italian clearing activity, including reimbursement of the margins and default funds related to the Italian clearing activity and cash settlement of the Italian repo positions.
Operational liquidity needs relate to the operational management of LCH SA in a stressed environment that does not lead to a member's default. Such a liquidity requirement may arise from a number of factors, including the need to repay excess cash posted by members, the need to repay margin when margin requirements are reduced, and the substitution of cash collateral and European Central Bank eligible securities.
The proposed Framework describes the metrics used to determine LCH SA's liquidity needs, which are calculated each day over a five-day period. These metrics include: (i) The liquidity coverage ratio; (ii) a monthly rolling average liquidity buffer; (iii) a daily minimum liquidity buffer; and (iv) required cash collateral.
With respect to the liquidity coverage ratio, the Framework explains how the liquidity coverage ratio is determined for each of the clearing services that LCH SA offers in a Cover 2 scenario,
Finally, the Framework describes the reverse stress test that LCH SA runs at least quarterly. The reverse stress test is designed to help determine the limits of LCH SA's liquidity models and of the Framework by modelling extreme market conditions that go beyond what are considered plausible market conditions over a 5-day time horizon.
Section 19(b)(2)(C) of the Act directs the Commission to approve a proposed rule change of a self-regulatory organization if it finds that such proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the
Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act requires, among other things, that the rules of LCH SA be designed to promote the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions and, to the extent applicable, derivative agreements, contracts, and transactions, as well as to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of LCH SA or for which it is responsible, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
The Framework would assess the sources of LCH SA's liquidity needs, including the liquidity needs arising from the default of one or more clearing members and liquidity needs arising from LCH SA operating in a stressed environment that does not lead to a member's default. The Framework would also identify the sources of liquidity that LCH SA may use to satisfy those needs, describe the metrics LCH SA would use to quantify those liquidity needs, and the tests and reports LCH SA would use to confirm that its sources of liquidity can satisfy those liquidity needs.
The Commission believes that by setting out in advance the liquidity needs of LCH SA in stressed market conditions, including member defaults and stressed environments not leading to member defaults and identifying sources of liquidity to meet those needs, the Framework would increase the likelihood that LCH SA would have the liquid resources necessary to continue operations in such stressed market conditions. Specifically, the Commission believes that by enabling LCH SA to quantify its liquidity needs and confirm that its sources of liquidity can satisfy those liquidity needs, the Framework would allow LCH SA to determine whether it has sufficient resources to meet all of its current and future liquidity needs. The Commission believes that this would, in turn, enhance LCH SA's ability to avoid any potential disruptions to its operations caused by unmet liquidity needs, especially in stressed market conditions, including member defaults and stressed environments not leading to member defaults.
The Commission therefore believes that the Framework would increase the likelihood that LCH SA can continue to provide clearing services without disruption in times of member default or other stressed market conditions not leading to member default. The Commission finds that this, in turn, would promote the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions by reducing the likelihood of a disruption to LCH SA's operations arising from a liquidity need. Similarly, the Commission believes the Framework would help assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of LCH SA or for which it is responsible by increasing the likelihood that LCH SA can avoid disruptions to its operations which could impede access to such securities and funds. For both of these reasons, the Commission also believes that the Framework would, in general, protect investors and the public interest.
Therefore, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change would promote the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions, assure the safeguarding of securities and funds in LCH SA's custody and control, and, in general, protect investors and the public interest, consistent with the Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act.
Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7)(i) requires that LCH SA establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to effectively measure, monitor, and manage the liquidity risk that arises in or is borne by LCH SA, including measuring, monitoring, and managing its settlement and funding flows on an ongoing and timely basis, and its use of intraday liquidity by maintaining sufficient liquid resources at the minimum in all relevant currencies to effect same-day and, where appropriate, intraday and multiday settlement of payment obligations with a high degree of confidence under a wide range of foreseeable stress scenarios that includes, but is not limited to, the default of the participant family that would generate the largest aggregate payment obligation for LCH SA in extreme but plausible market conditions.
As discussed above, the Framework would assess the sources of LCH SA's liquidity needs, including the liquidity needs arising from the default of one or more clearing members and liquidity needs arising from LCH SA operating in a stressed environment that does not lead to a member's default. The Framework would also identify the sources of liquidity that LCH SA would use to satisfy those needs, describe the metrics LCH SA would use to quantify its liquidity needs, and the tests and reports LCH SA would use to confirm that its sources of liquidity can satisfy those liquidity needs. These metrics would include: (i) The liquidity coverage ratio; (ii) a monthly rolling average liquidity buffer; (iii) a daily minimum liquidity buffer; and (iv) required cash collateral. With respect to the liquidity coverage ratio, the Framework would explain how the liquidity coverage ratio is determined for each of the clearing services that LCH SA offers in a Cover 2 scenario,
The Commission believes that the metrics provided by the Framework would enhance LCH SA's ability to measure, monitor, and manage the liquidity risk that arises in or is borne by LCH SA. The Commission believes that, for example, by reviewing its liquidity coverage ratio, monthly rolling average liquidity buffer, and daily minimum liquidity buffer on a daily basis, LCH SA would be able to anticipate future liquidity needs and potential shortfalls. Moreover, because the liquidity coverage ratio considers the provision of liquidity to facilitate settlement, including fails as delays in posting securities by members, the Commission believes that review of the ratio would improve LCH SA's ability to manage the liquidity needs arising from the settlement of transactions. The Commission therefore believes that the Framework would facilitate LCH SA's ability to measure, monitor, and manage the liquidity risk that arises in or is borne by LCH SA, including measuring, monitoring, and managing its settlement and funding flows on an ongoing and
Moreover, by using the liquidity ratio to determine in advance the liquidity needs of LCH SA arising from the default of at least two clearing group members to which LCH SA has the largest exposures during the 5 days following default, the Commission believes the Framework would enhance LCH SA's ability to determine whether it has sufficient resources to meet its liquidity needs should such a default occur. The Commission believes that this would, in turn, enable LCH SA to avoid any potential disruptions to its operations caused by such liquidity needs arising from such a default. The Commission therefore believes that the Framework would enable LCH SA to maintain sufficient liquid resources to effect settlement of its payment obligations under a wide range of foreseeable stress scenarios, including the default of the participant family that would generate the largest aggregate payment obligation for LCH SA in extreme but plausible market conditions.
Therefore, for the above reasons the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7)(i).
Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7)(vi) requires that LCH SA establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to effectively measure, monitor, and manage the liquidity risk that arises in or is borne by LCH SA, including measuring, monitoring, and managing its settlement and funding flows on an ongoing and timely basis, and its use of intraday liquidity by determining the amount and regularly testing the sufficiency of the liquid resources held for purposes of meeting the minimum liquid resource requirement under Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7)(i)
As discussed above, the Framework would describe the metrics LCH SA would use to quantify its liquidity needs, and the tests and reports LCH SA would use to confirm that its sources of liquidity can satisfy those liquidity needs. These metrics would include: (i) The liquidity coverage ratio; (ii) a monthly rolling average liquidity buffer; (iii) a daily minimum liquidity buffer; and (iv) required cash collateral. The Framework would describe how these metrics would be calculated for each day over a maximum of a 5 day liquidity period and how the liquidity coverage ratio, monthly rolling average liquidity buffer, and daily minimum liquidity buffer would be reported to LCH SA senior management daily.
The Commission believes that the metrics provided by the Framework would help LCH SA determine the amount and regularly test the sufficiency of LCH SA's liquid resources. The Commission believes that the liquidity coverage ratio, for example, would provide LCH SA senior management a view to LCH SA's liquidity needs in stressed conditions arising from a default of at least two clearing group members to which LCH SA has the largest exposures. As discussed above, the Framework would require the calculation and reporting of the liquidity coverage ratio daily. The Commission believes the other metrics described above would similarly test, and provide LCH SA senior management insight regarding, the sufficiency of LCH SA's liquid resources.
For the above reasons, the Commission therefore finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7)(vi).
On the basis of the foregoing, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act, and in particular, Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act
For the Commission by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend Chapter V, Section 3, entitled “Trading Halts” and Chapter VI, Section 6, entitled “Acceptance of Quotes and Orders.”
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Chapter V, Section 3, entitled “Trading Halts” to add more specificity concerning auctions during a trading halt and remove unnecessary rule text. The Exchange proposes to adopt a zero bid options rule on BX within Chapter VI, Section 6, entitled “Acceptance of Quotes and Orders.” Each proposal is described in more detail below.
The Exchange proposes to amend Chapter V, Section 3(a)(vi)(B) to add a sentence which provides, “Auction orders and responses are rejected during a halt.” The Exchange notes that today, during a trading halt, the Exchange does not commence an auction. This proposed rule text will make clear how auction orders and auction responses are handled during a trading halt.
The Exchange proposes to amend Chapter V, Section 3(b), which currently provides, “In the event BX Regulation determines to halt trading, all trading in the effected class or classes of options shall be halted. BX Options shall disseminate through its trading facilities and over OPRA a symbol with respect to such class or classes of options indicating that trading has been halted, and a record of the time and duration of the halt shall be made available to vendors.” The Exchange proposes to remove the words “such class or” in both places from this sentence because the Exchange only disseminates over OPRA a symbol with respect to classes of options to indicate a trading halt. Today, the Exchange halts symbol by symbol; all classes or every option would be halted. By amending this rule, the Exchange will add more transparency as to how it determines to halt trading and disseminates information regarding trading halts.
Today, the Exchange does not have a rule for the handling of options with no bid or zero bid options. The Exchange's handling of zero bid options on BX is identical to the manner in which zero bid is handled on Phlx.
The Exchange intends to accept and convert market orders to sell allowing them an equal opportunity to trade if interest should arrive in the case of a no bid option. The Exchange notes that the orders would rest on the Order Book at the minimum price increment. The Exchange notes market orders “accepted into the System” would be converted to account for market orders that may not be accepted into the System due to Limit Up-Limit Down restrictions, which may prevent the market order from being accepted.
Further, the Exchange proposes to add rule text, which provides “Orders will be placed on the limit order book in the order in which they were received by the System.”
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
The Exchange is providing greater transparency as to the manner in which auctions are handled during a trading halt and the manner in which the Exchange determines to halt trading and disseminates information over OPRA during a trading halt. The Exchange believes that this rule text is consistent with the Act and the protection of investors and the public interest because it brings greater clarity to the manner in which trading halts function and what type of information is provided during a halt.
The Exchange's proposal to adopt a zero bid rule is consistent with the Act and designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to protect investors and the public interest by adopting text which describes the handling of zero-bid options. The Exchange is treating all market orders to sell in zero bid options in the same fashion by converting all those orders, provided that the Exchange's disseminated bid price in such option is zero for an option listed only on the Exchange or, for an option listed on multiple exchanges and the disseminated NBBO includes a bid price of zero in the series. Market orders to sell in zero bid options will be placed on the limit order book in the order in which they were received by the System. The Exchange desires to prevent members from submitting market orders to sell in no bid series, which would execute at a price of $0.00. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule will achieve this objective and continue to permit the Exchange to execute orders within its System at prices that reflect some value. Adding rule text regarding market orders to sell in zero bid options submitted prior to the Opening Process and persisting after the Opening Process is consistent with the Act because it provides more transparency as to the operation of this rule and as to how those market orders to sell in zero bid options will be handled by the System. Further, the Exchange believes that memorializing its current practice within the rule text will bring more clarity to the manner in which the zero bid rule operates to the benefits of all market participants.
In accordance with Section 6(b)(8) of the Act,
The Exchange's proposal to amend Chapter V, Section 3(a)(vi)(B) to make clear how auction orders and auction responses are handled during a trading halt and amend Chapter V, Section 3 to more specifically describe how the Exchange determines to halt trading as well as the information disseminated during a trading halt do not impose an undue burden on competition because the amendments add more transparency to the trading halt rule.
The Exchange's proposal to adopt a zero bid options rule does not impose an undue burden on competition because the proposed rule change will continue to apply uniformly for all market participants who enter market orders to sell into the System when there is a zero-bid options.
No written comments were either solicited or received.
The Exchange has filed the proposed rule change pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On May 21, 2018, NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Section 19(b)(2) of the Act
The Commission finds that it is appropriate to designate a longer period within which to take action on the proposed rule change so that it has sufficient time to consider the proposed rule change. Accordingly, the Commission, pursuant to Section 19(b)(2) of the Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to list and trade shares of the Columbia Multi-Sector Municipal Income ETF (the “Fund”) pursuant to NYSE Arca Rule 5.2-E(j)(3), Commentary .02. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's website at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to list and trade shares (“Shares”) of the Fund under Commentary .02 to NYSE Arca Rule 5.2-E(j)(3), which governs the listing and trading of Investment Company Units (“Units”)
The Fund is a series of the Columbia ETF Trust I (the Trust).
According to the Registration Statement, the investment objective of the Fund is to seek investment results that correspond (before fees and expenses) to the performance of the Beta Advantage® Multi-Sector Municipal Bond Index (the “Index”), a multistate index of fixed income municipal bond securities.
The Index reflects a rules-based, multi-sector strategic beta approach to measuring the performance of the U.S. tax-exempt bond market, including municipal bonds issued by or on behalf of state or local governmental units whose interest is exempt from regular federal income tax, through representation of the following five sectors of the municipal debt market in the Index (percentages noted below are sector weights within the Index):
• core revenue (45% of Index weight);
• health care (20% of Index weight);
• high quality revenue bonds (15% of Index weight);
• general obligation (GO) bonds (10% of Index weight);
• high yield debt (10% of Index weight).
Each of the sectors in [sic] other than the high yield debt sector is derived from a sub-set index or indices of the Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Bond Index (the “Parent Index”), which serves as each sector's initial universe of eligible securities for inclusion in the Index. The Parent Index is a broad-based, market value-weighted index designed to measure the performance of the U.S. municipal bond market. The Index is designed to achieve higher yields and stronger risk-adjusted returns relative to that of the Parent Index. The Index's allocation to each of the five sectors is fixed and, as such, will not vary as a result of Index rebalancing or reconstitution. The five sectors will generate all of the component securities of the Index.
The Exchange represents, for informational purposes, that, as of May 18, 2018, the Index included 5,613 component fixed income municipal bond securities from issuers in 49 different states and the District of Columbia. The most heavily weighted security in the Index represented approximately 0.37% of the total weight of the Index and the aggregate weight of the top five most heavily weighted securities in the Index represented 1.41% of the total weight of the Index. Approximately 19.22% of the weight of the components in the Index had a minimum original principal outstanding of $100 million or more. In addition, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the Index was approximately $196,572,849,000 and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the Index was approximately $35,021,000.
The Fund will invest, under normal market conditions,
While the Fund, under normal market conditions, will invest at least 80% of the Fund's assets in securities within the Index or in securities that the Adviser determines have economic characteristics that are substantially the same as the economic characteristics of the securities within the Index, the Fund may invest its remaining assets in cash and cash equivalents such as repurchase agreements and money market funds.
The Index will contain at least 500 component securities. In addition, at least 90% of the weight of the Index will be comprised of securities that have an outstanding par value of at least $10 million and were issued as part of a transaction of at least $100 million.
Based on the characteristics of the Index and the representations made in the Requirements for Index Constituents section above, the Exchange believes it is appropriate to allow the listing and trading of the Shares. The Index and Fund satisfy all of the generic listing requirements for Units based on a fixed income index, except for the minimum principal amount outstanding
In addition, the Exchange represents that: (1) Except for Commentary .02(a)(2) to Rule 5.2-E(j)(3), the Index currently satisfies all of the generic listing standards under Commentary .02 to Rule 5.2-E(j)(3); (2) the continued listing standards under Commentary .02 to Rule 5.2-E(j)(3), as applicable to Units based on fixed income securities, will apply to the Shares of the Fund; and (3) the issuer of the Fund is required to comply with Rule 10A-3
The current value of the Index will be widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least once per day, as required by Commentary .02(b)(ii) to Rule 5.2-E(j)(3). The portfolio of securities held by the Fund will be disclosed daily on the Fund's website. Further, the Fund's website will contain the Fund's prospectus and additional data relating to net asset value (“NAV”) and other applicable quantitative information. The issuer has represented that the NAV will be calculated daily and will be made available to all market participants at the same time. The Index Provider is not a broker-dealer but is affiliated with a broker-dealer. The Index Provider will implement and will maintain a “fire wall” around the personnel who have access to information concerning changes and adjustments to the Index. In addition, any advisory committee, supervisory board or similar entity that advises the Index Provider or that makes decisions on the Index, methodology and related matters, will implement and maintain, or be subject to, procedures designed to prevent the use and dissemination of material non-public information regarding the Index. The Adviser is not registered as a broker-dealer but is affiliated with one or more broker-dealers, and has implemented and will maintain a fire wall with respect to its broker-dealer affiliates regarding access to information concerning the composition and/or changes to the portfolio. In the event (a) the Adviser becomes registered as a broker-dealer or newly affiliated with a broker-dealer, or (b) any new adviser or sub-adviser is a registered broker-dealer or becomes affiliated with a broker-dealer, it will implement and maintain a fire wall with respect to relevant personnel and any broker-dealer affiliate regarding access to information concerning the composition and/or changes to the portfolio, and will be subject to procedures designed to prevent the use and dissemination of material non-public information regarding such portfolio.
The Exchange's existing rules require that the issuer of the Fund notify the Exchange of any material change to the methodology used to determine the composition of the Index and, therefore, if the methodology of the Index was changed in a manner that would materially alter its existing composition, the Exchange would have advance notice and would evaluate the modifications to determine whether the Index remained sufficiently broad-based and well diversified.
On each business day, the Fund will disclose on its website (
On a daily basis, the Fund will disclose for each portfolio security or other financial instrument of the Fund the following information on the Funds' website: Ticker symbol (if applicable), name of security and financial instrument, a common identifier such as CUSIP or ISIN (if applicable), number of shares (if applicable), and dollar value of securities and financial instruments held in the portfolio, and percentage weighting of the security and financial instrument in the portfolio. The website information will be publicly available at no charge. The current value of the Index will be widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least once per day, as required by NYSE Arca Rule 5.2-E(j)(3), Commentary .02 (b)(ii).
The IIV for Shares of the Fund will be disseminated by one or more major market data vendors, updated at least every 15 seconds during the Exchange's Core Trading Session, as required by NYSE Arca Rule 5.2-E(j)(3), Commentary .02 (c). The current value of the Index would be widely disseminated by one or more major
Investors can also obtain the Trust's Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), the Fund's Shareholder Reports, and its Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR, filed twice a year. The Trust's SAI and Shareholder Reports are available free upon request from the Trust, and those documents and the Form N-CSR and Form N-SAR may be viewed on-screen or downloaded from the Commission's website at
Quotation and last sale information for the Shares of the Fund will be available via the Consolidated Tape Association (“CTA”) high speed line. Quotation information for investment company securities may be obtained through nationally recognized pricing services through subscription agreements or from brokers and dealers who make markets in such securities. Price information regarding municipal bonds is available from third party pricing services and major market data vendors. Trade price and other information relating to municipal bonds is available through the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board's Electronic Municipal Market Access (“EMMA”) system.
The Exchange represents that trading in the Shares of the Fund will be subject to the existing trading surveillances, administered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) on behalf of the Exchange, or by regulatory staff of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and applicable federal securities laws. The Exchange represents that these procedures are adequate to properly monitor Exchange trading of the Shares of the Fund in all trading sessions and to deter and detect violations of Exchange rules and federal securities laws applicable to trading on the Exchange.
The surveillances referred to above generally focus on detecting securities trading outside their normal patterns, which could be indicative of manipulative or other violative activity. When such situations are detected, surveillance analysis follows and investigations are opened, where appropriate, to review the behavior of all relevant parties for all relevant trading violations.
The Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, will communicate as needed regarding trading in the Shares with other markets and other entities that are members of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”), and the Exchange or FINRA, on behalf of the Exchange, or both, may obtain trading information regarding trading in the Shares from such markets and other entities. In addition, the Exchange may obtain information regarding trading in the Shares from markets and other entities that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has in place a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. FINRA also can access data obtained from the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board relating to municipal bond trading activity for surveillance purposes in connection with trading in the Shares.
The Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is designed to prevent fraudulent and manipulative acts and practices in that the Shares of the Fund will be listed and traded on the Exchange pursuant to the initial and continued listing criteria in NYSE Arca Rule 5.2-E(j)(3), except for the requirement in Commentary .02(a)(2) that the component fixed income securities, in the aggregate, account for at least 75% of the weight of the index each shall have a minimum principal amount outstanding of $100 million or more. The Exchange represents that trading in the Shares will be subject to the existing trading surveillances administered by the Exchange as well as cross-market surveillances administered by FINRA on behalf of the Exchange, which are designed to detect violations of Exchange rules and federal securities laws applicable to trading on the Exchange.
As discussed above, the Exchange believes that the Index is sufficiently broad-based to deter potential manipulation. For informational purposes, as of May 18, 2018, the Index included 5,613 components, the total dollar amount outstanding of issues in the Index was approximately $196,572,849,000, and the average dollar amount outstanding of issues in the Index was approximately $35,021,000. Whereas the Exchange's generic listing rules require that an index contain securities from a minimum of 13 non-affiliated issuers,
The proposed rule change is designed to promote just and equitable principles of trade and to protect investors and the public interest in that a large amount of information will be publicly available regarding the Fund and the Shares, thereby promoting market transparency. The Fund's portfolio holdings will be disclosed on the Fund's website daily after the close of trading on the Exchange and prior to the opening of trading on the Exchange the following day. Moreover, the IIV will be widely disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least every 15 seconds during the Exchange's Core Trading Session. The current value of the Index will be disseminated by one or more major market data vendors at least once per day. Information regarding market price and trading volume of the Shares will be continually available on a real-time basis throughout the day on brokers' computer screens and other electronic services, and quotation and last sale information will be available via the CTA high-speed line. The website for the Fund will include the prospectus for the Fund and additional data relating to NAV and other applicable quantitative information. Moreover, prior to the commencement of trading, the Exchange will inform its ETP Holders in an Information Bulletin of the special characteristics and risks associated with trading the Shares.
If the Exchange becomes aware that the NAV is not being disseminated to all market participants at the same time, it will halt trading in the Shares until such time as the NAV is available to all market participants. With respect to trading halts, the Exchange may consider all relevant factors in exercising its discretion to halt or suspend trading in the Shares of the Fund. Trading also may be halted because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the Shares inadvisable. If the IIV or the Index values are not being disseminated as required, the Exchange may halt trading during the day in which the interruption to the dissemination of the IIV or Index value occurs. If the interruption to the dissemination of the IIV or Index value persists past the trading day in which it occurred, the Exchange will halt trading. Trading in Shares of the Fund will be halted if the circuit breaker parameters in NYSE Arca Rule 7.12-E have been reached or because of market conditions or for reasons that, in the view of the Exchange, make trading in the Shares inadvisable, and trading in the Shares will be subject to NYSE Arca Rule 7.34-E, which sets forth circumstances under which Shares of the Fund may be halted. In addition, investors will have ready access to information regarding the IIV, and quotation and last sale information for the Shares.
The proposed rule change is designed to perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest in that it will facilitate the listing and trading of an additional type of exchange-traded fund that holds municipal bonds and that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace. As noted above, the Exchange has in place surveillance procedures relating to trading in the Shares and may obtain information via ISG from other exchanges that are members of ISG or with which the Exchange has entered into a comprehensive surveillance sharing agreement. In addition, investors will have ready access to information regarding the IIV and quotation and last sale information for the Shares.
For the above reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b)(5) of the Act.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purpose of the Act. The Exchange notes that the proposed rule change will facilitate the listing and trading of an additional type of Units based on a municipal bond index that will enhance competition among market participants, to the benefit of investors and the marketplace.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative prior to 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay so that the proposal may become operative immediately upon filing. The Commission notes that the Exchange's proposal is similar to proposals the Commission has previously approved.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice.
Notice of an application under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Act”) for an exemption from section 15(a) of the Act and rule 18f-2 under the Act, as well as from certain disclosure requirements in rule 20a-1 under the Act, Item 19(a)(3) of Form N-1A, Items 22(c)(1)(ii), 22(c)(1)(iii), 22(c)(8) and 22(c)(9) of Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Sections 6-07(2)(a), (b), and (c) of Regulation S-X (“Disclosure Requirements”). The requested exemption would permit an investment adviser to hire and replace certain sub-advisers without shareholder approval and grant relief from the Disclosure Requirements as they relate to fees paid to the sub-advisers.
ETF Series Solutions (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust registered under the Act as an open-end management investment company with multiple series, and Advisors Asset Management, Inc. (the “Initial Adviser”), a Delaware corporation registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
The application was filed on October 11, 2017 and amended on May 3, 2018.
An order granting the application will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on August 20, 2018, and should be accompanied by proof of service on applicants, in the form of an affidavit or, for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.
Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090. Applicants: ETF Series Solutions, 615 E Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI 53202; and Advisors Asset Management, Inc., 18925 Base Camp Road, Suite 203, Monument, CO 80132.
Christine Y. Greenlees, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6879, or Andrea Ottomanelli Magovern, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6821 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's website by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. The Initial Adviser is the investment adviser to the AAM S&P 500 High Dividend Value ETF and AAM S&P Emerging Markets High Dividend Value ETF (together, the “Initial Funds”), each a series of the Trust, pursuant to an investment management agreement with the Trust (“Investment Management Agreement”).
2. Applicants request an order to permit the Adviser, subject to the approval of the Board, to enter into investment sub-advisory agreements with the Sub-Advisers (each, a “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) and materially amend such Sub-Advisory Agreements without obtaining the shareholder approval required under section 15(a) of the Act and rule 18f-2 under the Act.
3. Applicants agree that any order granting the requested relief will be subject to the terms and conditions stated in the application. Such terms and conditions provide for, among other safeguards, appropriate disclosure to Subadvised Funds' shareholders and notification about sub-advisory changes and enhanced Board oversight to protect the interests of the Subadvised Funds' shareholders.
4. Section 6(c) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security, or transaction or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions from any provisions of the Act, or any rule thereunder, if such relief is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Applicants believe that the requested relief meets this standard because, as further explained in the application, the Investment Management Agreements will remain subject to shareholder approval, while the role of the Sub-Advisers is substantially equivalent to that of individual portfolio managers, so that requiring shareholder approval of Sub-Advisory Agreements would impose unnecessary delays and expenses on the Subadvised Funds. Applicants believe that the requested relief from the Disclosure Requirements meets this standard because it will improve the Adviser's ability to negotiate fees paid to the Sub-Advisers that are more advantageous for the Subadvised Funds.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
FINRA is proposing to amend FINRA Rule 12214(c) of the Code of Arbitration Procedure for Customer Disputes (“Customer Code”) and FINRA Rule 13214(c) through (e) of the Code of Arbitration Procedure for Industry Disputes (“Industry Code” and together, “Codes”), to provide that FINRA will pay each arbitrator a $200 honorarium to decide without a hearing session a contested subpoena request or a contested order for production or appearance.
The text of the proposed rule change is available on FINRA's website at
In its filing with the Commission, FINRA included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. FINRA has prepared
The proposed rule change would amend FINRA Rules 12214 and 13214 that govern the payments (referred to as honorarium) arbitrators receive for deciding contested requests to issue subpoenas and orders for production and appearance. The proposed rule change would provide uniformity regarding when and how much arbitrators receive when deciding contested subpoenas and orders for production and appearance without a hearing session.
In arbitration, the parties exchange documents and information to prepare for the arbitration through the discovery process. The Codes require parties to cooperate with each other and exchange documents or information to expedite the arbitration.
Under the Codes, parties may request that the panel issue a subpoena to parties in an arbitration, non-parties, as well as entities and individuals who are not FINRA members.
To decide a contested subpoena request, the arbitrator must review the motion requesting issuance of the subpoena, the draft subpoena, any written objections, and any other documents supporting a party's position.
Currently, under FINRA Rule 12214(d),
If a party's request to issue a subpoena does not receive any objections, it remains unopposed, and arbitrators do not receive an honorarium for issuing an unopposed subpoena.
If a party is seeking documents or information, or the appearance of a witness from a FINRA member, the Codes direct the parties to request the issuance of an order for production or appearance,
An arbitrator would decide a contested order request by reviewing the motion requesting issuance of the order,
The Codes do not expressly provide an honorarium for arbitrators who decide requests for such orders without a hearing session. Thus, FINRA categorizes requests to issue orders for production as discovery-related motions
Parties label requests for subpoenas or orders interchangeably, which is understandable given the similarities of the requests and the work arbitrators do to decide them without a hearing session. However, the Codes treat the two discovery mechanisms differently. As noted, the Codes favor the use of orders over subpoenas when a party seeks documents or witnesses from a FINRA member.
The Codes also impose a per-case honorarium cap of $250 that each arbitrator who decides a contested subpoena request without a hearing session may receive.
FINRA believes that the subpoena or order label on a discovery-related motion should not dictate the amount of honorarium that arbitrators receive or the frequency with which they are paid. The honoraria that arbitrators receive should reflect the time and effort they spend in deciding requests without a hearing session and fairly compensate them for this work. Accordingly, FINRA is proposing to amend FINRA Rules 12214(c) and 13214(c) to provide that FINRA would pay each arbitrator an honorarium of $200 to decide, without a hearing session: (i) A discovery-related motion;
The proposed rule change would reduce the honorarium that an arbitrator receives to decide a contested subpoena request from $250 to $200; however, it would also remove the per-case cap on these payments. Thus, under the proposed rule change, an arbitrator would receive a $200 honorarium for each contested subpoena request that he or she decides.
FINRA recognizes that removing the per-case cap on contested subpoena requests could result in an increase in fees for the parties. In response to this concern, the proposed rule change would permit a party or parties to use one motion to request the issuance of one or more subpoenas.
FINRA believes that reducing the honorarium for contested subpoena requests and removing the per-case cap on these payments would provide consistency and fairness to the arbitrator payment rules by ensuring that the payment arbitrators receive for deciding these requests is commensurate with the time and effort spent on each motion.
FINRA would amend Rule 12214(c) to provide a $200 honorarium for deciding a contested order for production or appearance without a hearing session. This means that arbitrators would receive an honorarium for deciding without a hearing session, a contested arbitrator order for appearance as well as for production. Under the proposed rule change, arbitrators would no longer receive an honorarium for unopposed requests to issue an order for production as these requests do not require the amount of time and effort needed to resolve contested requests.
The proposed rule change would describe what constitutes a contested order for production or appearance by modeling the description on that of a contested subpoena request. Thus, proposed FINRA Rule 12214(c)(2)(iii) would provide that a contested order for production or appearance shall include a motion requesting the issuance of an order for production or appearance, a written objection from the party opposing the issuance of the order, and any other documents supporting a party's position.
Moreover, like a contested subpoena request, a party would be permitted to request the issuance of one or more orders in one motion,
FINRA believes that adding contested orders for production or appearance to its honorarium rules would make the rules more transparent, so that parties and arbitrators understand how and when the honorarium and fees are assessed for contested orders. Moreover, FINRA believes that limiting honorarium to contested orders makes the honorarium rules more consistent and more equitable to the parties, as the fees FINRA would assess for arbitrators to decide contested orders for production or appearance would be proportionate with the time and effort that they spend deciding such orders.
In addition to the amendments discussed above to simplify the honorarium structure for contested subpoenas requests and contested orders for production and appearance, the proposed rule change would also amend Rules 12214(a) and 13214(a) to make a few nonsubstantive changes.
As noted in Item 2 of this filing, if the Commission approves the proposed rule change, FINRA will announce the effective date of the proposed rule change in a
FINRA believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 15A(b)(6) of the Act,
FINRA believes that the proposed rule change would simplify the structure of arbitrator honorarium for deciding
Further, FINRA believes structuring the arbitrator honorarium rules so that arbitrators receive an honorarium for each contested subpoena request or contested order for production or appearance they decide without a hearing session ensures that the honoraria arbitrators receive are proportionate with the time and effort they spend deciding such requests and the fees parties are assessed are equitable in relation to the services that they receive. Last, the proposed rule change allows parties to combine multiple requests for subpoenas or orders into one motion as a way to minimize costs and expedite the discovery process. For these reasons, FINRA believes that the proposed rule change is an equitable allocation of a reasonable fee to use the forum.
Moreover, FINRA believes that the proposed rule change would protect investors and the public interest by ensuring that arbitrators are compensated equitably for the services that they provide, which would enhance FINRA's ability to retain qualified arbitrators willing to devote the time and effort necessary to consider thoroughly the discovery issues presented. Retaining qualified arbitrators is an essential element, FINRA believes, in maintaining its ability to operate an effective arbitration forum for the purposes of investor protection and market integrity.
FINRA does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. A discussion of the economic impacts of the proposed amendments follows.
The existing structure for payments to arbitrators for deciding requests to issue subpoenas or orders without a hearing session has been difficult for parties and arbitrators to understand due to the differences between when and under what circumstances arbitrators will receive payments.
The economic baseline for the proposal is the current rules under the Codes that address the payments to arbitrators for deciding discovery-related motions and requests to issue subpoenas or orders. The proposal is expected to affect the parties to an arbitration, their counsel, and FINRA arbitrators.
The existing fee structure for payments to arbitrators for deciding requests to issue subpoenas or orders without a hearing session has led to confusion and uncertainty with respect to the amount of fees that parties incur. As a result, parties and their counsel may incur time and other expenses to interpret the rules and understand the payment structure, as well as the possible time and expense to communicate and receive clarification from FINRA.
Arbitrators incur more costs to decide contested requests to issue subpoenas or orders without a hearing session than unopposed requests. The costs to arbitrators for deciding contested requests include the time to review the materials and the effort to make a decision. Alternatively, arbitrators spend less time and effort to review unopposed requests.
The honorarium that arbitrators receive, and the fees parties incur, may not be commensurate with the effort expended by arbitrators to decide the requests. The existing fee structure can result in instances where arbitrators do not receive an honorarium for their time and effort to consider a contested request (
There were 7,370 arbitration cases closed in 2016 and 2017. Among the 7,370 cases, there were 497 cases (6.7 percent) with contested requests for subpoenas, 1,210 cases (16.4 percent) with unopposed requests for subpoenas, and 1,334 cases (18.1 percent) with requests for orders. The information available does not distinguish between contested and unopposed requests for orders of production and appearance. We are therefore not able to estimate the potential change to the fees parties would incur and the honorarium that arbitrators would receive as a result of the proposed amendments.
Although the majority of the cases with contested subpoenas (454 or 91.3 percent) have three arbitrators, in the experience of FINRA staff, typically only one arbitrator decides contested subpoenas without a hearing session. Thus, although parties could currently incur fees of $750 for contested subpoenas if three arbitrators decide the requests without a hearing session, the typical fee parties currently incur is $250.
The proposed amendments would simplify and make uniform the structure for payments to arbitrators for deciding requests to issue subpoenas or orders without a hearing session. The benefits of the proposed amendments include a decrease in the time and expense parties would incur to understand the payment structure, an increase in the incentives of arbitrators to decide contested subpoenas and orders, and an increase in the efficiency of the forum. Depending on the composition and timing of the requests, however, the fees parties incur could either increase or decrease. The honorarium payments arbitrators receive could also increase or decrease. The benefits and costs of the
A benefit of the proposed amendments is the reduction in the complexity of the fee schedule. Parties and their counsel would be more certain with respect to the assessment of fees, and would therefore incur less time and expense to interpret the fee schedule. Parties and their counsel would also be less likely to incur the time and expense from requesting clarification from FINRA.
Another benefit of the proposed amendments is that the honorarium arbitrators receive would be more commensurate with their time and effort to decide requests to issue subpoenas or orders. Arbitrators would receive an honorarium to decide all contested requests to issue subpoenas or orders without a hearing session. Arbitrators would therefore have more incentive to devote the time and effort necessary to decide these requests. Arbitrators would also receive no honorarium to decide unopposed requests to issue subpoenas or orders, which reflects the minimal time and effort needed to review such requests.
The changes to the fee schedule would also increase the efficiency of the arbitration process. Parties and their counsel could minimize the amount of fees assessed by filing a request to issue multiple subpoenas or orders in one motion instead of several separate motions. This could also increase the arbitrators' efficiency by having them decide at the same time requests to issue multiple subpoenas or orders that are based largely on the same facts or arguments. The filing of one motion that requests the issuance of multiple subpoenas or orders could also expedite the discovery process, and decrease the amount of time to an arbitration decision.
The proposed amendments would also benefit the parties that incur fewer fees and the arbitrators who receive additional honorarium, but would impose costs on the parties that incur additional fees and the arbitrators who receive less honorarium. A decrease in the fees that parties incur would correspond to a decrease in the honorarium that arbitrators receive, and an increase in the fees that parties incur would correspond to an increase in the honorarium that arbitrators receive.
The total fees parties incur, and the total honorarium that arbitrators receive, could either increase or decrease depending on the composition and timing of the requests. For example, parties would be subject to fees for contested requests to issue orders of appearance without a hearing session, but would not be subject to fees for unopposed requests to issue orders of production. In addition, the fees for submitting contested requests to issue subpoenas without a hearing session would decrease from $250 to $200 per arbitrator. The per-case cap on these payments, however, would be removed. Therefore, parties would be assessed additional fees if they submit multiple contested requests for subpoenas.
Among the 497 cases with contested subpoenas, 399 cases (or 80.3 percent) had only one contested request for subpoenas, whereas 98 cases (or 19.7 percent) had more than one contested request for subpoenas. For the cases with two or more contested requests for subpoenas, the median number of days between requests is less than two months. This suggests that contested requests for subpoenas are often submitted within short periods of time, and that counsel could reasonably anticipate these requests and submit the requests at one time. The potential additional fees to parties from submitting multiple contested requests for subpoenas from the removal of the per-case cap, therefore, is likely to be minimal.
If parties file a contested request to issue one or more subpoenas or orders at one time and these are not based on the same facts or arguments (
Arbitrators raised issues with FINRA concerning the inconsistencies in the existing honorarium structure for requests to issue subpoenas or orders without a hearing session. Along with the proposed amendments, FINRA considered other changes to the existing honorarium structure. Other changes would have included an increase in the honorarium that arbitrators receive to decide discovery-related motions, contested subpoena requests, and requests for contested orders for production or appearance. The honorarium payments would have been similar to the honorarium that arbitrators receive for currently deciding contested subpoenas ($250) or for deciding motions in discovery prehearings ($300).
FINRA believes that the fee structure under the proposed amendments would provide arbitrators with honoraria that are commensurate with their efforts to decide these requests. FINRA also believes that the proposed amendments provide incentives for parties to combine their requests for submission simultaneously to minimize their costs.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) By order approve or disapprove such proposed rule change, or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice.
Notice of an application under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) for an exemption from sections 18(a)(2), 18(c), and 18(i) of the Act, pursuant to sections 6(c) and 23(c) of the Act, granting an exemption from rule 23c-3 under the Act, and for an order pursuant to section 17(d) of the Act and rule 17d-1 under the Act.
Applicants request an order to permit certain registered closed-end management investment companies to issue multiple classes of shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) and to impose asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal charges.
OFI Carlyle Private Credit Fund (the “Initial Fund”) and OC Private Capital, LLC (the “Adviser”).
The application was filed on December 15, 2017, and amended on March 26, 2018, June 6, 2018, and July 3, 2018.
An order granting the requested relief will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on August 17, 2018, and should be accompanied by proof of service on applicants, in the form of an affidavit or, for lawyers, a certificate of service. Pursuant to rule 0-5 under the Act, hearing requests should state the nature of the writer's interest, any facts bearing upon the desirability of a hearing on the matter, the reason for the request, and the issues contested. Persons who wish to be notified of a hearing may request notification by writing to the Commission's Secretary.
Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090; Applicants, 6803 South Tucson Way, Centennial, Colorado 80112.
Kieran G. Brown, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6773 or Nadya B. Roytblat, Assistant Director, at (202) 551-6825 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's website by searching for the file number, or an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. The Initial Fund is a Delaware statutory trust that is registered under the Act as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Initial Fund's investment objective is to produce current income by opportunistically allocating its assets across a wide range of credit strategies.
2. The Adviser, a Delaware limited liability company, is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Initial Fund.
3. The applicants seek an order to permit the Initial Fund to issue multiple classes of Shares, each having its own fee and expense structure, and to impose asset-based service and/or distribution fees and early withdrawal charges.
4. Applicants request that the order also apply to any other registered closed-end management investment company that conducts a continuous offering of its shares, existing now or in the future, for which the Adviser, its successors,
5. The Initial Fund currently issues a single class of Shares (the “Initial Class Shares”). The Shares are currently being offered on a continuous basis pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 at their net asset value per share plus the applicable sales load. The Initial Fund, as a closed-end investment company, does not continuously redeem Shares as does an open-end management investment company. Shares of the Initial Fund are not listed on any securities exchange and do not trade on an over-the-counter system such as NASDAQ. Applicants do not expect that any secondary market will ever develop for the Shares.
6. If the requested relief is granted, the Initial Fund intends to offer multiple classes of Shares, such as the Initial Class Shares and a new Share class (the “New Class Shares”), or any other classes. Because of the different distribution fees, shareholder services fees, and any other class expenses that may be attributable to the different classes, the net income attributable to, and any dividends payable on, each class of Shares may differ from each other from time to time.
7. Applicants state that, from time to time, the Board of a Fund may create additional classes of Shares, or may vary the characteristics described of the Initial Class and New Class Shares, including without limitation, in the following respects: (1) The amount of fees permitted by different distribution plans or different service fee arrangements; (2) voting rights with respect to a distribution plan of a class; (3) different class designations; (4) the impact of any class expenses directly attributable to a particular class of Shares allocated on a class basis as described in the application; (5) differences in any dividends and net asset values per Share resulting from differences in fees under a distribution plan or in class expenses; (6) any early withdrawal charge or other sales load structure; and (7) any exchange or conversion features, as permitted under the Act.
8. Applicants state that, in order to provide some liquidity to shareholders, the Initial Fund is structured as an “interval fund” and makes quarterly offers to repurchase between 5% and 25% of its outstanding Shares at net asset value, pursuant to rule 23c-3 under the Act, unless such offer is suspended or postponed in accordance with regulatory requirements. Any other investment company that intends to rely on the requested relief will provide periodic liquidity to shareholders in accordance with either rule 23c-3 under the Act or rule 13e-4 under the 1934 Act.
9. Applicants represent that any asset-based service and/or distribution fees of a Fund will comply with the provisions of Rule 2341 of the Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA Rule 2341”) as if that rule applied to the Fund.
10. Each Fund and its distributor (the “Distributor”) will also comply with any requirements that may be adopted by the Commission or FINRA regarding disclosure at the point of sale and in transaction confirmations about the costs and conflicts of interest arising out of the distribution of open-end investment company shares, and regarding prospectus disclosure of sales loads and revenue sharing arrangements as if those requirements applied to the Fund and the Distributor. Each Fund or the Distributor will contractually require that any other distributor of the Fund's Shares comply with such requirements in connection with the distribution of Shares of the Fund.
11. Each Fund will allocate all expenses incurred by it among its various classes of Shares based on the net assets of the Fund attributable to each class, except that the net asset value and expenses of each class will reflect distribution fees, service fees, and any other incremental expenses of that class. Expenses of a Fund allocated to a particular class of the Fund's Shares will be borne on a pro rata basis by each outstanding Share of that class. Applicants state that each Fund will comply with the provisions of rule 18f-3 under the Act as if it were an open-end investment company.
12. Applicants state that the Initial Fund does not intend to offer any exchange privilege or conversion feature, but any such privilege or feature introduced in the future by a Fund will comply with rule 11a-1, rule 11a-3, and rule 18f-3 as if the Fund were an open-end investment company.
13. Applicants state that the Initial Fund does not currently intend to impose an early withdrawal charge. However, in the future a Fund may impose an early withdrawal charge on shares submitted for repurchase that have been held less than a specified period. The Fund may waive the early withdrawal charge for certain categories of shareholders or transactions to be established from time to time. Applicants state that each Fund will apply the early withdrawal charge (and any waivers or scheduled variations of the early withdrawal charge) uniformly to all shareholders in a given class and consistently with the requirements of rule 22d-1 under the Act as if the Fund was an open-end investment company.
14. The Initial Fund, operating as an interval fund pursuant to rule 23c-3 under the Act, does not intend to, but a Fund may, offer its shareholders an exchange feature under which the shareholders of the Fund may, in connection with the Fund's periodic repurchase offers, exchange their Shares of the Fund for shares of the same class of (i) registered open-end investment companies or (ii) other registered closed-end investment companies that comply with rule 23c-3 under the Act and continuously offer their shares at net asset value, that are in the Fund's group of investment companies (collectively, the “Other Funds”). Shares of a Fund operating pursuant to rule 23c-3 that are exchanged for shares of Other Funds will be included as part of the repurchase offer amount for such Fund as specified in rule 23c-3 under the Act. Any exchange option will comply with rule 11a-3 under the Act, as if the Fund were an open-end investment company subject to rule 11a-3. In complying with rule 11a-3 under the Act, each Fund will treat an early withdrawal charge as if it were a contingent deferred sales load.
15. Applicants state that the Initial Fund does not currently intend to impose a repurchase fee, but may do so in the future.
1. Section 18(a)(2)(A) and (B) makes it unlawful for a registered closed-end investment company to issue a senior security that is a stock unless (a) immediately after such issuance it will have an asset coverage of at least 200% and (b) provision is made to prohibit the declaration of any distribution, upon its common stock, or the purchase of any such common stock, unless in every such case such senior security has at the time of the declaration of any such distribution, or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 200% after deducting the amount of such distribution or purchase price, as the case may be. Applicants state that the creation of multiple classes of shares of the Funds may violate section 18(a)(2) because the Funds may not meet such requirements with respect to a class of shares that may be a senior security.
2. Section 18(c) of the Act provides, in relevant part, that a registered closed-end investment company may not issue or sell any senior security if, immediately thereafter, the company has outstanding more than one class of senior security. Applicants state that the creation of multiple classes of Shares of a Fund may be prohibited by section 18(c), as a class may have priority over another class as to payment of dividends because shareholders of different classes would pay different fees and expenses.
3. Section 18(i) of the Act provides that each share of stock issued by a registered management investment company will be a voting stock and have equal voting rights with every other outstanding voting stock. Applicants state that permitting multiple classes of Shares of a Fund may violate section 18(i) of the Act because each class would be entitled to exclusive voting rights with respect to matters solely related to that class.
4. Section 6(c) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security or transaction or any class or classes of persons, securities or transactions from any provision of the Act, or from any rule or regulation under the Act, if and to the extent such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Applicants request an exemption under section 6(c) from sections 18(a)(2), 18(c) and 18(i) to permit the Funds to issue multiple classes of Shares.
5. Applicants submit that the proposed allocation of expenses relating to distribution and voting rights among multiple classes is equitable and will not discriminate against any group or class of shareholders. Applicants submit that the proposed arrangements would permit each Fund to facilitate the distribution of its Shares and provide investors with a broader choice of shareholder options. Applicants assert that the proposed closed-end investment company multiple class structure does not raise the concerns underlying section 18 of the Act to any greater degree than open-end investment companies' multiple class structures that are permitted by rule 18f-3 under the Act. Applicants state that each Fund will comply with the provisions of rule 18f-3 as if it were an open-end investment company.
1. Section 23(c) of the Act provides, in relevant part, that no registered closed-end investment company shall purchase securities of which it is the issuer, except: (a) On a securities exchange or other open market; (b) pursuant to tenders, after reasonable opportunity to submit tenders given to all holders of securities of the class to be purchased; or (c) under other circumstances as the Commission may permit by rules and regulations or orders for the protection of investors.
2. Rule 23c-3 under the Act permits a registered closed-end investment company (an “interval fund”) to make repurchase offers of between five and twenty-five percent of its outstanding shares at net asset value at periodic intervals pursuant to a fundamental policy of the interval fund. Rule 23c-3(b)(1) under the Act permits an interval fund to deduct from repurchase proceeds only a repurchase fee, not to exceed two percent of the proceeds, that is paid to the interval fund and is reasonably intended to compensate the fund for expenses directly related to the repurchase.
3. Section 23(c)(3) provides that the Commission may issue an order that would permit a closed-end investment company to repurchase its shares in circumstances in which the repurchase is made in a manner or on a basis that does not unfairly discriminate against any holders of the class or classes of securities to be purchased.
4. Applicants request relief under section 6(c), discussed above, and section 23(c)(3) from rule 23c-3 to the extent necessary for each Fund to impose early withdrawal charges on shares of the Fund submitted for repurchase that have been held for less than a specified period.
5. Applicants state that the early withdrawal charges they intend to impose are functionally similar to contingent deferred sales loads imposed by open-end investment companies under rule 6c-10 under the Act. Rule 6c-10 permits open-end investment companies to impose contingent deferred sales loads, subject to certain conditions. Applicants note that rule 6c-10 is grounded in policy considerations supporting the employment of contingent deferred sales loads where there are adequate safeguards for the investor and state that the same policy considerations support imposition of early withdrawal charges in the interval fund context. In addition, applicants state that early withdrawal charges may be necessary for the Fund's Distributor to recover distribution costs. Applicants represent that any early withdrawal charge imposed by a Fund will comply with rule 6c-10 under the Act as if the rule were applicable to closed-end investment companies. Each Fund will disclose early withdrawal charges in accordance with the requirements of Form N-1A concerning contingent deferred sales loads.
1. Section 17(d) of the Act and rule 17d-1 under the Act prohibit an affiliated person of a registered investment company or an affiliated person of such person, acting as principal, from participating in or effecting any transaction in connection with any joint enterprise or joint arrangement in which the investment company participates unless the Commission issues an order permitting the transaction. In reviewing applications submitted under section 17(d) and rule 17d-1, the Commission considers whether the participation of the investment company in a joint enterprise or joint arrangement is consistent with the provisions, policies and purposes of the Act, and the extent to which the participation is on a basis different from or less advantageous than that of other participants.
2. Rule 17d-3 under the Act provides an exemption from section 17(d) and rule 17d-1 to permit open-end investment companies to enter into distribution arrangements pursuant to rule 12b-1 under the Act. Applicants request an order under section 17(d) and rule 17d-1 under the Act to permit the Fund to impose asset-based service and/or distribution fees. Applicants have agreed to comply with rules 12b-1 and
For the reasons stated above, applicants submit that the exemptions requested under section 6(c) are necessary and appropriate in the public interest and are consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Applicants further submit that the relief requested pursuant to section 23(c)(3) will be consistent with the protection of investors and will insure that applicants do not unfairly discriminate against any holders of the class of securities to be purchased. Finally, applicants state that the Funds' imposition of asset-based service and/or distribution fees is consistent with the provisions, policies and purposes of the Act and does not involve participation on a basis different from or less advantageous than that of other participants.
Applicants agree that any order granting the requested relief will be subject to the following condition:
Each Fund relying on the requested order will comply with the provisions of rules 6c-10, 12b-1, 17d-3, 18f-3, 22d-1 and, where applicable, 11a-3 under the Act, as amended from time to time or replaced, as if those rules applied to closed-end management investment companies, and will comply with FINRA Rule 2341, as amended from time to time, as if that rule applied to all closed-end management investment companies.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
On May 23, 2018, ICE Clear Credit LLC (“ICC”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The proposed rule change would formalize the ICC Model Validation Framework (“Framework”), which sets forth ICC's model validation procedures.
ICC has a proprietary risk management system that uses models to assess the risk of the credit default swap-based portfolios that ICC clears. ICC uses its risk management system to determine the appropriate Initial Margin and Guaranty Fund requirements that offset the risks of the credit default swap-based portfolios ICC clears. The risk management system is composed of risk model components (“Model Components”), which employ a combination of statistical analysis of credit spread time series and stress test simulation scenarios to address different sources of risk. These sources of risk addressed by the Model Components constitute the foundation of total Initial Margin and Guaranty Fund requirements for the credit default swap-based portfolios that ICC clears.
The Framework considers both new Model Components and enhancements to existing Model Components (collectively, “Model Change”). New Model Components consider sources of risk that are not currently included in the risk management system.
To assure the effectiveness of ICC's risk management system, the Framework employs four controls: Initial validation; ongoing monitoring and validation; investigation; and independent periodic review.
Ongoing monitoring and validation provides assurances that ICC has appropriately configured and calibrated the risk management system, including any recent Model Change, and that the risk management system is achieving the desired level of performance.
If ongoing monitoring and validation identifies features of the risk management system that might indicate weakness in a Model Component, the Framework requires ICC to investigate and identify the root cause.
The Framework sets forth the process for selecting independent validators and describes the independent validator criteria, including technical expertise and independence requirements. The Framework requires that the ICC CRO provide support and information to allow the independent validators to perform periodic reviews of all Model Components and related practices at least once in every calendar year.
Section 19(b)(2)(C) of the Act directs the Commission to approve a proposed rule change of a self-regulatory organization if it finds that such proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to such organization.
Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act requires, among other things, that the rules of ICC be designed to promote the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions and, to the extent applicable, derivative agreements, contracts, and transactions, as well as to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of ICC or for which it is responsible, and, in general, to protect investors and the public interest.
As described above, the Framework would provide a process for reviewing and enhancing ICC's risk management system. The Framework would also designate the personnel responsible for, and the governance process associated with, the successful operation and maintenance of the model validation procedures and would set forth the process and criteria for selecting independent validators.
Taken together, the Commission believes these aspects of the Framework would help ensure that ICC's risk management system appropriately and effectively addresses the risks associated with clearing security based swap-related portfolios by providing ICC a means for reviewing and enhancing the risk management system as needed. In providing for independent validators, the Commission believes the Framework would help ensure that ICC receives unbiased and objective views regarding its risk management system, which would improve such review and enhancement. The Commission believes that both of these aspects of the Framework would improve the effectiveness of ICC's risk management system, thereby improving ICC's ability to manage the risks associated with clearing security based swap-related portfolios. Given that mismanagement of the risks associated with clearing security based swap-related portfolios could cause ICC to realize losses on such portfolios and disrupt ICC's ability to promptly and accurately clear security based swap transactions, the Commission believes that the Framework would promote the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions. Similarly, given that mismanagement of the risks associated with clearing security based swap-related portfolios could cause ICC to realize losses on such portfolios and threaten ICC's ability to operate, thereby threatening access to securities and funds in ICC's control, the Commission believes that the Framework would help assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody or control of the ICC or for which it is responsible. Finally, for both of these reasons, the Commission believes the Framework would, in general, protect investors and the public interest.
Therefore, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change would promote the prompt and accurate
Rule 17Ad-22(b)(2) requires that ICC establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to use margin requirements to limit its credit exposures to participants under normal market conditions and use risk-based models and parameters to set margin requirements and review such margin requirements and the related risk-based models and parameters at least monthly.
As described above, the Framework would describe how ICC would review and enhance its risk management system, including the selection and use of independent validators. In doing so, the Commission believes that the Framework would help ensure that ICC's risk management system is appropriate and effective for dealing with the risks associated with clearing security based swap-related portfolios. The Commission believes that the Framework would also enable ICC to improve its margin requirements by allowing ICC to review and improve the models that generate such margin requirements. The Commission believes that these aspects of the Framework would improve ICC's use of margin requirements to limit its credit exposures to participants under normal market conditions and ICC's use of risk-based models and parameters to set margin requirements.
In addition, the Framework would describe ICC's process for execution monitoring, whereby ICC would review on a daily basis the changes generated by its risk management system and would explain those changes in relation to known changes in cleared portfolios, prices, and market conditions. The Framework would require ICC to then investigate any anomalies identified. In reviewing such changes and anomalies, the Commission believes ICC would review its margin requirements and the models that generate such requirements. Thus, the Commission believes the Framework would enable ICC to review its margin requirements and the models that generate such requirements on a daily basis.
Therefore, for the above reasons the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Rule 17Ad-22(b)(2).
Rule 17Ad-22(b)(3) requires that ICC establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to maintain sufficient financial resources to withstand, at a minimum, a default by the two participant families to which it has the largest exposures in extreme but plausible market conditions, in its capacity as a central counterparty for security-based swaps.
As described above, the Framework would provide a process for reviewing and enhancing ICC's risk management system and would set forth the process and criteria for selecting independent validators. In doing so, the Commission believes that the Framework would help ensure that ICC's risk management system appropriately and effectively deals with the risks associated with clearing security based swap-related portfolios, including the risk associated with the default by the two participant families to which ICC has the largest exposures in extreme but plausible market conditions. The Commission believes that the Framework would also help ICC improve its guaranty fund requirements by allowing ICC to review and improve the models that generate such requirements. The Commission believes that these aspects of the Framework would help ensure that ICC effectively establishes and maintains financial resources sufficient to withstand, at a minimum, a default by the two participant families to which ICC has the largest exposures in extreme but plausible market conditions.
Therefore, for the above reasons the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Rule 17Ad-22(b)(3).
Rule 17Ad-22(b)(4) requires that ICC establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to provide for an annual model validation consisting of evaluating the performance of its margin models and the related parameters and assumptions associated with such models by a qualified person who is free from influence from the persons responsible for the development or operation of the models being validated.
As discussed above, the Framework would require the ICC CRO to provide support and information to allow independent validators to perform periodic reviews of all Model Components and related practices at least once in every calendar year. The Framework would further provide that the scope of an independent periodic review may cover all Model Components used by the risk management system, or a subset of Model Components, as long as all Model Components are included in one or more independent periodic reviews each year. The Framework would also provide the process and criteria (including independence) for selecting independent validators. Finally, the Framework would describe the required components of an independent review and the documentation required to be produced by the independent validators.
The Commission believes these aspects of the Framework would enable ICC to validate the models underpinning its risk management system on an annual basis including the related parameters and assumptions associated with such models. The Commission also believes that by setting out the process and criteria (including independence) for selecting independent validators, the Framework would help ensure that such validations are performed by qualified persons free from influence from the persons responsible for the development or operation of the models being validated.
Therefore, for the reasons described above the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Rule 17Ad-22(b)(4).
Rule 17Ad-22(d)(8) requires that ICC establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to have governance arrangements that are clear and transparent to fulfill the public interest requirements in Section 17A of the Act
As discussed above, the Framework would describe the personnel responsible for, and the governance process associated with, the successful operation and maintenance of the model validation procedures. Specifically, the Framework would designate ICC's ROO
Therefore, for the above reasons the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with Rule 17Ad-22(d)(8).
On the basis of the foregoing, the Commission finds that the proposal is consistent with the requirements of the Act, and in particular, with the requirements of Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that Argosy Investment Partners IV, L.P., 950 West Valley Road, Suite 2900, Wayne, PA 19087, a Federal Licensee under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (“the Act”), in connection with the financing of a small concern, has sought an exemption under Section 312 of the Act and Section 107.730, Financings which Constitute Conflicts of Interest of the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Rules and Regulations (13 CFR 107.730). Argosy Investment Partners IV, L.P. is seeking post-financing approval from SBA for loan and equity financings it made to POSC Holdings LLC, formerly known as Panhandle Oilfield Service Companies, Inc., 14000 Quail Springs Parkway, Suite 300, Oklahoma City, OK 73134.
The financing is brought within the purview of § 107.730(a)(1) of the Regulations because Argosy Investment Partners V, L.P., an Associate of Argosy Investment Partners IV, L.P., owns more than ten percent of POSC Holdings LLC, and therefore this transaction is considered
Notice is hereby given that any interested person may submit written comments on this transaction within fifteen days of the date of this publication to the Associate Administrator, Office of Investment and Innovation, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street SW, Washington, DC 20416.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notification of temporary initiative to test lower fees; request for public comments.
This document announces a temporary decrease in the guarantee fees that the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) charges all Surety companies and Principals on each guaranteed bond (other than a bid bond) issued in SBA's Surety Bond Guarantee (SBG) Program.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. SBA-2018-0007, by any of the following methods: (1) Federal eRulemaking Portal:
SBA will post all comments on
Jermanne Perry, Surety Bond Specialist, Office of Surety Guarantees, (202) 401-8275;
Under its SBG Program, the SBA guarantees bid, payment and performance bonds for small and emerging contractors who cannot obtain surety bonds through regular commercial channels. SBA's guarantee gives Sureties an incentive to provide bonding for small businesses and, thereby, assists small businesses in obtaining greater access to contracting opportunities. SBA's guarantee is an agreement between a Surety and SBA that SBA will assume a certain percentage of the Surety's loss should a contractor default on the underlying contract. Pursuant to its statutory authority “to establish such fee or fees for small business concerns and
SBA last changed the fees over 12 years ago when the fee charged to the Sureties was increased from 20% to 26% of the bond premium and the fee charged to Principals increased from $6.00 per thousand dollars of the contract amount to $7.29 per thousand dollars of the contract amount. Those fees have been in effect since April 3, 2006. At that time, SBA determined that the program's revolving fund was insufficient to cover projected, unfunded liabilities.
SBA's rules provide that the amount of the fees to be paid by the Surety and the Principal “will be determined by SBA and published in Notices in the
As indicated above, the decreases in the fees are temporary and will be in effect for guaranteed bonds approved during the one year period beginning October 1, 2018, and ending September 30, 2019. During the year, SBA will evaluate whether the lower fees will result in an increase in the bond activity level of the SBG Program and, if so, whether any such increased level of activity will generate sufficient revenues to offset the reduced fee amounts. After carefully reviewing program performance during the year, SBA will determine whether the guarantee fees should remain at these new amounts or if they should revert to the higher amounts or otherwise be changed.
SBA invites public comments on the above stated fee decreases. Please clearly identify paper and electronic comments as “Public Comments on Fee Decreases under the SBG Program Docket No. SBA-2018-0007” and submit them by one of the methods identified in the
13 CFR 115.32(b) and (c) and 115.66.
Notice is hereby given that Argosy Investment Partners V, L.P., 950 West Valley Road, Suite 2900, Wayne, PA 19087, a Federal Licensee under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (“the Act”), in connection with the financing of a small concern, has sought an exemption under Section 312 of the Act and Section 107.730, Financings which Constitute Conflicts of Interest of the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Rules and Regulations (13 CFR 107.730). Argosy Investment Partners V, L.P. is seeking post-financing approval from SBA for loan and equity financings it made to POSC Holdings LLC, formerly known as Panhandle Oilfield Service Companies, Inc., 14000 Quail Springs Parkway, Suite 300, Oklahoma City, OK 73134.
The financing is brought within the purview of § 107.730(a)(1) of the Regulations because Argosy Investment Partners IV, L.P., an Associate of Argosy Investment Partners V, L.P., owns more than ten percent of POSC Holdings LLC, and therefore this transaction is considered
Notice is hereby given that any interested person may submit written comments on this transaction within fifteen days of the date of this publication to the Associate Administrator, Office of Investment and Innovation, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street SW, Washington, DC 20416.
Notice of availability; solicitation of comments.
The U.S. Department of State (Department) announces the availability of the
The public comment period ends on August 29, 2018.
Comments may be submitted at
The Draft EA, along with detailed records on the proposed project and general information about the Presidential permit process, are available at:
Marko Velikonja, Office of Environmental Quality and Transboundary Issues, (202) 647-4828,
On January 26, 2017, TransCanada resubmitted its Presidential permit application for the proposed Keystone XL pipeline. On March 23, 2017, the Under Secretary of State for Political Affairs determined that issuance of a Presidential permit to TransCanada to construct, connect, operate, and maintain at the border of the United States pipeline facilities to transport crude oil from Canada to the United States would serve the national interest.
The Department invites members of the public, government agencies, tribal governments, and all other interested parties to comment on the Draft EA for the proposed Keystone XL Mainline Alternative Route during the 30-day public comment period. Comments provided by agencies and organizations should list a designated contact person. All comments received during the public comment period may be publicized. Comments will be neither private nor edited to remove either identifying or contact information. Commenters should omit information that they do not want disclosed. Any party who will either solicit or aggregate other people's comments should convey this cautionary message.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before August 20, 2018.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2018-0182 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Jake Troutman, (202) 683-7788, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Issued in Washington, DC.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14 of the Code of Federal Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, the FAA's exemption process. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number and must be received on or before August 20, 2018.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2018-0173 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Jake Troutman, (202) 683-7788, 800 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20591.
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Issued in Washington, DC.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of limitation on claims for judicial review of actions by FHWA and other Federal agencies.
This notice announces final actions taken by the FHWA. The actions relate to the proposed Juneau Access Improvements (JAI) Project in the City and Borough of Juneau, Haines Borough, and Municipality of Skagway Borough in the State of Alaska. Those actions grant approvals for the project.
By this notice, FHWA is advising the public of final agency actions subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(
Tim Haugh, Environmental Program Manager, FHWA, Alaska Division, 709 West 9th Street, Room 851, Juneau, AK 99802, telephone (907) 586-7418; email:
Notice is hereby given that FHWA has taken final agency action subject to 23 U.S.C. 139(
The actions by the FHWA, and the laws under which such actions were taken, are described in the JAI Project Final Supplemental Environmental Impact Statement (Final SEIS) and Record of Decision (ROD), issued on June 18, 2018. The Final SEIS and ROD are available on the project website at
This notice applies to all FHWA decisions as of the issuance date of this notice and all laws under which such actions were taken, including but not limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
23 U.S.C. 139
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of application for exemption; request for comments.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) requests public comment on an application for exemption from Groendyke Transport, Inc. (Groendyke) to allow the use of a pulsating brake lamp in addition to the steady burning brake lamps required by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR) in its fleet operations. The FMCSRs require all exterior lamps (both required lamps and any additional lamps) to be steady-burning, with the exception of turn signal lamps, hazard warning signal lamps, school bus warning lamps, amber warning lamps or flashing warning lamps on tow trucks and commercial motor vehicles (CMV) transporting oversized loads, and warning lamps on emergency and service vehicles authorized by State or local authorities. Groendyke believes that operating a pulsating brake lamp on the rear of its trailers on a fleet-wide basis would allow the company to operate its equipment more effectively, efficiently, and safely, and would maintain a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level that it would achieve without the requested exemption.
Comments must be received on or before August 29, 2018.
You may submit comments bearing the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket ID FMCSA-2018-0223 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Mr. Luke W. Loy, Vehicle and Roadside Operations Division, Office of Carrier, Driver, and Vehicle Safety, MC-PSV, (202) 366-0676,
Under 49 U.S.C. 31315 and 31136(e), FMCSA may grant exemptions from the FMCSRs. Pursuant to the implementing regulations, FMCSA must publish a notice of each exemption request in the
The Agency reviews the safety analyses and the public comments and determines whether granting the exemption would likely achieve a level of safety equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved by the current regulation (49 CFR 381.305).
The decision of the Agency must be published in the
Groendyke applied for an exemption from the requirements of 49 CFR 393.25(e) which requires all exterior lamps (both required lamps and any additional lamps) to be steady-burning, with the exception of turn signal lamps, hazard warning signal lamps, school bus warning lamps, amber warning lamps or flashing warning lamps on tow trucks and CMVs transporting oversized loads, and warning lamps on emergency and service vehicles authorized by State or local authorities. Specifically, Groendyke is requesting the exemption to allow it to install pulsating brake lamps in addition to the steady-burning brake lamps required by the FMCSRs. A
Groendyke is a carrier of flammable fuel and liquid hazardous materials. Groendyke has a fleet of approximately 900 trucks and 1,440 trailers, and employs over 1,200 individuals, including approximately 900 drivers. In its application, Groendyke states “Groendyke assessed what it could do to prevent other drivers from rear ending Groendyke trailers, and determined that increasing visibility of Groendyke trailers would be an efficient means to prevent rear ending accidents. To do this, Groendyke searched for ways to cause its braking system to capture the attention of other drivers faster and more completely.”
In its application, Groendyke seeks an exemption to include an amber brake-activated pulsating lamp to the rear of its trailers. The pulsating brake lamp would be positioned in the upper center portion of the trailer. In support of its application, Groendyke contends that the addition of the pulsating brake lamp will improve safety, and states that (1) research shows that pulsating brake lamps in addition to steady burning red brake lamps improves visibility and prevents accidents, (2) its own experience has demonstrated that pulsating brake lamps in addition to steady burning red brake lamps has decreased the frequency of rear-end accidents involving its fleet, and (3) similar exemptions exist for other classes of vehicles.
Research indicates that there are ways to improve the attention-getting qualities of braking systems. Including a pulsating brake lamp on a lead vehicle has quantifiable effect on the drivers of following vehicles and measurably reduces rear-end collisions. Drivers are redirected and altered faster and more efficiently when a pulsating brake lamp draws their attention to the lead vehicle. As a result, rear-end collisions, can be prevented or at least reduced.
Data gathered by Groendyke between January 2015 and July 2017 show that the pulsating brake lamps decreased the frequency of rear-end collisions by 33.7 percent. Groendyke also analyzed its data to determine whether the pulsating brake lamps improved outcomes when drivers were slowing or stopping at railroad crossings.
The results of the Groendyke Brake Warning Device Campaign are clear: The frequency of rear-end collisions is markedly lower when trailers are outfitted with pulsating brake lamps in addition to the steady-burning lamps required by the FMCSRs. The pulsating brake lamps draw other drivers' attention to what is happening with the vehicle in front more effectively and more quickly than steady burning lamps. In the interest of safety and productivity, Groendyke desires to implement the Groendyke Brake Warning Device Campaign on the rest of its fleet without risking violation of the FMCSRs.
In accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31315 and 31136(e), FMCSA requests public comment from all interested persons on Groendyke's application for an exemption from the requirements of 49 CFR 393.25(e). All comments received before the close of business on the comment closing date indicated at the beginning of this notice will be considered and will be available for examination in the docket at the location listed under the
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FMCSA announces its plan to submit the Information Collection Request (ICR) described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval. The FMCSA requests to revise and renew an ICR titled, “
Please send your comments by August 29, 2018. OMB must receive your comments by this date in order to act quickly on the ICR.
All comments should reference Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket Number FMCSA-2018-0119. Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and
Ms. Christine A. Hydock, Chief, Medical Programs Division, Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 6th Floor, West Building, New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590-0001. Telephone: (202) 366-4001, Email Address:
This information collection is comprised of the following five information collection activities.
Below is a brief description of the included IC activities and how the information is used.
FMCSRs at 49 CFR 391.41 set forth the physical qualification standards that interstate CMV drivers who are subject to part 391 must meet, with the exception of commercial driver's license/commercial learner's permit (CDL/CLP) drivers transporting migrant workers (who must meet the physical qualification standards set forth in 49 CFR 398.3). The FMCSRs covering driver physical qualification records are found at 49 CFR 391.43, which specify that a medical examination be performed on CMV drivers subject to part 391 who operate in interstate commerce. The results of the examination shall be recorded in accordance with the requirements set forth in that section. The current provisions of 49 CFR 391.51 and 398.3 require that a motor carrier retain the Medical Examiner's Certificate (MEC), Form MCSA-5876, in the driver's qualification (DQ) file for 3 years. The certificate affirms that the driver is physically qualified to drive a CMV in interstate commerce.
Due to potential onset of new conditions or changes in existing conditions that may adversely affect a driver's ability to drive safely and/or cause incapacitation that could be a risk to public safety, periodic re-evaluation and recertification is required to assess driver physical qualification. MECs may be issued for up to 2 years after the date of examination. However, drivers with certain medical conditions must be certified more frequently than every 2 years. Medical Examiners (MEs) have discretion to certify for shorter time periods on a case-by-case basis for medical conditions that require closer monitoring or that are more likely to change over time. In addition, the Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Act: A Legacy for Users requires MEs to transmit to FMCSA's Chief Medical Officer, electronically and on a monthly basis, driver information and results of any CMV driver medical examinations conducted during the previous month. MEs are required to maintain records of the CMV driver medical examinations they conduct. FMCSA does not require MEs to maintain these records electronically. However, there is nothing to preclude a ME from maintaining electronic records of the medical examinations he/she conducts. FMCSA is continuously evaluating new information technology in an attempt to decrease the burden on motor carriers and MEs. Less frequent collection of driver data, Medical Examination Report Forms, MCSA-5875, and MECs would compromise FMCSA's ability to determine ME compliance with FMCSA's physical qualification standards and guidelines in performing CMV driver medical examinations, which could result in MEs listed on the National Registry of Certified Medical Examiners who should be removed and possibly drivers that don't meet the physical qualification standards possessing an MEC. Less frequent data collection would also result in decreased validity of the data (
The medical conflict provision provides a mechanism for drivers and motor carriers to request that FMCSA make a final decision to resolve conflicting medical evaluations when either party does not accept the decision of a medical specialist. If two MEs disagree about the medical certification of a driver, the requirements set forth in 49 CFR 391.47 mandate that the applicant (driver or motor carrier) submit a copy of a report including results of all medical testing and the opinion of an impartial medical specialist in the field in which the medical conflict arose. The applicant may, if they choose to do so, submit the information above using fax and/or email. FMCSA uses the information collected from the applicant, including medical information, to determine if the driver should or should not be qualified. Without this provision and its incumbent driver medical information collection requirements, an unqualified person may be permitted to drive and
FMCSA may, on a case by case basis, grant a medical exemption from a physical qualification standard set forth in 49 CFR 391.41, if the Agency determines the exemption is in the interest of the public and would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level that would be achieved by complying with the regulation. Individuals with limb impairments are permitted to operate a CMV, but only when they are otherwise qualified and are granted a Skill Performance Evaluation (SPE) certificate by FMCSA. Title 49 CFR 381.310 establishes the procedures that persons must follow to request exemptions from FMCSA safety regulations. Without an exemption, individuals who do not meet the requirements in 49 CFR 391.41 would not be qualified to operate a CMV in interstate commerce. The application process for all exemptions currently provides for electronic collection of the application information by FMCSA for those applicants that choose to do so. They are able to fax or scan and email documents to FMCSA. In addition, the Diabetes and Vision Exemption Programs and the SPE Certificate Program maintain a database of application information. The Medical Programs Division maintains a database of application information for hearing and seizure exemptions. FMCSA must collect medical information about the driver's medical condition in order to determine eligibility to receive an exemption or an SPE certificate. The Agency requires all exemptions be renewed every 2 years to ensure that the granting of the exemption does not diminish safety under 49 CFR 381.310. Exemption holders are required to submit annual medical information for review to ensure the driver continues to meet the physical qualification requirements. In the interest of highway safety, the medical examination, exemption, and SPE renewal should not be performed less frequently.
The National Registry requires MEs that conduct physical qualification examinations for interstate CMV drivers to complete training concerning FMCSA physical qualification standards, pass a certification test, and maintain competence through periodic training and testing, all of which require information collection. ME candidates submit demographic and eligibility data in order to register on the National Registry website to begin the certification process. This data is used to provide the public with contact information for those medical professionals who are certified by FMCSA to conduct interstate CMV driver medical examinations. Less frequent collection of ME candidate test results and identity and eligibility information means that there are less healthcare professionals attempting to become certified which would result in fewer certified MEs being available to the CMV driver and motor carrier population. This could place a huge burden on drivers and motor carriers to find certified MEs to perform their medical examinations. Therefore, less frequent collection of ME candidate test results and identity and eligibility information is not an option. MEs must provide specific driver medical examination information for every driver they examine on medical forms required by FMCSA and into the National Registry. Drivers must provide identification and health history information on medical forms required by FMCSA. The purpose for providing this information is to enable the ME to determine if the driver is medically qualified under 49 CFR 391.41 and to ensure that there are no disqualifying medical conditions that could adversely affect their safe driving ability or cause incapacitation constituting a risk to the public. If this information was not required, the threat to public safety would be immense and unacceptable.
The National Registry also requires motor carriers to verify the national registry number of the MEs who certify their drivers and place a note in the DQ file. Less frequent verification of the national registry numbers by motor carriers would mean drivers may not have been examined by a certified ME listed on the National Registry and they may no longer meet the physical qualifications standards of the FMCSRs even though they were previously certified as physically qualified.
As a follow-on rule to the National Registry, the
However, as the
On April 27, 2018, FMCSA published a 60-day notice (83 FR 18640) requesting comment on the renewal of this ICR. In response to the notice, eight comments were received. However, none of the comments were related to information collection activities or the renewal of this ICR.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of renewal of exemption; request for comments.
FMCSA announces its decision to renew a Virginia Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) exemption on behalf of truck and bus drivers who are licensed in the Commonwealth of Virginia and need a Skill Performance Evaluation (SPE) Certificate from FMCSA to operate commercial motor vehicles (CMV) in interstate commerce. The exemption enables interstate CMV drivers who are licensed in Virginia and are subject to the Federal SPE requirements under 49 CFR 391.49 to continue to fulfill the Federal requirements with a State-issued SPE and to operate CMVs in interstate commerce anywhere in the United States.
This decision is effective July 8, 2018, and will expire July 8, 2023, and may be renewed. Comments must be received on or before August 29, 2018.
You may submit comments bearing the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) Docket No. FMCSA-2013-0147 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Ms. Eileen Nolan, Office of Carrier, Driver and Vehicle Safety, Medical Programs Division, 202-366-4001,
Under 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA may grant an exemption from certain parts of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) for no longer than 5 years if it finds “such exemption would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to or greater than the level that would be achieved absent such exemption.” The statute allows the Agency to renew exemptions at the end of the 5-year period.
On July 8, 2014, FMCSA granted Virginia a 2-year exemption that enables interstate CMV drivers licensed in Virginia who are subject to the Federal SPE requirements under 49 CFR 391.49 to fulfill the Federal requirements with a State-issued SPE (79 FR 38659). Subsequently, a request for exemption renewal was received, and granted for a 2-year period, beginning July 8, 2016 and ending on July 8, 2018 (81 FR 44674).
At the time the first exemption was granted, the term of temporary exemptions was limited by statute to a maximum of 2 years. However, on December 4, 2015, Congress enacted the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act, which now allows an exemption to be granted for a period of 5 years (49 U.S.C. 31315(b)(2)) if FMCSA finds “such exemption would likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level that would be achieved absent such exemption.” Virginia has consistently maintained the statutory requirements associated with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315 for their SPE program. Therefore, the Agency believes that extending the exemption period to a 5-year period will likely achieve a level of safety that is equivalent to, or greater than, the level of safety achieved without the exemption.
The requirements of the exemption were outlined in the prior notices and
Interested parties or organizations possessing information that would otherwise show that granting this exemption is not currently achieving the statutory level of safety should immediately notify FMCSA. The Agency will evaluate any adverse evidence submitted and, if safety is being compromised or if continuation of the exemption would not be consistent with the goals and objectives of 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, FMCSA will take immediate steps to revoke the Virginia DMV exemption.
The Agency's decision regarding this exemption is based on the fact that Virginia's SPE program is essentially identical to the current FMCSA program. Virginia continues to adhere to the application process modeled on the FMCSA process. State personnel who conduct the skill evaluation complete the same training as FMCSA personnel conducting the test and follow the same procedures and testing criteria used by FMCSA. FMCSA has conducted ongoing monitoring and SPE program reviews and Virginia continues to maintain records of applications, testing, and certificates issued for periodic review by FMCSA. At the time, Virginia DMV submitted its request for exemption renewal to the Agency, it had issued 29 new and 48 renewal SPE Certificates. Based upon FMCSA's analyses of the applications and the program as a whole, FMCSA has determined that no safety vulnerabilities are associated with Virginia's renewal request. The renewal of the exemption for a 5-year period is granted.
Consequently, FMCSA has concluded that renewing the exemption allows the Virginia SPE program to achieve the level of safety required by 49 U.S.C. 31315.
If a Virginia-licensed driver would prefer not to opt for the streamlined SPE process, the driver may still apply for an FMCSA-issued SPE. However, FMCSA may still exercise its discretion and call upon Virginia DMV to provide assistance in conducting the road evaluation needed to complete an SPE application, depending on the volume of applications.
The FMCSA grants the renewal of the exemption to allow the Virginia DMV to conduct SPE's on drivers who have experienced an impairment or loss of a limb and are licensed in the Commonwealth of Virginia. The following terms and conditions apply to the State and any drivers who receive a State-issued SPE certificate:
• Virginia must establish and maintain its own SPE program that is essentially identical to the current FMCSA program.
• The State must maintain an application process modeled on the FMCSA process and submit information concerning the application process to FMCSA's Medical Programs Division for review, as required.
• State personnel who conduct the skill test must complete SPE training identical to that of FMCSA personnel currently administering the Federal SPE program.
• The skill evaluation and scoring for the SPE must be done using the same procedures and testing criteria used by FMCSA.
• Virginia must maintain records of applications, testing, and certificates issued for periodic review by FMCSA.
• Virginia must submit a monthly report to FMCSA listing the names and license number of each driver tested by the State and the result of the test (pass or fail).
• Each driver who receives a State-issued SPE must carry a copy of the certificate when driving for presentation to authorized Federal, State, or local law enforcement officials.
During the period the exemption is in effect; no State shall enforce any law or regulation that conflicts with this exemption with respect to a person operating under the exemption. An exemption granted under the authority of 49 U.S.C. 31315(b) preempts State laws and regulations that conflict with or are inconsistent with the exemption. The decision to grant Virginia's request amounts to automatic Federal ratification of the State issued SPE Certificate and therefore prohibits other jurisdictions from requiring a separate FMCSA-issued SPE. The State-issued certificate must be treated as if it had been issued by FMCSA. Virginia-licensed drivers who receive the State-issued SPE are allowed to operate CMVs in interstate commerce anywhere in the United States.
Virginia has consistently maintained the statutory exemption requirements associated with the Skill Performance Evaluation Certificate program. Therefore, in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315, this exemption will be valid for five years unless revoked earlier by FMCSA.
The Agency does not intend its decision to pressure other States to take action to implement State-run SPE programs. Virginia is the first State to submit an application on behalf of its drivers to provide an alternative to the Federal SPE process. Other States are welcome to make similar applications if they believe it is appropriate to do so and they have the resources to meet terms and conditions comparable to those provided in this exemption.
Under part 211 of Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), this provides the public notice that by letter dated June 4, 2018, Norfolk Southern Railway (NS) petitioned the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) for a waiver of compliance from certain provisions of the Federal railroad safety regulations contained at 49 CFR part 236. FRA assigned the petition Docket Number FRA-2018-0052.
NS seeks a waiver of compliance from cab signal system requirements found in 49 CFR 236.566,
(a) Work Trains, Wreck Trains and Ballast cleaners to and from work.
(b) Engines and rail diesel cars moving to and from shops.
(c) Engines used in switching and transfer service, with or without cars, operating at Restricted Speed not exceeding 15 miles per hour.
NS provides the following justification for relief. First, NS states that “relief is in the public interest,” and is “important to maintaining efficient rail operations in the region.” Second, NS explains exemptions have been granted for the “operation of non-equipped locomotives in cab signal system territory at nearby locations on the NS and the relief requested” is a “consistent extension of those currently granted exceptions.” Moreover, NS states this waiver would update relief previously granted regarding Ex Parte No. 171 by the Interstate Commerce Commission at 286 I. C. C. 709. Finally, NS contends “the requested relief will not have a negative material impact on safety.”
A copy of the petition, as well as any written communications concerning the petition, is available for review online at
Interested parties are invited to participate in these proceedings by submitting written views, data, or comments. FRA does not anticipate scheduling a public hearing in connection with these proceedings since the facts do not appear to warrant a hearing. If any interested party desires an opportunity for oral comment, they should notify FRA, in writing, before the end of the comment period and specify the basis for their request.
All communications concerning these proceedings should identify the appropriate docket number and may be submitted by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Communications received by September 13, 2018 will be considered by FRA before final action is taken. Comments received after that date will be considered if practicable.
Anyone can search the electronic form of any written communications and comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the document, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its processes. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Grant of petition.
Continental Tire the Americas, LLC (CTA), has determined that certain Continental brand tires do not fully comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 139,
Abraham Diaz, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, NHTSA, telephone (202) 366-5310, facsimile (202) 366-5930.
Notice of receipt of the petition was published, with a 30-day public comment period, on September 29, 2017, in the
• Each tire must be marked on each sidewall with the information specified in paragraphs S5.5(a) through (d) and on one sidewall with the information specified in paragraphs S5.5(e) through (i) according to the phase-in schedule specified in paragraph S7.
• Must include the generic name of each cord material used in the plies (both sidewall and tread area) of the tire. S5.5(e)
• Must state the actual number of plies in the sidewall, and the actual number of plies in the tread area, if different. S5.5(f)
In support of its petition, CTA submitted the following reasoning:
(a) The tires covered by this petition are labeled with incorrect information regarding the number of tread plies and in two cases, the incorrect and/or missing ply material. However, this mislabeling has no impact on the operational performance of these tires or on the safety of vehicles on which these tires are mounted. The subject tires meet or exceed all of the performance requirements specified by FMVSS No. 139.
(b) NHTSA has concluded in response to numerous other petitions that this type of noncompliance is inconsequential to safety.
(c) CTA cited three petitions
In the agency's judgment, the incorrect labeling of the tire construction information will have an inconsequential effect on motor vehicle safety because most consumers do not base tire purchases or vehicle operation parameters on the ply material in a tire.
(d) All tires covered by this petition meet or exceed the performance requirements of FMVSS No. 139, as well as the other labeling requirements of the standard.
(e) CTA is not aware of any crashes, injuries, customer complaints, or field reports associated with the mislabeling.
(f) CTA has quarantined all existing inventory of these tires that contain the noncompliant tire sidewall labeling.
(g) CTA has corrected the molds at the manufacturing plant, so no additional tires will be manufactured with the noncompliance.
CTA concluded by expressing the belief that the subject noncompliance is inconsequential as it relates to motor vehicle safety, and that its petition to be exempted from providing notification of the noncompliance, as required by 49 U.S.C. 30118, and a remedy for the noncompliance, as required by 49 U.S.C. 30120, should be granted.
CTA's complete petition and all supporting documents are available by logging onto the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) website at:
The agency agrees with CTA that the noncompliance is inconsequential to motor vehicle safety. NHTSA believes that one measure of inconsequentiality to motor vehicle safety, in this case, is that there is no effect of the noncompliance on the operational safety of vehicles on which these tires are mounted. The safety of people working in the tire retread, repair and recycling industries must also be considered and is a measure of inconsequentiality.
Although tire construction affects the strength and durability of tires, neither the agency nor the tire industry provides information relating tire strength and durability to the number of plies and types of ply cord material in the tread sidewall. Therefore, tire dealers and customers should consider the tire construction information along with other information such as the load capacity, maximum inflation pressure, and tread wear, temperature, and traction ratings, to assess performance capabilities of various tires. In the agency's judgement, the incorrect labeling of the tire construction information will have an inconsequential effect on motor vehicle safety because most consumers do not base tire purchases or vehicle operation parameters on the number of plies in a tire.
The agency also believes the noncompliance will have no measureable effect on the safety of the tire retread, repair, and recycling industries. The use of steel cord construction in the sidewall and tread is the primary safety concern of these industries. In this case, since the tire sidewalls are marked correctly for the number of steel plies, this potential safety concern does not exist.
In consideration of the foregoing, NHTSA finds that CTA has met its
NHTSA notes that the statutory provisions (49 U.S.C. 30118(d) and 30120(h)) that permit manufacturers to file petitions for a determination of inconsequentiality allow NHTSA to exempt manufacturers only from the duties found in sections 30118 and 30120, respectively, to notify owners, purchasers, and dealers of a defect or noncompliance and to remedy the defect or noncompliance. Therefore, this decision only applies to the subject tires that CTA no longer controlled at the time it determined that the noncompliance existed. However, the granting of this petition does not relieve equipment distributors and dealers of the prohibitions on the sale, offer for sale, or introduction or delivery for introduction into interstate commerce of the noncompliant tires under their control after CTA notified them that the subject noncompliance existed.
(49 U.S.C. 30118, 30120: delegations of authority at 49 CFR 1.95 and 501.8).
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Internal Revenue Service, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The IRS is soliciting comments concerning election involving the repeal of the bonding requirement.
Written comments should be received on or before September 28, 2018 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Laurie Brimmer, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6529, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form should be directed to Kerry Dennis, at (202) 317-5751 or Internal Revenue Service, Room 6529, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington DC 20224, or through the internet, at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of Energy.
Final rule.
The Commission is adopting procedures for determining which jurisdictional natural gas pipelines may be collecting unjust and unreasonable rates in light of the income tax reductions provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the Commission's revised policy and precedent concerning tax allowances to address the double recovery issue identified by
This rule is effective September 13, 2018.
1. In this Final Rule, the Commission adopts procedures for determining which jurisdictional natural gas pipelines may be collecting unjust and unreasonable rates in light of (1) the income tax reductions provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
2. The procedures adopted in this Final Rule are generally the same as the Commission proposed in its March 15, 2018 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NOPR or proposed rule) in this proceeding.
3. However, as discussed further below, the Final Rule modifies the NOPR's proposed treatment of master limited partnership (MLP) pipelines
4. The Final Rule also makes certain changes to the proposed FERC Form No.
5. On December 22, 2017, the President signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, among other things, reduces the federal corporate income tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent, effective January 1, 2018. This means that, beginning January 1, 2018, companies subject to the Commission's jurisdiction will compute income taxes owed to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) based on a 21 percent tax rate. The tax rate reduction will result in less corporate income tax expense going forward.
6. In
7. Concurrently with the issuance of the NOPR in this proceeding, the Commission issued an Order on Remand in Opinion No. 511-C
[MLP pipelines (such as SFPP)] and similar pass-through entities do not incur income taxes at the entity level. Instead, the partners are individually responsible for paying taxes on their allocated share of the partnership's taxable income.
The DCF methodology estimates the returns a regulated entity must provide to investors in order to attract capital.
To attract capital, entities in the market must provide investors a pre-tax return,
8. Accordingly, the Commission ordered removal of the additional income tax allowance from SFPP's cost of service. The Commission explained that such action (a) remedies the double recovery identified by the court in its
9. Simultaneously, the Commission also issued the Revised Policy Statement
10. As required by § 284.10 of the Commission's regulations,
11. The Commission generally does not permit pipelines to change any single component of their cost of service outside of a general NGA section 4 rate case.
12. NGA sections 4 and 5 proceedings are routinely resolved through settlement agreements between the pipeline and its customers. Most of the agreements are “black box” settlements that do not provide detailed cost-of-service information. In addition, in lieu of submitting a general NGA section 4 rate case, a pipeline may submit a pre-packaged settlement to the Commission. When pipelines file pre-packaged settlements, they generally do not include detailed cost and revenue information in the filing. The Commission will approve an uncontested settlement offer upon finding that “the settlement appears to be fair and reasonable and in the public interest.”
13. The Commission has granted most interstate natural gas pipelines authority to negotiate rates with individual customers.
14. Changes to a pipeline's recourse rates occurring under NGA sections 4 and 5 do not affect a customer's negotiated rate, because that rate is negotiated as an alternative to the customer taking service under the recourse rate. However, a shipper receiving a discounted rate may experience a reduction as a result of the outcome of a rate proceeding if the recourse rate is reduced below the discounted rate. The prevalence of negotiated and discounted rates varies among pipelines, depending upon the competitive situation.
15. The Commission also grants interstate natural gas pipelines market-based rate authority when the pipeline can show it lacks market power for the specific services or when the applicant or the Commission can mitigate the market power with specific conditions.
16. Section 311 of the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 (NGPA) authorizes the Commission to allow intrastate pipelines to transport natural gas “on behalf of” interstate pipelines or local distribution companies served by interstate pipelines.
17. Section 284.123 of the Commission's regulations provides procedures for NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines to establish fair and equitable rates for their interstate services.
18. An intrastate pipeline may file to request authorization to charge market-based rates under subpart M of Part 284 of the Commission's regulations. The same requirements for showing a lack of market power apply to intrastate pipelines as for interstate pipelines. The Commission has granted market-based rate authority for storage and hub services to 19 of the 112 intrastate pipelines with subpart C of Part 284 tariffs.
19. On January 31, 2018, in Docket No. RP18-415-000, several trade associations and companies representing a coalition of the natural gas industry that are dependent upon services provided by interstate natural gas pipeline and storage companies (Petitioners)
20. Petitioners requested that the Commission require an immediate rate reduction, if a filed cost and revenue study demonstrates that the interstate natural gas pipeline is over-recovering its costs following the adjustments to account for changes to the tax laws implemented under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Petitioners contended that, if a pipeline believed that a Commission-approved settlement exempted it from such a rate analysis, the Commission should require such company to provide evidence to that effect.
21. In response to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and
22. The Commission proposed to establish a staggered schedule for interstate natural gas pipelines to file the One-time Report and choose one of the four options described above. The Commission stated in the NOPR that interstate natural gas pipelines that file general NGA section 4 rate cases or pre-packaged uncontested rate settlements before the deadline for their One-time Report will be exempted from making the One-time Report. In addition, the Commission stated that interstate natural gas pipelines whose rates are being investigated under NGA section 5 need not file the One-time Report.
23. The Commission received 33 comments and ten answers and reply comments in response to its NOPR.
24. Several commenters take issue with the NOPR's implementation of the Revised Policy Statement and the proposal that, if an MLP pipeline chooses the option of making a limited NGA section 4 filing, that filing must reduce its maximum rates to reflect the elimination of any tax allowance included in its current rates consistent with the Revised Policy Statement.
25. In regard to the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G, among other things, commenters challenge the Commission's authority to require such a filing, seek clarification regarding inputs to the form including the use of an indicative ROE of 10.55 percent, and suggest changes to the form.
26. Commenters also seek clarification and suggest changes to the four options for an interstate natural gas pipeline to make a filing to address the changes to the pipeline's recovery of tax costs or explain why no action is needed. Commenters suggest alternative timelines or request additional time to make such filings. Commenters also seek clarification regarding the deadline to make such filings. Some commenters suggest that the Commission eliminate or alter some of the proposed filing options.
27. The Commission also received several comments regarding negotiated rate agreements and whether those agreements can or should be altered by the Final Rule.
28. Commenters generally support the Commission's proposed procedures for NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines with some suggested modifications.
29. In this Final Rule, the Commission adopts procedures for determining which jurisdictional natural gas pipelines may be collecting unjust and unreasonable rates in light of (1) the income tax reductions provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and (2) the
30. The Commission adopts, with modifications, the procedures proposed in the NOPR. The Final Rule establishes a requirement, pursuant to sections 10 and 14(a) of the NGA, that all interstate natural gas companies, with cost-based stated rates, that filed a 2017 FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A must file the FERC Form No. 501-G informational filing for the purpose of evaluating the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the
31. In addition to the FERC Form No. 501-G filing requirement, the Commission provides four options for each interstate natural gas pipeline to make a filing to address the changes to the pipeline's recovery of tax costs or explain why no action is needed: (1) A limited NGA section 4 rate reduction filing (Option 1), (2) a commitment to file a general section 4 rate case in the near future (Option 2), (3) an explanation why no rate change is needed (Option 3), and (4) no action (Option 4). These procedures are intended to encourage natural gas pipelines to voluntarily reduce their rates to the extent the tax changes result in their over-recovering their cost of service, while also providing the Commission and stakeholders information necessary to take targeted actions under NGA section 5 where necessary to achieve just and reasonable rates.
32. We modify the NOPR proposal so as to permit MLP pipelines to, under Option 1, propose in their limited section 4 filings to either (1) eliminate their tax allowance, along with their ADIT, or (2) reflect only the tax reductions in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Although the Commission determined in the Revised Policy Statement that permitting MLP pipelines to include a tax allowance in their cost of service results in a double recovery of the MLP pipeline's tax costs, the Commission will not require MLP pipelines to eliminate their tax allowances in this rulemaking proceeding. The Final Rule also clarifies that a natural gas company organized as a pass-through entity is considered subject to the federal corporate income tax, if all of its income or losses are consolidated on the federal income tax return of its corporate parent. Thus, such a pass-through entity is eligible for a tax allowance.
33. The Commission reiterates the voluntary nature of the three filing options and the option to take no action available to pipelines once the pipeline files the required FERC Form No. 501-G. While the Commission is permitting interstate natural gas pipelines to voluntarily file a limited NGA section 4 filing or commit to make a general NGA section 4 rate case filing to modify their rates to reflect the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and
34. The commitment to file a general NGA section 4 rate case in the near future option (Option 2) provides an opportunity for pipelines to reflect the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and
35. The Commission also modifies the implementation schedule proposed in the NOPR by combining the third and fourth groups of pipelines into a single group. The deadline for the first group of pipelines to file their FERC Form No. 501-Gs will be 28 days after the effective date of the Final Rule and the deadlines for the second and third groups will each be 28 days after the previous group's deadline. Combining the third and fourth groups into a single group will allow the filing of the FERC Form No. 501-Gs to be completed by early December of this year.
36. Additionally, the Commission adopts, with clarifying modifications, the procedures proposed in the NOPR for NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines to reflect in their jurisdictional rates any rate reductions from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the
37. The NOPR addressed the treatment of pass-through entities in two ways. First, the proposed One-time Report, FERC Form No. 501-G, assumed a federal and state income tax allowance of zero for all pass-through entities in order to address the double-recovery issues discussed in the
38. Second, the implementation of Option 1, described above, provided different treatment for MLP pipelines as compared to other entities, as set forth in proposed § 154.404 of the regulations.
39. Some commenters support the implementation of the Revised Policy Statement in the proposed rule, including NGSA,
40. Several commenters representing pipeline interests oppose the implementation of the Revised Policy Statement in the proposed rule, including INGAA, Enable Interstate Pipelines, Boardwalk, Spectra, Kinder Morgan, Williams, Millennium, and Dominion Energy. These commenters request that the Commission remove the requirements that MLP pipelines and other pass-through pipelines (1) report an income tax expense of zero in the FERC Form No. 501-G and (2) eliminate a tax allowance in making a limited section 4 rate reduction filing.
41. Pipeline commenters argue that the Revised Policy Statement is not a binding rule with the force of law.
42. In addition, several pipeline commenters challenge the Commission's Revised Policy Statement and Opinion No. 511-C, including INGAA, Enable Interstate Pipelines, Boardwalk, Spectra, Kinder Morgan, Williams, Tallgrass Pipelines, EQT Midstream, and Dominion Energy.
43. Pipeline commenters argue that implementing the Revised Policy Statement in this rulemaking proceeding will introduce uncertainty that will delay resolution of the action to address the rate impact from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. They state that removing the MLP pipeline and pass-through income tax allowance issues from the proposed rule will reduce the uncertainty associated with the proposed rule and allow pipelines and their customers to focus on the potential rate reductions resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
44. Commenters also raise concerns and request clarification regarding the NOPR's proposed implementation of the Revised Policy Statement.
45. First, pipeline commenters argue that the proposed rule improperly places the burden under NGA section 5
46. Second, while generally supporting the proposal, APGA also claims that proposed § 154.404(a)(3) should be amended to replace “partnership” with “partnership or other pass-through entity.” APGA argues that the proposed NOPR recognizes that partnerships or other pass-through entities such as limited liability corporations must address the double-recovery concern raised by
47. Finally, several pipeline commenters challenge the FERC Form No. 501-G's assumption that a non-MLP pass-through pipeline's federal and state tax allowance is zero.
48. Regarding non-MLP pass-through entities, commenters support these concerns with specific arguments and requests for clarification. For instance, arguing that there is no double-recovery when a pass-through entity is owned by a corporation, Millennium requests that a partnership be permitted to include an income tax allowance on the FERC Form No. 501-G and in the limited section 4 filings if such entity is owned by corporations that incur an income tax liability before issuing dividends to their shareholders.
49. As discussed below, the Commission is revising proposed § 154.404 so that MLP pipelines, like other pass-through entities,
50. Given these modifications, the Commission is not, in this rulemaking proceeding, addressing the merits of either (1) the Commission's holding in Opinion No. 511-C that an impermissible double recovery results from granting an MLP pipeline both an income tax allowance and a DCF ROE or (2) the similar policy the Commission announced in the Revised Policy Statement. However, the binding precedent of
51. In the Final Rule, the Commission modifies the proposed § 154.404(a) permitting limited section 4 rate filings as follows [deletions in italics, additions in underline]:
52. Pursuant to these revisions to § 154.404(a), MLP pipelines will have the same options as other pass-through entities in a limited section 4 rate filing: Either to reduce their rates to reflect complete elimination of the tax allowance or to reduce their rates only for the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act without further reducing rates for the elimination of their income tax allowance. Likewise, consistent with the discussion in section IV.B.7, the Commission is also modifying the proposed § 154.404 so that a pipeline's limited NGA section 4 filing can reflect the elimination of ADIT as a result of the elimination of an income tax allowance.
53. The Commission expects that modifying proposed § 154.404(a) in this manner will help achieve Commission objectives. The Commission seeks to encourage MLP pipelines (like all other pipeline entities) to quickly reduce rates and to pass on the benefits of reduced tax costs to customers without the need for a full examination of costs and revenues. Allowing MLP pipelines the option to make a rate reduction reflecting reduced tax rates under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act while still asserting eligibility for a tax allowance will incentivize more pipelines to file the limited section 4 rate cases. Additionally, MLP pipelines and other pass-through entities making the limited section 4 filing would be eligible for the moratoria on NGA section 5 rate investigations discussed below. Although in a subsequent proceeding the Commission (subject to the moratoria) or any shipper may take action under NGA section 5 to further reduce an MLP pipeline's rates, we believe providing pipelines flexibility in the limited NGA section 4 filing option will increase the probability that customers benefit from an immediate rate reduction.
54. Furthermore, we seek to avoid complicating the optional, limited NGA section 4 proceedings. We recognize that the Revised Policy Statement itself is guidance, not binding precedent. Although
55. Consistent with the modifications discussed above, we clarify that an MLP pipeline or other pass-through entity's decision to submit an optional limited NGA section 4 rate filing to reduce rates for the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, as opposed to eliminating its income tax allowance, is not an issue that is within the scope of the limited NGA section 4 proceeding. Permitting parties to challenge a pass-through entity's choice to not eliminate its income tax allowance through its limited NGA section 4 rate filing would undermine the Commission's objectives in affording pass-through entities both options in the first place, namely to encourage more entities to file limited NGA section 4 rate cases and expedite rate reductions. If an MLP pipeline or other pass-through entity chooses to make the more limited rate reduction reflecting reduced tax rates under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the issue of whether a further rate reduction is just and reasonable because the entity should not recover any income tax allowance may arise in a subsequent NGA section 5 proceeding, subject to the moratoria provisions regarding Commission-initiated section
56. In response to the comments, the Commission also provides other clarifications regarding the limited NGA section 4 filings. In response to comments from APGA, we clarify that § 154.404 applies to all pass-through entities (such as limited liability corporations), not merely partnerships, and we have modified § 154.404 to replace the reference to “partnership” with “pass-through entity.” We also add language in § 154.404(b) to clarify that, for purposes of making a limited NGA section 4 filing under § 154.404(a), a natural gas company organized as a pass-through entity all of whose income or losses are consolidated on the federal income tax return of its corporate parent is considered to be subject to the federal corporate income tax.
57. In addition, the Commission eliminates any requirement as a part of the limited NGA section 4 filing for a pass-through entity to satisfy a burden of showing that it is entitled to receive any income tax allowance. The Commission recognizes that it will have the burden, in any proceeding it initiates under NGA section 5 to support complete elimination of the existing tax allowance. Moreover, as discussed below, any pass-through entity reporting an income tax allowance in an optional Addendum to FERC Form No. 501-G may provide such explanation.
58. Although the Commission will permit all pass-through entities to make limited NGA section 4 filings which only reduce their rates to reflect the reduced income tax rates in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the Commission is continuing to design the FERC Form No. 501-G so that it will automatically enter a federal and state income tax of zero for all respondents that state they are not tax paying entities.
59. The FERC Form No. 501-G will continue to require pass-through entities to report an income tax allowance of zero, because this informational filing is intended to aid the Commission's further evaluation of a pipeline's cost of service given the double-recovery concerns raised by
60. However, in an Addendum to FERC Form No. 501-G that pipelines may choose to file along with their FERC Form No. 501-G, the Commission will permit pass-through entities to report an income tax allowance alongside the other adjustments to FERC Form No. 501-G. Any income tax allowance reported in the Addendum should reflect the relevant tax reductions resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
61. We emphasize that this one-time filing of FERC Form No. 501-G and the Addendum are for informational purposes pursuant to NGA sections 10 and 14. As discussed below, we also emphasize that in any subsequent NGA section 5 proceeding initiated by the Commission (regardless of the contents
62. In response to the comments, we decline to clarify further our income tax allowance policies for MLP pipelines or other pass-through entities. As modified above, the rule does not require pass-through entities to eliminate the income tax allowance in limited section 4 filings pursuant to § 154.404 or in any subsequent rate proceeding. As for the commenters' request to clarify whether pass-through entities will be granted an income tax allowance in future rate proceedings, the Commission will not speculate now on future potential actions. We recognize that the Revised Policy Statement itself is guidance, not binding precedent, but any participant in a subsequent rate proceeding must be prepared to address the Opinion No. 511-C and
63. In the NOPR, the Commission proposed to exercise its authority under NGA sections 10(a) and 14(a)
64. The Commission stated that the Commission and interested parties could use this information in the One-time Report in considering whether to initiate NGA section 5 rate investigations of pipelines which do not opt to file a limited NGA section 4 to reduce their rates or commit to make a general NGA section 4 filing by December 31, 2018, and the order in which to initiate any such investigations so as to make the most efficient use of the Commission's and interested parties' resources to provide consumer benefits.
65. The cost and revenue study required by the One-time Report incorporates all the major cost components of a jurisdictional cost of service, including: Administrative and General, Operation and Maintenance, other taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, and the return related components of ROE, interest expenses and income taxes. Most of the required data is to be taken directly from the respondent's 2017 FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A
66. The NOPR also proposed an
67. Southern Star, TransCanada, and Enable Interstate Pipelines question the Commission's legal authority to require the One-time Report.
68. Southern Star contends that, by permitting pipelines to make adjustments to individual line items in the FERC Form No. 501-G on additional worksheets and support those adjustments in a separate document, the Commission is requiring pipelines to justify their existing rates under the guise of an informational filing. Southern Star states that making any such adjustments based on more recent data would require the pipeline to make judgement calls with respect to data sources and reliability of the type it makes in an NGA section 4 rate filing.
69. These comments misapprehend both the nature of the One-time Report and the holding in
70. The Commission routinely initiates NGA section 5 investigations “based upon our review of publicly available information on file with the Commission.”
71. Indeed, this Final Rule is patterned on the Commission's successful method of collecting information from the Hinshaw pipelines that were specifically at issue in
72. The One-time Report, adopted in this Final Rule, will operate in a similar fashion. The Final Rule permits an interstate natural gas pipeline, if it so chooses, to submit a limited NGA section 4 filing reducing its rates to reflect the income tax reductions in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act or following the
73. The Commission rejects Southern Star's contention that the Commission is requiring pipelines to justify their existing rates under the guise of an informational filing by permitting pipelines to make adjustments to individual line items in the FERC Form No. 501-G on additional worksheets. The FERC Form No. 501-G requires interstate natural gas pipelines to develop a cost and revenue study in which most of the data is taken directly from the pipeline's FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A without modification. Using formulas that are incorporated into the form that may not be changed by the pipeline, the FERC Form No. 501-G produces a cost and revenue study in a format similar to the cost and revenue studies the Commission has used in recent years to determine whether to initiate NGA section 5 rate investigations of individual pipelines. As Southern Star and other pipelines recognize, pipelines have little discretion in how they fill out the FERC Form No. 501-G.
74. The Commission recognizes that deciding what information, if any, to include in an Addendum to the FERC Form No. 501-G may require the pipeline to exercise some degree of judgment. However, that fact does not require the pipeline to make the equivalent of an NGA section 4 rate filing or improperly shift to the pipeline the burden of justifying its existing rates in violation of NGA section 5. In
As to the Commission's determination
75. The Commission's decision in this Final Rule to authorize pipelines to submit an Addendum with their FERC Form No. 501-G fits even more easily with our NGA sections 10 and 14 information collection authority than Order No. 637's directive, affirmed in
76. Moreover, in this Final Rule, unlike in Order No. 637, we have not yet initiated any investigation of a pipeline's rates under NGA section 5. The Commission will review each pipeline's FERC Form No. 501-G and Addendum not to set rates (absent a voluntary limited NGA section 4 filing), but to determine whether to exercise our discretion to initiate a rate investigation under NGA section 5. If we decide based on the information in the One-time Report to initiate a section 5 investigation, we will, as in the Order No. 637 compliance filings addressed in
77. Several commenters request confirmation that filing the FERC Form No. 501-G will not affect the burden of proof in future NGA section 4 or 5 rate proceedings, be used as evidence against or a concession by the pipeline, limit the pipeline's ability to take contrary positions in the future, or otherwise constitute estoppel.
78. We clarify that statements in a FERC Form No. 501-G will constitute a valid form of evidence, as noted below, but will not otherwise bind or estop a pipeline in future proceedings. Most obviously, if a pipeline elects Option 1, the special limited NGA section 4 rate proceeding based upon the FERC Form No. 501-G, the One-time Report, including any adjustments the pipeline proposes, will constitute a major part of its case in chief.
79. Although the Commission and other stakeholders will use information in the FERC Form No. 501-G, together with any other information provided by the pipelines and commenters, in deciding whether to initiate a section 5 proceeding to further investigate the justness and reasonableness of the pipeline's rates, the Commission or complainant will still bear the burden of proof in section 5 proceedings. Furthermore, the pipeline will be free to argue that the information it provided in the FERC Form No. 501-G is unrepresentative of its true cost of service; those statements will not otherwise limit or estop the pipeline in future proceedings.
80. The Commission proposed to assign each pipeline's FERC Form No. 501-G filing an RP docket number and to notice the filing providing for interventions and protests. Based on the information in that form, together with any statement filed with the form and comments by intervenors, the Commission stated that it will consider whether to initiate an investigation under NGA section 5 of those pipelines that have not filed a limited NGA section 4 rate reduction filing or committed to file a general NGA section 4 rate case.
81. INGAA, Boardwalk, Williams, Spectra, Southern Star, and EQT Midstream argue that the Commission should eliminate the NOPR's proposal to assign each pipeline's FERC Form No. 501-G filing an RP docket number. The Commission, they continue, does not assign docket numbers to FERC Form No. 2 and other similar informational filings, nor does it subject these filings to intervention and protest. They further argue that the NOPR provides no basis for modifying this practice solely for the FERC Form No. 501-G reports, and there is no statutory authorization for treating a FERC Form No. 501-G submission as a rate filing pursuant to NGA sections 4 or 5.
82. These commenters also object to the Commission's proposal to formally notice and permit shippers to intervene and protest the filings. Boardwalk believes that the NOPR offered no basis for allowing protests to FERC Form No. 501-G filings. INGAA, Boardwalk, and Spectra state that this proposal ignores that the submission of FERC Form No. 501-G is not a voluntary rate filing by the pipeline subject to the Commission's approval pursuant to NGA section 4, nor is the FERC Form No. 501-G submission a response to Commission action under NGA section 5. They argue that the NOPR's proposal to allow protests to the FERC Form No. 501-G risks upsetting these fundamental requirements of the NGA, because the NOPR appears to contemplate that the dockets created for the informational FERC Form No. 501-G submission could be turned into rate proceedings without meeting the statutory standards of NGA sections 4 or 5. Thus, INGAA and Southern Star continue, pipelines will necessarily respond to any protest, converting an informational filing into a de facto rate filing. Southern Star concludes by stating that the Commission should treat the FERC Form No. 501-G filing similar to a FERC Form No. 2 filing and not permit intervention and comments.
83. These parties also assert that the proposal to allow interventions and
84. The Commission adopts the NOPR proposal to require pipelines to file FERC Form No. 501-G through eTariff,
85. Contrary to some commenters' concerns, there is no NGA-required relationship between the assignment of a particular docket prefix and a particular provision of the statute. Docketing is a Commission administrative tool used to control workflow. Under NGA section 16, the Commission has the general statutory authority “to perform any and all acts, and to prescribe, issue, make, amend and rescind such orders, rules and regulations as it may find necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this act.”
86. The commenters also argue that the proposed notice and opportunity for others to comment on the FERC Form No. 501-G filings is without precedent, and converts the filing of a financial report into a de facto NGA section 4 or 5 proceeding.
87. The proposed FERC Form No. 501-G, together with any comments and protests, is intended to assist the Commission in determining whether to initiate an investigation under NGA section 5 as to whether the subject jurisdictional natural gas pipeline may be collecting unjust and unreasonable rates in light of the recent reduction in the corporate income tax rate and change in the Commission's income tax allowance policies. Thus, the filing of the FERC Form No. 501-G does not itself initiate an NGA section 5 investigation, but rather gives all parties an opportunity to advise the Commission on whether it should initiate such an investigation.
88. The pipeline's filing of the FERC Form No. 501-G, together with any Addendum proposing adjustments to reflect updated information, gives the pipeline an opportunity to explain why no further investigation is needed. Noticing the pipeline's filing for comment and protest allows other interested parties to state their views as to whether an investigation is needed. As the commenters have noted, the Commission cannot simply require a pipeline to reduce its rates consistent with a known reduction in a single cost component of a cost-based rate. The Commission must look at other factors, including whether the pipeline is over recovering its overall cost of service and the applicability of any settlement rate moratorium. These other factors are not limited to those of interest to pipelines. Shippers and customers pay these cost-based rates and, for some pipelines, are parties to rate settlements. These parties also have an interest in whether the currently effective rates are no longer just and reasonable. The Commission believes allowing the parties to file comments will create a more complete record. That record will permit the Commission to better evaluate the pipelines' FERC Form No. 501-G filings and any additional statements or material that pipelines may file in determining whether to exercise its discretion to initiate an investigation of the pipeline's rates under NGA section 5.
89. If the Commission does decide to initiate an NGA section 5 investigation, it will issue an order establishing a proceeding for that purpose, similar to prior orders establishing NGA section 5 investigations of natural gas pipeline rates.
90. The second purpose of the FERC Form No. 501-G, together with any adjustments the pipeline may propose, is to serve as the evidentiary support for any limited NGA section 4 filing the pipeline may propose pursuant to this rule to reduce its rates to reflect the reduced income taxes under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and/or the
91. Therefore, the proposed process adopted here, contrary to the concerns of these commenters, is not a requirement for the pipelines to file an NGA section 4 rate case, nor are the results from FERC Form No. 501-G a finding that the current rate is not just and reasonable or the specification of a new just and reasonable rate pursuant to NGA section 5. However, the process the Commission is adopting is intended to help identify which pipelines deserve closer attention.
92. Some commenters believe that permitting parties to comment on
93. In the NOPR, the Commission stated:
The Commission will assign each pipeline's filing of the FERC Form No. 501-G an RP docket number and notice the filing providing for interventions and protests. Based on the information in that form, together with any statement filed with the form and comments by intervenors, the Commission will consider whether to initiate an investigation under NGA section 5 of those pipelines that have not filed a limited NGA section 4 rate reduction filing or committed to file a general NGA section 4 rate case.
94. In addition to the comments discussed above, LDC Coalition raises several questions about the role of parties intervening in One-time Report dockets. In particular, in the event that a party has questions or concerns about a given One-time Report, LDC Coalition asks:
Will Commission Staff have access to the deficiency notice process?
Does the Commission contemplate setting One-time Report proceedings for technical conference, hearing, and/or settlement judge proceedings?
Will parties have the ability to seek discovery from the pipeline on its FERC Form No. 501-G inputs and calculations even before the Commission sets a One-time Report for technical conference, hearing, or settlement judge procedures?
Will the Commission issue an Order in response to each FERC Form No. 501-G filing either closing out the proceeding or continuing the review in that or another docket?
If the Commission intends to issue an order in each docket, will it state an expected timeline for doing so to provide customers certainty about the process?
What actions will the Commission take if a pipeline does not submit an NGA section 4 filing or pre-filing settlement by the proposed deadline of December 31, 2018?
What options do the Commission and pipeline customers have if a pipeline fails to timely submit a FERC Form No. 501-G or does not strictly follow Commission guidance in completing a submitted form?
95. We clarify that Subpart B of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure
96. First, the Commission is revising the
97. Proceeding to LDC Coalition's list of questions, we clarify that Commission staff may issue data requests to pipelines if it identifies problems with their FERC Form No. 501-G.
98. If the Commission decides to initiate a section 5 investigation, it will, as described above, issue an order establishing a hearing under NGA section 5. If the Commission determines that the information in a pipeline's FERC Form No. 501-G does not justify initiating such an NGA section 5 proceeding, the Commission will issue a notice accepting the pipeline's One-time Report. That notice shall close the One-time Report proceeding. But the act of acceptance shall only constitute assurance that the Commission accepts the report, and does not constitute a statement or action on the pipeline's rates, nor does it foreclose the Commission from initiating a future NGA section 5 investigation based upon new information such as the pipeline's future FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A reports or for other reasons. The Commission will not establish a formal deadline for acting on each One-time Report, but will act as promptly as possible on all filings in order to promote rate certainty for pipelines and customers.
99. If a pipeline refuses to promptly submit a One-time Report, or to correct a patently erroneous or incomplete One-time Report, the Commission could consider the pipeline to be in violation of its reporting obligation.
100. A cost and revenue study requires an indicative return on equity (ROE). In the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G, the Commission used, consistent with Commission practice, the last litigated ROE applicable to situations involving existing plant.
101. The Pipeline Commenters
102. Enable Interstate Pipelines argue that the Commission should permit ROEs derived during a rate proceeding or established pursuant to approved settlements that were used to set their current rates, or rely upon the methodology used to set such ROEs. Enable Interstate Pipelines also argue that if pass-through entities are not permitted to report an income tax allowance on the FERC Form No. 501-G, the Commission must increase the allowable ROE for such pipelines to allow them to report a higher ROE than corporate pipelines on the form. Alternatively, Enable Interstate Pipelines argue that the Commission should adjust the ROE upwards by eliminating the reduction in long-term growth rates for MLP pipelines.
103. The Commission adopts the NOPR's proposal to require that each pipeline's FERC Form No. 501-G be completed using an indicative ROE of 10.55 percent, consistent with the ROE determined in
104. When used for the first purpose, the FERC Form No. 501-G is intended to provide a rough estimate of the pipeline's return on equity before and after the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act or the
105. In addition, although the Commission recognizes that the 10.55 percent ROE determined in
106. The FERC Form No. 501-G does serve a ratemaking purpose in the narrow situation when it is used as support for the limited NGA section 4 filing this Final Rule authorizes a pipeline to voluntarily make to reduce its rates to reflect the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act or the
107. In the NOPR, the Commission stated that the established policy in rate cases is that a company may use its actual capital structure only if it “(1) issues its own debt without guarantees, (2) has its own bond rating, and (3) has a capital structure within the range of capital structures approved by the Commission.”
The proposed form requests the respondent's FERC Form Nos. 2 or 2-A equity related balance sheet items. However, if that data does not satisfy the three-part test of Opinion No. 414,
108. If neither the pipeline's own capital structure nor its parent's capital structure satisfies the Commission's policy, the proposed FERC Form No.
109. Several pipeline commenters argue that pipelines should be permitted to use their capital structure as reported on the FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A, even if that capital structure does not comply with the Opinion No. 414,
110. Kinder Morgan notes that page 4 of the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G asks the respondent, “does the Capital Structure and the Long-Term Debt from the cited source meet the requirements of Opinion No. 414, et al.?” Kinder Morgan argues that this question impermissibly goes beyond a request for information, and instead would compel the respondent to provide a legal opinion. Kinder Morgan argues sections 10(a) and 14(a) of the NGA do not permit the Commission to solicit legal positions of a pipeline rather than information.
111. We generally adopt the NOPR proposal regarding how capital structure must be reported on FERC Form No. 501-G, but make several changes to address concerns raised by the commenters. As discussed above, the One-time Report is an informational filing required pursuant to NGA sections 10 and 14 that serves two purposes: (1) To help determine whether to initiate NGA section 5 investigations of interstate natural gas pipelines' rates and (2) as support for limited NGA section 4 filings pipelines may choose to make to reduce their rates to reflect the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act or the
112. The Commission has used a similar approach to capital structure in its analysis of FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A data in recent years for purposes of deciding whether to initiate NGA section 5 rate investigations. Thus, when a pipeline has reported a capital structure in its FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A that appeared not to comply with the Commission's capital structure policy, the Commission has used a hypothetical capital structure to determine the return on equity shown by the pipeline's FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A cost and revenue data. For example, in its 2011 order establishing a hearing under NGA section 5 concerning the rates of Bear Creek Storage Company, L.L.C. (Bear Creek), the Commission stated that, because Bear Creek had used a 100 percent equity capital structure in its FERC Form No. 2, the Commission had used a hypothetical capital structure to estimate that Bear Creek's return on equity using Bear Creek's FERC Form No. 2 cost and revenue information was over 20 percent. However, the Commission was careful to state in its hearing order that “in this order, we make no finding as to what should constitute a just and reasonable capital structure for Bear Creek. That is among the issues set for hearing in this order and should be decided consistent with the Commission capital structure policies.”
113. The Commission recognizes that when the FERC Form No. 501-G is used for its second purpose—as support for the percentage rate reduction proposed in a pipeline's limited NGA section 4 rate case filing—the FERC Form No. 501-G does serve a ratemaking purpose. However, as discussed above, pipelines are permitted to submit an Addendum to their FERC Form No. 501-G if they believe that the form inaccurately represents their financial situation. A pipeline may propose to use the percentage cost of service reduction calculated in its Addendum in its limited NGA section 4 rate filing. Thus, a pipeline may propose to use a capital structure other than that used in its FERC Form No. 501-G in its limited NGA section 4 rate filing. For example, Boardwalk provides comments on its specific financial situation; although this information is not relevant to developing a form for the entire natural gas pipeline industry, it may prove relevant in evaluating whether further procedures will be necessary to address the consequences of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act for Boardwalk's pipelines, and we encourage Boardwalk to include such information when it submits its One-time Reports.
114. The Commission is making two changes to the treatment of capital structure in the FERC Form No. 501-G, as proposed in the NOPR. First, the Commission has modified page 4 of the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G in response to Kinder Morgan's concerns that, as proposed, the form requires the pipelines to state an opinion as to whether the capital structure reported in their FERC Form No. 2 or 2-A complies with the Commission's capital structure policies. Although the Commission does not concede the point that it lacks the authority under NGA section 10 or 14 to compel a pipeline to state whether it complies with an established policy, we recognize that such a requirement is unnecessary in order to achieve the goals of this rulemaking. Instead of asking the respondent its position with regard to whether its capital structure complies with Opinion No. 414-A, the form now includes a statement explaining how the Commission will use the respondent's data to perform our own Opinion No. 414-A analysis. Page 4 of the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G now asks respondents a series of factual questions about its actual capital structure. The form will automatically select from the data provided to show the Commission's default presumed capital structure under its Opinion No. 414-A analysis, but will not require the respondent to apply the Commission's position as if it was the pipeline's.
115. Second, as requested by Enable Interstate Pipelines, the Commission will modify the hypothetical capital structure used in the FERC Form No. 501-G, for those pipelines which the form considers ineligible to use their own or their parent's capital structure. As Enable Interstate Pipelines point out, in an NGA section 4 rate case in
116. Accumulated Deferred Income Taxes (ADIT) balances are accumulated on the regulated books and records of interstate natural gas pipelines based on the requirements of the Commission's Uniform System of Accounts.
117. ADIT generally impacts regulated natural gas pipelines' ratemaking either by decreasing rate base, in the case of an ADIT liability, or increasing rate base, in the case of an ADIT asset. As a result of the reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate, taxes which have been previously deferred and reflected in ADIT will be owed to the IRS based on the 21 percent tax rate, rather than the 35 percent tax rate used to recognize the ADIT initially. The difference between the already recognized ADIT based on a 35 percent tax rate and the recomputed deferred taxes, which will actually be owed to the IRS, at a 21 percent tax rate requires an adjustment to ADIT balances for the excess or deficiency. Notwithstanding potential future Commission action in the ADIT NOI on how to treat excess ADIT or deficiency ADIT, these balances and the associated amortization are essential in appropriately computing a total cost of service.
118. As discussed, the Commission is implementing in this Final Rule FERC Form No. 501-G as a basis for determining whether a natural gas pipeline may be over-recovering its cost of service, and thus whether there should be further investigation pursuant to NGA section 5. FERC Form No. 501-G is designed to collect financial
119. As proposed, the FERC Form No. 501-G would require pipelines to use calendar year 2017 ADIT balances as reported in their 2017 FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A in calculating rate base.
120. Several commenters filed similar comments on this issue.
121. The Oklahoma AG believes that the NOPR does not include the effects of excess ADIT on the revenue requirements of interstate natural gas pipelines and does not agree with this approach. Instead, the Oklahoma AG believes that the most effective and efficient means for resolving excess ADIT for interstate natural gas pipelines would be to include the amortization of excess ADIT in the FERC Form No. 501-G rather than awaiting conclusion of the open-ended ADIT NOI process.
122. Enable Interstate Pipelines, Spectra, and National Fuel argue that establishing a generic policy regarding the treatment of ADIT ignores the complexity of the issue. They argue that the level of ADIT attributed to an entity depends on where (among other things) that entity's assets are in their depreciable lives (for tax purposes and for ratemaking purposes), what transactions the entity has engaged in in the past, what assets have been fully depreciated, and differences in timing between book depreciation and tax depreciation. National Fuel notes that because its fiscal year is not on a calendar year basis, the applicable federal tax rate for fiscal year 2018 will be a composite tax rate, not the 21 percent specified in FERC Form No. 501-G. National Fuel insists that requiring pipelines with non-calendar year bases to utilize a 21 percent federal tax rate will yield incorrect and invalid results. National Fuel notes that the Commission has approved differing rate treatments in its rate cases. Because of expected differences from the FERC Form No. 501-G assumptions, National Fuel requests that the Commission modify the form to allow flexibility in regards to the form's inputs in order to ensure a calculation of valid results.
123. Spectra argues that FERC Form No. 501-G has erroneous built-in features that reduce rate base by the total regulatory liability reported on page 278 of the 2017 FERC Form No. 2. Spectra states that for many pipelines, a substantial portion of that regulatory liability is related to deferred income taxes. Also, Spectra states that FERC Form No. 501-G requires a pipeline to reduce its cost of service by the annual amortization of the excess ADIT regulatory liability. According to Spectra, this reduces rates twice for the same regulatory liability.
124. LDC Coalition notes that pipelines will have adjusted their ADIT balances to reflect the change in the federal corporate income tax rate by the time they make their FERC Form No. 501-G filing. LDC Coalition speculates that pipelines may use several alternatives to recalculate ADIT and then account for the excess ADIT. LDC Coalition states that although the pipeline may simply be transferring a previously booked item from its FERC Form No. 2 to the FERC Form No. 501-G, the Commission and customers reviewing the pipeline filing will have
125. Commenters also raise concerns regarding the uncertainty surrounding the rate treatment of ADIT for those MLP pipelines or other pass-through entities that eliminate an income tax allowance pursuant to the
126. Spectra further argues that the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G treats certain entities as though they will not be permitted an income tax allowance going forward, but requires those same entities to carry-over historic ADIT-related balances and costs inputs. Spectra asserts that if there is no income tax liability, there should be no ADIT and associated adjustments. Accordingly, Spectra contends that FERC Form No. 501-G inappropriately requires such entities to reduce rate base by the amount of ADIT and reduce the total cost of service by the amortization of the excess ADIT Regulatory Liability balance. Spectra claims that, in the absence of an income tax allowance, ADIT is being used to provide a refund and violates precedent against retroactive ratemaking. Accordingly, Spectra argues that FERC Form No. 501-G data entry for ADIT amortization should be zero for entities that are disallowed an income tax allowance pursuant to the
127. In sum, commenters argue that the uncertainty regarding ADIT may (1) result in misleading or inaccurate information provided in the FERC Form No. 501-G filings, particularly the inputs related to ADIT;
128. The majority of pipeline commenters recommend that the Commission delay the requirement to file FERC Form No. 501-G until a Final Rule is issued in the ADIT NOI proceeding. The Commission concludes that such a delay is unnecessary in light of the steps we take below.
129. The Commission is setting forth its policy concerning the treatment of ADIT when the tax allowances of pass-through pipelines (including MLP pipelines) are eliminated, and the Commission modifies the FERC Form No. 501-G to reflect that policy. The Commission declines to make other changes from the NOPR proposal because, as explained below, the Commission's existing ADIT policies provide sufficient guidance for the purposes of this Final Rule.
130. In response to the concerns raised by Spectra, Boardwalk, and others, the Commission takes two steps to address treatment of ADIT when a pass-through entity eliminates its income tax allowance.
131. First, in the rehearing of the Revised Policy Statement (which is issuing concurrently with this Final Rule),
132. Second, the Commission modifies the proposed Form No. 501-G so that, if a pass-through entity states that it does not pay taxes, the form will not only eliminate its income tax allowance, but will also eliminate ADIT.
133. Moreover this modification to the FERC Form No. 501-G comports with retroactive ratemaking principles. The rule against retroactive ratemaking bars “the Commission's retroactive substitution of an unreasonably high or low rate with a just and reasonable rate.”
134. Finally, shippers have no equity interest in ADIT that justifies maintaining ADIT in rates or alleviates the above retroactive ratemaking concerns. The Commission and the D.C. Circuit have rejected arguments based on the misconception that ADIT is a cash reserve over which ratepayers have an ownership claim or equitable interest.
135. Accordingly, the informational FERC Form No. 501-G is likely to be the most useful if it removes ADIT whenever the income tax allowance is eliminated. Furthermore, although the Commission has made this adjustment to the FERC Form No. 501-G, a pipeline may propose alternative treatment of ADIT in the Addendum.
136. To the extent commenters request that the Commission delay issuance of this Final Rule until other issues raised in the ADIT NOI are resolved, the Commission believes that the commenters misconstrue the ADIT NOI proceeding. The ADIT NOI is a notice of inquiry that does not change or propose to change any existing ratemaking or accounting regulations. As noted by the Oklahoma AG, the ADIT NOI has an open ended process and may or may not result in any final rulemaking. The Commission has asked
137. Commenters argue that without the guidance resulting from the ADIT NOI proceeding, individual natural gas companies may not populate FERC Form No. 501-G in a consistent manner. However, we believe that this is not the case, because all ADIT-related data elements are to be taken directly from the natural gas companies' FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A and their existing accounting records. The FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A data largely originates from the Commission's Uniform System of Accounts (USofA) instructions. As such, the Commission's existing USofA, among other things, contains instructions on balance sheet and statement of income accounts related to ADIT.
138. Finally, the IRS has accepted two methods to flow back any excess or deficiency ADIT since at least the Tax Reform Act of 1986. The Commission, consistent with current guidance and the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act directives,
139. When the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act passed on December 22, 2017, the effect of the federal income tax reduction from 35 percent to 21 percent became known. Therefore, consistent with the Commission's current accounting guidance in Docket No. AI93-5-000, natural gas companies are required to adjust their “deferred tax liabilities and assets for the effect of the change in tax law or rates
The adjustment shall be recorded in the proper deferred tax balance sheet accounts (Accounts 190, 281, 282 and 283) based on the nature of the temporary difference and the related classification requirements of the accounts. If as a result of action by a regulator, it is probable that the future increase or decrease in taxes payable due to the change in tax law or rates will be recovered from or returned to customers through future rates, an asset or liability shall be recognized in Account 182.3, Other Regulatory Assets, or Account 254, Other Regulatory Liabilities, as appropriate, for that probable future revenue or reduction in future revenue. That asset or liability is also a temporary difference for which a deferred tax asset or liability shall be recognized in Account 190, Accumulated Deferred Income Taxes or Account 283, Accumulated Deferred Income Taxes Other, as appropriate.
140. Moreover, it has been a long-standing policy for the Commission to require natural gas companies to flow back the effects of timing differences between the Commission approved income tax allowances and the IRS tax liabilities.
141. With the precondition satisfied, the Commission's guidance in AI93-5-000 at Question 8 continues with regard to the recognition of ADIT regulatory assets or liabilities:
142. Further, the Commission's USofA instructions for each of the referenced balance sheet accounts provide detailed guidance on how the accounting journal entries for the regulatory asset, in the case of a deficiency ADIT, or regulatory liability, in the case of excess ADIT, should be established and amortized to account for the flow-back of the deficiency or excess ADIT through the appropriate income statement accounts based on current guidance.
143. With the amounts recorded in the appropriate accounts, consistent with the Commission's existing instructions and guidance, there should be only limited variation in the natural gas companies' financial information reported in their FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A and the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G. To the extent that further explanations for the reported financial information are necessary, natural gas companies are advised to provide such explanations in the footnotes to their financial statements.
144. FERC Form No. 501-G largely requires natural gas companies to transfer financial data directly from their FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A for purposes of examining their costs of service. FERC Form No. 501-G calculates an indicated cost of service (page 1) and rate base (page 2). The ADIT amounts that natural gas companies enter on lines 13-17 of page 2 for purposes of calculating their rate base must be transferred directly from the companies' 2017 FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A. The 2017 FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A do not necessarily provide the figure for Amortization of Excess/Deficiency ADIT that the FERC Form No. 501-G requires natural gas companies to enter on page 1, line 31, for purposes of calculating the tax allowance included in cost of service. That is because this information will be reported in subsequent periods. However, as explained above, natural gas companies should already have this amount determined based on previous Commission and IRS guidance. Specifically, under current guidance, the Commission expects the flow-back of the excess regulatory liability or deficiency regulatory asset to occur over the remaining book life of the associated plant assets, because depreciation of plant assets is the primary driver of timing differences in taxes as they relate to natural gas companies. The Commission expects insignificant differences between proposed amortization periods by the natural gas companies and approved amortization periods by the Commission as they relate to items other than plant assets. Whenever there is a need for noting potential differences, natural gas companies may provide explanations in the optional Addendum that pipelines are permitted to file along with their FERC Form No. 501-G.
145. Additionally, FERC Form No. 501-G appropriately considers the amortization of excess ADIT balances as part of calculating the tax allowance included in cost of service. This is a requirement codified at § 154.305(d) of the Commission's regulations.
(d) Special rules.
(1) This paragraph applies: . . . . or (ii) If, as a result of changes in tax rates, the accumulated provision for deferred taxes becomes deficient in, or in excess of, amounts necessary to meet future tax liabilities.
(2) The interstate pipeline must compute the income tax component in its cost-of-service by making provision for any excess or deficiency in deferred taxes.
(c) Reduction of, and addition to, Rate Base.
(1) The rate base of an interstate pipeline using tax normalization under this section must be reduced by the balances that are properly recordable in Account 281, “Accumulated deferred income taxes-accelerated amortization property”; Account 282, “Accumulated deferred income taxes—other property”: and Account 283, “Accumulated deferred income taxes—other.” Balances that are properly recordable in Account 190, “Accumulated deferred income taxes,” must be treated as an addition to rate base. Include, as an addition or reduction, as appropriate, amounts in Account 182.3, Other regulatory assets, and Account 254, Other regulatory liabilities, that result from a deficiency or excess in the deferred tax accounts (see paragraph (d) of this section) and which have been, or are soon expected to be, authorized for recovery or refund through rates.
(2) Such rate base reductions or additions must be limited to deferred taxes related to rate base, construction, or other costs and revenues affecting jurisdictional cost-of-service.
146. In summary, the Commission has existing and currently applicable regulations, instructions, and guidance necessary for natural gas companies to account properly for the effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Further, § 154.305 of the Commission's regulations establishes the default treatment of ADIT balances and amortization thereof in rate base and the cost of service. For all the stated reasons discussed above, the Commission does not find persuasive commenters' argument that there is a lack of guidance on how to account for and flow-back ADIT balances.
147. National Fuel advocates that the Commission should permit pipelines flexibility in ADIT treatment in FERC Form No. 501-G. National Fuel states that the Commission has permitted differing rate treatment, including National Fuel's. However, National Fuel does not provide any specific examples or citations. Therefore, it is not clear as to the nature of flexibility National Fuel is advocating. Further, as to National Fuel's own cost of service, the Commission notes that National Fuel informed the Commission that the settlements underlying its currently effective rates are “black box” settlements.
148. National Fuel notes that because its fiscal year is not on a calendar year basis,
149. Spectra notes that FERC Form No. 501-G reduces rate base by the full ADIT balance existing at the end of calendar year 2017 without any adjustment for the amortization of excess ADIT, but at the same time the FERC Form No. 501-G reduces the tax allowance included in the cost of service by an amount equaling the annual amortization of excess ADIT. Spectra contends that such treatment reduces rates twice for the same regulatory liability. Spectra is incorrect. The Commission's rationale for subtracting accumulated deferred taxes from rate base was discussed in Order No. 144-A:
150. The Commission is modifying FERC Form No. 501-G in response to Spectra's argument that the amortization of excess ADIT balances in the cost of service (in combination with a rate base adjustment reflecting the full ADIT balance) reduces rates twice. As a pipeline amortizes its excess ADIT (
151. LDC Coalition requests that the Commission require natural gas companies to file an accompanying spreadsheet that provides how companies recalculated ADIT and excess ADIT balances. In addition, LDC Coalition and AGA request that the Commission discuss within the scope of hearing issues whether a natural gas company has properly calculated ADIT for purposes of its FERC Form No. 501-G and concurrent limited NGA section 4 rate reduction filing pursuant to proposed § 154.404. The Commission declines to do so. The Commission has previously provided guidance to natural gas companies on how to properly recalculate ADIT balances and determine amortization amounts of excess or deficiency ADIT balances. With regard to all the financial data reported in FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A, natural gas companies are required to attest to the conformity of that data, in all material respects, with the Commission's applicable USofA and to have the submission signed by an independent certified public accountant. FERC Form No. 501-G is not the vehicle for parties to challenge the validity of FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A data. In addition, the data underlying the calculation of natural gas companies' amortization of excess or deficiency ADIT balances can be extensive, and the calculation itself requires iterative calculations extending over the longer of the Commission's or the IRS' depreciation schedules. Providing that data as part of the FERC Form No. 501-G filing requirement would significantly increase the burden on the natural gas companies for a form with the limited purpose of assisting the Commission, the pipelines and the parties to screen which pipelines deserve additional attention. Similarly, permitting parties to challenge or protest recalculated ADIT balances and amortization amounts on excess and deficient ADIT amounts in the section 1543.404 limited section 4 rate filings would undermine the objective of expediting rate reductions.
152. Enable Interstate Pipelines argue that, to the extent that significant amounts of capital previously available to a natural gas company by virtue of the ADIT balance are to be removed from rate base, the result would be to render erroneous any FERC Form No. 501-G, page 4, estimate of debt cost based on access to the ADIT balance, given the increasing financial risk and hence the cost of capital that would be incident to the ADIT change. However, Enable Interstate Pipelines appear to assume that the ADIT balances have been invested in jurisdictional natural gas activities. If a natural gas company chose to invest funds generated by deferred income tax, then its rate base would have been increased by a like amount,
153. In the NOPR, the Commission proposed that “every natural gas company that is required . . . to file a Form No. 2 or 2-A for 2017 and has cost-based rates for service . . . must prepare and file with the Commission a FERC Form No. 501-G.”
154. Hampshire notes that it has a cost-of-service tariff that provides for automatic adjustment for changes in income tax rates, and requests that such pipelines be exempt from the One-time Report.
155. Numerous other commenters weigh in on whether, and under what circumstances, filing an uncontested settlement should exempt the pipeline from the One-time Report. Under the NOPR, the Commission would exempt any pipeline that filed an uncontested rate settlement after the March 26, 2018 date of the NOPR but before the deadline for its One-time Report. CAPP supports the proposal as is. NGSA and Southern Companies argue for a stricter proposal, under which the Commission would require further information in order to ensure that any settlements result in rates that are just and reasonable in light of the effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Similarly, APGA argues not only that pipelines under settlement moratoria should be subject to the One-time Report, but also that the Commission should be prepared to commence investigations on such pipelines prior to the expiration of the moratoria, given the inevitable delays under NGA section 5 in proceeding from an investigation to a final rate.
156. Several other commenters present overlapping arguments for expanding settlement-related exemptions. Commenters request exemptions from the One-time Report for pipelines with rate settlements that pre-date the NOPR, but also (1) contain a rate moratorium clause;
157. For each of these four categories, commenters argue that filing the One-time Report “would serve no purpose . . . since the rates would not be affected.”
[T]he Commission “recognize[s] the role of settlements in providing rate certainty,” and has stated that in deciding whether to exercise its discretion to initiate a section 5 proceeding, it would “take into account the parties' interest in maintaining a Settlement.” (quoting
158. The Commission clarifies that pipelines such as Hampshire that have formula rates which provide for automatic rate adjustment to account for changes in income tax rates are not covered by this rulemaking. Accordingly, the Commission is revising proposed §§ 154.404(b)(2) and 260.402(b)(1), to clarify that the authorization to file a limited NGA section 4 filing and the requirement to file a FERC Form No. 501-G only apply to natural gas pipelines that have cost-based,
159. We decline to adopt commenters' other proposals to expand the proposed exemptions from filing the FERC Form No. 501-G, and instead adopt the proposal in the NOPR, providing an automatic exemption from filing FERC Form No. 501-G only to (1) pipelines who file an uncontested, prepackaged settlement of their rates between the March 26, 2018 date the NOPR was published in the
160. With regard to settlements, the Commission finds it appropriate to limit the exemption to settlements filed after the March 26, 2018 publication of the NOPR in the
161. With regard to rate moratoria, as the Commission stated in the NOPR, “the Commission generally does not disturb a settlement during a rate
162. A pipeline's filing of the FERC Form No. 501-G, together with any explanation it wishes to provide of why its rate settlement justifies not adjusting its rates at this time, will give interested persons the requisite opportunity to present their views on whether the settlement has reasonably modified the pipeline's rates to reflect the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and/or the
163. In the NOPR, the Commission proposed to exempt pipelines from filing the FERC Form No. 501-G, if they file a general NGA section 4 rate case or a prepackaged rate settlement before the deadline for filing their form.
Additional pipelines may choose to file NGA section 4 rate filings before this Final Rule is effective; those pipelines would not be required to file the FERC Form No. 501-G. Because the numbers are dynamic and may continue to change (reducing the number of filers of the FERC Form No. 501-G), we are retaining a conservative estimate of 129 pipelines who may be required to file the FERC Form No. 501-G.
164. Eastern Shore argues that it should be exempt from filing the One-time Report because it has already filed to lower its rates, in response to a settlement provision triggered by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, and its filing was accepted on April 24, 2018.
165. EQT Midstream and Tallgrass Pipelines request that the Commission “provide other pipelines with the ability to request a waiver,” or an extension of time, with both citing the example of a publicly announced corporate restructuring.
166. Boardwalk and INGAA state line 34 of page 1 of the proposed FERC Form
167. The Commission adopts Boardwalk's and INGAA's proposal to change the label for page 1, line 34 to “Indicated Cost of Service Reduction” in the FERC Form No. 501-G.
168. Indicated Shippers request the following additions, in order to ensure that the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G provides shippers and the Commission with sufficient information to determine the level of cost reductions due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and Revised Policy Statement:
a. Page 1, Lines 6-10—The Commission should include a line for storage gas losses recorded in Account No. 823, which are not appropriately included in a pipeline's cost of service.
b. Page 1, Lines 7-9 and 12-13—The Commission should provide separate lines for gas fuel cost exclusions, electric power cost exclusions, and miscellaneous fuel costs (such as fuel cost exclusions for building heat).
c. Page 1, Line 15 and Page 3, Lines 1-6—The Commission should include a line item detailing ACA [Annual Charge Adjustments] costs, as well as a line for exclusion of ACA revenues. These costs and revenues are not typically included in pipeline costs of service for ratemaking purposes, given that ACA costs are collected through a surcharge.
d. Page 1, Line 17—The Commission should include a separate line item for any negative salvage amounts, as well as any amortization of asset retirement obligations.
e. Page 2, Line 13—The Commission should add two separate lines to reflect the effect on the ADIT balance due to changes in the tax rate. One line would show the temporary differences between book and accelerated depreciation rates, and the other line would show permanent differences due to the change in the tax rates under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
f. Page 2, Lines 13-15—The Commission should require pipelines to submit footnotes that reflect FERC Form No. 2 footnote data referenced on these lines.
g. Page 2, Lines 16-17—The Commission should require pipelines to specify whether the recourse rates are based upon a levelized rate design versus a traditional rate design. This could be accomplished via a separate line that displays the regulatory asset or liability associated with the rate levelization, if applicable.
h. Page 3, Lines 1-6—The Commission should include a line that shows revenues reserved for refunds. Page 301 of FERC Form No. 2 requires gross revenues and reservations for refunds to be reported. Reserved revenues have book/tax implications in the ADIT amounts.
i. Page 3, Lines 7-8—The Commission should include an option for the pipeline to state whether it recovers both fuel gas and electric fuel costs through its fuel tracking and true-up mechanism.
j. Page 4, Lines 8-10 and Lines 29-30—The Commission should require the pipeline to provide the time period and SEC Form 10K reference supporting the parent company capital structure claimed, in addition to the Ticker and Company Name.
k. Page 4, Line 13—The Commission should include a separate line item specifying “other interest,” and the pipeline should list only those items that are properly included in a cost of service.
l. Page 5, Lines 11-24—The Commission should require the pipeline to provide the year of the owner data provided. There is often a lag in the data related to ownership percentages (for example, the 2017 data would likely only include 2016 ownership percentages).
169. The Commission declines Indicated Shippers' requests, except for Items j and l noted above.
170. Indicated Shippers' request in Item a asks the Commission to include a line that shows storage gas losses recorded in Account No. 823, which are not included in a pipeline's cost of service. Account No. 823 can be recorded differently by each pipeline and may be included in a pipeline's cost of service. It is not possible to account for all the differences between pipelines so the Commission declines to include a separate line for Account No. 823.
171. For Items b and d, Indicated Shippers request to disaggregate the gas exclusions and negative salvage data provided on the FERC Form No. 501-G. However, this request would not provide additional information to evaluate the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the
172. For Item c, Indicated Shippers state that ACA cost and revenue are not typically included in a pipeline cost of service for ratemaking purposes. Indicated Shippers conflate a cost-of-service item with cost recovery. ACA costs are a recoverable cost-of-service item. FERC Form No. 501-G is focused on costs, not on revenues. The Commission finds that the ACA cost is appropriately included in the FERC Form No. 501-G data and that there is no need to modify the form for ACA revenues. Therefore, the Commission denies Indicated Shippers' request.
173. For Item e, Indicated Shippers request that the Commission add two lines to reflect changes to the ADIT balance due to changes in the tax rate. The FERC Form No. 501-G already reflects changes in ADIT due to the changed tax rate, as the data is brought over from the pipeline's FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A. As is explained elsewhere in this order,
174. For Item f, Indicated Shippers request that the Commission require pipelines to supply any associated footnotes that may have been provided in FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A. The Commission finds that there is no need to require pipelines to submit footnotes when they are already provided in the pipeline's Form No. 2 or 2-A. Any interested party may simply reference the pipeline's Form No. 2 or 2-A footnotes.
175. For Item g, Indicated Shippers request to disaggregate the data in the FERC Form No. 501-G by requiring pipelines to specify whether the recourse rates are based upon a levelized rate design versus a traditional rate design by adding a separate line to
176. Indicated Shippers request in Item h to add a line to show revenues reserved for refunds. FERC Form No. 501-G focuses on a pipeline's cost of service. Funds reserved for refunds are pipeline revenues. FERC Form No. 501-G is focused on costs, and not on revenues. The Commission rejects Indicated Shippers' proposed change.
177. For Item i, Indicated Shippers request to include an option to state whether a pipeline recovers both fuel gas and electric fuel costs through its fuel tracking and true-up mechanism. The Commission is aware that pipelines record gas and electric fuel, lost and accounted for gas, and related gas sales and purchases, in a variety of accounts. On page 3, Lines 2-4 capture the major accounts. Lines 7 and 8 request information as to whether a pipeline has a true-up mechanism for fuel or stated rates. The Commission acknowledges that the FERC Form No. 501-G adjustments for fuel and related costs will not be complete. However, as the major accounts are accounted for, the end result should not significantly impact the use of the form as a screening tool.
178. For Item k, Indicated Shippers request to include a separate page 4 line item specifying “other interest” and list only those items that are properly included in a cost of service. The Commission denies this request. This request would require a pipeline to make a cost allocation determination, which would vary by pipeline. As previously stated, the purpose of FERC Form No. 501-G is to create a screen to determine whether additional procedures are required. The form is not designed to duplicate each and every pipeline's cost-of-service design.
179. The Commission will incorporate Indicated Shippers' requests for Items j and l, wherein they request the pipelines to provide references to the data provided on FERC Form No. 501-G, page 4, capital structure, and page 5, ownership data, respectively. For Item j, instead of requiring pipelines to provide the time period of the SEC Form 10K reference in addition to the ticker and company name, the Commission will add a separate cell in the FERC Form No. 501-G where pipelines can provide a hyperlink to the referenced SEC Form 10K. For Item l, the Commission will add a separate cell to the FERC Form No. 501-G for pipelines to specify the year of the owner data provided.
180. Berkshire Hathaway requests the Commission modify the FERC Form No. 501-G, pages 1-3 to eliminate market-based costs and revenues. Berkshire Hathaway claims during the course of traditional rate proceeding, these revenues and costs would not be included as part of the cost-of-service calculation, and therefore, should not be part of the FERC Form No. 501-G reporting.
181. The Commission rejects Berkshire Hathaway's and TransCanada's proposal to exclude costs and revenues from the FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A, pages 217 and 217a. Contrary to Berkshire Hathaway's claims that the non-traditional cost and revenue would not be included in a cost-of-service calculation, general rate case filings pursuant to Part 154 of the Commission's regulations require pipelines to provide a complete cost of service, including non-jurisdictional functions and costs associated with service for which the pipeline does not propose to change the rates.
182. In addition, Berkshire Hathaway argues that on FERC Form No. 501-G's page 1, lines 7-9 and 12-13, and page 3, lines 2-5, all revenues and expense should be included in the cost of service and return on equity calculations; therefore, page 1, lines 7-9 and 12-13, and page 3, lines 2-5 related to fuel and gas balances are not necessary. Berkshire Hathaway explains pipelines without fuel, unaccounted for gas, or other trackers could have potential gains or losses associated with the fuel revenues collected and sales expenses associated with such activity, which should flow through the cost of service and return on equity calculations as part of the FERC Form No. 501-G calculation. Berkshire Hathaway states excluding these accounts would fail to capture those gains and losses. Conversely, pipelines with trackers should not have any gains or losses on fuel or sale expense; therefore, including all of these accounts would ensure that the net amount is zero. In either case, Berkshire Hathaway asserts no adjustments are necessary.
183. The Commission denies Berkshire Hathaway's request. FERC Form No. 501-G is designed to create a non-gas cost of service. The form is designed in this manner as most pipelines have some form of fuel tracker that should result in cost and revenue neutrality. As noted above in discussing Indicated Shippers' Item i, the Commission is aware that the listed accounts will not capture all the accounts that may include fuel and gas balance accounts. However, a form designed to be used by approximately 130 pipelines cannot achieve the cost of service and rate design granularity to accurately reflect every pipeline's individual circumstance. The Commission is aware that pipelines with stated fuel rates may not have cost and revenue neutrality. That is why FERC Form No. 501-G, page 3, lines 7-8 request information as to whether the pipeline's tariff provides for a fuel tracker or stated fuel rates. For pipelines with a stated fuel rate, the form is consistent in its treatment of that cost-of-service item as every other cost-of-service item. Additionally, FERC Form No. 501-G, page 3, line 5 requests the removal of any other fuel related
184. Millennium observes that page 1 of FERC Form No. 501-G automatically assumes an income tax allowance of zero for any pass-through entities' costs of service, while page 5 of FERC Form No. 501-G reflects an income tax allowance for pass-through entities calculated pursuant to the Commission's 2005 Policy Statement. Accordingly, Millennium asserts that the form is internally inconsistent.
185. The Commission clarifies that there is no inconsistency. The information requested on page 5 provides the current income tax allowance reflected in the current rates of the pipeline prior to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the
186. Furthermore, the Commission clarifies that any pipeline that answers “no” to the question on line 4 of page 1 in the FERC Form No. 501-G, “Is the Pipeline a separate income taxpaying entity?” must answer lines 13-26 of page 5 in the FERC Form No. 501-G and include the most recent date the marginal taxes rates represent. This applies whether or not the pipeline seeks the limited section 4 filing pursuant to § 154.404(a)(2). The Commission requests this information because it is not available to the public and provides useful data for assessing the effect of the tax policy changes on pipeline cost of service. The Commission is adding this guidance to both the FERC Form No. 501-G and to the FERC Form No. 501-G
187. Spectra argues the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G is not structured appropriately to account for joint venture ownership of pipelines. Spectra explains that many of the fields in the form and the hard-wired formulae and outputs from those fields simply do not apply to joint ventures. For example, Spectra points to page 5 of the form that provides a list breaking down equity owners but does not reference joint ventures. Spectra also argues the FERC Form No. 501-G does not address how to include an income tax allowance for pipelines owned in part by corporations and in part by MLP pipelines. Spectra asserts the form should be revised to clearly address joint venture pipelines and allow for inclusion of an income tax allowance for these entities, or to allow pipelines the opportunity to reflect such ownership and appropriate cost-of-service components in the FERC Form No. 501-G.
188. The Commission will accept in part and deny in part Spectra's request to revise the FERC Form No. 501-G. To account for each pipeline's unique situation is not feasible and may overly complicate the FERC Form No. 501-G. Instead, pipelines may make adjustments to individual line items in additional work sheets attached as an Addendum to the FERC Form No. 501-G to properly reflect their situation.
189. TransCanada notes that as proposed, FERC Form No. 501-G requires pipelines to input the cost of capital from FERC Form No. 2 page 218a to complete lines 3 through 5. TransCanada argues this data is inappropriate to determine a pipeline's capital structure, as that data is used for calculating AFUDC, and as a result, it includes prior year-end balances.
190. In the NOPR, the Commission proposed that, upon filing of the FERC Form No. 501-G, interstate natural gas pipelines would have four options. The first two options—filing a limited NGA section 4 rate filing or a general NGA section 4 rate case—would allow the pipelines to voluntarily make a filing to address the effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the Revised Policy Statement. Under the third option, pipelines could file an explanation why no rate change is necessary. Finally, pipelines could file the FERC Form No. 501-G described above, without taking any other action at this time. As discussed below, in this Final Rule, the Commission adopts all four of these options, with various clarifications.
191. The Commission proposed that, together with its FERC Form No. 501-G, an interstate natural gas pipeline could file a limited NGA section 4 filing to allow interstate pipelines to reduce their rates to reflect the reduced income tax rates and elimination of the MLP pipeline income tax allowance on a single-issue basis, without consideration of any other cost or revenue changes. In other words, the Commission proposed to allow interstate natural gas pipelines to file a limited NGA section 4 filing, pursuant to proposed § 154.404, to reduce their reservation charges and any one-part rates that include fixed costs by the percentage reduction in their costs of service calculated in the FERC Form No. 501-G resulting from the reduced corporate income tax rates provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the elimination of MLP tax allowances by the Revised Policy Statement. The Commission proposed to require MLP pipelines to eliminate their income tax allowances in any limited NGA section 4 filing, but permitted other pass-through entities to either eliminate their income tax allowances or justify why they should continue to receive an income tax allowance and to reduce their rates to reflect the decrease in federal income tax rates applicable to partners pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The Commission stated that interested parties may protest the limited NGA section 4 filing, but that the Commission would only consider arguments relating to matters within the scope of the proceeding.
192. The Commission noted that it generally does not permit pipelines to change any single component of their cost of service outside of a general NGA section 4 rate case but that the Commission believes an exception to that policy is justified in this case in order to permit interstate pipelines to voluntarily reduce their rates as soon as possible to reflect a reduction in a single cost component—their federal income tax costs—so as to flow through that benefit to consumers. The Commission also noted that the proposed requirement that all interstate pipelines
193. Several commenters argue that the Commission should impose a moratorium on NGA section 5 actions if a pipeline chooses to make the limited NGA section 4 filing.
194. INGAA and Kinder Morgan argue that a pipeline that elects to file a limited section 4 rate case should not be required to complete page 3 of FERC Form No. 501-G, which collects the data necessary to calculate an estimated ROE.
195. Commenters ask for clarification regarding whether a pipeline is limited to using the data provided in the FERC Form No. 501-G without adjustment when reducing its rates under the limited NGA section 4 option or whether a pipeline is permitted to incorporate into its calculations the supported adjustments included in the Addendum that are permitted under the NOPR.
196. APGA contends that not all interstate natural gas pipelines employ a straight fixed-variable rate design where all fixed costs are collected through the reservation charge and that the Commission should allow a pipeline to revise usage rates as well if there are fixed costs collected in usage rates.
197. APGA asks the Commission to clarify that a limited NGA section 4 rate filing (to reduce a pipeline's reservation charges and any one-part rates that include fixed costs by the percentage reduction in its cost of service calculated in the FERC Form No. 501-G) may be made prior to the due date for FERC Form No. 501-G.
198. The Commission adopts proposed § 154.404 authorizing natural gas pipelines to submit limited NGA section 4 filings to reduce their rates to reflect the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the
199. We grant, in part, commenters' request for a moratorium on NGA section 5 investigations in the event a pipeline chooses to make a limited NGA section 4 rate reduction filing. Such a filing is an efficient and expeditious method of passing along to ratepayers the benefit of the reduction in the corporate income tax rate or the elimination of the MLP income tax allowance, without the need for the costly and time-consuming litigation entailed in an NGA section 5 rate investigation. Accordingly, it is reasonable to provide pipelines an incentive to make such limited NGA section 4 rate reduction filings. On the other hand, it is possible that a pipeline could make a limited NGA section 4 rate reduction filing and yet still have a significantly excessive ROE. In order to balance these concerns, the Commission has determined that it will not initiate an NGA section 5 investigation into the rates of a pipeline for three years from the effective date of the rate reduction resulting from the pipeline's limited NGA section 4 filing if the pipeline's filing meets certain requirements. A pipeline would qualify for the NGA section 5 investigation moratorium if (1) the Commission accepts its limited NGA section 4 filing and (2) its Total Estimated ROE after the filing, as calculated on page 3, line 26, column (E) of its FERC Form No. 501-G, is 12 percent or less.
200. The Commission uses its discretion when deciding whether to initiate an NGA section 5 investigation.
201. The Total Estimated ROE calculated in the FERC Form No. 501-G need not be 12 percent or less for the Commission to accept a limited NGA section 4 filing. Further, a FERC Form No. 501-G with a Total Estimated ROE higher than 12 percent will not necessarily result in a NGA section 5 rate investigation. For pipelines that are not covered by the moratorium, the Commission will take many factors into consideration when determining whether to exercise its discretion to initiate a NGA section 5 investigation, including whether a pipeline chooses the limited NGA section 4 option, any information the pipeline provides in an Addendum to its FERC Form No. 501-G, or any other explanation the pipeline may provide as to why the Commission should not initiate a NGA section 5 rate investigation. Finally, we note that the NGA section 5 investigation moratorium would not prevent customers from filing an NGA section 5 complaint.
202. We agree with APGA that not all interstate natural gas pipelines employ a straight fixed-variable rate design where all fixed costs are collected through the reservation charge and that a pipeline should be able to revise usage rates using the limited NGA section 4 option if there are fixed costs collected in usage rates. Accordingly, we have revised proposed § 154.404 to require that the authorized limited NGA section 4 filing include a percentage reduction of a usage charge that includes fixed costs.
203. We also affirm that pipelines must complete FERC Form No. 501-G in its entirety, including page 3, even when choosing the limited NGA section 4 filing option. Page 3 of the report requires the pipeline to report its revenues from which the cost-of-service items, as detailed on page 1, are subtracted. Thus, the information reported on page 3 of the report is necessary to calculate the pipeline's ROE before and after the reduction in income taxes provided by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the elimination of the MLP pipeline income tax allowance by the
204. In response to questions regarding whether a pipeline may calculate the percentage reduction in its rates for the limited NGA section 4 option using the adjustments in its Addendum to the FERC Form No. 501-G, we clarify that such adjustments may be reflected in the calculation of the limited NGA section 4 rate reduction, subject to the following conditions. As stated in the NOPR, the limited NGA section 4 option is meant to “allow interstate pipelines to reduce their rates to reflect the reduced income tax rates and elimination of the MLP pipeline income tax allowance on a single-issue basis, without consideration of any other cost or revenue changes.”
205. In response to APGA's request, we clarify that a pipeline may file its FERC Form No. 501-G and limited NGA section 4 filing in advance of the due date of its FERC Form No. 501-G, and encourage pipelines to do so. A pipeline cannot, however, make the limited NGA section 4 filing described in this Final Rule without also filing the FERC Form No. 501-G.
206. The Commission proposed in the NOPR that an interstate natural gas pipeline could include with its FERC Form No. 501-G a commitment to file either a prepackaged uncontested settlement or, if that is not possible, a general NGA section 4 rate case to revise its rates based upon current cost data.
207. Several commenters argue that pipelines that elect to file a pre-packaged settlement or general NGA section 4 rate case should be granted additional time to make such a filing.
208. Spectra asks for clarification regarding the December 31, 2018 deadline and whether that is the date pipelines should notify the Commission whether they will file a pre-packaged settlement/general NGA section 4 rate case or whether that is the date pipelines must make those filings.
209. Several commenters argue that the Commission should not require prepackaged settlements to be uncontested.
210. Commenters also argue that the Commission should not allow shippers with negotiated rates to withhold consent from an otherwise uncontested prepackaged settlement.
211. In the NOPR, the Commission stated that, if a pipeline commits to file an uncontested prepackaged settlement or a general NGA section 4 rate case on or before December 31, 2018, the Commission would not initiate an NGA section 5 rate investigation before that date. In other words, the Commission proposed to grant all pipelines who make the above described commitment a guaranteed safe harbor from an NGA section 5 rate investigation until December 31, 2018. A number of pipeline commenters request that the Commission extend this guaranteed safe harbor from the initiation of an NGA section 5 rate investigation until a later date in order to give them more time to negotiate settlements with their customers and others.
212. We deny this request. We recognize that pipelines must expend time and resources to reach a settlement or prepare an NGA section 4 rate case, but it is important to implement rate reductions as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the
213. However, we clarify that, if a pipeline is engaged in productive settlement negotiations as the December 31, 2018 end of the safe harbor period approaches, it may file a request for an extension of the safe harbor period. The filing of such requests will give other interested parties an opportunity to state whether they agree that productive settlement negotiations are underway. In determining whether to grant an extension, the Commission will consider whether other interested parties support the request.
214. Commenters argue that the Commission should not require prepackaged settlements to be uncontested. The Commission notes that prepackaged rate change filings typically do not contain all the supporting documents as required by § 154.312 of the Commission's regulations. As such, there is likely no record evidence upon which the Commission can approve a prepackaged settlement over the objections of a protesting party. Although prepackaged tariff filings are not technically settlements filed pursuant to § 385.602 of the Commission's regulations, the Commission typically applies Rule 602 standards in evaluating these filings. Under Rule 602 the Commission “may decide the merits of the contested settlement issues, if the record contains substantial evidence upon which to base a reasoned decision. . . .”
215. In regards to arguments that the Commission should not allow shippers with negotiated rates to withhold consent from an otherwise uncontested prepackaged settlement, we determine that the effect of opposition by a negotiated rate customer can be considered on a case-by-case basis.
216. In the NOPR, the Commission proposed that a pipeline could include with its FERC Form No. 501-G a statement explaining why no adjustment in its rates is needed. The Commission recognized that a rate reduction may not be justified for a significant number of pipelines for a number of reasons. For example, a number of pipelines may currently have rates that do not fully recover their overall cost of service. Therefore, a reduction in those pipelines' tax costs may not cause their rates to be excessive. The Commission stated that the proposed FERC Form No. 501-G would provide information as to whether an interstate pipeline may fall into this category. The Commission stated that the pipeline could provide a
217. The Commission also stated that an interstate pipeline might explain that an existing rate settlement provides for a moratorium on rate changes that applies to any rate changes that might result from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act or the
218. Indicated Shippers argue that the Commission should thoroughly examine any assertion by a pipeline that its rate case settlement includes a rate moratorium preventing any rate change to reflect the reduction in its tax expenses. Indicated Shippers assert that some settlements state that the rate moratorium does not apply to industry-wide Commission mandated changes to rates to account for tax cost savings, and the Commission should require those pipelines to implement rate changes to take into account the effects of the tax changes.
219. Indicated Shippers also request that the Commission clarify that any pipeline that is precluded from making rate changes due to a settlement moratorium will be required to comply with the FERC Form No. 501-G filing requirement once the moratorium has expired. LDC Coalition similarly argues that the Commission should clarify how it will encourage pipelines with rate case filing moratoria but no requirement to file a new rate case after the moratorium expires to reflect the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the Revised Policy Statement on its rates.
220. LDC Coalition asks the Commission to specify how soon a pipeline must file a general NGA section 4 rate case in the context of pipelines filing an explanatory statement using a comeback provision as justification for why an adjustment to its rates is not needed.
221. Direct Energy and Range argue that the Commission should establish a process for requiring immediate rate reductions to reflect the reduction in the corporate tax rate or tax allowance pursuant to NGA section 5.
222. As explained in the NOPR, despite the reduction in the corporate income tax and the change in policy concerning MLP tax allowances, a rate reduction may not be justified for a significant number of pipelines. For example, the pipeline's existing rates may not fully recover its cost of service or a rate moratorium may prohibit rate changes at this time. Pipelines may include with their filing of the FERC Form No. 501-G a statement explaining why these or other reasons justify their not changing their rates at this time.
223. As discussed previously, the Commission will notice the filing of each pipeline's FERC Form No. 501-G and permit interested persons to file interventions, protests, and comments. If any person disagrees with a pipeline's explanation of why it believes no rate change is justified at this time, that person may intervene and protest the pipeline's filing. For example, if a party that believes that a rate case moratorium relied on by the pipeline should be interpreted as permitting rate changes related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the change in policy concerning MLP tax allowances, that party may provide a full explanation of why it interprets the settlement as it does, and the Commission will consider the views of both the pipeline and other intervening parties in deciding what action to take with respect to that pipeline.
224. Indicated Shippers request that the Commission clarify that any pipeline precluded from making changes to its rates by a settlement moratorium will be required to file a FERC Form No. 501-G after the settlement moratorium. LDC Coalition also suggests that the Commission might continue the FERC Form No. 501-G process beyond the one-time aspect of the proposed requirement for any pipeline with a settlement rate moratorium that extends past the compliance filing dates. The Commission rejects these requests. The Commission is adopting the FERC Form No. 501-G process as a one-time filing requirement enabling the Commission to consider what actions to take to address the rate effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. All pipelines with cost-based, stated rates are required to make their filings by the deadlines established in the
225. In response to arguments by commenters that the Commission should immediately reduce pipelines' rates pursuant to NGA section 5, as explained in the NOPR, the Commission recognizes that some pipelines need not change their rates at this time
226. Upon filing FERC Form No. 501-G, a pipeline may choose to take no action other than submitting FERC Form No. 501-G (Option 4).
227. Some entities commented on this option,
228. The Commission declines to provide the requested clarification or to require statements of explanation as suggested by the commenters. As stated in the NOPR, the “no action” option is consistent with the fact that the Commission lacks authority to order an interstate pipeline to file a rate change under NGA section 4.
229. In the NOPR, the Commission stated that it has granted most interstate natural gas pipelines authority to negotiate rates with individual customers that are not bound by the maximum and minimum rates in the pipeline's tariff. The Commission noted that before it permits a pipeline to implement a negotiated rate a pipeline must have a cost-based recourse rate on file with the Commission, so that a customer always has the option of entering into a contract at the cost-based recourse rate rather than a negotiated rate if it chooses.
230. The Commission stated that changes to a pipeline's recourse rates occurring under NGA sections 4 and 5 would not affect a customer's negotiated rate because that rate is negotiated as an alternative to the customer taking service under the recourse rate.
231. Boardwalk argues that the Commission has specifically recognized the role of negotiated rate agreements in providing rate certainty to pipelines and their shippers,
232. Boardwalk argues that this position is consistent with the
233. Indicated Shippers argue that the Commission has the authority to revise negotiated rate contracts under the
234. However, Indicated Shippers maintain that because many pipelines have a
The label “
519 F.3d 497, 499 (2008) (internal citations omitted).
235. Indicated Shippers assert that one way for the Commission to allow negotiated rate contracts to share in the subject cost reductions would be to implement a negative surcharge, applicable to all volumes on a particular system. Indicated Shippers assert that the Commission has implemented positive surcharges in certain instances
236. Range requests that the Commission find, under the
237. If the Commission declines to make such a
238. Range states that the courts allow the Commission to exercise “light-handed” regulation, but asserts that such regulation still is tied to the NGA and the “just and reasonable” standard. Range asserts that in
239. IOGA asserts that the Commission must review the language in individual contracts and aggressively use its NGA section 5 power to ensure that negotiated rates are just and reasonable. IOGA argues that the Commission's suggestion in the NOPR that negotiated rate agreements would be unaffected in an NGA section 5 investigation
240. IOGA asserts that because not all shippers have equal bargaining leverage and often there is no firm capacity available at the recourse rate, the Commission should consider the context of the negotiated rate bargain in determining whether above maximum negotiated rates should be reduced like recourse rates. IOGA argues that although the parties may have bargained for a fixed negotiated rate the pipeline bargained for a rate that recovers its
241. NGSA also argues that negotiated rate contract holders should not be excluded from this tax reduction process because this would run contrary to Commission policy that allows the application of surcharges for extraordinary circumstances. NGSA argues that negotiated contracts often contain language with surcharge provisions to capture unforeseen items or special circumstances that are not part of the standard ratemaking process.
242. NGSA requests that the Commission implement a negative surcharge mechanism, as warranted, for shippers with negotiated rate contracts. NGSA claims that this will ensure that all parties are afforded the opportunity to appropriately share in the benefits of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and Revised Policy Statement, and that pipeline rates are just and reasonable.
243. AGA requests that the Commission confirm that where the pipeline required that the rate for capacity awarded under a negotiated rate agreement be no less than the pipeline's otherwise applicable tariff rate, such that the negotiated rate is now equal to the otherwise applicable tariff rate, and the tariff rate is reduced pursuant to proceedings related to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, any such negotiated rate be similarly reduced.
244. CAPP argues that the use of negotiated rates does not warrant the continuation of excessive recourse rates. CAPP argues that the rationale for this rate review extends to all pipelines, irrespective of the prevalence of negotiated rates on the pipeline. CAPP asserts that the fundamental purposes for which recourse rates are maintained is to provide an alternative to negotiated rates and a check on the exercise of market power. Therefore, CAPP argues that if a pipeline experiences a decline in income tax expense that warrants a reduction in its tariff rates, the use of negotiated rates and the impact of such contracting practices on its revenues has no impact on the justification for re-computing maximum tariff rates.
245. The Commission declines to establish a process under which it would review every currently effective negotiated rate contract in order to determine whether that contract can and should be modified to reflect the pipeline's reduced tax costs as a result of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act or the elimination of MLP tax allowances. For the reasons discussed below, the Commission believes that, as a general matter, such contracts should be allowed to remain in effect without change. However, an individual shipper under such a contract is free to file a complaint pursuant to NGA section 5 presenting evidence as to why its negotiated contract is unjust and unreasonable or contrary to the public interest and must be modified. Alternatively, if a shipper believes that the terms of its negotiated contract provide for a reduction in the negotiated rate to reflect the pipeline's reduced tax costs and the pipeline has failed to comply with the contract, the shipper may file a complaint or seek to enforce the contract in a court.
246. As the Commission has explained, the negotiated rate program allows “pipelines to negotiate individualized rates that [are] not constrained by the maximum and minimum rates in the pipeline's tariff. . . . Additionally, it permit[s] pipelines as a means of providing rate certainty, to negotiate a fixed rate that would continue in effect regardless of changes in the pipeline's maximum rate.”
To the extent a pipeline and its shipper want to obtain rate certainty by agreeing to a rate that will remain in effect throughout the term of the service agreement, the Commission provides them an opportunity to do so by entering into a negotiated rate agreement.
247. Thus, when a shipper enters into a negotiated rate agreement, it should be aware that it is agreeing to a rate that is not based on traditional cost of service regulation and will not be reduced simply because the pipeline's maximum recourse rate may, at some future date, be lower than the negotiated rate. Because the shipper's negotiated rate is not based on cost of service regulation, there is no reason why a reduction in the pipeline costs, including a reduction in its tax costs, should necessarily lead to a reduction in the negotiated rate. Indeed, the Commission's consistent practice in pipeline rate proceedings, whether conducted under NGA section 4 or 5, has been to address only the pipeline's recourse rates and not make any modifications in any shipper's negotiated rate. In these circumstances, the Commission finds it reasonable to presume that a shipper's freely negotiated rate contract continues to meet the just and reasonable requirement in the NGA, regardless of a reduction in the pipeline's tax costs, absent a particular shipper filing a complaint that presents compelling reasons to initiate an NGA section 5 investigation.
248. Commenters take various positions on whether, if a complaint is filed, the
249. The Commission need not resolve these issues in this Final Rule. Rather, the Commission will address these issues, as relevant, in the context of an individual complaint that may be filed.
250. Boardwalk comments that the Commission should recognize the effects of competition on the natural gas industry and the Commission's rate making policies. Boardwalk asserts that pipelines have had no choice but to discount their transportation service rates to attract retail shippers in the face of competition. Thus, in Boardwalk's view, such pipelines are already in a state of cost under-recovery. Boardwalk states that the NOPR and its contemplated approach of having transportation rates set arithmetically based on the content of FERC Form No. 501-G have exacerbated this problem and affected the pipelines' ability to attract capital.
251. The Commission declines to speculate on future potential actions, or what measures it may take should there be a future increase in the federal corporate tax rate. However, the Commission recognizes the importance of market issues and the potential for under-recoveries.
252. Further, regarding this Final Rule, the Commission recognizes that it cannot simply require a pipeline to reduce its rates consistent with a known reduction in a single cost component of a cost-based rate, but rather must consider other factors, including whether the pipeline is over-recovering its cost of service on an overall basis. The Commission, in deciding whether to exercise its discretion to initiate an NGA section 5 action, will take into account whether a rate reduction may not be justified because a pipeline's rates do not over-recover its cost of service on an overall basis.
253. Southern Star comments that the Commission should allow pipelines to reinvest any monetary savings resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act into their respective systems and infrastructure instead of flowing through the benefits to customers and consumers.
254. The Commission rejects Southern Star's proposal. As noted, the purpose of the Final Rule is to provide a process for considering whether to initiate NGA section 5 investigations of the cost-based recourse rates of interstate natural gas pipelines that do not voluntarily reduce those rates to reflect the reduction in the federal corporate tax rate or elimination of MLP tax allowances, in accordance with our obligation under the NGA to ensure that natural gas pipeline rates are just and reasonable. Contrary to Southern Star's suggestion that it would be more efficient to reinvest these dollars in pipeline infrastructure than to return them to customers and consumers, a just and reasonable cost-based rate must be designed to provide the pipeline an opportunity to recover its cost of service, including a reasonable return on equity.
255. AGA and LDC Coalition comment that the Commission should clarify that the FERC Form No. 501-G filing, or any other limited NGA section 4 actions by a pipeline pursuant to the Final Rule, does not constitute a “recent rate review” sufficient for the purposes of the Commission's Modernization Policy Statement on cost recovery mechanisms for modernization of natural gas facilities.
256. The Commission provides the following clarification. Above, the Commission, in response to several pipeline comments, clarified that FERC Form No. 501-G is not an NGA section 4 filing and that the indicated cost of service and estimated ROE are not NGA section 5 findings. The Commission has noted the statutory limits upon which the data collection is based, and acknowledges the limitations inherent in a form designed to collect data from a large number of pipelines with many unique cost of service, allocation and rate design factors underlying their currently effective rates. Thus, by the same token, these same limitations will hinder a pipeline from using its FERC Form No. 501-G filing, designed to look at a pipeline's overall non-gas cost of service, to demonstrate that its modernization surcharges are just and reasonable. We also clarify that a limited NGA section 4 filing made pursuant to the Final Rule does not constitute a “recent rate review” sufficient for the purposes of the Commission's Modernization Policy Statement on cost recovery mechanisms for modernization of natural gas facilities. The Modernization Policy Statement established certain standards a pipeline would have to satisfy for the Commission to approve a proposed modernization cost tracker or surcharge including a requirement for “a review of the pipeline's existing base rates by means of an NGA general section 4 rate proceeding, a cost and revenue study, or through a collaborative effort between the pipeline and its customers.”
257. LDC Coalition also seeks clarification that processes proposed in the NOPR do not obviate a pipeline's settlement obligation to file an NGA general section 4 rate case.
258. The Commission declines to make the broad clarification sought by LDC Coalition. As LDC Coalition points out, the terms and details regarding a pipeline's obligation to make future filings are likely provisions negotiated between the parties to the settlement, and as such are governed by the settlement itself. Thus, we will not make a general clarification that may inhibit or impinge on negotiated provisions of Commission approved settlements.
259. LDC Coalition also states that the Commission should incorporate the FERC Form No. 501-G
260. The Commission will not incorporate the FERC Form No. 501-G
261. In the NOPR, the Commission proposed a staggered filing schedule. The Commission identified 133 interstate natural gas pipelines with cost-based rates that would be required to file the FERC Form No. 501-G, and divided them into four groups. The Commission proposed that the due date for the first group be 28 days from the effective date of any Final Rule in this proceeding, and the due date for each subsequent group be 28 days from the previous group's due date. The NOPR stated that pipelines may file their FERC Form No. 501-G earlier than the proposed dates and respondents may include with this filing, as appropriate, an Addendum explaining why no adjustment in their rates is needed, or their commitment to make a general NGA section 4 rate case filing in lieu of a limited NGA section 4 filing as permitted by § 154.404.
262. Some commenters advocate for a delayed schedule. EQT Midstream urges the Commission to delay the FERC Form No. 501-G filing deadline for the first group of pipelines. EQT Midstream argues that the NOPR and Revised Policy Statement have made it unclear how to apply several ratemaking principles. EQT Midstream also argues that the 28 day deadline is not conducive to promoting settlements, as some parties may be wary to settle “knowing that a Commission order addressing ADIT and the Revised Policy
263. Other commenters advocate for an accelerated schedule. The Oklahoma AG requests that the Commission reduce the time period between FERC Form No. 501-G filings, then moving forward the final due date for filing rate cases.
264. Process Gas states that it is not aware of any reason why any pipeline would need more than the 28 days allowed for the first group of pipelines to complete the form, especially since the 2017 FERC Form No. 2 data was due to be filed April 18, 2018. Range notes that pipelines have been planning for their filings ever since the issuance of the NOPR. Process Gas and Range concede that Commission staff may need time to process all of the filings, but argue that the solution is to stagger the issuance of the final orders, not the receipt of the filings. They argue all parties would benefit from having the FERC Form No. 501-G posted promptly. For those pipelines planning to voluntarily reduce their rates, Process Gas and Range argue, an earlier filing date would provide their customers with the benefit of lower rates as soon as possible. For those pipelines planning not to voluntarily reduce their rates, Process Gas argues, an earlier filing date would provide earlier insight into the pipeline's rationale, allowing customers and Commission Staff more time to evaluate the filing and prepare an appropriate response.
265. The Commission adopts the implementation schedule proposed in the NOPR, with one modification. The Commission has determined to combine the third and fourth groups of pipelines into a single group and require all those pipelines to file their FERC Form No. 501-Gs within 28 days after the deadline for the second group of pipelines. This will allow the filing of all the FERC Form No. 501-Gs to be completed by early December of this year, rather than having the filing process extend into next year. We see no compelling reason to make any other changes in the implementation schedule. The Final Rule does not take effect instantly, but rather after a delay of 45 days after publication in the
266. We also decline to accelerate the filing schedule for the three pipeline groups. Commenters raise valid points in favor of requiring all pipelines to file simultaneously and instead staggering the target dates for final orders. We find, however, that the modified staggered schedule described above will allow the Commission to process the filings in a more efficient and orderly manner. We note that pipelines may file their FERC Form No. 501-G earlier than the proposed dates, and we especially encourage them to do so in instances where an early filing would ease the process of reaching a rate settlement with their customers.
267. In the NOPR, the Commission found that its existing regulations and policy concerning the rates charged by NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines are generally sufficient to provide shippers reasonable rate reductions with respect to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act and the Revised Policy Statement. Accordingly, the Commission did not propose requiring NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines to file the FERC Form No. 501-G or make any other immediate filing. Instead, the Commission proposed a separate method for updating NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines' rates, in keeping with their history of light-handed regulation.
268. Under pre-existing policy, the Commission reviews the rates of each NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipeline every five years.
269. The Commission proposed to act ahead of this five-year schedule only when a state regulatory agency requires any of these pipelines to reduce their intrastate rates to reflect the decreased income tax. Under pre-existing policy, any pipeline that elected to use state-derived rates pursuant to § 284.123(b)(1) is already required to file with the Commission a new rate election 30 days after a state regulatory agency adjusts its intrastate rates.
270. The Texas Railroad Commission, NiSource LDCs, and AGA commented on the portion of the NOPR affecting NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines. The Texas Railroad Commission, which is the state regulatory agency in Texas having jurisdiction over intrastate pipeline rates, supports this portion of the NOPR. The Texas Railroad Commission states that its experience with NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw rates “is substantially the same as the Commission's experience described in the . . . [NOPR].”
271. NiSource LDCs state that two of its affiliates are Hinshaw pipelines providing interstate transportation service under limited jurisdiction certificates issued by the Commission under § 284.224 of its regulations. NiSource LDCs agrees with the assessment in the NOPR that decisions on whether to reduce those rates to reflect the effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act are “in the hands of the state regulatory agency.”
272. AGA, whose members own or operate numerous Hinshaw pipelines, requests clarification of several points in the NOPR. AGA states that it “supports the efforts in the NOPR to obtain the information necessary” to ensure that interstate pipeline rates are just and reasonable,
273. AGA requests clarification of what action by a state commission triggers the obligation for an intrastate pipeline to file a new rate election under proposed § 284.123(i). AGA asks whether a pipeline must file with the Commission if the adjusted state-approved rate is not comparable, or if the applicable state-approved rate references the Commission-established rate. AGA also notes that proposed new § 284.123(i) refers to “intrastate” pipelines, and asks whether “the proposed text of paragraph (i) could be read to exclude § 284.224 certificate holders—Hinshaw pipelines and other local distribution companies—although it appears in the NOPR that the Commission intends to apply its requirements to intrastate pipelines and Hinshaw pipelines.”
274. AGA also raises several timing issues. AGA notes that proposed new § 284.123(i) would require entities to file a new rate election with the Commission “not later than 30 days after the reduced intrastate rate becomes effective.” AGA notes that this may cause confusion for any intrastate pipelines whose reduced rates at the state level become effective before the Commission issues a Final Rule. AGA also argues that local distribution companies are likely to need more time to prepare and file the new rate election with the Commission, and therefore proposes that the deadline in new § 284.123(i) instead read: “not less than ninety (90) days after the latter of: the effective date of the final rule; or the effective date of the reduced intrastate rate (if effective after the effective date of a final rule).”
275. Similarly, AGA notes that the NOPR does not address whether filings to address the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act will re-set the five-year review period. AGA requests that the Commission confirm in any Final Rule that the filing of a rate election filing under § 284.123(i) would re-set the currently applicable five-year review.
276. Finally, AGA notes that the NOPR is unclear in terms of whether the Commission expects Hinshaw pipelines to file a fully updated cost and revenue study. AGA argues that unless it is made in the context of a regular five-year review, Hinshaw pipelines should have the option to simply re-file their rates on the limited issue of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act impact. AGA also proposes that the Commission waive the filing fee for such filings.
277. Noting the support for the NOPR as it applies to NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines, we generally adopt the NOPR's proposal concerning those pipelines in this Final Rule, but also provide additional guidance on the points raised by AGA.
278. First, new § 284.123(i) applies to § 284.224 certificate holders. As § 284.224(a)(3) states, Hinshaw pipelines and other local distribution companies, by accepting a certificate, are regulated “to the same extent that and in the same manner that intrastate pipelines are. . . .”
279. Second, we decline to revise new § 284.123(i) to exclude § 284.123(b)(1) state-derived rates. Although it is current Commission policy to include in orders approving an intrastate pipeline's state-derived rates a requirement that the pipeline must file a new rate election whenever the state-approved rate used in the rate election is changed, the Commission may not have included such a requirement in every such currently approved state-derived rate. Accordingly, we find that § 284.123(i) should apply to both § 284.123(b)(1) state-derived rates and § 284.123(b)(2) Commission-established cost-based rates so as to ensure that, if the intrastate pipeline's rates on file with the state regulatory agency are reduced to reflect the reduced income tax rates adopted in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the intrastate pipeline will file a new rate election for its interstate rates. However, we are revising proposed § 284.123(i) in several respects in order to clarify how § 284.123(i) applies to these two different types of intrastate rates for interstate service.
280. AGA requests that we clarify what type of rate change by a state regulatory agency triggers the § 284.123(i) filing requirement. Under current Commission policy, an intrastate pipeline using state-derived rates under § 284.123(b)(1) must file a new rate election whenever the state-approved rate used for its election is
281. AGA asks whether new § 284.123(i) applies to any intrastate pipeline whose reduced intrastate rates “become effective before the Commission issues a final rule.”
282. AGA proposes that NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines should have 90 days from the effective date of the reduced intrastate rate to file with the Commission instead of 30 days. AGA also proposes that any local distribution companies subject to multiple state jurisdictions be permitted to wait until the last state government finishes its rate review before filing. We reject these proposals. Although individual pipelines are free to seek waiver if good cause exists, AGA's proposals would only serve to delay the implementation of fair and equitable NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw rates. A 90-day filing requirement in new § 284.123(i) would also create an unjustifiable difference in how the Commission treats pipelines with § 284.123(b)(2) rates versus pipelines with § 284.123(b)(1) rates, the latter of which already must file within 30 days after a change in state rates.
283. AGA states that the NOPR does not provide clear guidance to parties who have had rates approved in 2017 or 2018, who have currently pending rate proceedings, or who are due to make five-year rate review filings in the near future before the Final Rule takes effect. Consistent with our policy that an intrastate pipeline whose existing interstate rates are based on § 284.123(b)(1) must file a new rate election whenever the state-approved rate used for the election is changed, those interstate pipelines will have to file a new rate election if their state regulatory agency reduces the state-approved rate used for their rate election, regardless of the pendency of, or Commission approval of, any prior rate filing by that intrastate pipeline. However, the Commission is revising proposed § 284.123(i) to provide that the requirement to file a new rate election in that section does not apply to intrastate pipelines using Commission-established cost-based rates under § 284.123(b)(2), if the Commission has approved revised rates for that pipeline after December 22, 2017 or that pipeline already has a rate case pending before the Commission as of the date reduced intrastate rates become effective. Since the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act on December 22, 2017, the Commission has not approved revised interstate rates for any intrastate pipeline under § 284.123(b)(2) without ensuring that the revised rates reflect the reduced income taxes adopted in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, and the Commission will continue to do so in all pending and future rate filings by such pipelines. Accordingly, there is no need for intrastate pipelines whose interstate rates are based on § 284.123(b)(2) to file a new rate election in these circumstances.
284. AGA also notes that the NOPR does not address whether filings to address the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act will re-set the five-year review period. The Commission intends for new § 284.123(i) and the traditional five-year review policy to work in tandem. Accordingly, an accepted filing under § 284.123(i) will reset the clock on the pipeline's next five-year filing. Finally, AGA requests clarification regarding the filing fees, and content, of any filings addressing the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. We clarify that the Commission has not changed its rules regarding filing fees, nor has the Commission changed its rules regarding the content of five-year review filings. Finally, we reject AGA's proposal to permit anyone filing under § 284.123(i) to submit a single-issue filing on the limited issue of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act impact. Although we are permitting interstate natural gas pipelines regulated under the NGA to make such limited section 4 filings, as described above the interstate pipeline limited section 4 filings are based on financial information in the FERC Form No. 501-G, which is largely derived from FERC Form Nos. 2 and 2-A. Intrastate pipelines do not file such reports. Moreover, intrastate pipelines with cost-based interstate rates established by the Commission pursuant to § 284.123(b)(2) generally resolve their rate proceedings through black box settlements. As a result, it would be difficult, if not impossible, to determine how to adjust those rates solely to reflect reduced income taxes under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. State-derived rates adopted pursuant to § 284.123(b)(1) would be changed consistent with whatever changes the state regulatory agency requires to reflect the income tax reductions in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Accordingly, if the state regulatory agency approves a change in the relevant intrastate rate that is limited to reflecting the income tax reduction in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, the intrastate pipeline may make a similar rate reduction in its § 284.123(b)(1) interstate rate. However, if the state regulatory agency revises the relevant intrastate rates based on a full review of all the intrastate pipelines costs and revenues, the interstate pipeline would have to make a similar change in its § 284.123(b)(1) interstate rate.
285. We dismiss the Petitioners' request for Commission action in Docket No. RP18-415-000 in light of the Commission's actions in this rulemaking proceeding.
286. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations require that OMB approve certain reporting, record keeping, and public disclosure requirements (information collection) imposed by an agency.
287. The Commission is submitting these reporting and recordkeeping requirements to OMB for its review and approval under section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). Comments are solicited on the Commission's need for this information, whether the information will have practical utility, the accuracy of the provided burden estimate, ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected, and any suggested methods for minimizing the respondent's burden, including the use of automated information techniques.
288.
289. The number of NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines that will be required to file a rate case pursuant to proposed § 284.123(i) is a function of state actions outside of the control of the Commission. Thus, the estimate for the number of respondents for NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines filing a rate case in compliance with adopted § 284.123(i) as shown in the table below is an estimate.
290. Based on these assumptions, we estimate the one-time burden and cost
291. The Report and
292. The Commission does not expect any mandatory or voluntary reporting requirements other than those listed above.
Interested persons may obtain information on the reporting requirements or submit comments by contacting the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Washington, DC 20426 (Attention: Ellen Brown, Office of the Executive Director, (202) 502-8663, or email
293. The Commission is required to prepare an Environmental Assessment or an Environmental Impact Statement for any action that may have a significant adverse effect on the human environment.
294. The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA)
295. As noted in the above Information Collection Statement, approximately 129 interstate natural gas pipelines, both large and small, are respondents subject to the requirements adopted by this rule. In addition, the Commission estimates that another 59 NGPA natural gas pipelines may be required to file restated rates pursuant to proposed § 284.123(i). However, the actual number of NGPA section 311 and Hinshaw pipelines that will be required to file is a function of actions taken at the state level. The Commission estimates that only 15 of the 59 NGPA natural gas pipelines will file a rate case pursuant to proposed § 284.123(i).
296. Most of the natural gas pipelines regulated by the Commission do not fall within the RFA's definition of a small entity,
297. In addition to publishing the full text of this document in the
298. From the Commission's Home Page on the internet, this information is available on eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word format for viewing, printing, and/or downloading. To access this document in eLibrary, type the docket number excluding the last three digits in the docket number field.
299. User assistance is available for eLibrary and the Commission's website during normal business hours from FERC Online Support at (202) 502-6652 (toll free at 1-866-208-3676) or email at
300. These regulations are effective September 13, 2018. The Commission has determined, with the concurrence of the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB, that this rule is not a “major rule” as defined in section 351 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996.
Natural gas, Pipelines, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Natural gas, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements,
Continental shelf, Natural gas, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
By the Commission. Commissioners LaFleur and Glick are concurring with a separate statement attached.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Commission amends parts 154, 260, and 284, Chapter I, Title 18, Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:
15 U.S.C. 717-717w; 31 U.S.C. 9701; 42 U.S.C. 7102-7352.
(a)
(1) A natural gas company subject to the Federal corporate income tax to reduce its maximum rates to reflect the decrease in the federal corporate income tax rate pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017; and
(2) A natural gas company organized as a pass-through entity either:
(i) To eliminate any income tax allowance and accumulated deferred income taxes reflected in its current rates; or
(ii) To reduce its maximum rates to reflect the decrease in the Federal income tax rates applicable to partners pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017.
(b)
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, any natural gas company with cost-based, stated rates may submit the limited rate filing permitted by this section.
(3) If a natural gas company has a rate case currently pending before the Commission in which the change in the Federal corporate income tax rate can be reflected, the public utility may not use this section to adjust its rates.
(c)
(1) Its maximum reservation rates for firm service, and
(2) Its usage charge that includes fixed costs, and
(3) Its one-part rates that include fixed costs, by
(4) The percentage calculated consistent with the instructions to FERC Form No. 501-G prescribed by § 260.402 of this chapter.
(d)
(e)
(i) Whether or not the natural gas company may file under this section,
(ii) Whether or not the percentage reduction permitted in paragraph (c)(4) has been properly applied, and
(iii) Whether or not the correct information was used in that calculation.
(2) Any other issue raised will be severed from the proceeding and dismissed without prejudice.
15 U.S.C. 717-717w, 3301-3432; 42 U.S.C. 7101-7352.
(a)
(b)
(ii) A natural gas company whose rates are being examined in a general rate case under section 4 of the Natural Gas Act or in an investigation under section 5 of the Natural Gas Act as of the deadline for it to file the FERC Form No. 501-G need not file FERC Form No. 501-G. In addition, a natural gas company that files an uncontested settlement of its rates pursuant to § 385.207(a)(5) of this chapter after March 26, 2018, and before the deadline for it file the FERC Form No. 501-G need not file FERC Form No. 501-G.
(2) FERC Form No. 501-G must be filed as prescribed in § 385.2011 of this chapter as indicated in the instructions set out in the form and Implementation Guide, and must be properly completed and verified. Each natural gas company must file FERC Form No. 501-G according to the schedule set forth in the Implementation Guide set out in that form. Each report must be prepared in conformance with the Commission's form and guidance posted and available for downloading from the FERC website (
15 U.S.C. 717-717z, 3301-3432; 42 U.S.C. 7101-7352; 43 U.S.C. 1331-1356.
(i) If an intrastate pipeline's rates on file with the appropriate state regulatory agency are reduced to reflect the reduced income tax rates adopted in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, the intrastate pipeline must file a new rate election pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section in the following circumstances:
(1) If the intrastate pipeline's existing rates for interstate service are based on paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the intrastate pipeline must file a new rate election, if the state-approved rate used for its current rate election is changed to reflect the reduced income tax rates adopted in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
(2) If the intrastate pipeline's existing rates for interstate service are based on paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the intrastate pipeline must file a new rate election, if any of its rates on file with the appropriate state regulatory agency are reduced to reflect the reduced income tax rates adopted in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, unless the Commission has approved revised interstate rates for that pipeline after December 22, 2017, or it has filed revised interstate rates that are pending before the Commission on the effective date of the reduced intrastate rates.
(3) Any rate election required by this paragraph must be filed on or before the later of October 15, 2018 or 30 days after
The following attachments and appendix will not be published in the Code of Federal Regulations:
The Attachments (FERC Form No. 501-G and the
In companion orders issued today, the Commission (1) affirms the Revised Policy Statement on Treatment of Income Taxes (Revised Policy Statement) issued in response to the decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (D.C. Circuit) in
First, with respect to the ADIT guidance issued today, we confess to some frustration that the rate benefits that customers and shippers would otherwise receive from the Revised Policy Statement may be significantly reduced by the treatment of ADIT announced in today's orders. As a matter of equity, we believe that the arguments for applying previously-accrued ADIT balances to reduce future rate base where a tax allowance is eliminated are compelling. However, based on the arguments presented in this docket regarding the Commission's
Second, we believe that today's Final Rule sharply highlights the need for a legislative fix to the lack of refund authority in Section 5 of the Natural Gas Act (NGA).
With respect to the Final Rule, we believe that our lack of refund authority affected the balance the Commission was able to strike in today's order. It is a clear tenet of cost-of-service ratemaking that tax savings should flow through to ratepayers, and the Commission is rightly pursuing that goal in the Final Rule. However, because our Section 5 “stick” under the NGA cannot effectively deliver timely relief to customers, the Final Rule proffers a series of “carrots” in the hope that pipelines will exercise their Section 4 filing rights to quickly flow those tax benefits back to their customers. While we think the balance struck in the Final Rule is reasonable in light of our limited refund authority, we believe that the Commission would be better equipped to protect customers if the law were amended.
Accordingly, we respectfully concur.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |